Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Section 254: The Tribunal has jurisdiction to admit the additional grounds filed by the assessee to examine a question of law which arises from the facts as found by the authorities below and having a bearing on the tax liability of the assessee

19 ACIT vs. PC Jewellers Ltd [[2022] 93 ITR(T) 244(Delhi- Trib.)] ITA No.: 6649 & 6650 (DELHI) OF 2017 CONo. 68 & 74 (DELHI) OF 2020 A.Y.: 2013-14 & 2014-15; Date of order: 7th December, 2021

Section 254: The Tribunal has jurisdiction to admit the additional grounds filed by the assessee to examine a question of law which arises from the facts as found by the authorities below and having a bearing on the tax liability of the assessee

FACTS
In respect of the appeal filed before the ITAT by the department, the assessee had filed its cross objections and had raised additional grounds in the cross-objections. Admission of the additional grounds was opposed in principle by the Learned Departmental Representative.

HELD
The ITAT followed the judgment of the Hon’ble Apex Court in the case of National Thermal Power Co. Ltd vs. CIT[1998] 97 Taxman 358/229 ITR 383 and admitted the additional ground filed by the assessee.

The Hon’ble Apex court in the abovementioned case considered that the purpose of the assessment proceedings before the taxing authorities is to assess correctly the tax liability of an assessee in accordance with law. The Hon’ble Apex Court also considered that the Tribunal will have the discretion to allow or not allow a new ground to be raised. There is no reason to restrict the power of the Tribunal under section 254 only to decide the grounds which arise from the order of the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals). It was held that the Tribunal has jurisdiction to examine a question of law having a bearing on the tax liability of the assessee, although not raised earlier, which arises from the facts as found by the authorities below, in order to correctly assess the tax liability of an assessee.

Section 68: When the assessee has been able to prove the identity of the Investor, its creditworthiness and genuineness of the transaction in the matter, there is no justification for the authorities to make or confirm the addition against the assessee under section 68 of the I.T. Act, 1961

18 Ancon Chemplast (P.) Ltd vs. ITO, Ward-2(4) [[2022] 93 ITR(T) 167(Delhi – Trib.)] ITA No.: 3562(DELHI) OF 2021 A.Y.: 2010-11; Date of order: 30th April, 2021

Section 68: When the assessee has been able to prove the identity of the Investor, its creditworthiness and genuineness of the transaction in the matter, there is no justification for the authorities to make or confirm the addition against the assessee under section 68 of the I.T. Act, 1961

FACTS
The assessee company issued shares at fair market value of Rs. 50 as per audited financial statements of the assessee company. The assessee received from one investor company M/s Prraneta Industries Ltd [Now known as Aadhar Venture India Ltd], a sum of Rs. 45 lakhs in three transactions dated 18.06.2009. Information in this case was received and perusal of the information revealed that the said Investor Company is one of the conduit company which is controlled and managed by ShriShirish C. Shah for the purpose of providing accommodation entries. The statement of Shri Omprakash Khandelwal, Promoter of the Company was recorded where he admitted to provide accommodation entries of the Investor Companies after charging Commission at the rate of 1.8%. Therefore, reasons were recorded and the Ld. A.O. initiated
the reassessment proceedings under section 147 of the Act.

To substantiate the facts that the assessee had received genuine share capital/premium, the assessee filed before A.O. documentary evidences such as copy of the confirmation, ITR Acknowledgement, copy of Board Resolution, copy of share application along with Share Application Form, copy of Master Data, Certificate of Incorporation and evidence in respect of listing of shares at BSE of Investor Company along with ITR and balance-sheet of the Investor. The assessee also submitted that Shri Omprakash Khandelwal, Director of the Investor Company retracted from his statement, and therefore there was no case of reopening its assessment on the basis of such statement.

The A.O. considering the modus operandi of these persons and did not accept the explanation of assessee to have received genuine share capital and made addition of Rs. 45 lakhs under section 68 of the I.T. Act and also made addition of Rs. 90,000 on account of Commission. Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before the CIT(A), however, the appeal of the assessee was dismissed. Aggrieved, the assessee filed further appeal before the Tribunal.

HELD
The ITAT observed that the Investor Company was assessed to tax and was a listed public limited company, therefore, its identity was not in dispute. The assessee had also proved creditworthiness of the Investor Company and that entire transaction had taken place through a banking channel, therefore, genuineness of the transaction in the matter was also not in dispute. The assessee also explained before A.O. that Shri Shirish C. Shah was neither Director nor shareholder of the Investor Company. The A.O. had not brought any evidence on record to dispute the above explanation of the assessee. Therefore, the assessee had been able to prove the identity of the Investor, its creditworthiness and genuineness of the transaction in the matter.

The ITAT considered following decisions rendered by co-ordinate benches of the ITAT:

i. INS Finance & Investment (P.) Ltd [IT Appeal No. 9266 (Delhi) of 2019, dated 29th October, 2020]

ii. Pr. CIT vs. M/s Bharat Securities (P.) Ltd (ITAT – Indore Bench later confirmed in Pr. CIT vs. M/s Bharat Securities (P.) Ltd [2020] 113 taxmann.com 32/268 Taxman 394 (SC)

These decisions considered identical issue on identical facts on account of share capital/premium received from M/s Prraneta Industries Ltd through Shri Shirish C. Shah based on his statement and statement of Shri Omprakash Khandelwal. This issue of receipt of share capital/premium was examined in detail by the Indore Bench of the Tribunal as well as Hon’ble Delhi Bench of the Tribunal and the addition on merits had been deleted.

The Order of the Indore Bench of ITAT was confirmed by the Hon’ble Madhya Pradesh High Court and ultimately, the SLP of the Department was dismissed confirming the Order of the Hon’ble Madhya Pradesh High Court.

Following these ITAT decisions, the ITAT did not find any justification to sustain the addition of Rs. 45 lakhs under section 68 of the I.T. Act, 1961 and addition of Rs. 90,000 under section 69C of the I.T. Act and deleted the addition of Rs. 45,90,000.

Where under a joint venture agreement shares were issued to a resident venture and a non-resident venture at a differential price and the AO has not disputed or questioned the financial, technical and professional credentials of the venturists for entering into the joint ventures agreement, addition cannot be made under section 56(2)(viib) by disregarding the method of valuation adopted by the assessee

17 DCIT vs. Mais India Medical Devices (P.) Ltd  [[2022] 139 taxmann.com 94 (Delhi-Trib.)] A.Y.: 2014-15; Date of order: 31st May, 2022 Section: 56(2)(viib), Rule 11UA

Where under a joint venture agreement shares were issued to a resident venture and a non-resident venture at a differential price and the AO has not disputed or questioned the financial, technical and professional credentials of the venturists for entering into the joint ventures agreement, addition cannot be made under section 56(2)(viib) by disregarding the method of valuation adopted by the assessee

FACTS
The assessee company was incorporated on 01.03.2012 on the basis of joint venture agreement between M/s Sysmech Industries LLP, a resident and M/s Demas Company, a non-resident. Both the joint venture partners agreed to contribute to the project cost of the assessee company in the ratio of 60 and 40 while keeping share holding ratio 50:50.

On the basis of valuation of equity shares at Rs. 59.99 per share following the DCF method assessee issued shares to non-resident shareholder at the rate of Rs. 60 per share after necessary compliances under FEMA etc. However, shares to the resident shareholder were issued at Rs. 40 per share.

The assessee filed return of income declaring loss of Rs. 2,97,79,141 and the case was picked up for limited scrutiny to furnish the various details including the share valuation as computed under Rule – 11UA of the Income Tax Rules, 1962.

Since the assessee company had suffered a loss in the previous assessment year, the Assessing Officer (AO) rejected the valuation of shares under DCF and made an addition, equivalent to the amount of premium charged from resident shareholder for allotment of shares to the Indian entity Sysmech Industries LLP, under section 56(2)(viib) in the hands of assessee.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who set aside the order passed by the AO by making an observation that as projected in the report of prescribed expert there has been marked improvement in the profit margins of the company in subsequent years and thus upholding the valuation done by the chartered accountant of the assessee on DCF Method.

Aggrieved, revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD
The Tribunal noted that the AO rejected the share valuation as computed under Rule 11UA for the reason that the shares were issued to a resident shareholder for a price which was lower than the price at which shares were allotted to non-resident shareholder and also for the reason that, according to the AO, DCF method could not be applied since the assessee company had suffered a loss in the previous assessment year.

According to the Tribunal, difference in the share price as issued to the resident company and that to the non-resident company was in furtherance of the clauses of joint venture agreement. The discounted factor has occurred due to difference in the share of capital contribution to the project cost. However, in the case in hand the AO without considering the relevant clauses of joint ventures agreement presumed that as there was difference in the valuation of share for resident and non-resident entity, the valuation given by prescribed expert is liable to be rejected.

The Tribunal relying on the decision of the Supreme Court in Duncans Industries Ltd vs. State of UP 2000 ECR 19 held that question of valuation is basically a question of fact. Thus, where the law by virtue of Section 56(2)(viib) read with Rule 11UA (2)(b) makes the prescribed expert’s report admissible as evidence, then without discrediting it on facts, the valuation of shares cannot be rejected. It noted that the AO has not disputed or questioned the financial, technical and professional credentials of the venturists for entering into the joint ventures agreement. The AO without disputing the details of projects, revenue expected, costs projected has discredited the prescribed expert’s report which is admissible in evidence for valuation of shares and to determine fair market value.

The Tribunal dismissed the appeal filed by the revenue.

There is no prohibition for the NRI for accepting gifts from relatives. In the absence of any prohibition, no adverse inference can be drawn against the assessee based on the prevailing system in society Merely the difference in the time between the cash deposited in the bank vis-à-vis cash received as gift cannot authorise the revenue authorities to draw inferences against the assessee until and unless some documentary evidences are brought on record contrary to the contentions of the assessee

16 Atul H Patel vs. ITO  [TS-348-ITAT-2022(Ahd.)] A.Y.: 2012-13; Date of order: 29th April, 2022 Section: 68

There is no prohibition for the NRI for accepting gifts from relatives. In the absence of any prohibition, no adverse inference can be drawn against the assessee based on the prevailing system in society

Merely the difference in the time between the cash deposited in the bank vis-à-vis cash received as gift cannot authorise the revenue authorities to draw inferences against the assessee until and unless some documentary evidences are brought on record contrary to the contentions of the assessee

FACTS
During the year under consideration, a sum of Rs. 11,44,000 was deposited, in cash, in the bank account of the assessee, a non-resident Indian, residing at Auckland, New Zealand since 2003. The Assessing Officer (AO) treated the same as cash credit under section 68 and added the same to the total income of the assessee.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) where he stated that he accepted gift of Rs. 6.44 lakh and Rs. 5 lakh from his father and brother which was used by him for purchasing a property in Vadodra. According to the assessee, his father and brother were engaged in agricultural activity on the land held by them in their personal capacity as well as on land belonging to others and were able to generate annual agricultural income of Rs. 23 lakh approx. The assessee produced cash book, bank book, 7/12 extract and gift deed.

The CIT(A) called for a remand report from the AO wherein the AO mentioned that the date of deposit of cash in bank account of assessee was before the date of gift as mentioned in the gift declaration. Thus, he contended that source of cash deposited cannot be out of gift amount. The assessee, in response, submitted that there was a typographical error in the gift declaration. 7th October, 2011 was inadvertently typed as 27th October, 2011.

The CIT(A) held that the assessee is a very unusual and wealthy NRI who has accepted a gift from his father and brother who are claimed to be agriculturists. According to him, the donors do not have sufficient resources and capacity to gift wealthy assessee. Also, there was a contradiction in the gift deed. Therefore, CIT(A) confirmed the order of the AO.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD
As regards the mismatch of the time in the amount of cash deposits in the bank out of the gift received by the assessee, the Tribunal held that it was the revenue who doubted that the cash deposit is not out of the amount of gift received by the assessee. It held that the assessee has discharged his onus by submitting the details (including revised gift deed) that the cash was deposited out of the gift amount. Now the onus shifts upon the revenue to disprove the contention of the assessee based on documentary evidence. The Tribunal observed that no contrary evidence has been brought on record by the revenue suggesting that the amount of cash deposit is not out of the gift amount. It held that merely the difference in time between the cash deposited in the bank vis-à-vis cash received as gift cannot authorise the revenue authorities to draw inferences against the assessee until and unless some documentary evidences are brought on record contrary to the arguments of the assessee.

The Tribunal observed that admittedly it is very unusual that a wealthy NRI accepts a gift from his father and brother. Generally, the practice is different in society. As such NRIs give gifts to relatives. The Tribunal held that it found no prohibition for NRI for accepting gifts from relatives. In the absence of any prohibition, no adverse inference can be drawn against the assessee based on the prevailing system in society.

It also noted that assessee has furnished sufficient documentary evidence of his father and brother to justify the income in their hands from agricultural activity. But none of the authority below has made any cross verification from the concerned parties in order to bring out the truth on the surface. It held that AO before drawing any adverse inference against the assessee, should have cross verified from the donors by issuing notice under section 133(6) / 131 of the Act. The Tribunal held that no adverse inference can be drawn against the assessee by holding that the amount of cash deposited by the assessee in his bank represents the unexplained cash credit under section 68 of the Act.

The Tribunal set aside the order passed by the CIT(A) and directed the AO to delete the addition made by him.

Non-compete fees does not qualify for depreciation under section 32 since an owner thereof has a right in personam and not a right in rem

15 Sagar Ratna Restaurants Pvt. Ltd vs. ACIT  [TS-325-ITAT-2022(DEL)] A.Y.: 2014-15; Date of order: 31st March, 2022 Section: 32

Non-compete fees does not qualify for depreciation under section 32 since an owner thereof has a right in personam and not a right in rem

FACTS
For Assessment Year 2014-15, assessee filed a return of income declaring a loss of Rs. 23,12,53,397. While assessing the total income, the Assessing Officer (AO) noticed that the assessee has claimed Rs. 1,94,33,166 as depreciation on non-compete fees. Since the AO was of the view that non-compete fee is not an intangible asset as per Section 32(1)(ii) and Explanation thereto, he asked the assessee to show cause why the same should not be disallowed. The AO following the ratio of the decision of Delhi High Court in Sharp Business Systems vs. CIT [(2012) 211 Taxman 567 (Del)] disallowed the claim of depreciation on non-compete fees.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who confirmed the action of the AO.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD
The Tribunal noted that by an agreement entered in June 2011 the assessee acquired a restaurant in the name and style of Sagar Ratna. As per the terms of the agreement, the transferor had transferred all its rights, copyrights, trademarks, etc. in respect of the restaurant Sagar Ratna. The payment made by the assessee towards non-compete fee to the transferor was treated by the assessee as a capital expenditure and depreciation was claimed thereon for A.Y. 2012-13 and 2013-14 which was allowed.

The contention of the assessee that the claim be allowed on the ground that it has been allowed in the earlier years was rejected on the ground that in earlier years the authorities did not have the benefit of ratio laid down by jurisdictional high court in the case of Sharp Business System (supra).

The Tribunal noted that the Delhi High Court in Sharp Business System (supra) while dealing with an identical issue has come to a conclusion that non-compete fee though is an intangible asset it is unlike the items mentioned in Section 32(1)(ii) where an owner can exercise rights against the world at large and which rights can be traded or transferred. In case of non-compete fees the advantage is restricted only against the seller. Therefore, it is not a right in rem but a right in personam. The Tribunal mentioned that it is conscious of the fact that some other non-jurisdictional High Courts have held that non-compete fee is an intangible asset coming within the ambit of Section 32(1)(ii) of the Act and have allowed depreciation thereon, however, the Tribunal was bound to follow the decision of the jurisdictional High Court.

The Tribunal dismissed the appeal filed by the assessee.

BEPS 2.0 SERIES PILLAR ONE – A PARADIGM SHIFT IN CONVENTIONAL TAX LAWS – PART II

(This article is written under the mentorship of CA PINAKIN DESAI)

1. PILLAR ONE – NEW TAXING RIGHT FOR MARKET JURISDICTIONS:

1.1
The digital revolution enables businesses to sell goods or provide
services to customers in multiple countries, remotely, without
establishing any form of physical presence (such as sales or
distribution outlets) in market countries (i.e. country where customers
are located). However, fundamental features of the current international
income tax system, such as permanent establishment (PE) and the arm’s
length principle (ALP), primarily rely on physical presence to allocate
taxing right to market countries and hence, are obsolete and incapable
to effectively tax digitalised economy (DE). In other words, in absence
of physical presence, no allocation of income for taxation was possible
for market countries, thereby resulting in deprivation of tax revenue in
the fold of market jurisdictions.

1.2 To meet the complaints of
market jurisdiction, Pillar One of BEPS 2.0 project aims to modify
existing nexus and profit allocation rules such that a portion of super
profits earned by large and highly profitable Multinational enterprise
(MNE) group is re-allocated to market jurisdictions under a formulary
approach (even if MNE group does not have any physical presence in such
market jurisdictions), thereby expanding the taxing rights of market
jurisdictions over MNE’s profits. MNE profit recommended by Pillar One to be allocated to market jurisdictions is termed as “Amount A”.

1.3
Considering a drastic change in tax system is aimed by Pillar One,
Amount A regime is agreed to be made applicable only to large and highly
profitable MNE groups. The first part of this article (published in
BCAJ June 2022 edition) discussed the conditions (i.e. scope thresholds)
that MNE groups must fulfil to qualify within Amount A framework.

1.4
MNE Groups who do not fulfil the scope conditions will be outside
Amount A profit allocation rules. However, MNE groups that fulfil the
scope conditions will be “Covered Group” and such Group would
need to determine Amount A as per proposed new profit allocation rules
(which would be determined on formulary basis at MNE level) and allocate
Amount A to market jurisdictions.

2. MARKET JURISDICTIONS MUST FULFIL NEXUS TEST TO BE ELIGIBLE FOR AMOUNT A ALLOCATION:

2.1
To recollect, the philosophy behind Pillar One is the proposition that
the jurisdiction in which the consumers/users reside is the jurisdiction
which, directly or indirectly, contributes to the profitability of MNE,
and therefore, some portion of the super profit which is earned by MNE
should be allowed to be taxed in the market jurisdiction regardless of
whether MNE accesses the market jurisdiction remotely or physically.

2.2
As mentioned above, Amount A aims to allocate new taxing right to
market jurisdictions. Broadly, market jurisdiction is jurisdiction where
goods or services are used or consumed. Accordingly, if an MNE is
carrying out within some jurisdiction manufacturing function or research
and development (R&D) which are completely unrelated to sales
marketing and distribution functions in a jurisdiction and there is no
sales function carried out there, such jurisdictions would not qualify
as market jurisdiction and hence, not eligible for Amount A. This is not
to suggest that the jurisdiction in which manufacturing function or
R&D activity is carried on will not tax profit attributable to that
activity. What we mean is that such allocation will not be on the basis
of jurisdiction being a market jurisdiction. Pillar One concerns itself
with that part of allocation of profit which has nexus with market
jurisdiction, without impairing all other existing tax rules which may
continue to tax other activities such as manufacture or R&D within
that jurisdiction.

2.3 Further, not all market jurisdictions
will be eligible for Amount A allocation. Amount A of MNE group will be
allocable to a market jurisdiction only where such market jurisdiction
meets the “nexus test”.

2.4 Nexus test: As per nexus test,
a market jurisdiction is eligible for Amount A allocation of a Covered
Group if following revenue thresholds are met:

GDP of market jurisdiction

Revenue threshold

Where GDP of a country > € 40Billion (Bn)

Atleast € 1 million (mn) of MNE’s third
party revenues is sourced from market jurisdiction

Where GDP of a country < € 40 Bn

Atleast € 0.25 mn of MNE’s third party revenues
is sourced from market jurisdiction

2.5  The thresholds for the Amount A nexus test have been
designed to limit the compliance costs for taxpayers and tax
administrations. The thresholds ensure that profits are allocated to
market jurisdiction only when MNE group earns material third party
revenues from such jurisdiction.

2.6 It must be noted that the
new nexus rule apply solely to determine whether a jurisdiction
qualifies for profit re-allocation under Amount A and will not alter the
taxable nexus for any other tax or non-tax purpose.

3. REVENUE SOURCING RULES:

3.1
As mentioned above, to determine whether a market meets the nexus test,
MNEs need to determine how much third party revenues are sourced from a
particular market jurisdiction.

3.2  As a broad principle, for
Amount A regime, revenue is ‘sourced’ from country where goods or
services are used or consumed. To facilitate the application of this
principle, OECD released public consultation draft in February 2022
providing detailed source rules for various types of transactions. While
the detailed list of source rules proposed by OECD for various revenue
categories is provided in Annexure, we have discussed below source rule
proposed for two categories of revenue:

(i) Revenue from sale of finished goods (FG) to end customers – either directly (i.e. through group entities) or through independent distributors is deemed to be sourced from place of the delivery of FG to final customer.
For example, an MNE group in USA may manufacture a laptop which is sold
to independent distributors who may in turn resale it to persons in
India and China. The market jurisdiction for MNE of USA is India or
China. MNE group will need to find out the place of delivery of FG to
determine whether a share of Amount A may be taxed in India or China.

(ii) Revenues from sale of components (i.e. goods sold to a business customer that will be incorporated into another good for sale) shall be sourced to place of delivery of the FG to the final customer into which the component is incorporated.
For example, an MNE group in USA (say Group X) manufactures a component
which is forming part of a car. The component is sold to another MNE
group in UK (say Group Y) engaged in manufacture of cars. Group Y uses
the component purchased from Group X in manufacture of its finished
goods (i.e. Cars) which are eventually sold by independent German
enterprise in India or China. The market jurisdiction for Group X for
sale of component is India or China. Group X will need to find out the
place of delivery of FG to determine whether a share of Amount A may be
taxed in India or China.

3.3 In order to determine place of
delivery of the FG to end customer, following indicators are suggested
by OECD to be place of market jurisdiction:

(i) The delivery address of the end customer.

(ii) The place of the retail storefront selling to the end customer.

(iii)
In case of sale through independent distributor, location of the
independent distributor may also be used in addition to the above
indicators; provided that the distributor is contractually restricted to
selling in that location only or that it is otherwise reasonable to
assume that the distributor is located in the place of the delivery of
FG to the end customer.

3.4 However, various concerns have been
raised by stakeholders on practical application of these revenue
sourcing rules. For instance,

(i) Tracing location of final
consumers, in particular where the taxpayer does not directly interact
with the final consumer will be very difficult.

(ii) It will be
onerous burden on Covered Group to collect, analyse and disclose what is
likely to be highly confidential data, such as location of customers.
This would often require collecting data not in the possession of the
Covered Group, and instead they would require reliance on third-party
data.

(iii) Companies also could face barriers to obtaining this
kind of highly confidential information from third parties. Such
barriers include, for example, contractual obligations in the form of
privacy and confidentiality clauses in third-party agreements as well as
statutory data protection requirements or other confidentiality
regulations.

(iv) In the case of sale of components, it might be
difficult for Covered Groups to track in which FG is their component
incorporated. Consider example of Covered group manufacturing and
selling electronic chips to third party buyers. These buyers may be
manufacturing various electronic gadgets such as computers, laptops,
smart phones, smart watches, washing machines etc. It may not be
possible for Covered Group to understand in which products is their
electronic chip actually installed and what is the final product.

(v)
To be able to apply this source rule for components, Covered Groups
would have to track the whole value chain of their components –
including all independent partners involved. This may be an arduous task
given the complex value chains that businesses follow today, which
would include several intermediary stages and multiple independent
partners outside the group.

3.5 Guidelines for applying revenue sourcing rules:

(i) Revenues to be sourced on a transaction-by-transaction basis:

(a) As per draft rules, source of each transaction that generates revenue for the Covered Group must be determined.

(b)
It is clarified in draft rules that applying source rule on
invoice-by-invoice basis may not be appropriate since one invoice could
contain multiple items or services charged at different prices.

(ii)
Where MNE group sells goods or provides services in multiple countries
under single contract, revenues earned by MNE group need to be allocated
to market countries using appropriate allocation key:

(a) As
per draft rules, where MNE group sells goods or provides services in
multiple countries under single contract, revenues earned by MNE group
need to be allocated to market countries using appropriate allocation
key.

(b) Consider this example where MNE Group A renders online
advertisement services to a US company (US Co) wherein US Co’s
advertisements/ banners will be displayed on Group A’s website across
the globe. However, Group A uses a different pricing model under each
scenario:

Pricing model

Revenue allocation to market jurisdiction

Group A charges US Co on “per click” basis
but clicks are charged at different prices in different jurisdictions.

Prices charged for clicks in each
jurisdiction will be considered as revenue earned by Group A from such market
jurisdiction.

Group A charges on “per click” basis and
same price is charged for viewer clicks across the globe.

For purposes of Amount A, revenues earned
by Group A from rendering ad services to US Co will be allocated to various
market jurisdictions in proportion to the number of viewers in each
jurisdiction.

Group A charges on “per click” basis but
higher prices are charged for ads displayed to customers in certain
jurisdictions such as India, China, Brazil.

For purposes of Amount A, revenues earned
by Group A from rendering ad services to US Co will be allocated to various
market jurisdictions in proportion to both the number of users in a
jurisdiction and the price charged per user.

(iii) Transaction comprising of multiple elements to be sourced according to its pre-dominant character:
As mentioned above, the draft rules provide source rules for various
categories of transaction. However, where a transaction may have several
elements that fall under more than one category of source rule,
revenues are to be sourced according to predominant character of the
transaction.

(iv) Revenues from Supplementary transactions to be sourced in line with main transaction:

(a)
Revenues from Supplementary Transactions should be sourced according to
the revenues from the Main Transaction. “Main Transaction” is defined
as a transaction entered into by a Covered Group with a customer that is
the primary profit driver of a multi-transaction bundle. “Supplementary
Transaction” is defined as a transaction that meets all of the
following conditions:

• The transaction would not have been entered into but for the Main Transaction;

• The transaction is entered into by the Covered Group with the same customer as the Main Transaction; and


Gross receipts from the transaction will not exceed 5% of the total
gross receipts from the Main and Supplementary Transaction combined.

(b) An example of main and supplementary transactions can be case of sale of phone along with repair and maintenance service-


Group X (a Covered group) sells smartphone to Mr. ABC in India. Mr. ABC
frequently travels across different countries and hence, he has
purchased a service subscription from Group X wherein, in case of any
technical defect with the phone, Mr. ABC can repair the phone in any
service centre of Group X across the globe.

• In this case, there
are two separate transactions- sale of smartphone in India and
subsequent repair services in any service centre in world. The revenue
earned from service transaction (being supplementary transaction) will
also be considered as sourced from India since main transaction of sale
of smartphone is sourced in India.

4. TAX BASE DETERMINATION FOR AMOUNT A COMPUTATION:

4.1
To recollect, Pillar One aims to modify existing profit allocation
rules such that a portion of super profits earned by large and highly
profitable MNE group is re-allocated to market jurisdictions under a
formulary approach (even if MNE group does not have any physical
presence in such market jurisdictions), thereby expanding the taxing
rights of market jurisdictions over MNE’s profits. MNE profit recommended by Pillar One to be allocated to market jurisdictions is termed as “Amount A”.

4.2
OECD has released draft tax base determination rules in February 2022
to quantify the profit of Covered Groups that will be used for the
Amount A calculations to reallocate a portion of their profits to market
jurisdictions.

4.3 Profits determined basis MNE Group’s consolidated financial statements (CFS):

(i)
As per draft rules, profit will be calculated based on the MNE group’s
audited CFS, while making a limited number of book-to-tax adjustments
and deducting any Net Losses. Amount A tax base will be quantified using
an adjusted profit measure, derived from Covered Group’s CFS, rather
than on a separate entity basis.

(ii) Audited CFS must be
prepared by Ultimate parent entity of the group basis Qualifying
Financial Accounting Standard (QFAS) in which assets, liabilities,
income, expense and cashflows are presented as those of single economic
activity.

(iii) A QFAS means International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS) and Equivalent Financial Accounting Standards, which
includes GAAP of Australia, Brazil, Canada, Member States of EU, Member
States of the European Economic Area, Hong Kong (China), Japan, Mexico,
New Zealand, China, India, Korea, Russia, Singapore, Switzerland, UK,
and USA.

4.4 Computation of adjusted profits:

(i)
As per draft rules, the starting point for computation of the Amount A
tax base is the total profit or loss after taking into account all
income and expenses of the Covered Group except for those items reported
as other comprehensive income (OCI).

(ii) To this amount, following adjustments are to be done:

Adjustments

Comments

Financial Accounting P&L
in CFS of Covered Group (except OCI)

Add: Policy
Disallowed expenses

• These expenses are
amounts included in consolidated P&L of MNE group for illegal payments
including bribes, kickbacks, fines, penalties.

 

• Such expenses are related to behaviours
which are not encouraged by the government and hence is commonly disallowed
under corporate tax laws of many jurisdictions.

Add: Income
Tax

• Income tax includes current and deferred
tax expense (or income) a recognised in consolidated P&L of MNE group.

 

• It does not include interest charges for
late payment of tax.

Less:
Dividend Income

• Dividends to be excluded are dividends
included in consolidated P&L of the MNE group received or accrued in
respect of an ownership interest (i.e. equity interest).

 

• In consolidated P&L of MNE group,
intra-group dividends will get nullified and hence, only dividends received/
accrued from third parties will be disclosed which will be excluded from tax
base calculations.

Less: Equity
Gains/Loss

• Gains/loss arising on disposal of
ownership interest (i.e. equity interest)

• Scope of this adjustment is still under
discussion at OECD level. Concerns of differential treatment is raised
between asset interests and equity interests i.e. gains and losses associated
with disposal of asset interests are included in the Tax Base whereas gains
and losses associated with disposal of equity interests are not included.

 

• To remove such difference, OECD is
exploring whether gains and losses associated with disposal of controlling
interests should not be excluded from tax base.

• Changes in fair
value of ownership interest  (i.e.
equity interest)

• The requirement is to exclude gain or
loss arising on fair value measurement of all equity interests of the group
which is routed through the consolidated P&L.

• P&L on equity method of accounting
(except for Joint Venture(JV))

• Under IFRS/ Ind-AS, associates and JVs are
accounted under equity method. The draft rules suggest that P&L
pertaining to associates is to be excluded from tax base calculations but
P&L pertaining to JV is to be included.

 

• While the draft rules do not provide any
reason for differential treatment of associates and JV, one may contemplate
the reason to be that such associates are likely to get consolidated on line
by line basis into CFS of another MNE group which has control over such
associate.

 

• On the other hand, in case of JV, there
is joint control by two or more MNE groups. In such case, each MNE group is
required to consider their share in P&L for respective tax base
calculation of Amount A; otherwise profits of JV are likely to get excluded
from Amount A framework.

Add/ Less: Restatement
Adjustments for the Period

• Income/expense accounted due to prior
period errors or change in accounting policy need to be adjusted.

 

• Adjustments are to be capped to 0.5% of
consolidated MNE revenue. Any excess adjustments need to be carried forward
and adjusted in subsequent years.

Less: Net
Loss (carried forward from previous years)

Refer discussion in Para 4.5 below.

Adjusted Profit Before Tax
(Tax base) for Amount A purposes

4.5 Treatment for losses:

(i) Amount A rules apply only if in-scope MNE group has profitability of greater than 10%.

(ii)
If an MNE group is in losses, such loss can be carried forward and set
off against future profits. Accounting losses are to be adjusted with
above mentioned book to tax adjustments and restatement adjustments to
arrive at the amount of loss carried forward.

(iii) The draft
rules indicates that both pre implementation losses and post
implementation losses of MNE group can be carried forward. The time
limitation of pre and post implementation losses are being discussed at
OECD level. The draft rule suggest that OECD is contemplating these
period as under:

(a) Pre implementation losses to be losses incurred in 2 to 8 calendar years prior to the introduction of Amount A and

(b)
Post implementation losses to be losses incurred in5 to 15 calendar
years preceding current Period for which Amount A is being determined.

5. DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT A OF MNE GROUP:

5.1
The norms of profit allocation suggested in the Amount A regime are way
different from the taxability norms which are known to taxpayers as of
today. Hence, the formulary approach provided under Pillar One should be
studied on an independent basis without attempting to rationalise or
compare them with conclusion to which one would have arrived as per
traditional norms of taxation.

5.2 Pillar One to allocate only portion of non routine profits of MNE group to market countries: The 
philosophy behind Pillar One is that no MNE group can make sizeable or
abnormal or bumper profit without patronage and support that it gets
from the market jurisdiction. There is bound to be contribution made by
the market jurisdictions to the ability of MNE group to earn more than
routine1 (abnormal) profit. Hence, in relation to MNE groups which have
been successful enough to secure more than routine profits (i.e. they
earn abnormal/ bumper profits), some part of such bumper profits should
be offered to tax in every market jurisdiction which has contributed to
the ability to earn profit at group level. Consequently, if MNE group’s
profits are upto routine or reasonable or if the MNE is in losses, the
report does not seek to consider any allocation of profits to market
jurisdiction.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

1   
The blueprint and consensus statements on Pillar
One use the expression “residual profits” to convey what we call here abnormal
or non-routine or super profit

5.3 Amount A to be determined under 25% over 10% rule:

(i)
As per the global consensus statement released in July and October
2021, BEPS IF member countries have agreed that a profit margin of 10%
of book revenue shall be considered as normal profits i.e. 10% profit
margin will be considered as “routine profits” warranting no allocation
and any profit earned by MNE group above 10% alone will be considered as
“non routine profits” warranting allocation to market jurisdiction.
Where an MNE group’s profit margin is > 10%, it is agreed that25% of
profit earned by MNE group over and above 10% shall be termed as “Amount
A” which is allocated to market jurisdictions.

(ii) For
example, if the consolidated turnover of MNE group as per CFS is € 1000
mn on which it has earned adjusted book profits (as discussed in Para 4)
of € 50 mn as per CFS, its profit margin is only 5%. Since the profit
earned by the MNE group is only 5% (i.e. within routine profit margin of
10%), the MNE group is considered to have earned profits due to normal/
routine entrepreneurial risk and efforts of MNE group and nothing may
be considered as serious or abnormal enough to permit market
jurisdiction to complain that, notwithstanding traditional taxation
rules, some income should be offered to tax in market jurisdiction.

(iii)
Alternatively, if the consolidated turnover of MNE group as per CFS is
€50,000 mn on which it has earned adjusted book profit of €15,000 mn as
per CFS, its profit margin as per books is 30%. In such case, the
profits earned by MNE group beyond 10% (i.e. 30%-10%= 20%) will be
considered as non routine profits. Once it is determined that the MNE
group has received non routine profit in excess of 10% (in our example,
excess profit is 20% of turnover), 25% of such excess profit (i.e. 25%
of 20% of turnover = 5% of turnover)is considered as contributed by
market factor and hence, such profit is to be allocated to market
jurisdiction.

Particulars

Amount

Consolidated turnover of MNE group

50,000 mn

Consolidated book profit

15,000 mn

% of book profit to turnover

30%

Less: Allowance for routine profit

(10%)

Excess profit over routine profit, also
loosely for abnormal or super profit

20%

Of this, 75% of super profit of 20% is
considered as pertaining to the strength of non market
factors and having no nexus with contribution of market jurisdiction (and
hence out of Pillar One proposal)

15% of 50,000 mn =
7,500 mn

25% of super profit of 20% being considered
as fair allocation having nexus with contribution of market jurisdictions –
known also as Amount A recommended by the report to be allocated to different
market jurisdictions

5% of 50,000 mn =
2,500 mn

5.4 Rationale behind 25% over 10% rule:

(i)
It is the philosophy that the consumers of the country, by purchasing
the goods or enjoying the services, contribute to the overall MNE profit
and but for such market and consumers, it would not have been possible
to effect the sales. However, at the same time, it is not as if that the
entirety of the non-routine or super profit is being earned because of
the presence of market. There are many other factors such as trade
intangibles, capital, research, technology etc. which may have built up
the overall success of MNE group.

(ii) Under the formulary
approach adopted by Pillar One, countries have accepted that 75% of the
excess profit or super profit may be recognised as pertaining to many
different strengths of MNE group other than market factor. It is the
residual 25% of the super profit component which is recognised as being
solely contributed by the strength of market factor. Hence, Pillar One
discusses how best to allocate 25% of super profit to market
jurisdictions.

(iii) The report is not concerned with allocation
or treatment of 75% component of super profit which is, as per present
text of Pillar One, pertaining to factors other than market forces.

(iv)
Even if under existing tax norms, no profits are taxable in a market
jurisdiction (say due to no physical presence), Amount A will ensure
market countries get right to tax over 25% of non-routine profits of MNE
group and that the market jurisdictions should not be left dry without
right to tax income.

6. ALLOCATION OF AMOUNT A TO MARKET JURISDICTIONS:

6.1
To recollect, the Amount A of MNE group determined basis “25% over 10%
rule” discussed in Para 5 above is to be allocated to market
jurisdictions which the nexus test discussed in Para 3. This paragraph
of the article discusses the manner in which Amount A of MNE group to be
allocated to market jurisdictions basis guidance provided in the
Blueprint.

6.2 Broadly, MNE carry out sales and marketing operations in market jurisdictions in following manner:

(i) Sales through remote presence like websites

(ii) Presence in form of Limited risk distributor (LRD)

(iii) Presence in form of Full risk distributor (FRD)

(iv) Presence in dependent agent permanent establishment (DAPE)

6.3 Where MNE group has physical presence in market jurisdiction (say in form of LRD or FRD or DAPE),
there
may be trigger of taxability in such market jurisdiction even as per
existing taxation rules.Amount A will co-exist with existing tax rules
and such overlay of Amount A on existing tax rules may result double
taxation since Amount A does not add any additional profit to MNE group
but instead reallocates a portion of existing non-routine profits to
market jurisdictions.

6.4 The framework of Amount A agreed in
July/ October 2021indicates that such double taxation (due to interplay
of Amount A rules and existing tax rules) shall be eliminated.While the
exact mechanism of allocation of Amount A and elimination of double
taxation is awaited, the below discussion is basis the mechanism
explained in Pillar One Blueprint released in October 2020. Further,
since the mechanism is complex, we have explained the same through a
case study.

6.5 Facts of case study:

(i)  ABC group is a German headquartered group engaged in sale of mobile phones across the globe.

(ii)
The ultimate parent entity is German Co (GCo) and GCo owns and performs
development, enhancement, maintenance, protection and exploitation
(DEMPE) functions related to the MNE group’s IP.

(iii)  ABC group makes sales across the globe. As per ABC group’s CFS,

• Global consolidated group revenue is € 100,000 mn

• Group PBT is € 40,000 mn

• Group PBT margin is 40%

(iv) ABC group follows different sale model in different countries it operates:

Particulars

France

UK

India

Brazil

Sales model

Remote presence

LRD

FRD

DAPE performing all
key functions and risk related Brazil market

Sales

10,000 mn

20,000 mn

40,000 mn

30,000 mn

Transfer Pricing (TP)
remuneration

NA

2%

10%

5%

(v) All countries (France, UK, India, Brazil) qualify as eligible market jurisdictions meeting nexus test.

(vi) Calculation of Amount A at MNE level:

Particulars

 

Profit margin

Amount in €

Profit before tax
(PBT) of the Group

(A)

40% of turnover

40,000

Less: Routine profits

 

(10% of € 100,000Mn)

(B)

10% of turnover

10,000

Non-routine profits

C = A-B

30% of turnover

30,000

Profits attributable to non-market factors

D = 75% of C

22.5% of turnover

6,750

Profits attributable to market
jurisdictions (Amount A)

E = 25% of D

7.5% of turnover

2,250

6.6  Allocation of Amount A in France where sales are only through remote presence:

(i)
GCo does not have any physical presence in France. Under existing tax
rules, GCo’s income is outside tax net in France (since GCo does not
have a PE in France) and thus, all profits earned from France market
(routine as well as non routine) are taxed only in Germany in hands of
GCo.

(ii) Though France does not have taxing right under
existing tax rules (due to no physical presence), Amount A regime ensure
that some profits shall be allocated to France.

(iii) As
calculated above, applying the “25% over 10% rule”, Amount A to be
allocated to market jurisdictions comes to 7.5% of the turnover. Since
turnover from France is € 10,000 mn, 7.5% of France turnover i.e. €750
mn will be allocated to France on which taxes will need to be paid in
France.

(iv) However, issue arises as to which entity will pay
taxes on Amount A in France. In this regard, the discussion in the
Blueprint and also global consensus statement released in July and
October 2021 suggests that Amount A tax liability will be borne by
entity/ entities which are allocated residual/ non routine profits under
per existing tax/ TP laws.

(v) In the given example, all
profits (routine as well as non routine) from France business are taxed
in hands of GCo under existing tax rules. In other words, € 750 mn
allocated to France under Amount A is already being taxed in Germany in
hands of GCo due to existing transfer pricing norms. Hence, GCo may be
identified as “paying entity” in France and be obligated to pay tax on
Amount A in France. Subsequently, GCo can claim credit of taxes paid in
France in its residence jurisdiction (i.e. Germany).

6.7 Allocation of Amount A in UK where presence in form of LRD:

(i)
Usually, presence in the form of LRD is contributing to routine sales
functions on a physical basis in such market jurisdiction. It is not a
category of work which contributes to any super profit, but is taking
care of logistics and routine functions for which no more than routine
profits can be attributed.

(ii) In this case, the sales in UK are
not made by GCo directly but instead it made through LRD physically
established in UK. In other words, headquarter company (GCo) is the
intellectual property (IP) owner and principal distributor but the group
has an LRD in UK (UKCo) which perform routine sales functions under
purview of overall policy developed by GCo.

(iii) Under existing
TP principles, it is assumed that UKCo is remunerated @ 2% of UK
revenue for its routine functions and balance is retained by GCo which
is not taxed in UK. In other words, all profits attributable to non
routine functions is attributed to GCo and hence not taxable in UK in
absence of PE of GCo in UK.

(iv) As mentioned above, under
existing laws, LRD are remunerated for routine functions Amount A
contemplates allocation of a part of super profit/ non routine profits.
Considering this, there is no concession or reduction in the allocation
of Amount A in LRD scenario merely because there is taxability @2% of
turnover for routine efforts in the form of LRD. The overall taxing
right of UK will comprise of compensation towards LRD function as
increased by allocation of super profits in form of Amount A.

(v)
Also, even if UK tax authorities, during UKCo’s TP assessment, allege
that UKCo’s remuneration should be increased from 2% to 5% of UK
turnover, still there would not implication on Amount A allocable to UK
since UKCo’s increase in remuneration for performing more routine
functions and no element of super profit forms part of such
remuneration.

(vi) While tax on compensation towards LRD
function will be payable by UKCo, issue arises which entity should pay
tax on Amount A allocable to UK. Since GCo is the IP owner and principal
distributor, existing TP rules would allocate all super profits
pertaining to UK market be allocated to GCo. Thus, the super profits of €
1500 mn (7.5% of € 20,000 mn) allocated to UK under Amount A is already
being taxed in Germany in hands of GCo basis the existing TP norms.
Hence, the discussion in the Blueprint suggests that GCo should be made
obligated to pay tax on Amount A in UK and then GCo can claim credit of
taxes paid in UK in its residence jurisdiction (i.e. Germany) against
income taxable under existing tax laws. Accordingly, UKCo would pay tax
in UK on LRD functions (i.e. routine functions) whereas GCo would pay
tax on super profits allocated to UK in form of Amount A.

6.8 Allocation of profits in India where presence in form of FRD:

(i)
An MNE Group may appoint a FRD in a market jurisdiction. An FRD
performs important functions such as market strategy, pricing, product
placement and also undertakes high risk qua the market jurisdiction. In
essence, the FRD performs marketing and distribution function in
entirety. Hence, unlike an LRD, FRD are remunerated not only with
routine returns but also certain non routine returns.

(ii) In
given case study, MNE group carries out business in India through an FRD
model. All key marketing and distribution functions related to Indian
market is undertaken by FRD in India (ICo). Applying TP principles, ICo
is remunerated at 10% of India sales.

(iii) Amount A
contemplates allocation of a part of MNE’s super profits to market
jurisdiction. Had there been no physical presence in India, part of
super profits allocable to India as Amount A would be € 3000 mn (7.5% of
€ 40,000).

(iv) Now, ICo as FRD, is already getting taxed in
India.It is represents taxability in India as per traditional rules for
performing certain marketing functions within India which contribute to
routine as also super profits functions in India. This is, therefore, a
case where, in the hands of ICo, as per traditional rules, part of the
super profit element of MNE is separately getting taxed in the hands of
ICo.

(v) In such case, the Blueprint assumes that while, up to 2%
of market turnover, the taxability can be attributed towards routine
functions of ICo (instead of towards super profit functions), the
taxability in addition to 2% of India turnover in hands of ICo is
attributable to marketing functions which contribute to super profit.

(vi)
Since India is already taxing some portion of super profits in hands of
ICo under existing tax rules, allocation of Amount A to India (which is
a portion of super profits) create risk of double counting. In order to
ensure there is no double counting of super profits in India under
Amount A regime and existing TP rules, the Blueprint recognises that,
Amount A allocated to India (i.e. 7.5%) should be adjusted to the extent
super profits are already taxed in market jurisdiction. In order to
eliminate double counting, following steps are suggested2:

a)
Find out the amount as would have been allocable to market jurisdiction
as per Amount A (in our illustration, 7.5% of India turnover of € 40,000
mn).

b) Fixed routine profit which may be expected to be earned
within India for routine operations in India. While this profit margin
needs to be multilaterally agreed upon, for this example, we assume that
additional profit of 2% of India turnover will be expected to be earned
in India on account of physical operations in India. Additional 2% of
India turnover can be considered allocable to India in lieu of routine
sales and marketing functions in India – being the allocation which does
not interfere with super profit element.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

2   
Referred to as marketing and distribution safe
harbour regime in the blueprint

c) Desired minimum allocation to market
jurisdiction of India for routine and non routine activities can be
expected to be 9.5% of the India turnover, on an aggregate of (a) and
(b) above.

d) This desired minimum return at step (c) needs to
be compared with the allocation which has been made in favour of India
as per TP analysis:

• If the amount allocated to FRD in India is
already more than 9.5% of turnover, no further amount will be allocable
under the umbrella of Amount A.

• On the other hand, if the
remuneration taxed under TP analysis is <9.5%, Amount A taxable will
be reduced to the difference of TP return and amount calculated at (c).


However, if the return under TP analysis is <2%, then it is assumed
that FRD is, at the highest, taxed as if it is performing routine
functions and has not been allocated any super profit under TP laws. The
allocation may have been considered towards super profit only if it
exceeded 2% of India turnover. And hence, in such case, allocation of
Amount A will continue to be 7.5% of India turnover towards super profit
elements. There can be no reduction therefrom on the premise that TP
analysis has already been carried out in India. Also, it may be noted
since Amount A determined as per step (a) above is 7.5% of India
turnover, an allocation in excess to this amount cannot be made under
Amount A.

(viii) To understand the above mentioned steps more lucidly, consider TP remuneration to FRD in India under 3 scenarios-

a. Scenario 1- ICo is remunerated @ 10% of India turnover

b. Scenario 2- ICo is remunerated @ 5% of India turnover

c. Scenario 3- ICo is remunerated @ 1% of India turnover

Particulars

Scenario 1

Scenario 2

Scenario 3

Amount A allocable to
India (as determined above)

7.5%

7.5%

7.5%

Return towards
routine functions (which OECD considers tolerable additional allocation in
view of presence in India)

2%

2%

2%

Sum of a + b (This is
sum of routine and non routine profits that the OECD expects Indian FRD to
earn)

9.5%

9.5%

9.5%

TP remuneration to FRD in India

10%

5%

1%

Final Amount A to be allocated to India

No
Amount A allocable since FRD in India is already remunerated above OECD’s
expectation of 9.5%

4.5%,

 

OECD
expects Indian FRD to earn 9.5% but it is remunerated at 5%. Hence, only 4.5%
to be allocated as Amount A (instead of 7.5% as determined at (a))

 

7.5%,

 

No
reduction in Amount A since OECD intends only to eliminate double counting of
non routine profits and where existing TP returns is less than fixed return
towards routine functions, it is clear that no non routine profit is
allocated to India under existing tax laws

(viii) Once the adjusted Amount A is determined as per steps
above, one would need to determine which entity would pay tax on such
Amount A in India. In this case, since GCo and ICo both perform function
asset risk (FAR) activities that results in revenues from India market,
the Blueprint recognises that choosing the paying entity (i.e. entity
obligated to pay tax on Amount A in India) will require further
discussions/ deliberations.

6.9 Allocation of Amount A in Brazil where presence is in form of DAPE

(i)
MNE group carries out business in Brazil through a dependent agent
which trigger DAPE of GCo in Brazil. DAPE perform key marketing and
distribution functions related to Brazil market. Applying TP principles,
DAPE is remunerated at 5% of Brazil
sales.

(ii) In this case,
since DAPE perform high risk functions as FRD, where DAPE performs high
risk functions, the taxability of Amount A would be similar to FRD
scenario discussed at Para 6.8.

(iii) Had there been no physical
presence in Brazil, 7.5% ofBrazil turnover would be allocable as Amount
A. However, by virtue of DAPE presence, GCo is taxed in Brazil @ 5% of
Brazil turnover. Since functional analysis of DAPE is such that it
perform beyond routine functions, as per traditional profit attribution
rules, part of the super profit element of MNE is separately getting
taxed in the hands of DAPE. Hence, such double taxation needs to be
eliminated.

(iv) As per mechanism discussed above at Para 6.8,
OECD expects that Brazil should at least get taxing rights over 9.5% of
Brazil turnover (i.e. 7.5% towards non routine element as Amount A + 2%
towards routine functions). However, since DAPE is already taxed @ 5% of
Brazil turnover, only the differential 4.5% of Brazil turnover shall be
allocable as Amount A.

6.10 Snapshot of allocation of Amount A under different sales models:

Particulars

France

UK

India

Brazil

Sales model

Remote presence

LRD

FRD

DAPE

Amount A allocable
(as determined above)

7.5%

7.5%

7.5%

7.5%

Fixed return towards
routine functions (as calibrated by OECD)

Marketing and distribution safe harbour
regime-NA since MNE has no presence or limited risk presence

2%

2%

Sum of a + b

9.5%

9.5%

TP remuneration to FRD in India

10%

5%

Final Amount A to be
allocated

7.5%

7.5%

NIL, since FRD in India is already remunerated above
OECD’s expectation of 9.5%

4.5%

OECD expects
DAPE to earn 9.5% but it is remunerated at 5%. Hence, only 4.5% to be
allocated as Amount A

Entity obligated to
pay Amount A

GCo  (FAR
analysis would indicate that GCo performs all key functions and assumes risk
related to France and UK market which helps to earn non routine profits from
these markets) 

NA, since there is no Amount A allocated to India

Depending on FAR analysis, Amount A may be payable by
GCo or DAPE or both on pro rata basis

7. IMPLEMENTATION OF AMOUNT A REGIME:

7.1
Amount A shall be implemented though changes in domestic law as well as
introduction of a new Multilateral Convention (MLC).

7.2 To
facilitate consistency in the approach taken by jurisdictions and to
support domestic implementation consistent with the agreed timelines and
their domestic legislative procedures, OECD shall provide Model Rules
for Domestic Legislation (Model Rules) and related Commentary through
which Amount A that would be translated into domestic law3. Model Rules,
once finalised and agreed by all members of BEPS IF, will serve basis
for the substantive provisions that will be included in the MLC.

7.3
From India perspective, with respect to domestic law changes under
India tax laws to implement Amount A regime, India will need to follow
the process of approval from both the Houses of Parliament and
thereafter consent of the President. From treaty perspective, the
process of ratification of tax treaties has been delegated to the
executive in terms of Section 90 of the Income Tax Act, 1961. Reliance
may be placed on Circular 108 dated 20.3.1973 which states that Central
Government is empowered to make provisions for implementing the
agreement by the issue of a notification in the Official Gazette.

7.4 New MLC to implement Pillar One with below mechanics:

(i)
The new MLC will introduce a multilateral framework for all
jurisdictions in consensus of Amount A, regardless of whether a tax
treaty currently exists between those jurisdictions.

(ii) Where
there is no tax treaty in force between parties, the MLC will create the
relationship necessary to ensure the effective implementation of all
aspects of Amount A.

(iii) If a tax treaty already exists between
parties to the new MLC, that tax treaty will remain in force and
continue to govern cross-border taxation outside Amount A, but the new
MLC will address inconsistencies with existing tax treaties to the
extent necessary to give effect to the solution with respect to Amount
A.

(iv) The MLC will contain the rules necessary to determine and
allocate Amount A and eliminate double taxation, as well as the
simplified administration process, the exchange of information process
and the processes for dispute prevention and resolution in a mandatory
and binding manner.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

3   
Draft model scope, nexus and revenue sourcing, tax
base rules to be included in domestic legislation have already been released

7.5 Earlier, the target was to develop
and open the MLC for signature in 2022 and jurisdictions would
expeditiously ratify the same with the aim for it to be in force and
with effect from 2023. Perhaps this target was far too ambitious. As per
recent communication by OECD4, the target deadline for effective date
of Amount A has been moved to 2024.

8. WITHDRAWAL OF UNILATERAL MEASURES:

8.1
When no consensus was reached in 2015 under BEPS Action Plan 1 on
taxation of digital economy, many countries introduced unilateral
measure in their domestic tax laws such as digital services tax (DST),
equalisation levy, significant economic presence, etc.

8.2 Global consensus on withdrawal of unilateral measure: The
October 2021 statement provides that the new MLC will require the
removal of all digital services taxes and other relevant similar
measures for all companies and the commitment not to introduce such
measures in the future. A detailed definition of “other relevant similar
measures” will be finalized as part of the adoption of the MLC.
Further, no newly enacted DST or other relevant similar measures will be
imposed on
any company from 8th October 2021 and until the earlier of 31st December 2023 or the coming into force of the new MLC.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

4   
OECD Secretary-General Matthias Cormann stated in
World Economic Forum meeting in Davos, Switzerland held on 24th May,
2022

8.3 India impact:

(i) India has introduced
Equalisation Levy (EL) and Significant Economic Presence (SEP) to
effectively tax digital economy. It is currently not clear whether SEP
provisions introduced in Indian tax laws can qualify as “other similar
tax measures” and hence required to be withdrawn. With respect to EL,
clarity is awaited from Indian tax administration on whether, as part of
India’s commitment to global consensus, EL measures shall be withdrawn.
As per news reports, India’s Finance Minister indicated that India
would withdraw EL once global tax deal is implemented5.

(ii) A
constant debate is how much India expected to gain from Pillar One
particularly since India may need to withdraw its unilateral measures.
As per reports6, in 2019–20, India collected R1,136 crores tax revenue
through EL. In F.Y. 2022-21, the tax revenue from EL rose to R2,057
crores. And in F.Y. 2022, it collected R4,000 crores EL revenue —?a
staggering 100% increase from the previous year. As compared to that,
while OECD expects that under Pillar One around $ 125 bn shall be
reallocated to market jurisdictions on yearly basis, it is currently not
known how much of these profits will be allocated to India as a market
jurisdiction. One needs to be mindful that Amount A is applicable only
to very large MNE groups (around top 100 MNEs) and also, while India may
be a large market for many foreign MNE groups, large Indian
headquartered MNEs may also need to comply with Pillar One rules and
India will need to share its taxing right with other countries.
Accordingly, while it is clear that EL has benefitted the kitty of
Indian exchequers, there is not clarity on how much tax revenues will
yield in favour of India under Pillar One.

8.4 Compromise with US to levy EL till implementation of Amount A:

(i)
In 2020-2021, US Trade Representative (USTR) conducted investigations
against digital taxes levied by several countries7and found that such
levies discriminatory against US digital companies and as retaliatory
measures, US threatened with additional tariffs on import of certain
items into US.

(ii) However, considering the ongoing discussions
under Pillar One,US has reached a compromise with several European
countries8 and India. As per compromise agreed with India, India is not
required to withdraw e-commerce EL until Pillar One takes effect.
However, India shall allow credit of the portion of EL accrued by a MNE
during “interim period” against the MNE’s future Pillar One Amount A tax
liability which arises when Pillar One rules are in effect. Interim
period starting from 1st April, 2022 till the implementation of Pillar
One or 31st March, 2024, whichever is earlier. In return, US has agreed
to withdraw trade retaliatory measures.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

5   
https://www.bloombergquint.com/business/indias-digital-tax-will-be-withdrawn-once-global-reform-effective-finance-minister-sitharaman

6   Sourced from
article titled- “An explainer on India’s digital tax revenues” issued by
Finshots on 18th May, 2022

7   Austria, Brazil,
the Czech Republic, the European Union, India, Indonesia, Italy, Spain, Turkey,
and the United Kingdom


9. CONCLUDING THOUGHTS:

Pillar
One aims to revolutionise fundamentals of existing international tax
system but, building such new tax system (with new nexus and profit
allocation rules) will be an arduous and onerous task. While the 137
countries have agreed on the broad contours of the Pillar One framework,
the fine print of the Pillar One rules are still being deliberated and
negotiated at OECD level. If the discussion drafts released by OECD on
scope, nexus rules, tax base etc. are any guide, it may be stated that
the devil lies in detail; since the detailed rules being chiselled out
are highly complex and convoluted. MNEs will have a daunting task of
understanding the nuances of the proposals and its impact on their
business, though on a positive side, there may be relief from unilateral
measures taken by countries to tax digital economy once Pillar One
proposal is implemented.

While tax authorities will be eager to
have another sword in their armoury, it may be noted that the OECD
proposal is still far away from finishing line. The ambitious plan of
implementing Pillar One rules by end of 2022 has been deferred to end of
2024. Explaining the delay on Pillar One, OECD Director of the Centre
for Tax Policy and Administration, Pascal Saint-Amans said9 “it was not
delayed, but rather subject to an extremely intensive negotiation”.

A
clear concern being raised by countries on Pillar One proposal is the
quantum of additional tax revenues that will be gained from implementing
these new tax rules. For instance, United States Treasury Secretary,
Janet Yellen, recently10 stated “Pillar One will have a small impact. We
will gain revenue from our ability to tax foreign corporations in the
US and lose some from reallocation of taxing authority, and it could be
positive or negative depending on details not yet worked out.”

____________________________________________________

8   UK, Austria,
France, Italy, Spain, Turkey

9   Stated in
Economic and Financial Council meeting in Luxembourg held on 17th
June, 2022

10 Stated in a 7th
June, 2022 Senate Finance Committee hearing on the F.Y. 2023 Budget

Similarly,
the human right experts appointed and mandated by United Nations Human
Rights Council has raised11 several concerns on OECD Pillar One such as
the solution will bring about only minimal benefits to developing
countries, the solution is fairly complex and entails a
disproportionately high administrative burden for countries with low or
overly stressed capacities. However, responding to such allegations,
OECD defended12 that Pillar One rules “stabilise the international tax
environment and defuse the trade tensions that result from a
proliferation of unilateral measures creating a drag on the world
economy precisely at a time when all economies are trying to rebuild the
fiscal space needed to address the economic shock of the COVID
pandemic”.

Thus, while the global tax deal has been struck, the
agreed framework will need to traverse through various hurdles before
the formal rules are sketched and implemented. It seems that OECD will
be walking on a tight rope with political power play of the countries on
one side and development of workable solution on the other.

Annexure: Source rule for some of key revenue categories for Pillar One

Key revenue stream

Market jurisdiction to whom revenue is to be allocated

Goods

Sale of Finished
goods to final customers (directly by the Covered Group or through
Independent Distributor)

Place of the delivery
of the finished goods to final customer

Sale of Digital goods
(other than component)

• In case of B2C
sale- Location of Consumer

 

• In case of B2B
sale- Place of use of B2B goods by business customer

Sale of components

Place of delivery to
final customer of the finished good into which the component is incorporated

Services

Location-specific
services (such as Services
Connected to Tangible Property)

Place of performance
of the service

Advertisement (Ad)
services

• Online Ad service-
Location of the viewer of online Ad

 

• Other Ad service-
Place of display or reception of Ad

Online intermediation
services

• Facilitation of
tangible or digital goods and digital services- Sourced 50-50% between
location of purchaser and seller

 

• Facilitation of
offline service- Sourced 50-50% between
location of customer and place
where offline service is
performed

Any other B2C
services

Location of the
Consumer

Any other B2B
services

Place of use of the
service

Other transactions

Licensing, sale or
other alienation of IP

• Where IP supports
provision
of service- Place of use of that service

 

• Any other case-
Place of use of IP by final customer

Licensing, sale or
other alienation of user data

Location of the User
that is the subject of the data being
transferred

Sale, lease or other
alienation of Real Property

Location of Real
Property

(This is the second article on Pillar One. The BEPS 2.0 series will continue with Pillar Two article/s)

INTERPLAY OF SCHEDULE III AND CARO – KEY IMPLEMENTATION CHALLENGES FOR PREPARERS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND AUDITORS

INTRODUCTION
Schedule III, which prescribes disclosures and formats of financial statements of every Company in India, was revised by notification dated 24th March, 2021 of the MCA. These amendments are effective from 1st April, 2021 i.e., for all financial statements for periods beginning on or after 1st April, 2021.
The companies following calendar year i.e., January to December
therefore will have to comply for periods commencing from 1st January,
2022. Since financial reporting is a critical communication mode between
the preparers and users of financial statements (FS), many of the
changes like disclosures about relationships with struck-off companies,
ratios, promoters’ shareholding, capital work-in-progress, intangible
assets under development, ageing analysis, undisclosed income, etc. have
far-reaching implications for prepares and statutory auditors.
Both will have to put extensive efforts in the preparation of the FS in
terms of understanding what is needed, gathering information, and
ensuring its accuracy and completeness as well as internal consistency.
Over the years, globally, the trend has been to make information that
the preparer has available to the user. Therefore, Schedule III, too
has, kept up with the pace in prescribing disclosures in granular
details that was earlier not available to investors. Not only that, but
the preparers are mandated to include similar additional information for comparative periods which adds to the challenge for companies and their auditors in this first year of implementation.

Well, that is not it. Companies (Auditor’s Report) 2020, i.e. CARO 2020 that was deferred twice, is also applicable for audits of FS commencing on or after 1st April, 2021
and; it is beyond compliance now due to various additional reporting
requirements. The good news is that CARO 2020 is aligned with the
several new clauses of Schedule III1. The intent is clear: the preparers
should make the disclosures in the FS before the auditor reports.

____________________________________________________
1 Reference may be to ICAI Announcement on Guidance Note on the Companies
(Auditor’s Report) Order, 2020 dated April 2, 2022.
Schedule
III also now mandate reporting on outbound or inbound loans, advances,
and investments that are intended to be routed via an intermediary
entity pursuant to reporting by auditors thereon under the main report
heading of ‘Report on other legal and regulatory requirements’. This
reporting will unmask the identity, amount and relationship with the ultimate beneficiary receiving those funds.
Considering the extensive changes in Schedule III and CARO 2020, the
year ending March 2022 is a big reporting change for both the prepares
as well as the auditors. Since an auditor is required to issue a true
and fair view on the FS, the additional disclosures as prescribed in
Schedule III will form part of FS and hence will be covered by the
auditor’s report and therefore will require further efforts. Schedule
III also requires the management to provide a declaration that relevant
provisions of the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 and Companies
Act have been complied with for such transactions and the transactions
are not violative of the Prevention of Money-Laundering Act, 2002. The
auditor is made to inquire and report specifically on these aspects. ICAI
has issued a detailed implementation guide on Auditor’s Report under
Rule 11(d) of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Amendment Rules, 2017 and
Amendment to Schedule III to Companies Act, 2013.

The
objective of this article is to explain key changes introduced in
Schedule III and provide some plausible options to deal with the
challenges
in respect of new disclosure requirements of Schedule III along with reporting under CARO 2020.

ICAI has released a Guidance Note on Schedule III for both Division I and Division II (January 2022 edition) and a Guidance Note on CARO 2020,
which addresses some of the implementation questions. Additionally, the
exposure Draft on GN on CARO 2020 is already in the public domain and
is likely to be released shortly as the date of giving comments ends in
June 2022.

1. Relationship with Struck off Companies
This
disclosure requires the company to provide details of the balance
outstanding in respect of any transactions with companies struck off
under Section 248 of the Companies Act, 2013 or Section 560 of the
Companies Act, 1956. This disclosure is not limited to the purchase or
sale of goods or services but covers ‘any transactions’ including
disclosure regarding investment in securities of struck-off companies
and disclosure regarding shares of the company being held by struck-off
companies.

The data of companies struck-off is published by each Registrar of Companies (ROC) separately in PDF in Form No STK-7. Considering that there are about 25 ROCs
in major states in India, compiling this data can be a time-consuming
exercise. Also, Form STK-7 contains only the name of the company and the
Company Identification Number (CIN). Imagine the problem of identifying
companies from these lists when both vendor/customer lists run long and when duplicity of names is a known challenge.

On
top of this, the auditor has to report whether the company has
considered the latest list of struck off companies while identifying the
struck-off companies of all relevant locations. It might be possible
that the date on which the list of struck of companies has been compiled in Form STK – 7 do not coincide with the balance sheet date. Accordingly,
the identification of struck-off companies and its consequent
disclosure would be affected due to lack of updated information. In such
cases, the auditor should assess the processes established by the
Company to confirm that the disclosure is not materially misstated. One may argue as to whether such information justifies benefits vis-a-vis efforts by the company as well as the auditor. Such information may not affect true and fair view of the FS. The intent of this amendment is not clear and with such changes, FS may be used as a source of identifying non-compliances.

Companies
whose names were struck-off during the financial year, but an order had
been passed by any adjudicating authority (for e.g., NCLT) restoring
the company’s name before approval of the FS may not be considered as
struck-off companies.

It would be beneficial and useful for corporates if
MCA publishes a consolidated STK-7 report as of every month end, which
should be updated at specific intervals and provided in a MS Excel
format to enable companies to use this data as the base for their
disclosures.
Also, it would be beneficial if MCA can provide the PAN
no. in Form STK-7 along with CIN no. since many companies maintain
details of PAN no. of vendors and customers but not necessarily the CIN
no. This will definitely add to the stated policy of ease of doing
business.

There is no separate reporting under CARO 2020 on the above.

2. Computation of Ratios
Ratio
analysis plays an important role in assessing the financial health of a
company. The comparison of performance indicators in one company with
those of another can provide significant insight into the company’s
performance.

Schedule III disclosure now requires every company
(to which Division I, Division II and Division III of Schedule III
apply) to provide 11 analytical ratios with the details of what
constitutes the numerator and denominator. Further, the company shall
give a commentary explaining any change (whether positive or negative)
in the ratio by more than 25% as compared to the ratio of the preceding
year. While the Guidance Note provides no guidance on such
explanation, some examples (basis FS available in public domain) include
variation in current ratio is primarily due to temporary increase in
current borrowings and trade payables, variations in coverage, turnover
and other profitability ratios are primarily due to increase in turnover
and profitability etc.

SEBI Listing and Disclosure
Requirements (Amendment) Regulation, 2018 required disclosure of key
financial ratios in Management Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) in
Management Discussion & Analysis (MD&A). Also, an important
point to note is that SEBI also has prescribed in SEBI LODR (Amendment) Regulations, key financial ratios to be disclosed in the quarterly results of debt listed entities. However, the
list of ratios in Schedule III and SEBI requirement is not completely
aligned, though some of the ratios are common e.g., current ratio,
debt-equity ratio, debt service coverage ratio, inventory turnover and
debtors turnover.
One would have hoped that the two amendments would have been coherent and avoided DUPLICATION.

There
is a lack of clarity on various terms used in the Guidance Note on
Revised Schedule III e.g., Return on Capital Employed [Capital Employed =
Tangible Net Worth + Total Debt + Deferred Tax Liability]. The term ‘Tangible Net Worth’ has not been defined and different practices may be followed by companies. Further the guidance note prescribes a complex formula for computation of Return on Investment based on Time Weighted Rate of Return.
A simpler formula could have not only made sense to thousands of
preparers but also resulted in a more meaningful and uniform
calculation. However, since Schedule III requires an explanation of the
items included in the numerator and denominator for computing these
ratios, companies may adopt a simpler formula for computation and
explain this in the FS. However, this may lead to divergent practices
and the entire objective of providing consistent and comparable
information to investors will not be met.

The disclosures
required by NBFCs are completely different i.e., Capital to
risk-weighted assets ratio (CRAR), Tier I CRAR, Tier II CRAR and
liquidity coverage ratio.

CARO 2020 requires the auditor to
consider these prescribed ratios and assess whether any material
uncertainty exists in the repayment of liabilities.
This assessment is limited to material
uncertainty in repayment of liabilities and is different from the
assessment of material uncertainty on-going concern as envisaged under
SA 570.

To determine the items to be included in the
numerator and in the denominator for any ratio, reference may be drawn
from several sources for e.g., ratio’s usage in common parlance,
investor reports, industry reports, market research reports, approach of
credit rating agencies, etc. As per the ICAI Guidance note on Schedule
III, there may be a need to factor in company-specific and sector-specific nuances
that may require necessary modifications to the reference considered.
In other words, items included in numerator and denominator of any ratio
may not be standardized across companies as the calculation methodology
would be based on facts and circumstances of each company, nature of
transactions, nature of industry/sector in which the company operations
or the applicable regulatory requirements that a company needs to comply
with.

Lease liabilities–computation of ratios

There
was no specific guidance earlier on the classification of lease
liabilities. Reference was drawn by the companies from the disclosure
requirements of finance lease obligation in the guidance note on Ind AS
Schedule III. The current maturities of lease liabilities were disclosed
under other financial liabilities (similar to current maturities of
finance lease obligation) and for long-term maturities of lease
liabilities, it was allowed to classify the same either under long-term
borrowings or under other non-current financial liabilities. The amendment
made in Schedule III clarifies that long-term maturities and current
maturities of lease obligations needs to be classified under non-current
and current financial liabilities respectively.

With this specific clarification,
the earlier debate on whether lease liabilities were to be classified
under borrowings or under other financial liabilities is settled.
It
will lead to consistency in presentation requirement of all companies
and ensure smooth benchmarking in industry. ICAI Guidance Note provides
that debt-to-equity ratio compares a Company’s total debt to
shareholders equity and provides the following method of computation:

Debt-Equity Ratio = Total Debt/Shareholder’s Equity

Considering
the fact that now financial ratios are required to be disclosed in the
FS, a question may arise as to whether lease liability will be factored
in debt equity ratio or not.
Some of the FS issued in public domain
include lease liability in computation of debt equity ratio and formula
has been given for such computation. Further, in case of debt service
coverage ratio, the Guidance Note specifically includes interest and
lease payments in debt service.

3. Reclassification – Presentation of comparative period numbers
As per Note 7 to General Instructions for Preparation of Balance Sheet, when
a company applies an accounting policy retrospectively or makes a
restatement of items in the financial statements or when it reclassifies
items in its financial statements, the company shall attach to the
Balance Sheet, a Balance Sheet as at the beginning of the earliest
comparative period presented. Also, paragraph 41 of Ind AS 1
require an entity to reclassify comparative amounts, unless
impracticable, if an entity changes the presentation or classification
of items in its financial statements of the current reporting period.

The amendments may require the companies to either changing the presentation or classification of certain items in the FS. Such
changes result in providing additional information to the users of the
FS and are required to be made by Companies in order to comply with the
statutory requirements of Ind AS Schedule III.
ICAI Guidance note on
Schedule III clarifies that the Company may not present a third balance
sheet as at the beginning of the preceding period when preparing FS in
line with the amended requirements of Ind AS Schedule III. However,
comparative information may be required to be reclassified by all
companies since revised Schedule III will lead to change in presentation
or classification of items in the FS of the current reporting period. Detailed disclosures should be given in the FS for such reclassification.

4. Borrowings obtained on the basis of security of current assets and reporting on Working capital limits
Schedule III requires where the company has borrowings from banks or
financial institutions on the basis of security of current assets, it
shall disclose whether quarterly returns or statements of current assets
filed by the company with banks or financial institutions are in
agreement with the books of account; and in case of any differences, the
company is required to provide summary of reconciliation and disclose
reasons of such material discrepancies. CARO 2020 reporting would be required only in case where working capital limits are sanctioned in excess of INR 5 crores and obtained on the basis of current assets security. However, no
such limit criteria is mentioned in requirements of Schedule III
amendment. Schedule III requires to provide the disclosure in case of
all types of borrowing which are obtained basis current assets security.
However, CARO reporting is only required in case of sanctioned working capital.

Instances
of differences may be relating to difference in value of stock, amount
of debtors, ageing analysis of debtors, etc. between the books of
account and the returns/statements submitted to banks/financial
institutions.

The auditor is required to comment on discrepancies.
The issue may arise wherein in case the returns/statements after having
been furnished with the banks are revised and such revised
statements/returns have been submitted to the bank, then whether the
comparison should be made with respect to such revised
returns/statements. In all such cases, it may be factually reported that
the return has been subsequently revised, and it is important for the
auditor to obtain copy of the revised return duly acknowledged by bank.
However, since the reporting is based on the quarterly returns or
statements filed by the company, auditor is required to report on
discrepancies even if the differences/discrepancies are reconciled at
the year-end. The auditor needs to exercise his/her professional
judgment to determine the materiality and the relevance of the discrepancy to the users of FS while reporting under this clause.

In
order to verify that the copy of returns/statements provided by
management is the same as the one submitted to the bank, the auditor
should request for a copy duly acknowledged by the lender.

5. Trade Receivables and Trade Payables
Schedule
III now requires ageing of trade receivables and trade payables from
due date to be included in the FS in the prescribed format. Further,
trade receivables and trade payables need to be further bifurcated into disputed and undisputed balances. Where disputed/ undisputed dues have not been defined under Schedule III and it may be challenging to identify the disputed dues
when the company is having a running account with parties with long
list of reconciliation items. The Guidance Note provides a
principle-based definition i.e. a dispute is a matter of facts and
circumstances of the case; however, dispute means disagreement between
two parties demonstrated by some positive evidence which supports or
corroborates the fact of disagreement.

This disclosure is
required only in respect of Trade Receivables and Trade Payables. Items
which do not fall under Trade Receivables / Trade Payables are not
required to be disclosed. For expel certain companies like
construction/project companies, have contract assets (unbilled revenue).
This disclosure is not required in case of unbilled revenue.

Earlier companies were not mandated to give detailed ageing. Many
companies may not have adequate system of generating ageing data of
trade payable as required now in the amendment including tracking of
trade payables, which are disputed.
Considering detailed ageing data is required to be furnished in the FS, companies should ensure that their ERP
are geared up to furnish such information. Companies must institute
robust internal control and documentation for categorization between
disputed and undisputed dues.

The amendment clarifies that unbilled dues should be disclosed separately.

There is no separate reporting under CARO 2020 on the above.

6. Capital Work-in-progress (CWIP) and intangible assets under development
The
revised Schedule III requires disclosure of the total amount of
CWIP/intangible assets under development in the FS to be split between
two broad categories namely, ‘Projects in progress’ and ‘Projects temporarily suspended’ along with its ageing schedule. The disclosure is not required to be presented at an asset/project level,
however, the total amount presented in this disclosure should tally
with the total amount of CWIP/ intangible assets under development as
presented in the FS.

In respect of assets/projects forming part of CWIP/ intangible assets under development and which have become overdue
compared to their original plans or where cost is exceeded compared to
original plans, disclosure is required to be given for expected
completion timelines in defined ageing brackets
. It is important to
assess at what level the CWIP/intangible assets under development would
be capitalised i.e., whether CWIP/ intangible assets under development
would be capitalised as a whole or whether capitalised on a breakdown
basis. The unit of measure for recognition of property plant and
equipment/intangible asset can also serve as a useful guide.

Disclosures
mandated are very extensive. Companies will need to reconfigure or make
changes in their ERPs to collate the necessary information. The
amendment also needs to provide information separately for overdue
projects or projects which have exceeded costs compared to original
plan.

Companies are required to assess accounting implications on account of delay or suspension or cost overruns relating to capital projects.
Some of the key risks which they need to focus on are appropriateness
of borrowing cost capitalization, impairment of PP&E, capitalization
of abnormal costs.

There is no separate reporting under CARO 2020 on the above.

7. Undisclosed income
The
Company shall give details of any transaction not recorded in the books
of accounts that has been surrendered or disclosed as income during the
year in the tax assessments under the Income Tax Act, 1961 (such as,
search or survey or any other relevant provisions of the Income Tax Act,
1961), unless there is immunity for disclosure under any scheme and
also shall state whether the previously unrecorded income and related
assets have been properly recorded in the books of account during the
year.

CARO 2020 requires specific reporting by the auditor on undisclosed income. The meaning of “undisclosed income” shall be considered based on the Income Tax Act, 1961 or basis judicial decisions
provided on undisclosed income. What constitutes voluntary admission
poses several challenges, especially where the company has pending tax
assessments which have been decided up to a particular stage, and the
company chooses not to file an appeal. In such cases, the auditor needs
to review the submissions and statements filed in the course of
assessment to ascertain whether the additions to income were as a
consequence of certain transactions not recorded in the books.

Where undisclosed income and related assets of the earlier year have been recorded in the FS of the current year, the auditor should assess compliance of Ind AS 8/AS 5 with respect to correction of prior period error. Under Ind AS 8, prior period errors are corrected by restating the comparative information. Restatement of previously issued FS raises doubts on company’s internal controls. The
auditor should consider the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal
Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting while forming the opinion on
internal financial controls.

8. Compliance with approved Scheme(s) of Arrangements
The
disclosure prescribed under Schedule III would be required to be
provided in the FS of all companies involved in a scheme of arrangement
filed under Sections 230 to 237 of the Companies Act, 2013, including
the FS of the transferor company if required to be prepared after the
-approval of a scheme of arrangement.

A scheme of arrangement
sanctioned by the competent authority under prevalent laws will have the
effect of overriding requirements of the Accounting Standards where
differing requirements are present in sanctioned scheme vis-à-vis the
requirement of the relevant Accounting Standards. An issue might
arise for a composite scheme of arrangement e.g. A single scheme of
arrangement deals with the merger under section 230 as well as reduction
of capital under Section 66 of the Companies Act, 2013.
In this
regard the auditor should consider Section 129(5) of the Companies Act,
2013 which requires the company to disclose in its FS, the deviation
from the accounting standards, the reasons for such deviation and the
financial effects, if any, arising out of such deviation and ICAI’s
Announcement on ‘Disclosures in cases where a Court/Tribunal makes an
order sanctioning an accounting treatment which is different from that
prescribed by an Accounting Standard’ also provide disclosures as
introduced in Schedule III to the Companies Act, 2013.

The requirements
stated above require disclosure of any deviations from the accounting
requirements, including deviation arising from scheme of arrangements
approved under sections 230 to 237 of the Companies Act, 2013.

Accordingly, where a single scheme of arrangement deals with the merger
under section 230 as well as reduction of capital under section 66 of
the Companies Act, 2013, deviations if any from the accounting
requirements should be disclosed in the FS.

9. Applicability to Consolidated Financial Statements
The
Guidance note on Schedule III provides the following guidance on the
applicability of Schedule III requirements to consolidated financial
statements (CFS). Schedule III itself states that the provisions of the
Schedule are to be followed mutatis mutandis to a consolidated financial
statement. MCA has also clarified vide General Circular No. 39/2014
dated 14th October, 2014 that Schedule III to the Act with the
applicable Accounting Standards does not envisage that a company, while
preparing its CFS, merely repeats the disclosures made by it under
standalone accounts being consolidated. Accordingly, the company would need to give all disclosures relevant to CFS only. Guidance
note provided detailed guidance on many disclosure requirements to help
users understand what should be furnished in the FS. The Guidance note
also provides some exemptions from disclosures e.g., the company is not
required to disclose analytical ratios in the CFS. However, a debt –
listed company governed by SEBI LODR Regulations, 2015 (as amended) will
be required to make disclosures in the consolidated financial results.
Unlike CARO 2016, only new clause (xxi) in CARO 2020 will apply to the
CFS of the company. Qualification/Adverse remarks in CARO in the
audit report of companies which are consolidated in the CFS will be
required to be reported.

BOTTOM LINE
The amendments
to Schedule III and the introduction of CARO 2020 will add value to the
FS and auditor’s report for stakeholders, regulators, lenders, and
investors. The implementation is a real challenge, and timely
guidance/clarification may result in achieving the real objectives i.e.,
enhanced transparency and timely information. One would have hoped that
smaller entities/non-public interest entities would have been spared
from reporting on several of the above disclosures. A materiality/value
threshold would have also eased the burden on many preparers. A phased
manner of disclosure would also have reduced the burden on the preparers
and clarified issues in the course of time. If Companies resort to
boilerplate disclosures to ensure compliance, the real purpose of
introducing these changes may get lost.

RECENT AMENDMENTS IN TAXATION OF CHARITABLE TRUSTS

BACKGROUND
There have been significant amendments in the provisions of the Income-tax Act (Act) relating to taxation of Charitable Trusts. Our Finance Minister, Smt. Nirmala Sitharaman, started this process when she presented the Union Budget on 1st February, 2020. Since then, in her successive Budgets presented in 2021 and 2022, many significant amendments have been made. All these amendments have increased the compliance burden of the Charitable Trusts. In this Article, Public Charitable Trusts and Public Religious Trusts claiming exemption under sections 11, 12 and 13 of the Act are referred to as “Charitable Trusts”. Further, Universities, Educational Institutions, Hospitals etc., claiming exemption under section 10 (23 C) of the Act, are referred to as “Institutions”. Some of the important amendments made in the taxation provisions relating to Charitable Trusts and Institutions are discussed in this article.

REGISTRATION OF TRUSTS
Before the recent amendments, Institutions claiming exemption under section 10(23C) of the Act were required to get approval from the designated authority (Principal Commissioner or a Commissioner of Income-tax). The procedure for this was provided in section 10(23C). The approval, once granted, was operative until cancelled by the designated authority. For other Charitable Trusts, the procedure for registration was provided in section 12AA. Registration, once granted, continued until it was cancelled by the designated authority. The Charitable Trusts and other Institutions were entitled to get approval under section 80G from the designated authority. This approval under section 80G was valid until cancelled by the designated authority. On the strength of the certificate under section 80G the donor to the Charitable Trust or other Institutions could claim a deduction in the computation of his income for the whole or 50% of the donations as provided in section 80G. The Finance Act, 2020 has amended sections 10(23C), 11, 12A, 12AA and 80G and inserted section 12AB to completely change the procedure for registration of Trusts. These provisions are discussed below.

1. NEW PROCEDURE FOR REGISTRATION
(i)    A new section 12AB is inserted effective from 1st October, 2020. This section specifies the new procedure for registration of Charitable Trusts. Similarly, section 10(23C) is also amended and a similar procedure, as stated in section 12AB, has been provided. All the existing Charitable Trusts and other Institutions registered under section 10(23C) or 12AA will have to apply for fresh registration under the new provisions of section 10(23C) / 12AB within 3 months i.e. on or before 31st December, 2020. By CBDT Circular No. 16 dated 29th August, 2021, this date was extended up to 31st March, 2022. The fresh registration will be granted for 5 years. Thereafter, all Institutions / Trusts claiming exemption under section 10(23C)/11, will have to apply for renewal of registration every 5 years. For this purpose, the application for registration is to be made in Form No. 10A. The application for renewal of registration is to be made in Form No. 10AB.    

(ii)     Existing Charitable Trusts and Institutions have to apply for fresh registration under section 12AB or 10(23C) on or before 31st March, 2022. The designated authority will grant registration under section 12AB or 10(23C) for 5 Years. This order is to be passed within 3 months from the end of the month in which application is made. Six months before the expiry of the above period of 5 years, the Trusts/Institutions will have to again apply to the designated authority
for renewal of Registration which will be granted for a period of 5 years. This order has to be passed by the designated authority within six months from the end of the month when the application for renewal is made.

(iii) For new Charitable Trusts or Institutions the following procedure is to be followed:

(a) The application for registration in the prescribed form (Form No. 10AB) should be made to the designated authority at least one month prior to the commencement of the previous year relevant to the assessment year from which the registration is sought.

(b) In such a case, the designated authority will grant provisional registration for a period of 3 assessment years. The order for provisional registration is to be passed by the designated authority within one month from the last date of the month in which the application for registration is made.

(c) Where such provisional registration is granted for 3 years, the Trust/Institution will have to apply for renewal of registration in Form No. 10AB at least 6 months prior to expiry of the period of the provisional registration or within 6 months of commencement of its activities, whichever is earlier. In this case, designated authority has to pass order within 6 months from the end of the month in which application is made. In such a case, renewal of Registration will be granted for 5 years.

(iv) Section 11(7) is amended to provide that the registration of the Trust under section 12A/12AA will become inoperative from the date on which the trust is approved under section 10(23C)/10(46) or on 1st June, 2020 whichever is later. In such a case, the trust can apply once to make such registration operative under section 12AB. For this purpose, the application for making registration operative under section 12AB will have to be made at least 6 months prior to the commencement of the assessment year from which the registration is sought. The designated authority will have to pass the order within 6 months from the end of the month in which application is made. On making such registration operative, the approval under section 10(23C)/10(46) shall cease to have effect. Effectively, a trust now has to choose between registration under section 10(23C)/10(46) and section 12AB.

(v) Where a Trust or Institution has made modifications in its objects and such modifications do not conform with the conditions of registration, application should be made to the designated authority within 30 days from the date of such modifications.

(vi) Where the application for renewal of registration is made, as stated above, the designated authority has power to call for such documents or information from the Trust / Institution or make such inquiry in order to satisfy about (a) the genuineness of the Trust / Institution and (b) the compliance with requirements of any other applicable law for achieving the objects of the Trust or institution. After satisfying himself, the designated authority will grant renewal of registration for 5 years or reject the application after giving hearing to the trustees. If the application is rejected, the Trust or Institution can file an appeal before ITA Tribunal within 60 days. The designated authority also has power to cancel the registration of any Trust or Institution under section 12AB on the same lines as provided in the existing section 12AA. All applications for Registration pending before the designated authority as on 1st April, 2021 will be considered as applications made under the new provisions of section 10(23C)/12AB.

1.1 Section 80G(5)
Proviso to Section 80G(5)(vi) is added from 1st October, 2020. Prior to this date, certificate granted under section 80G was valid until it was cancelled. Now, this provision is deleted and a new procedure is introduced. Briefly stated, this procedure is as under.

(i) Where the trust/institution holds a certificate under section 80G, it will have to make a fresh application in the prescribed form (Form No. 10A) for a new certificate under that section on or before 31st March, 2022. In such a case, the designated authority will give a fresh certificate which will be valid for 5 years. The designated authority has to pass the order within 3 months from the last date of the month in which the application is made.

(ii) For renewal of the above certificate, application in Form 10AB will have to be made at least 6 months before the date of expiry of such certificate. The designated authority has to pass the order within 6 months from the last date of the month in which the application is made.

(iii) In a new case, the application for a certificate under section 80G will be required to be filed at least one month prior to commencement of the previous year relevant to the assessment year for which the approval is sought. In such a case, the designated authority will give provisional approval for 3 years. The designated Authority has to pass the order within one month from the last date of the month in which the application is made. In such a case, the application is to be filed in Form No. 10AB. By CBDT Circular No. 8 of 31st March, 2022, the date for filing such an application in Form 10AB is extended to 30th September, 2022.

(iv) In a case where provisional approval is given, an application for renewal will have to be made in Form No. 10AB at least 6 months prior to the expiry of the period of provisional approval or within 6 months of commencement of the activities by the trust/ institution whichever is earlier. In this case, the designated authority has to pass the order within six months from the last date of the month in which application is made.

In case of renewal of approval, as stated in (ii) and (iv) above, the designated authority shall call for such documents or information or make such inquiries as he thinks necessary in order to satisfy that the activities of the trust/institution are genuine and that all conditions specified at the time of grant of registration earlier have been complied with. After he is satisfied, he shall renew the certificate under section 80G. If he is not so satisfied, he can reject the application after giving a hearing to the trustees. The trust/institution can file an appeal to ITAT within 60 days if the approval under section 80G is rejected.

1.2 Section 80G(5)(viii) and (ix)
(i) Clauses (viii) and (ix) are added in Section 80G(5) from 1st April, 2021 to provide that every trust/institution holding section 80G certificate will be required to file with the prescribed Income-tax Authority particulars of all donors in the prescribed Form No. 10BD on or before 31st May following the Financial Year in which Donation is received. The first such statement had to be filed for the F.Y. 2021-22. The trust/institution also has to issue a certificate in the prescribed Form No. 10BE to the donor about the donations received by the trust/institution. Such certificates are generated from the Income-tax portal after filing the Form 10BD. The donor will get deduction under section 80G only if the trust/institution has filed the required statement with the Income-tax Authority and issued the above certificate to the donor. In the event of failure to file the above statement or issue the above certificate to the donor within the prescribed time, the trust / institution will be liable to pay a fee of Rs. 200 per day for the period of delay under new section 234G. This fee shall not exceed the amount in respect of which the failure has occurred. Further, a penalty of Rs. 10,000 (minimum), which may extend to Rs. 1 Lakh (Maximum), may also be levied for the failure to file details of donors or issue a certificate to donors under the new section 271K.

(ii) It may be noted that the above provisions for filing particulars of donors and issue of a certificate to donors will apply to donations for scientific research to an association or company under section 35(1)(ii)(iia) or (iii). These sections are also amended. Provisions for levy of fee or penalty for failure to comply with these provisions will also apply to the Company or Association, which received donations under section 35. As stated earlier, the donor will not get a deduction for donations as provided in section 80GG if the donee company or association has not filed the particulars of donors or not issued the certificate for donation.

(iii) Further, there is no provision for filing an appeal before CIT(A) or ITAT against the levy of fee under section 234G.

1.3 Audit Report
Sections 12A and 10(23C) are amended, effective from 1st April, 2020 to provide that the Audit Reports in Form 10B or 10BB for A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20) and subsequent years shall be filed with the tax authorities one month before the due date for filing the return of income

1.4 Corpus Donation To Charitable Trust or Institutions
(i) A Corpus donation given by an Institution claiming exemption under section 10 (23C) to a similar institution claiming exemption under that section was not considered as application of income under that section. By an amendment of this section, effective from 1st April, 2020, the scope of this provision is enlarged and a Corpus Donation given by such an institution to a Charitable Trust registered under section 12A, 12AA or 12AB will not be considered as application of income under section 10(23C).

(ii) Similarly, section 11, provided that Corpus Donation given by a Charitable Trust to another Charitable Trust registered under section 12A or 12AA was not considered as an application of income. This section is also amended, effective from 1st April, 2020, to provide that Corpus Donation by a Charitable Trust to an Institution approved under section 10(23C) will not be considered as application of income.

(iii) It may be noted that Section 10(23C) is amended, effective from 1st April, 2020, to provide that, subject to the above exceptions, any Corpus Donation received by an Institution approved under that section will not be considered as income. This provision is similar to the existing provisions in sections 11 and 12.

2. AMENDMENTS MADE BY THE FINANCE ACT, 2021:
The Finance Act, 2021, has further amended the provisions relating to Charitable Trusts and Institutions claiming exemption under section 10(23C) and 11. These amendments are as under:

2.1 Enhancement In The Limit Of Receipts Under Section 10(23C)
At present, an Education Institution or Hospital etc, as referred to in section 10 (23C) (iiiad) and (iiiae) is not taxable if the aggregate annual receipts of such institution does not exceed Rs. 1 Crore. If this limit is exceeded, the institution is required to obtain approval under section 10(23C) (vi) or (via). This section is amended, effective from F.Y. 2021-22 (A.Y. 2022-23), to provide that the above exemption can be claimed if the aggregate annual receipts of a person from all such Institutions does not exceed Rs. 5 Crore.

2.2 Accounting Of Corpus Donation and Borrowed Funds
Hitherto, Corpus Donations received by a Charitable Trust or Institution Claiming exemption under section 10(23C) or 11 are not treated as Income and hence exempt from tax. No conditions are attached with reference to the utilization of this amount. These sections are amended effective from 1st April, 2021 as under:-

(a) Corpus Donation received by a charitable trust or institution will have to be invested or deposited in the specified mode of investment such as in Bank deposit or other specified investments as stated in section 11(5). Further, they should be earmarked separately as Corpus Investment or Deposit.

(b) Any amount withdrawn from the above Corpus Investment or Deposit and utilised for the objects of the Trust will not be considered as application of income for the objects of the trust or institution for claiming exemption. Therefore, if a Charitable trust withdraws Rs. 5 Lakhs from the investments in which Corpus Donation is deposited and utilizes the same for giving relief to poor persons affected by floods, this amount will not be counted for calculating 85% of income required to be spent for the objects of the Trust.

(c) If the Trust deposits back the said amount in the Corpus Investments in the same year or any subsequent year from its other normal income, such amount will be considered as application of income for the objects of the trust in the year in which such amount is reinvested.

(d) It is also provided that if the Charitable Trust or Institution borrows money to meet its requirement of funds, the amount utilised for the objects of the Trust or Institution, out of such borrowed funds, will not be considered as application of income for the objects of the Trust or Institution. When the borrowed monies are repaid, such repayment will be considered as application of income for the objects of the Trust or Institution.

(e) It will be noted that the above amendments will raise some issues relating to accounting of Corpus Donations and Borrowed Funds. The Trusts and Institutions will have to open a separate bank account for Corpus donations and Borrowed Funds and will have to keep a separate track of these Funds.

2.3 Set Off of Deficit of Earlier Years
One more amendment affecting the Charitable Trusts or institutions is very damaging. It is provided that if the trust or institution has incurred expenditure on the objects of the trust in excess of its income in any year, the deficit representing such excess expenditure will not be allowed to be adjusted against the income of the subsequent year. Hitherto, such adjustment was allowed in view of several judicial decisions, which are now overruled by this amendment. In view of this provision, accumulated excess expenditure of earlier years incurred upto 31st March, 2021 will not be available for set-off against the income of F.Y. 2021-22 and subsequent years.

3. AMENDMENTS MADE BY THE FINANCE ACT, 2022
Significant amendments are made in Sections 10(23C),11,12 and 13 of the Income-tax Act by the Finance Act, 2022. These amendments are as under:

3.1 Institutions Claiming Exemptions Under Section 10(23C)
Section 10(23C) granting exemption to specified Institutions is amended as under:

(i) Section 10(23C)(v) grants exemption to an approved Public Charitable or Religious Trust. It is now provided that if any such Trust includes any temple, mosque, gurudwara, church or other notified place and the Trust has received any voluntary contribution for renovation or repair of these places of worship, the Trust will have an option to treat such contribution as part of the Corpus of the Trust. There is no requirement of a specific direction towards corpus from the donor for such donations. It is also provided that this Corpus amount shall be used only for this specified purpose, and the amount not utilised shall be invested in specified investments listed in Section 11(5) of the Act. It is also provided that if any of the above conditions are violated, the amount will be considered as income of the Trust for the year in which such violation takes place. This provision is applicable from A.Y. 2021-22 (F.Y. 2020-21)

It may be noted that a similar provision is added, effective A.Y. 2021-22 (F.Y. 2020-21), in Section11 in respect of Charitable or Religious Trusts claiming exemption under Section 11 of the Act.

(ii) At present, an Institution claiming exemption under Section 10(23C) is required to utilize 85% of its income every year. If this is not possible, it can accumulate the unutilised income for the next 5 years and utilise the same during that period. However, there is no provision for any procedure to be followed for such accumulation. The amendment of Section 10(23C), effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), now provides that the Institution should apply to the A.O. in the prescribed form before the due date for filing the Return of Income for accumulation of unutilised income within 5 years. The Institution has to state the purpose for which the Income is being accumulated. By this amendment, the provisions of Section 10(23C) are brought in line with the provisions of Section 11(2) of the Act.

(iii) At present, Section 10(23C) provides for an audit of accounts of the Institution. By amendment of this Section, it is now provided that, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), the Institution shall maintain its accounts in such manner and at such place as may be prescribed by the Rules. A similar amendment is made in section 12A. Such accounts will have to be audited by a Chartered Accountant, and a report in the prescribed form will have to be given by him.

(iv) Section 10(23C) is also amended by replacing the existing proviso XV to give very wide powers to the Principal CIT to cancel Approval or Provisional Approval given to the Institution for claiming exemption. If the Principal CIT comes to know about specified violations by the Institution he can conduct inquiry and after giving opportunity to the Institution cancel the Approval or Provisional Approval. The term “Specified Violations” is defined in this amendment.

(v) By another amendment of Section 10(23C), effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), it is provided that the Institution shall file its Return of Income by the due date specified in Section 139(4C).

(vi) A new Proviso XXI is added in Section 10(23C) to provide that if any benefit is given to persons mentioned in Section 13(3) i.e. Author of the Institution, Trustees or their related persons such benefit shall be deemed to be the income of the Institution. This will mean that if a relative of a trustee is given free education in the Educational Institution the value of such benefit will be considered as income of the Institution. In this case, tax will be charged at the rate of 30% plus applicable surcharge and Cess under Section 115BBI.

(vii) It may be noted that Section 56(2)(x) has been amended from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23) to provide that if the Author, Trustees or their related persons as mentioned in Section 13(3) receive any unreasonable benefit from the Institution or Charitable Trust, exempt under sections 10(23C) or 11, the value of such benefit will be taxable as Income from Other Sources.

(viii) At present, the provisions of Section 115TD apply to a Charitable or Religious Trust registered under Section 12AA or 12AB. Now, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), the provisions of Section 115TD will also apply to any Institution, claiming exemption under Section 10(23C). Section 115TD provides that if the Institution loses exemption under section 10(23C) due to cancellation of its approval or conversion into non-charitable organization for other reasons the market value of all its assets, after deduction of liabilities, will be liable to tax at the maximum marginal rate.

3.2 Charitable Trusts Claiming Exemption Under Section 11
Sections 11, 12 and 13 of the Act provide for exemption to Charitable Trusts (including Religious Trusts) registered Under Section 12A, 12AA or 12AB of the Act. Some amendments are made in these and other sections as stated below:

At present, if a Charitable Trust is not able to utilize 85% of its income in a particular year, it can apply to the A.O. for permission for accumulation of such income for 5 years. If any amount out of such accumulated income is not utilised for the objects of the Trust upto the end of the 6th year, it is taxable as income in the Sixth Year. This provision has now been amended, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), to provide that if the entire amount of the accumulated income is not utilised up to the end of the 5th Year, the unutilised amount will be considered as income of the fifth year and will become taxable in that year.

If a Charitable Trust is maintaining accounts on accrual basis of accounting, it is now provided that any part of the income which is applied to the objects of the Trust, the same will be considered as application for the objects of the Trust only if it is paid in that year. If it is paid in a subsequent year, it will be considered as application of income in the subsequent year. A similar amendment is made in Section 10 (23C) of the Act.This amendment will come into force from A.Y. 2022-23 (F.Y. 2021-22).

Section 13 deals with the circumstances in which exemption under Section 11 can be denied to the Charitable Trusts. Currently, if any income or property of the trust is utilised for the benefit of the Author, Trustee, or related persons stated in Section 13(3), the exemption is denied to the Trust. Now, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), this section is amended to provide that only that part of the income which is relatable to the unreasonable benefit allowed to the related person will be subjected to tax in the hands of the Charitable Trust. This tax will be payable at the rate of 30% plus applicable surcharge and cess under section 115BBI.

At present, Section 13(1)(d) provides that if any funds of the Charitable Trust are not invested in the manner provided in Section 11(5), the Trust will not get exemption under Section 11. This Section is now amended, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), to provide that the exemption will be denied only to the extent of such prohibited investments. Tax on such income will be chargeable at 30% plus applicable surcharge and Cess.

In line with the amendment in Section 10(23C) Proviso XV, very wide powers are now given by amending Section 12AB (4) to the Principal CIT to cancel Registration given to a Charitable Trust for claiming exemption. If the Principal CIT comes to know about specified violations by the Charitable Trust he can conduct an inquiry and, after giving an opportunity to the Trust cancel its Registration. The term “Specified Violations” is defined by this amendment.

3.3 Special Rate of Tax
A new Section 115BBI has been added, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), for charging tax at the rate of 30% plus applicable Surcharge and Cess. This rate of tax will apply to Registered Charitable Trusts, Religious Trust, Institutions, etc., claiming exemption under Section 10(23C) and 11 in respect of the following specified income.
(i) Income accumulated in excess of 15% of the Income where such accumulation is not allowed.

(ii) Where the income accumulated by the Charitable Trust or Institution is not utilised within the permitted period of 5 years and is deemed to be the income of the year when such period expires.

(iii) Income which is not exempt under Section 10(23C) or Section 11 by virtue of the provisions of Section 13(1)(d). This will include the value of benefit given to related persons, income from Investments made otherwise than what is provided in Section 11(5) etc.

(iv) Income which is not excluded from the Total income of a Charitable Trust under Section 13(1)(c). This refers to the value of benefits given to related persons.

(v) Income, which is not excluded from the Total Income of a Charitable Trust under Section 11(1) (c). This refers to income of the Trust applied to objects of the Trust outside India.

3.4 New Provisions for Levy of Penalty
New Section 271 AAE is added in the Income-tax Act for levy of Penalty on Charitable Trusts and Institutions claiming exemption under Sections 10(23C) or 11. This penalty relates to benefits given by the Charitable Trusts or Institutions to related persons. The new section provides that if an Institution claiming exemption under Section 10(23C) or a Charitable Trust claiming exemption under Section 11 gives an unreasonable benefit to the Author of the Trust, Trustee or other related persons in violation of proviso XXI of Section 10(23C) or section 13(1) (c), the A.O. can levy penalty on the Trust or Institution as under:

(i) 100% of the aggregate amount of income applied for the benefit of the related persons where the violation is noticed for the first time.

(ii) 200% of the aggregate amount of such income where the violation is noticed again in the subsequent year.

4. TO SUM UP
4.1 The provisions granting exemption to Charitable Trusts and Institutions are made complex by the above amendments made by three Finance Acts passed in 2020, 2021 and 2022. When the present Government is propagating ease of doing business and ease of living, it has made the life of such Trustees more difficult. The effect of these amendments will be that there will be no ease of doing Charities. In particular, smaller Charitable Trusts and Institutions will find it difficult to comply with these procedural and other requirements. The compliance burden, including cost of compliance, will considerably increase. The Trustees of Charitable Trusts and Institutions are rendering honorary service. To put such onerous burden on such persons is not at all justified. If the Government wants to keep a track on the activities of such Trusts, these new provisions relating to renewal of Registration, renewal of Section 80G Certificates etc., should have been made applicable to Trusts having net worth exceeding Rs. 5 Crore or Trusts receiving donations of more than Rs. 1 Crore every year. Further, the provisions for filing details of Donors and giving Certificates to Donors in the prescribed form should have been made mandatory only if the aggregate donation from a Donor exceeds Rs. 5 Lakhs in a year.

4.2 Some of the amendments made by the Finance Act, 2022 are beneficial to the Charitable Trusts and Institutions. However, the manner in which the amendments are worded creates a lot of confusion. To simplify these provisions, it is now necessary that a separate Chapter is devoted in the Income-tax Act and all provisions of Sections 10(23C), 11, 12,12A, 12AA, 13 etc., dealing with exemption to these Trusts and Institutions are put under one heading. This Chapter should deal with the provisions for Registration, Exemption, Taxable Income, Rate of Tax, Interest, Penalty etc., applicable to such Trusts and Institutions. This will enable persons dealing with Charitable Trusts and Institutions to know their rights and obligations.

ADVANCE (MIS?) RULINGS

INTRODUCTION
As was being promoted, Goods and Services Tax (GST) was touted to be the single biggest tax reform to take place in India post-independence. It was intended to be a good and simple tax. It indeed is (pun intended). To this end, one laudable objective was to provide an authority for advance ruling (AAR) which would, amongst others: (i) provide clarity, certainty and reasonability to businesses; (ii) avoid anomalies and litigation with the tax authorities; (iii) help reduce the cost of supplies of goods and services. Unquestionably, in my view, the AAR achieved none of the above. Per contra, it added fuel to the fire.

CONCEPT OF ADVANCE RULING
As per Section 95 of CGST/SGST Law, an advance ruling means a decision provided by the authority or the Appellate Authority to an applicant on matters or on questions specified in section 97(2) or 100(1) of CGST/SGST Act in relation to the supply of goods and/or services proposed to be undertaken or being undertaken by the applicant. Thus, AAR answers questions. Questions relating to applicability of GST or rate of tax or classification or exemptions. The purport being advance agreement with the tax authorities in order to avoid disputes. It is like a pre-nuptial agreement, which we all know leads to divorce.

The Supreme Court in Columbia Sportswear Company vs. Director of Income-tax, Bangalore1, expounded the law on these authorities and held that AAR is a tribunal within the meaning of the expression in Articles 136 and 227 of the Constitution of India. However, a concept lost on some.

ENCROACHMENT OF POWER BY EXECUTIVE?

The constitution of AAR is found under section 96(2). It consists of one member from amongst the officers of the Central Tax and one member from amongst the officers of the State Tax which shall be appointed by the Central and State Governments respectively. The Appellate Authority for Advance ruling (AAAR) if formed under section 99(2). It consists of the Chief Commissioner of Central Tax and Commissioner of State Tax having jurisdiction over the applicant. Appeal from Caeser to Caeser’s wife.

 

1   (2012)
11 SCC 224

The composition of the AAR and AAAR makes it clear that the legislature has subsumed the power of the judiciary and in fact passed on to the executive in gross violation of basic structure doctrine of separation of powers. These provisions suffer from basic and severe infirmities with regard to independence of the judiciary that forms a fundamental part of the basic structure of the Constitution. The provisions run contrary to the directions of the Supreme Court in Union of India vs. R. Gandhi regarding structuring and organisation of Tribunals in India.2

As per Supreme Court, first, only Judges and Advocates can be considered for appointment as Judicial Members of the Tribunal. Only High Court Judges, or Judges who have served in the rank of a District Judge for at least five years or a person who has practiced as a Lawyer for ten years can be considered for appointment as a Judicial Member. Second, persons who have held a Group A or equivalent post under the Central or State Government with experience in the Indian Company Law Service (Legal Branch) and Indian Legal Service (Grade-1) cannot be considered for appointment as judicial members. The expertise in Company Law service or Indian Legal service will at best enable them to be considered for appointment as technical members. Third, only officers who are holding the ranks of Secretaries or Additional Secretaries alone can be considered for appointment as Technical members and also a Technical Member presupposes an experience in the field to which the Tribunal relates. Fourth, the Two-Member Benches of the Tribunal must always comprise of a judicial member. For larger or special benches, the number of Technical Members should not be more than the Judicial Members. Clearly, the said guidelines are not adhered to.

This, especially when existing authorities under section 28F of the Customs Act or Section 245-O of the Income tax Act, 1961, provide for AAR which comprises of a Chairman who was a Judge of the Supreme Court or a Chief Justice of the High Court or at least seven years a Judge of a High Court and such number of Vice-chairmen who has been a Judge of a High Court; revenue Members and law Members. Hence, there was no need for any deviation for GST. Deviation, often, is mischievous. The reason seems to be evident.

 

2   (2010)11
SCC 1

Thus, the constitution of AAR itself is on a shaky foundation. The same is under challenge before the Hon’ble Rajasthan High Court at Jodhpur in Abhishek Chopra vs. Union of India & Ors3. Time will tell.

CONTRARY RULINGS?
Apart from the above, the rulings themselves are not worthy of a read. They lack substance and evidence. There have been several instances, that too in a short span of time, where contrary rulings are delivered by different states on the same subject matter. An expected by-product. Too many cooks. This adds to confusion and litigation. It leads to representations to CBIC. A circular of CBIC clarifies an order passed by AAR. All in the name of “clarity”. God save tax (GST) payers.

In Clay Craft India Pvt. Ltd.4, the AAR at Rajasthan held that GST is leviable on salaries paid to directors on reverse charge basis. However, in Alcon Consulting Engineers (India) Pvt. Ltd.5, the AAR Karnataka held otherwise on the same issue. This resulted in CBIC issuing Circular No: 140/10/2020 – GST dated 10th June, 2020 clarifying that no GST is payable on remuneration paid to directors, on reverse charge basis, where the said directors are employees of the Company.

In Columbia Asia Hospitals Pvt. Ltd6, the AAAR Karnataka upheld the decision of the AAR which held that that activities carried out by an employee of one office of a company for another office located in another state would be a taxable supply. This, in turn, led to a PAN India debate. Owing to this, the Law Committee in the 35th GST Council Meeting, placed before the Council, a draft circular providing clarification on the taxability of activities performed by an office of an organization in one State to the office of that organization in another State. However, due to lack of agreement on the draft circular during the Officer’s Meeting, and suggestion by State of Karnataka to not issue any circular where the AAR had given a ruling, the issue was deferred for further examination by the Law Committee.

 

3   Civil
Writ Petition No. 4207/2018

4   RAJ/AAR/2019-20/33
dated 20.02.2020

5   KAR
ADRG 83/2019 dated 25.09.2019

6   KAR/AAAR/Appeal-05/2018

In Fraunhofer Gesellschaft Zurforderung Der Angewandten Forschung EV7, the AAAR Bengaluru held that those activities being undertaken by the Liaison Office in line with the conditions specified by RBI does not amount to supply in terms of Section 7(1)(c) of the CGST Act, 2017. However, in the Dubai Chamber Of Commerce And Industry8, the AAR Mumbai held that the GST is payable by the Liaison office of Dubai Chamber of Commerce and Industry as it is an “intermediary” under Section 13(8) of the IGST Act, 2017.

In Karnataka Cooperative Milk Producers Federation Ltd9, the AAR Bengaluru held that Flavoured milk is classifiable under the Tariff heading 0402 99 90 which covers “milk and cream, concentrated or containing added sugar or other sweetening matter” and held that the flavoured milk is covered under tariff heading 04029990 and 5 per cent GST is applicable. However, previously in Gujarat10, Tamil Nadu11, and Andhra Pradesh12, it was held flavoured milk would attract 12 per cent GST. Does the same assesse pay different rate of taxes in different states? One nation one tax?

NATIONAL APPELLATE AUTHORITY
Sheer incoherence, lack of understanding of the law and bluster of the officers of the State led to this situation. Consequently, due to contradictory rulings by the State Advance Ruling Authorities, a National Appellate Authority is sought to be constituted (Section 101B) (from a date to be notified). Appeals of appeals? Is this an authority for advance ruling or advance assessment order?

REPLACEMENT ALREADY?
In fact, the Centre intends to replace the AARs with a Central Board of Advance Ruling. According to them, the Centralised Board will address issues relating to conflicting rulings on a single issue. This will diminish conflicts at the state level over applicability of taxes. It is also proposed that the Central Board of Advance Ruling would comprise of retired judges, thus, it would be able to co-exist with AARs and function as an Appellate Body. Not even five years of GST (including 2 years of COVID pandemic), the AAR losing its sheen?

 

7   2021-TIOL-10-AAAR-GST

8   2021-TIOL-145-AAR-GST

9   2021-TIOL-37-AAR-GST

10 M/s
Gujarat Co-Operative Milk Marketing Federation Ltd reported in
2021-TIOL-142-AAR-GST

11 M/s.
Britannia Industries Limited reported in 2020-TIOL-101-AAR-GST

12 M/s.
Tirumala Milk Products Pvt. Ltd reported in 2020-TIOL-244-AAR-GST

ALL IN ALL
First, orders passed by AAR under GST should not be given much weightage. The same is, in my humble opinion, like assessment orders. The same would be a subject matter of appeal under section 100 of the CGST Act. The said orders are passed by Tax officers. There is no independence. There is lack of training. There is no independent application of mind. There is no judicial member passing such rulings. Hence, the said rulings are bound to be favouring Revenue. Not much hue and cry should be made about such rulings.

Second, in any case, the advance rulings, in terms of section 103 of the Act, would be binding only on the applicant therein and the jurisdictional officer thereof. The said rulings would not be binding on any other assessee or the Tax officer or the Court.

Third, AARs are used as a tool for purposes other than what it is intended for. The parties filing applications at many times, do not even intend to undertake any such supply. There is no investigation into the bonafides of the applications. Many applicants seek ruling that they are liable to pay GST, irrespective of the fact whether they are liable or not, to settle scores with their competitors and invite demands on them. Several rulings are sought to encash accumulated input tax credit. AARs are also used to decide contractual disputes. They are taking the place of civil courts. Rulings are sought to seek reimbursement of taxes from customers.

Fourth, the quality of the rulings is pathetic. It leads to appeals and writ petitions across High Courts. Now, with the National Appellate Authority or Central Board for Advance ruling, has it reduced litigation or opened up unwanted litigation?

CONCLUSION
It is strongly recommended, “Do not seek any advance ruling”. Should you need to commit suicide, no permission is required.

ERA OF TAXOLOGISTS IS HERE!

It is an opportunity for leadership in tax processes in the new machine age. Technology has transformed the way Tax is serviced and delivered and I am confident that tomorrow’s adviser is going to be a taxologist – a sharp combination of tax and technology.

I like what Steve Jobs has said in this context: let’s go invent tomorrow instead of worrying about what happened yesterday! There is a significant value evolution of embedding smarter ways of doing things in Tax. These have advanced into rule-based processing, standardized extraction, automated transformation, focus only on exceptions, end to end integration, sharper reconciliations and leveraging analytical reports.

RECENT PAST OF TAX REPORTING

The earlier processes of running transaction reports, then separately summarising them, and then transforming them, and then converting them into formats that were acceptable to tax, and then manually filing them through off-line steps is passe. These processes could take anywhere between 1 to 5 days to file a simple return. More complex organization could take weeks.

EMERGING FRAMEWORK FOR REPORTING OBLIGATIONS

Today’s expectation is that every transaction should have a hot-wire connection with the return, and at the time of generation of the transaction itself a relationship of the transaction with a particular reporting or tax filing should be established. All the transformation to the transaction should be carried out simultaneously, including the necessary validation so that capture of the information at source is not only focused on the commercial aspect but is also able to cover the tax related perspectives that are required for not just filing but future assessments.

This is triggering deeper and deeper integration of Tax into commercial and operational matters. Tax no longer remains a subject of post-mortem or a team that gets involved after all the transactions have been completed and accounting is over. It is emerging as a subject that is shared responsibility of multiple stakeholders of the organisation and is embedded at the source of the transaction itself. Given the volume and complexity of business transactions and the attendant risks of interest and penalties [in case a particular tax is not appropriately discharged, or return is not correctly filed] are getting steeper by the day. At the same time regulators across the world are expecting record-to-report-to-return reconciliations. Advanced jurisdictions are also expecting a return-to-report-to-record reconciliations. This means that taxpayers are expected to track back a transaction to source at all points in time and reconcile a tax filing with the financials at a transaction level and not merely at an aggregate level.

GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE
This is an emerging trend, and there are a few countries who have taken long strides in the process, for example, Spain. Many other countries like India, countries in South America, China, Russia, Portugal, Hungary and Turkey are making rapid progression in this direction. From a mere (1) e-filing which is prevalent in most countries other than Central Africa, most jurisdictions are enhancing the digital tax administration [DTA] to move to (2) e-accounting i.e. reporting transactions as they happen; further on to (3) e-match by sharing data of counter parties and expecting taxpayers to be able to establish a connection between their reporting and reporting by their vendors; to (4) electronic audits where the same data is now being used and reused for performing sharp analytics and asking pertinent questions. Some countries like Spain have also introduced (5) e-assessments, where the base data is used directly to make an assessment of failure to meet tax obligations. This is a journey and I expect that most countries will travel these five steps over the next 5 to 10 years with countries like Spain, India, and countries in South America leading the way.

INDIA STORY
As we know in the Indian context, DTA had a significant point of inflection in 2017 with the rollout of GST. The objectives of the transformation were to digitise tax compliance, to simplify processes, to establish a tracking across the value chain, and to boost tax collections through data analytics. For the first time a unique model of setting up a special purpose vehicle called GSTN and involving the private sector under a GST Suvidha Provider system was rolled out enabling creation of a framework of high-speed connectivity with the Government system. The journey since July 2017 has seen some significant milestones. The picture below reflects the landmark developments.

 

E-INVOICE TRANSFORMATION
One of the key transformations in this journey has been the introduction of e-invoicing from October 2020. It was felt that while transaction level reporting has been enabled from July 2017, and e-way bills from 2018, there was a need for a more real-time capture of the transaction information itself for all types of supplies, not just limited to supply of goods in excess of certain value travelling beyond a certain minimum distance. Through data analytics performed for the first three years, it was also observed that instances of fraudulent invoicing were creeping into the system. While GST neutrality could be achieved for such transactions, these would certainly lead to an impact on other regulatory matters including possibility of carousel frauds resulting in higher refunds, possibility of higher deductions in income tax and therefore reduction in tax collections, distortion of value of transactions from one to the favour of the other, and also overall distortion of all the data analytics coming through from the system. Therefore, an authentication system to identify transactions at source that are required to be reported even before a tax invoices issued was rolled out.

Connecting these reporting is directly to the monthly return filing process ensured that compliances were happening at source and an ecosystem was established of real-time reporting and communication of the same transaction to the buyer. NIC was introduced in addition to GSTN to drive implementation of e-invoicing. The initial strategy was implemented with a much higher turnover threshold of 100 crores, which has now been reduced to 20 crores from 1st April 2022. A central de-duplication facility has been operational to make sure that the same transaction is not reported multiple times, and a connection with e-way bill system has been established for a singular reporting of common data.

Furthermore, e-invoicing generates both invoice reference numbers and an authenticated QR code string embedded with NIC’s digital signature, which is required to be printed on the invoice itself. This ensured that a transaction once reported he is unlikely to escape assessment. Also, if there are gaps in payment of tax at the end of a particular tax period, the speed at which regulators are able to react and reach out to the taxpayer to ensure compliance improved quite significantly. Connection with e-way bills has also ensured that every authenticated transaction can be verified during transport, as well as post facto reviews. The flow diagram for how the new compliance processes will work is provided below:

 

INDIA’S RAPID STRIDES IN DTA

The Government is continuously investing in enhancing their systems and processes and building a framework where data triangulation is enabled. For example, the income tax and GST databases are now integrated, which are enabling comparison of transactions reported on either platform. Data of form 26AS is being compared with GSTR1 filings. E-way bill filings are being triangulated with FASTag data. Making AADHAR authentication mandatory is also going to provide a single point of reference across multiple databases of the Government. With regard to input tax credit in particular, over a period of time, data sharing with the buyer is becoming real-time and comprehensive. It is proposed that a BNRS system would be put in place to enable peer-to-peer communication of transactions enabling sharing of over hundred particulars of invoices between parties. This clearly can transform the accounts payable and account receivable processes for companies and bring in significant automation which goes much beyond tax.

Provisions regarding the ability to recover from the buyer in case the vendor has not deposited taxes, or the transaction is not reported by the vendor, have created the need for the entire chain to be compliant on a near real-time basis. This is definitely improving the quality of compliance overall. Expansion of e-invoice requirements is expected to continue. On the analytic side government has been able to build traceability of transactions through several supply chains by building network visualisation across the country.

TRANSFORMATION IN B2C
For B2C transactions, starting October 2021, a dynamic QR code was required to be incorporated in invoices with turnover above 500 crores. DQR can be used to make quick and easy digital payments, and enables wider capture of transactions at source. This is expected to be expanded over a period of time; covering more and more taxpayers to meet their compliance obligations. It is also being evaluated whether Mera Bill Mera Adhikar scheme should be rolled out. Under this, B2C invoices will also be required to be reported on the IRP to obtain a reference number on a real-time basis by taking certain additional information from the buyer. This will be an optional scheme, at the buyers discretion. It is likely to all taxpayers without any turnover threshold. The reference number so obtained may then operate like a lottery number to the buyer, who will then be rewarded based on a raffle at the end of a period. The idea of the process is to have an upward push from the consumer on the small medium and micro B2C establishments to report all transactions.

PROBLEM STATEMENT FOR THE TAXPAYER
So, what does all this mean for the taxpayer? To understand this better we need to understand what are the key aspects of the organisation that get impacted by some of these developments.

• First is tax technology itself,
• the second would be data management,
• the third is dealing with evolving digital tax administration,
• the fourth relates talent to deal with these requirements,
• the first pertains to evolving business landscape and alignment of that with the evolving tax and technology landscape, and
• the sixth is reputational risk and risk of financial loss in terms of interest and penalty in case of failure of processes.

Three of the six parameters are related to technology big data and dealing with tax administration.

The key, therefore, will be to set up systems and processes:

• for records keeping
• for reconciliations
• for exception management
• for analytics
• for engagement with the regulators

If these are sorted, DTA framework should evolve as a contributor rather than a burden. Generally, the typical response of a taxpayer has been driven by 1-to-1 resolution of issues; once a question arises there is a quick response teams across functions to resolve the challenges. The approach is driven by firefighting, and a significant part of the client machinery is there involved in rehashing the past, in guesstimating what was done, in relying on presumptive backups, in making reconciliation and in trying to find an acceptable compromise to close the matter. There are several reasons for such reactions; and I can classify them into four broad buckets, process-based, system-based, people based and others.

 

This may result in some tax payment also possibly interest and penalties, but it may be the only way to resolve the issue given the fact that the record-to-report-to-return, and return-to-report-to-record reconciliations are missing, the embedding of technology in each process is missing, the identification of key tax attributes for every transaction is incomplete, and processes around storing the big data and reconciling the data with the financials is insufficient. This reflects lack of broader vision on part of taxpayers resulting in an inefficient way to manage tax compliance.

In this new era of digital tax administration there are certain additional risks with this approach: people and dependence on people. Processes in organisations that have not moved up the curve on technology enablement tend to depend quite significantly on people. There is heavy reliance on individual memory and poor documentation and creation of institutional records. There is significant loss of intellectual property (IP) once there are exits in the team. There is very limited documentation of the IP, and therefore every situation requires a re-invention of the wheel to reach resolutions. In GST, further complications may arise given state is the unit of jurisdiction resulting in different teams of different states following multifarious approaches and not leveraging on each other entirely.

NEED FOR A DIFFERENT APPROACH
So, what should be the new approach for organisations in this new DTA era? To my mind the guiding principle should be reuse of data, use of IP, and leveraging technology. There are three addressable aspects and all three need to be played out in cohesion.

• For people, it involves reskilling of your talent to deal with this new environment. You need to provide them professional enrichment and job satisfaction, so that they are involved only in exception management and strategy rather than engrossed in dealing with data and working off-line to meet basic tax obligations due to system limitations.

• For process, the organisation needs to re-engineer them so that every part of the entity is tech-and-tax sensitised, understands the role and responsibility, and is working in unison to meet tax obligations. Process engineering also makes sure that there is efficiency, and sufficient automation. Processes will ensure shared responsibility and integration of teams, which ultimately results in better outcomes.

•    For technology, the entity should create a single source of truth using tax applications and off-the-shelf solutions. Technology should be suitably leveraged to integrate systems and complimentary solutions are used to create an ecosystem of end-to-end automation. Several accounting systems and ERPs also support tax sensitisation. It is incumbent for taxpayers to evaluate the capabilities of existing systems to make sure that tax attributes are captured at source, and sufficient traceability is created. Given that Government is investing heavily in data analytics and exception management, taxpayers will also need to use technology to identify exceptions and deal with them before any audit, scrutiny or assessments. Analytics will also help highlight differences and distortions, it will help understand cash flow and p&l risks, and it will help identify areas where further strengthening of processes required. The next level in technology will be machine learning and artificial intelligence. These tools should be suitably used depending on the size and scale of operation to automate and analyse all data and processes of the organisation.

 

In the diagram above, I have reflected what (in my view) should be the future state of tax function in organisations. It has to move from transaction processing to analytics with controls and verification as a middle layer. The more time you spend on analytics, the better utilisation of your people, and better opportunities for them to continue to feel challenged, to add value to themselves and in turn to the organisation. Transaction processing will need strategic thinking to outsource aspects which are common across taxpayers reducing investment in technology, but at once evaluating whether certain bespoke additional development is required to be made to suit special needs.

THREE DIMENSIONS OF BENEFITS ARISING OUT OF TAX TECHNOLOGY

The positives of tax-tech transformation journey can be divided into three broad areas:

• Creating efficiency (E)
• Managing risk and improving governance (R)
• Optimization (O)

E is about doing more with less, staying at par with the Government on requirements, and process automation. R is about creating a best-in-class risk management and governance framework, and reduce people dependency. O involves working capital optimisation, p&l risk mitigation, input credit efficiencies, and overall staying ahead of the Government.

If you were to look at examples of E, it will involve the compliance basics of GST like automation of GST and withholding tax returns, integration of e-invoice and e-way bill compliances with the ERP, transformation of data without manual intervention, focus move away from any type of break in the data flows, real-time extraction, technology enabled validations, etc. For companies involved in import and export transactions, automation will also extend to automating all compliances under import and export STP EOU or SEZ compliance, EBRC downloads and reconciliation, refund application filing and back up, etc.

For R, it is critical to deal with the transaction at source. Decisions involving tax determination automation, classification and related validations, GSTIN master data confirmation, QR validation, workflow tools and escalation matrices, dashboards, MIS, litigation tracking, monthly record-to-report to-return reconciliation and so on.

For O, focus should be on making sure input tax credit related processes are strong and real-time, lost credits are identified and understood, fake invoice risk mitigation, matching of input tax credit using dynamic and fuzzy logics, etc. O will also include using technology to do self reviews for tax risk assessment; so that you are better prepared for any audits conducted by the Revenue. A 360° perspective is necessary to integrate and compare GST, customs, income tax, and all other regulatory filings to make sure that you are future ready. As long as the goals are clear, there is definitely an opportunity for Tax to add value back to business.

IN CONCLUSION
Tax is rapidly moving towards being deeply connected with business on a real time basis. There is strong appreciation of the “value” it can bring to the table. Technology is one of its strongest “enablers”. Let’s make the most of this. Let’s update our organisation and personal goals around tax-tech. Let us learn new skills. Let us work with new ideas. Let us challenge ourselves to be “accretive” at all times. The era of taxologist is here to stay – for a long time to come.  


 

HOW COURTS HAVE VIEWED GST THUS FAR?

1.    The Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 (GST), launched with great fanfare on 1st July, 2017 by the Government of India, was undoubtedly the biggest reform in indirect taxes in the country since Independence. The GST regime taxes both goods and services under a common legislation while subsuming all other indirect tax laws. India is the only country in the world which has dual GST, i.e. Central GST (CGST) and State GST (SGST).

2.    Before introduction of GST, there were multiple taxes, i.e, Excise Duty, VAT, Entry tax, Entertainment tax, Service tax, Octroi, etc. Additionally, there were various cesses imposed by State and Central Government like Krishi Kalyan Cess, Clean energy cess, etc. These factors made the tax structure very cumbersome. In many instances, there was an imposition of tax on tax which led to a cascading effect and affected the final price. For eg. sales tax was charged even on the amount of excise duty that was levied on manufacture. To that extent the purpose of introduction of GST has been met as GST has subsumed all the other indirect taxes and consolidated them in one levy. This has resulted in lowering of indirect tax burden which is beneficial for consumers.

3.    To compensate the state’s loss, Goods and Services Tax (Compensation to States) Act, 2017 was implemented, the constitutional validity of which was upheld in Union of India vs. Mohit Mineral Pvt Ltd [2018] 98 taxmann.com 45 (SC).

4.    The rollout of GST has also brought in federalism in a true spirit as the Central Government and the State Governments are taking decisions collectively through a constitutionally constituted GST Council.

5.    Digitization and use of technology was also a hallmark of the GST law. In the initial few months there were technology challenges with regard to operating the GST portal which have been ironed out over a period of time. Implementation of E-way bills, E-invoicing and other steps taken by the authorities have further helped in checking the errant taxpayers.

6.    However, the chapter on GST returns, though introduced with the hype of matching system, could never be implemented. This has resulted in complexities on reconciliation of Input Tax Credit i.e. GSTR-2A & GSTR-2B with GSTR-3B; back-door introduction on restriction on input tax credit provided in Rules 36(4), blockage of Electronic Credit Ledger under Rule 86A and 1% payment of output tax liability in cash under Rule 86B of the CGST Rules, 2017. It has also resulted in Section 16(2)(c), which provides for denial of input tax credit to buyer on account of default in payment of tax to the government by supplier, look draconian.

7.    So far, issues relating to e-way bill, provisional attachment of property and transitional credit have been fiercely litigated. Constitutional issues too have surfaced but with minimal success ensuring to the petitioners. Below, we shall have a topic-wise glimpse of how the courts have dealt with various issues arising under GST law.

JURISDICTION & POWERS OF AUTHORITIES

8.    In Indo International Tobacco Ltd vs. Vivek Prasad [2022] 134 taxmann.com 157 (Delhi), the question was whether issuance of multiple summons and initiation of investigations by multiple agencies is violative of Section 6(2)(b)1 of the CGST Act. Investigations were initiated by various jurisdictional authorities against different entities. A common thread involving the petitioner was allegedly found in the investigations. Transfer of investigations undertaken by different authorities to Ahmedabad Zonal Unit of Office of Director General, GST Intelligence, was done to bring investigations under one umbrella. It was held that Section 6(2)(b) was not applicable in this case. Transfer of investigation is not prohibited under GST law. Multiple investigations and proceedings may lead to contradictory conclusions by jurisdictional authorities. Transfer of investigation by proper officer having limited territorial jurisdiction to proper officer having pan India jurisdiction depends on the facts of each case. It looks as if the High Court has not taken note of the fact that business entities exist so that they can do business and not keep busy with attending to multiple calls from various authorities. If each assessee is mapped to an assessment unit or officer, what remains of this sanctity with officers all over India interfering in anyone’s assessments.

 

Section 6(2)(b) states that where a proper officer under
the State Goods and Services Tax Act or the Union Territory Goods and Services
Tax Act has initiated any proceedings on a subject matter, no proceedings shall
be initiated by the proper officer under this Act on the same subject matter.

9.    In Vianaar Homes Pvt Ltd vs. Assistant Commissioner [2020] 121 taxmann.com 54 (Delhi), Section 174(2)(e) specifically empowers authorities to institute any investigation, inquiry, verification, assessment proceedings, adjudication, etc. including service tax audit under rule 5A of Service Tax Rules, 1994, as said rule framed under repealed or omitted Chapter V of Finance Act, 1994, is saved. Mere bringing into force of CGST Rules does not mean that Service Tax Rules are not saved. Service tax rules will continue to govern and apply for purpose of Chapter V of Finance Act, 1994. Several contentions raised were brushed under the carpet in similar such cases before several High Courts.

10.    In Maa Geeta Traders vs. Commissioner Commercial Tax [2021] 133 taxmann.com 81 (Allahabad), it was held that Section 5(3) grants a general power to Commissioner to sub-delegate all or any of his powers/ functions to any other officer who may be subordinate to him. Functional and pecuniary jurisdictions have been sub-delegated and assigned to various officers including Deputy Commissioner by an office order issued by Commissioner in exercise of powers vested in that Authority under section 2(91) of the Act r/w section 4(2) of the Act. It was therefore held that officers of State tax may draw their function-jurisdiction from simple sub-delegation under an administrative order issued by ‘Commissioner’ with reference to his powers to sub-delegate granted under section 5, without any gazette notification of such order.

TAXABILITY

11.    In case of Builders Association of Navi Mumbai vs. Union of India 2018 (12) GSTL 232 (Bom), the question was whether City Industrial and Development Corporation of Maharashtra Limited (‘CIDCO’), an agency created under an act of the government, was liable to collect GST on the total one-time lease premium amount payable by the successful allottee. It was held as follows:

a.    CIDCO is a ‘person’ and is engaged in business of disposing land by leasing it out for a consideration styled as one-time premium.

b.    The activities performed by CIDCO cannot be equated with activities performed by sovereign or public authorities under the provisions of law, which are in the nature of statutory obligations and are excluded from the purview of the CGST Act. Therefore, Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation case 2018 (9) GSTL 372 (Bom) (supra) would not apply in the context of CGST Act.

c.    Section 7(2)(b) of the CGST Act is unambiguous in as much as activities or transactions undertaken by the Central Government, a State Government or any local authority in which they are engaged as public authorities, as may be notified by the Government on the recommendations of the Council, shall be treated neither as a supply of goods nor a supply of services. Since no notification is enacted in this behalf, activities carried out by CIDCO would indeed be taxable under the CGST Act.

d.    The High Court relied on II Schedule to the CGST Act independently of Section 7, which classifies leasing as a supply of service and went on to conclude that CIDCO, engaged in such a business and receiving lease premium as consideration was indeed supplying service2.

This is a classic case of applying the law literally and not seeing its consequences. Having the state to collect stamp duties and registration fees and again see GST being collected was exactly what everyone wants to avoid.

12. Another case that may be referred to is that of Bai Mamubai Trust vs. Suchitra 2019 (31) GSTL 193 (Bom).

a.    The facts of the case were that a suit was filed seeking to recover possession of three shops, which together constituted a restaurant, where the plaintiff trust is carrying on business in the name and style of “Manranjana Hotel” (“suit premises”).

b.    The suit proceeded on the cause of action of trespass / unauthorized occupation. Plaintiff filed Notice of Motion for interim reliefs before the Bombay High Court pending the hearing and final disposal of the suit.

c.    Bombay High Court appointed a Receiver of the Suit Premises, pending final decision. The Court Receiver was to receive consideration in the form of fees and also ad-hoc royalty from the defendant for occupying the disputed premises.

d.    The defendant was permitted to remain in possession of the suit premises as an agent of the court receiver under an agency agreement to be executed with the Court Receiver, on payment of monthly ad-hoc royalty of Rs. 45,000.

e.    The High Court held that the court receiver would not be liable to pay GST on the amount of royalty paid by the defendant for ‘illegally’ occupying the premises. It was held that an act of illegal occupation, which may be compensated in damages by mesne profits, does not amount to a voluntary act of allowing, permitting, or granting access, entry, occupation or use of the property.

f.    The payment of royalty as compensation for unauthorized occupation of the suit premises is to remedy the violation of a legal right, and not as payment of consideration for a supply. It was further observed that the court receiver is merely the officer of the court to whom the payment is made and there are no reciprocal enforceable obligations to consider this as supply of services by court receiver.

g.    ‘Supply’ under Section 7 does not encompass a wrongful unilateral act or any act resulting in payment of damages.

 

2.     2.  
The position of law on which the High Court had
relied upon in arriving at the conclusion has changed slightly now. Prior to
29.08.2018, as per Section 7(1)(d), the expression ‘supply’ included all
“activities or transactions to be treated as supply of goods or supply of
services as referred to in Schedule II” to the Act. However, the CGST Amendment
Act, 2018 (w.e.f. 29.08.2018), omitted the said Section 7(1)(d) with
retrospective effect from 01.07.2017. It further inserted Section 7(1A) which
clarifies that only when activities or transactions constitute a supply in
accordance with Section 7(1), only then shall they be treated as supply as of
goods or services under as referred to in Schedule II of the Act. The effect of
this amendment is that regardless of what is contained in Schedule II of the
CGST Act, the activity must first fulfil the essential ingredients specified in
Section 7(1)(a) above.

13. The government has also been faced with further challenges but has battled them out quite successfully in courts. Supplies like petroleum crude, High Speed Diesel, Petrol etc. are still not in the ambit of GST. In V. S. Products vs. Union of India [2022] 134 taxmann.com 126 (Karnataka), the question was whether simultaneous levy of GST, basic excise duty and National Calamity Contingent Duty (NCCD) on tobacco and tobacco products is legally permissible. Answering the question in the affirmative, the court observed:

a.    To overcome the argument of the assessees that the object of GST was to avoid cascading effect of taxes, it was held that source of power contained in Article 246 r/w List I of VII Schedule cannot be defeated by resort to argument based on objects of GST.

b.    As to legislative competence, it was held that sources of power under Article 246A and Article 246 are mutually exclusive and could be simultaneously exercised. On a purposive and harmonious construction, though Article 246A contains a non-obstante clause, power under Article 246 stands protected and continues to be the source of power even post introduction of Article 246A.

c.    Aspect theory was used to overcome the argument of double taxation advanced by the petitioner. It was held that levy on the same taxable event may amount to double taxation and still be accepted. A single subject from different aspects could be a subject matter of different taxes. Thus, levy of surcharge would subsist even if the goods were subjected to levy of GST. Aspect of supply under GST law would be distinct from the aspect of manufacture which is sought to be taxed by levy of excise. Taxable event under GST would be supply while it is manufacture under excise and both are two different legally recognized aspects and would not lead to an overlapping and would result in treating the levy on different aspects.

d.    Attack on the basis of Article 14 was supressed by holding that levy of NCCD is for the purpose of discouraging consumption and cannot be described to be a classification without any basis. Choice of the category of goods for the purpose of revenue generation cannot ipso-facto be a ground of judicial review; something more is required such as hostile discrimination and singling out a particular category of goods. Choice of category of goods may also be influenced by the objective of discouraging consumption and cannot be held arbitrary.

e.    NCCD was in the nature of a surcharge under Article 271 and could be levied independently. Exemption granted on excise duty cannot prohibit imposition of other additional duties or levy such as NCCD.

f.    Legislature has wide latitude to decide on methodology of revenue generation. Courts should not rush and must tread carefully while dealing with legislation based on fiscal policy. Selecting objects to tax, determining the quantum of tax, legislating conditions for the levy and the socio-economic goals which a tax must achieve are matters of legislative policy and these matters have been entrusted to the Legislature and not to the Court. Levy of tax is a product of legislative choice and policy decisions are the prerogative of the executive.

The very object of subsuming most taxes into one tax gets derailed further and we only hope that this derailment does not continue at the end of the States.

RETURNS

14. The recent judgment of the Supreme Court in Union of India vs. Bharti Airtel Ltd [2021] 131 taxmann.com 319 (SC) would be the best mention:

a.    The Delhi High Court had, taking note of technical glitches in GST portal during initial period, read down paragraph 4 of Circular No. 26/26/2017-GST, dated 29th December, 2017 to extent it restricted rectification of Form GSTR-3B (issued as stop gap arrangement) in respect of period in which error had occurred. In effect, the High Court allowed assessees to rectify Form GSTR-3B for period in which error had occurred, i.e, from July to September 2017.

b.    Whereas the said circular, provided for reporting differential figures and rectification of errors in subsequent period in which error is noticed.

c.    Grievance of the assessee was that official mechanism to check data authenticity to claim input tax credit was absent in initial period of GST. At the time, GSTR-2A (which gives assessee access to information regarding ITC available in the electronic credit ledger) was not operationalised. This resulted in payment of huge output tax liability by cash while Input Tax Credit (ITC) was already available to its credit in electronic credit ledger.

d.    The Supreme Court reversed the judgment of the High Court.

e.    In this regard, it was held that registered person was obliged to do self-assessment of ITC, reckon eligibility to ITC and of output tax liability based on office records and books of account. For submitting periodic return, registered person had to maintain books of account either manually or electronically on basis of which self-assessment could be done for availing of ITC and determining output tax liability.

f.    This was what was being done in the pre-GST regime. Assessee was expected to continue same in GST regime and should not be dependent on common electronic portal. Common GST portal was only a facilitator to feed or retrieve information and it needed not be primary source for self-assessment.

g.    The factum of inability to access the electronic portal to submit return within the specified time due to technical faults in the portal is entirely different than the assertion to grant adjustment of amount voluntarily paid in cash by the assessee towards output tax liability. Payment for discharge of tax liability by cash or by availing ITC was an option and having exercised such option, same could not be reversed or swapped. No express provision permitted swapping of entries in electronic cash ledger with electronic credit ledger and vice versa.

h.    GSTR-3B return was notified as stop-gap arrangement but having basis in section 39 of the CGST Act and Rule 61 of the CGST Rules. Though not comparable to electronically generated GSTR-3, GSTR-3B is a return ‘prescribed’ and required to be furnished by registered persons.

i.    Merely because mechanism for furnishing return in terms of sections 37 and 38 was not operationalized during relevant period (July to September 2017) and became operational only later, efficacy of Form GSTR-3B would not stand whittled down in any manner. GSTR-3B is to be considered as a return for all practical purposes.

j.    Section 39(9) of Central Goods and Services Tax Act provides for correction of omission or furnishing of incorrect particulars in GSTR-3B return in return to be furnished in month or quarter in which such omission is noticed. This very position has been restated in Circular No. 26/26/2017-GST and therefore, this circular is not contrary to section 39(9). High Court order noting that there is no provision for such rectification is erroneous.

k.    Thus, High Court order allowing rectification of GSTR-3B contrary to the circular was not sustainable and same was to be set aside.

15. While so holding, the judgment of the Gujarat High Court in AAP And Co vs. Union of India [2019] 107 taxmann.com 125 (Gujarat) was also reversed, though, it was formally done in a separate order reported in 2021 (55) GSTL 513 (SC). In that case, the petitioner had challenged press release which clarified that input tax credit (ITC) for invoices issued during July 2017 to March 2018 can be availed until last date of filing Form GSTR-3B for September 2018, i.e., until 20th October, 2018 on the ground that the same was ultra vires Section 16(4). It was contended that return prescribed under section 39 is a return required to be furnished in Form GSTR-3 and not Form GSTR-3B. Since GSTR-3 was not operational, Section 16(4) could not be enforced. Accepting the contention, the High Court had held that GSTR-3B was not introduced as a return in lieu of return required to be filed in Form GSTR-3 but was only a temporary stop gap arrangement until due date of filing return in Form GSTR-3 was notified. This was vindicated by the fact that the government, on realising that return in Form GSTR-3B is not intended to be in lieu of Form GSTR-3 omitted such reference retrospectively. The Supreme Court did not notice the amendment made to Rule 61(5) from 1st January, 2021 which was the first time the GSTR 3B alone was mentioned as a return. We cannot blame them as the government keeps amending the law on a daily basis.

REFUND

16. A detailed judgment was rendered by the Supreme Court in case of Union of India vs. VKC Footsteps India Pvt Ltd 2021-TIOL-237-SC-GST:

a.    The context of the case revolves around Clause (ii) of the 1st Proviso to Section 54(3) read with Rule 89(5) of GST Rules which provide for refund of unutilized ITC in cases relating to inverted duty structure.

b.    Clause (ii) of 1st Proviso to Section 54(3) inter alia specifies that refund of unutilized ITC can be claimed where the credit has accumulated on account of rate of “tax on inputs” being higher than the rate of tax on output supplies. The meaning of “tax on inputs”, i.e, “input tax” is already noted above to include tax charged on supply of ‘any’ goods or services and not only inputs.

c.    From 1st July, 2017 to 18th April, 2018, the definition of “net ITC” therein was said to carry the same meaning as contained in Rule 89(4) (supra). However, through an amendment on 18.04.2018, “net ITC” for the purposes of Rule 89(5) was defined to mean ITC availed on inputs only and excluded input services from its ambit. This was the grievance of the assessees in the above case. Again, by 5th Amendment Rules, 2018, the amendment carried out on 18th April, 2018 was given retrospective effect from 1st July, 2017.

d.    The Gujarat High Court had observed, in a case reported as VKC Footsteps India Pvt Ltd vs. Union of India 2020 (43) GSTL 336 (Guj), that Section 54(3) allows refund of “any unutilised input tax credit”. The term “Input tax credit” is defined in Section 2(63) to mean the credit of input tax. The phrase “input tax” defined in Section 2(62) means the tax charged on any supply of goods or services or both made to any registered person. Both ‘input’ and “input service” are part of “input tax” and “input tax credit”. Thus, when as per Section 54(3) ‘any’ unutilised ITC (which includes inputs and input services) could be claimed as refund, Rule 89(5) cannot restrict such refund to only inputs. Consequently, Explanation (a) to Rule 89(5) which defined the term ‘Net ITC’ was held to be ultra vires Section 54(3) to the extent it restricts the refund only on ‘inputs’.

e.    Per contra, the Madras High Court had observed, in a case reported as Transtonnelstroy Afcons Joint Venture vs. Union of India 2020 (43) GSTL 433 (Mad), that though Section 54(3) allows refund of “any unutilised ITC”, clause (ii) of proviso to Section 54(3) uses the words “accumulated on account of” rate of tax on inputs being higher than rate of tax on output supplies. If the proviso is interpreted merely to be a condition to claim refund of entire unutilised ITC, the words “accumulated on account of” would become redundant. It was held that the proviso, in addition to prescribing a condition also performs the function of limiting the quantity of refund. Further, Rule 89(5) was made and amended on the strength of the rule making power under Section 164 and is in line with Section 54(3). In fact, the un-amended Rule 89(5) wherein refund of both inputs and input services was available exceeded the scope of Section 54(3). Refund claims other than a claim for excessive taxes paid inadvertently on account of the erroneous interpretation of applicable law or the declaration of a provision as unconstitutional is in the nature of a benefit or concession. Right of refund is purely statutory and cannot be availed of except strictly in accordance with the prescribed conditions.

f.    The Supreme Court upheld the Madras High Court judgment and set aside the Gujarat High Court judgment.

g.    It was held that the Parliament has wide latitude for classification. Thus, the non-conferment of the right of refund to the unutilised input tax credit from the procurement of input services cannot be said to be violative of Article 14 of the Constitution of India. Refund is a matter of a statutory prescription. Parliament was within its legislative authority in determining whether refunds should be allowed of unutilised ITC tracing its origin both to input goods and input services or, as it has legislated, input goods alone.

h.    The phrase “no refund of unutilised input tax credit shall be allowed in cases other than” occurring in the 1st proviso to Section 54(3) makes it clear that refund of unutilized ITC can be granted only in two categories of cases, viz zero-rated supplies and cases relating to inverted duty structure.

i.    To construe ‘inputs’ occurring in Rule 89(5) so as to include both input goods and input services would do violence to the provisions of Section 54(3) and would run contrary to the terms of Explanation 1 to Section 54. Reading the expression ‘input’ to cover input goods and input services would lead to recognising an entitlement to refund, beyond what was contemplated by Parliament.

j.    The 1st proviso to Section 54(3) is not a condition of eligibility but a restriction which must govern the grant of refund under Section 54(3). Therefore, there is no disharmony between Rule 89 on the one hand and the proviso to Section 54(3) on the other.

k.    A discriminatory provision under tax legislation is not per se invalid. A cause of invalidity arises where equals are treated as unequally and un-equals are treated as equals. Both under the Constitution and the CGST Act, goods and services and input goods and input services are not treated as one and the same and they are distinct species.

l.    Rule 89(5) would be valid as it can be traced to the general rule making power in Section 164 of the CGST Act. For the purpose of making rules, it is not necessary to use the word ‘prescribes’ at all times in the main Section. The rules may interstitially fill-up gaps which are unattended in the main legislation or introduce provisions for implementing the legislation. So long as the authority which frames the rules has not transgressed a provision of the statute, it cannot be deprived of its authority to exercise the rule making power. It is for this reason that the powers under Section 164 are not restricted to only those sections which grant specific authority to frame rules. If such a construction, were to be acceptable, it would render the provisions of Section 164 otiose.

m.     Certain inadequacies might exist in the formula. The use of such formulae is a familiar terrain in fiscal legislation including delegated legislation under parent norms and is neither untoward nor ultra vires. An anomaly per se cannot result in the invalidation of a fiscal rule which has been framed in exercise of the power of delegated legislation.

n.    The formula in Rule 89 is not ambiguous in nature or unworkable, nor is it opposed to the intent of the legislature in granting limited refund on accumulation of unutilised ITC. It is merely the case that the practical effect of the formula might result in certain inequities. However, the court cannot read down the formula for doing so would result in judicial recrafting of the formula and walking into the shoes of the executive or the legislature, which is impermissible.

o.    It appears that the Supreme Court has interpreted an enabling provision for exports and inverted duty structure into an exception not noticing that such provisions for exports continued under the old regime too.

PROVISIONAL ATTACHMENT

17. At the inception of GST, court cases were rife with issues pertaining to provisional attachment. However, after several judgments that analysed the provisions of law in detail and laid down strict guidelines for the department to adhere to, litigation on this front have dwindled.

18. One case that is worth noticing is that of Radha Krishan Industries vs. State of Himachal Pradesh [2021] 127 taxmann.com 26 (SC). It was held that power to order a provisional attachment of property of taxable person including a bank account is draconian in nature; exercise of power for ordering a provisional attachment must be preceded by formation of an opinion by Commissioner that it is necessary so to do for purpose of protecting interest of government revenue.

a.    More specifically, the ingredients of Section 83 was spelt out as: (i) the necessity of the formation of opinion by the Commissioner; (ii) the formation of opinion before ordering a provisional attachment; (iii) the existence of opinion that it is necessary (and not just expedient) so to do for the purpose of protecting the interest of the government revenue; (iv) the issuance of an order in writing for the attachment of any property of the taxable person; and (v) the observance by the Commissioner of the provisions contained in the rules in regard to the manner of attachment.

b.    Further, the Court held that Rule 159 of the CGST/HPGST Rules, 2017 provides two safeguards to the person whose property is attached. Firstly, it permits such a person to submit objections to the order of attachment on the ground that the property was or is not liable for attachment. Secondly, Rule 159(5) posits an opportunity of being heard. Hence it was observed that both the requirements are cumulative in nature.

c.    The Court further observed that to invoke the powers of provisional attachment, there must be pending proceedings against a person whose property is being attached. The attachment cannot be sought based on the contention that there are pending proceedings against a third party. Allowing such interpretation (allowing attachment of property based on the proceedings against other persons) would be an expansion of a draconian power such as that contained in Section 83, which must necessarily be interpreted restrictively.

PLACE OF SUPPLY OF INTERMEDIARY SERVICES

19. Place of supply which in-turn determines the tax that is supposed to be charged i.e, IGST or CGST/SGST. For various types of situations, the law deems a particular place to be the “place of supply” for levying tax. As a result, tax is sought to be levied when, in effect, no tax ought to be paid. The case in point here is “intermediary services”. The intermediary renders services to a foreign principal and earns money in convertible foreign exchange is liable to pay tax. This is against the general rule wherein place of supply is deemed to be the place of the recipient. Such instances are forcing businesses to relocate abroad to remain cost-effective.

20. Dharmendra M. Jani vs. Union of India [2021] 127 taxmann.com 730 (Bombay) was a case that related to constitutionality of section 13(8)(b) of IGST Act. In this case, a split verdict rendered by the division bench of the High Court and is now still pending. Regarding constitutionality of section 13(8)(b), Justice Ujjal Bhuyan held as follows.

a.    The Constitution has only empowered Parliament to frame law for levy and collection of GST in the course of inter-state trade or commerce, besides laying down principles for determining place of supply and when such supply of goods or services or both takes place in the course of inter-state trade or commerce. Thus, the Constitution does not empower imposition of tax on export of services out of the territory of India by treating the same as a local supply.

b.    There is an express bar under Article 286(1) that no law of a state shall impose or authorize imposition of a tax on the supply of goods or services or both where such supply takes place in the course of import into or export out of the territory of India.

c.    “Intermediary services” is certainly a supply of service from India to outside India by an intermediary. Petitioner fulfils the requirement of an intermediary as defined in Section 2(13) of the IGST Act. That apart, all the conditions stipulated in sub-section (6) of Section 2 for a supply of service to be construed as export of service are complied with. The overseas foreign customer of the petitioner falls within the definition of “recipient of supply” in terms of Section 2(93) of the CGST Act read with section 2(14) of the IGST Act.

d.    Therefore, it is an ‘export of service’ as defined under Section 2(6) of the IGST Act read with Section 13(2) thereof. It would also be an export of service in terms of the expression ‘export’ as is understood in ordinary common parlance. However, section 13(8)(b) of the IGST Act read with section 8(2) of the said Act has created a fiction deeming export of service by an intermediary to be a local supply i.e., an inter-state supply. This is definitely an artificial device created to overcome a constitutional embargo.

e.    From the scheme of the IGST Act it is evident that the same provides for levy of IGST on inter-state supplies. Import and export of services have been treated as inter-state supplies in terms of Section 7(1) and Section 7(5) of the IGST Act respectively. On the other hand, Section 8(2) of the IGST Act provides that where location of the supplier and place of supply of service is in the same state, the said supply shall be treated as intra-state supply. However, by artificially creating a deeming provision in the form of Section 13(8)(b) of the IGST Act, where the location of the recipient of service provided by an intermediary is outside India, the place of supply has been treated as the location of the supplier i.e, in India. This runs contrary to the scheme of the CGST Act as well as the IGST Act besides being beyond the charging sections of both the Acts.

f.    The extra-territorial effect given by way of Section 13(8)(b) has no real connection or nexus with taxing regime in India introduced by GST system; rather it runs completely counter to the very fundamental principle on which GST is based i.e, it is a destination-based consumption tax as against principle of origin-based taxation.

g.    However, in the dissenting judgement, it was noted that power to stipulate the place of supply as contained in Sections 13(8)(b) of the IGST Act is pursuant to the provisions of Article 269A (5) read with Article 246A and Article 286 of the Constitution. It was further observed that once the parliament has, in its wisdom, stipulated the place of supply in case of Intermediary Services be the location of the supplier of service, no fault can be found with the provision by artificially attempting to link it with another provision to demonstrate constitutional or legislative infraction.

21. On the same issue, the Gujarat High Court delivered a contrary judgment in Material Recycling Association of India vs. Union of India [2020] 118 taxmann.com 75 (Guj):

a.    Upon a conjoint reading of section Section 2(6) and 2(13) which defines ‘export of service’ and ‘intermediary service’ respectively, then the person who is intermediary cannot be considered as exporter of services because he is only a broker who arranges and facilitates the supply of goods and services or both.

b.    Vide Notification No. 20/2019-IT(R), Entry no. 12AA was inserted to provide Nil rate of tax granting exemption from payment of IGST for service provided by an intermediary when location of both supplier and recipient of goods is outside the taxable territory i.e, India. It, therefore, appears that the basic logic or inception of Section 13(8)(b) of the IGST Act, considering the place of supply in case of intermediary to be the location of supply of service is in order to levy CGST and SGST and such intermediary service, therefore, would be out of the purview of IGST.

c.    There is no distinction between the intermediary services provided by a person in India or outside India. Merely because the invoices are raised on the person outside India with regard to the commission and foreign exchange is received in India, it would not qualify to be “export of services”, more particularly when the legislature has thought it fit to consider the place of supply of services as place of person who provides such service in India.

d.    There is no deeming provision in Section 13(8) but there is a stipulation by the Act legislated by the Parliament to consider the location of the service provider of the intermediary to be place of supply.

If the services provided by intermediary is not taxed in India, which is a location of supply of service, then, providing such service by the intermediary located in India would be without payment of any tax and such services would not be liable to tax anywhere.

TRAN-1: VALIDITY OF RULE 117 AND DIRECTIONS TO OPEN PORTAL, OR ALLOW MANUAL FILING

22. Five years on, transitional credit still appears to be an area that is intensely litigated in the Courts. Notwithstanding several judgment of various High Courts delineating the scope of transitional provisions, the litigation hasn’t seemed to attain quiescence. Some of the judgments on this aspect may be seen.

23. In Tara Exports vs. Union of India [2018] 98 taxmann.com 363 (Mad), it was held that GST is a new progressive levy. One of the progressive ideals of GST is to avoid cascading taxes. GST Laws contemplate seamless flow of tax credits on all eligible inputs. The input tax credits in TRAN-1 are the credits legitimately accrued in the GST transition. The due date contemplated under the laws to claim the transitional credit is procedural in nature. In view of the GST regime and the IT platform being new, it may not be justifiable to expect the users to back up digital evidences. Even under the old taxation laws, it is a settled legal position that substantive input credits cannot be denied or altered on account of procedural grounds. Accordingly, the court directed to the authorities either to open portal, so as to enable assessee to file the TRAN-1 electronically for claiming transitional credit or accept manually filed TRAN-1 and allow input credits if otherwise eligible in law.

24. In Siddharth Enterprises vs. Nodal Officer [2019] 109 taxmann.com 62 (Guj), the Court held as follows:

a.    The right to avail such credit a substantive right and cannot be allowed to be lapsed by application of Rule 117 on failure to file necessary forms within due date prescribed therein. Such prescription in violation of Article 14 of Constitution of India.

b.    Denial of credit against doctrine of legitimate expectations.

c.    Such action also in violation of Article 19(1)(g) ibid as it would affect working capital of assessees and diminish their ability to continue with business.

d.    Cenvat credit earned under erstwhile Central Excise Law being property of assessees cannot be appropriated on mere failure to file declaration in absence of Law in this respect and Government should have provided for it Act and not have taken it away by virtue of merely framing Rules in this regard.

e.    Due date contemplated under Rule 117 ibid for purposes of claiming transitional credit procedural in nature and should not be construed as mandatory provision.

25. In Brand Equity Treaties Ltd vs. Union of India [2020] 116 taxmann.com 415 (Delhi):

a.    Time limit prescribed under rule 117(1) is directory in nature which also substantiate that the period for filing TRAN-1 is not considered either by the legislature or the executive as sacrosanct (very important) or mandatory. This is mainly because, in exercise of powers vested with the Commissioner under proviso to Rule 117, the 90 day time period to transition credit, as originally envisaged in the Rules, had still not expired for a specific class of persons. These extensions have been largely on account of its inefficient network. It is not as if the Act completely restricts the transition of CENVAT credit in the GST regime by a particular date, and there is no rationale for curtailing the said period, except under the law of limitations.

b.    This, however, does not mean that the availing of CENVAT credit can be in perpetuity. Transitory provisions, as the word indicates, have to be given its due meaning. Transition from pre-GST Regime to GST Regime has not been smooth and therefore, what was reasonable in ideal circumstances is not in the current situation. In absence of any specific provisions under the Act, it was held that in terms of the residuary provisions of the Limitation Act, the period of three years should be the guiding principle and thus a period of three years from the appointed date would be the maximum period for availing of such credit.

c.    Vested right cannot be taken away merely by way of delegated legislation by framing rules.

d.    Relying on A.B. Pal Electricals vs. Union of India [2020] 113 taxmann.com 172 (Delhi), it was further held emphasized that the credit standing in favour of the assessee is a vested property right under Article 300A of the Constitution and cannot be taken away by prescribing a time-limit for availing the same.

e.    “Technical difficulty” is too broad a term and cannot have a narrow interpretation, or application. Further, technical difficulties cannot be restricted only to a difficulty faced by or on the part of the respondent. It would include within its purview any such technical difficulties faced by the taxpayers as well, which could also be a result of the respondent’s follies. It cannot be arbitrary or discriminatory, if it has to pass the muster of Article 14 of the Constitution. The government cannot turn a blind eye, as if there were no errors on the GSTN portal. It cannot adopt different yardsticks while evaluating the conduct of the taxpayers, and its own conduct, acts and omissions.

26. In SKH Sheet Metals Components vs. Union of India [2020] 117 taxman.com 94 (Delhi):

a.    By this time, vide Section 128 of the Finance Act, 2020, the government had promulgated retrospective amendment to validate the existence and mandatory nature of time limit in Rule 117.

b.    Although the legality of the retrospective amendment was not dealt with, it was held that no matter how well conversant the taxpayers may be with the tax provisions, errors are bound to occur, therefore, taxpayer should not be criticized and the solution should be found. Law should provide for a remedial avenue. The stand of Central Government, focusing on condemning the Petitioner for the clerical mistake and not redressing the grievance, is unsavoury and censurable.

c.    It was further held that the decision in case of Brand Equity in not merely based on grounds of time limit and therefore continue to apply with full rigour even today, regardless of amendment to Section 140 of the CGST Act.

27. In Adfert Technologies Pvt Ltd vs. Union of India [2019] 111 taxmann.com 27 (Punjab & Haryana), it was held that the introduction of Rule 117(1A) and Rule 120A and absence of any time period prescribed under Section 140 indicate that there is no intention of Government to deny carry forward of unutilized credit of duty/tax already paid on the ground of time limit. Further, GST is an electronic based tax regime, and most people of India are not well conversant with electronic mechanism. Most are not able to load simple forms electronically whereas there were a number of steps and columns in TRAN-1 forms thus possibility of mistake cannot be ruled out. Also, the authorities were having complete record of already registered persons and are free to verify fact and figures of any petitioner. Thus, in spite of being aware of complete facts and figures, the respondent cannot deprive petitioners from their valuable right of credit.

28. In Filco Trade Center Pvt Ltd vs. Union of India 2018 (17) GSTL 3 (Guj), it was held that Section 140(3)(iv) of the CGST Act lays down conditions which limit the eligibility of first stage dealer to claim credit of eligible duties in respect of goods which were purchased from manufacturers prior to twelve months of appointed day. Such condition, though does not make hostile discrimination between similarly situated persons, imposes a burden with retrospective effect without any basis limiting scope of dealer to enjoy existing tax credits. Further, no such restriction existed in prior regime. Thus, Section 140(3)(iv) was held to be unconstitutional and liable to be struck down.

29. In JCB India Ltd vs. Union of India [2018] 92 taxmann.com 131 (Bombay), however, the Bombay High Court took a contrary view on the same question as above. One of the main grounds for arriving at a contrary conclusion was that cenvat credit was a concession and not an accrued right. To buttress this proposition, reliance was placed on Jayam & Company vs. Assistant Commissioner (2016) 15 SCC 125, a decision rendered in the VAT regime (which was based on the “origin-based consumption tax” principle). It was held that protection of existing rights must always be consistent with conditions already imposed under existing (erstwhile) law for their enjoyment. It was further, noted that since period or outer limit for availing Cenvat credit also existed under Rule 4(7) of the Cenvat Credit Rules, 2004 and thus held that even the erstwhile Central Excise/Service Tax laws did not give assessees unrestricted and unfettered right to claim Cenvat credit.

30. Inter alia on the strength of the above judgment, the Bombay High Court, in Nelco Ltd vs. Union of India [2020] 116 taxmann.com 255 (Bombay) took a view that Rule 117 was intra vires. What it held was that where the assessee alleged that authorities did not permit its request of filing TRAN-1 Form as it could not be filed due to problems on common portal, since technical difficulty faced by the assessee could not be evidenced from GST system logs, no direction could be issued to respondents to treat instant case as falling within ambit of rule 117(1A).

31. The above case also drew from the judgment of the Gujarat High Court in Willowood Chemicals Pvt Ltd vs. Union of India [2018] 98 taxmann.com 100 (Gujarat). In this case, it was held that plenary prescription of time limit for declarations was neither without authority nor unreasonable. It was within rule making power available under Sections 164(1) and 164(2) of CGST Act. It was not arbitrary to provide for finality on credits, transfers of such credits and all issues related thereto, when tax structure of country was being shifted to new framework. Doing away with the time limit for making declarations could give rise to multiple largescale claims trickling in for years together, after the new tax structure is put in place. This would, besides making the task of matching of the credits impractical if not impossible, also impact the revenue collection estimates. If the time limit in Rule 117 was held to be directory, it would give rise to unending claims of transfer of credit of tax on inputs and such other claims from old to the new regime.

32. In Assistant Commissioner of CGST and Central Excise vs. Sutherland Global Services Pvt Ltd [2020] 120 taxmann.com 295 (Madras), it was held that assessee was not entitled to carry forward and set-off of unutilized credit of Education Cess, Secondary and Higher Education Cess, and Krishi Kalyan Cess against its output GST liabilities in terms of Explanations 1 and 2 to Section 140.

INPUT TAX CREDIT

33. One of the features of the GST law is the flow of seamless credit across the value-chain. However, there are multiple situations artificially created in the law which deny the credit to the recipient of the goods/service even though the goods/services are utilized for the furtherance of business. One example which comes to mind is ITC in respect of construction and works contract in Section 17(5)(d). In case of Safari Retreats Pvt Ltd vs. Chief Commissioner of CGST (2019) 25 GSTL 341 (Orissa):

a.    The petitioners were mainly carrying on business activity of constructing shopping malls for the purpose of letting out of the same to numerous tenants and lessees.

b.    Huge quantities of materials and other inputs in the form of cement, sand, steel, aluminium, wires, plywood, paint, lifts, escalators, air-conditioning plant, chillers, electrical equipment, special facade, DG sets, transformers, building automation systems etc. The petitioners had also availed services in the form of consultancy service, architectural service, legal and professional service, engineering service, etc for the purpose of construction of the said malls. Input taxes were paid on all goods and services purchased by the petitioners.

c.    In one of the shopping malls, the petitioner had let out different units on rental basis. Such activity of “letting out” is also a “supply of service” under CGST Act and chargeable to tax.

d.    The petitioner sought to discharge their tax obligation on provision of renting service through the ITC accumulated on inputs, etc. used for construction of shopping malls. The respondent disallowed utilization of such ITC in view of Section 17(5)(d). Aggrieved, the petitioner approached the High Court seeking utilization of ITC accumulated on inputs, etc. purchased for construction against renting of immovable property.

e.    The petitioner inter alia advanced the following arguments:

i.    Section 17(5)(d) must apply only in cases of constructions where tax chain is broken. Its purport must be restricted to cases where the intention to construct a building, is to sell it after issuance of completion certificate. In the instant case, the construction was neither “intended for sale” nor “on his own account”. Section 17(5)(d) cannot be applied if construction was not on “his own account”, far less when the construction of the immovable property is intended for letting out.

ii.    The sale of a property after issuing of a completion certificate is not taxable in the GST regime as per entry 5 of III Schedule to CGST Act. Therefore, the chain of taxation gets broken and restricting ITC in such cases would be completely valid.

iii.    However, in the instant case the tax chain continues as the mall which has been constructed generates rental income which is liable to GST. Hence, the taxation which starts when the petitioner buys goods and services for the construction of the mall, continues till the taxation of rental income arising out of the same construction.

iv.    Further, under section 16 of the CGST Act, GST registered persons are entitled to take credit of input tax charged on any supply of goods or services to him which are used or intended to be used in the course or furtherance of his business. It contemplates availment and utilization of ITC by persons who have a uniform tax chain in their transactions from input till output.

v.    Therefore, the petitioner cannot be denied the benefit of ITC in the facts and circumstances of the present case.

f. The High Court acceded to the above arguments and read down Section 17(5)(d) by allowing use of ITC on goods and services consumed in construction of shopping mall against paying GST on rentals received from tenants in shopping mall. In general terms, Section 17(5)(d) was read down to allow use of ITC on inputs used in construction in B2B cases and deny ITC only in cases of B2C cases.

34. The rational therefore, for allowing input tax credit accumulated on account of inputs purchased/used for construction of immovable property against renting of immovable property is that supply of input goods for construction of a shopping mall and the same being used for renting out units in the mall constitute a single supply chain and benefit of ITC should be available to the assessee. The investment (including the taxes suffered on inputs) in construction of the mall is now being utilized to generate rent, which is also taxable under the provisions of GST. Therefore, it is part of the same tax-chain and both taxes at stage of input and output are not liable to be taxed independently.

35. The above judgment, however, has been currently stayed by the Supreme Court.

E-WAY BILL, INSPECTION & CONFISCATION

36. In Assistant Commissioner vs. Satyam Shivam Papers Pvt Ltd [2022] 134 taxmann.com 241 (SC), goods were kept in the house of a relative for 16 days by the officer and not in designated place for safe keeping. The goods were confiscated, in the first place, for the reason that the goods in question could not be taken to the destination within time (of expiry of e-way bill) for reasons beyond the control of respondent-taxpayer including traffic blockage due to agitation. Section 129 not at all being attracted, the court imposed a cost of Rs. 59, 000 considering the conduct of GST officer and harassment faced by taxpayer.

37. In Shiv Enterprises vs. State of Punjab [2022] 135 taxmann.com 123 (Punjab & Haryana), confiscation proceeding under Section 130(1) initiated on the ground that sellers/suppliers of the assessee are not having inward supply but only engaged in outward supply without paying any tax. It was held that the confiscation was completely unsustainable for the following reasons: (i) Goods and conveyance in transit were accompanied with invoice and e-way bill as prescribed under Rule 138A; (ii) No discrepancy has been pointed out in invoice and e-way bill and reply filed by respondent-department; (iii) No finding with respect to contravention of any provision by petitioner with intent to evade payment of tax; (iv) Contravention of provision alleged is against supplier of petitioner on the ground of showing outward supply without having inward supply; (v) Invocation of Section 130 must have nexus with action of person against whom proceedings are initiated. Petitioner cannot be held liable for contravention of provision of law by any other person in supply chain.

38. In Synergy Fertichem Pvt Ltd vs. State of Gujarat 2020 (33) GSTL 513 (Gujarat), it was held that while section 129 provides for deduction, seizure and release of goods and conveyances in transit, section 130 provides for their confiscation and, thus, section 130 is not dependent on or subject to section 129. It was further held that for issuing notice of confiscation under section 130, mere suspicion is not sufficient, and authority should make out a very strong case that assessee had definite intent to evade tax. At the stage of detention and seizure of the goods and conveyance, the case has to be of such a nature that on the face of the entire transaction, the authority concerned should be convinced that the contravention was with a definite intent to evade payment of tax. The action, in such circumstances, should be in good faith and not be a mere pretence.

39. The High Courts have quashed proceedings relating to e-way bill initiated on account of minor and clerical errors. For example, typing 470 kms as the distance instead of 1470 kms [See: Tirthamoyee Aluminium Products vs. State of Tripura [2021] 127 taxmann.com 680 (Tripura)]; minor detours enroute [See: R. K. Motors vs. State Tax Officer [2019] 102 taxmann.com 337 (Madras)]; mistake in vehicle no. in part-B of e-way bill when all other documents were in place [See: K.B. Enterprises vs. Assistant Commissioner of State Taxes & Excise [2020] 115 taxmann.com 250 (AA- GST – HP)]; wrong valuation or classification of goods at the time of interception [See: K.P. Sugandh Ltd. vs. State of Chhattisgarh [2020] 122 taxmann.com 291 (Chhattisgarh)], etc.

40. While various High Courts have been proactive in this front, the Supreme Court has not been progressive. For instance, in State of Uttar Pradesh vs. Kay Pan Fragrance Pvt Ltd [2019] 112 taxmann.com 81 (SC), High Court had passed an interim order directing State to release seized goods, subject to deposit of security other than cash or bank guarantee or in alternative, indemnity bond equal to value of tax and penalty to satisfaction of Assessing Authority. The Supreme Court held that the order passed by High Court was contrary to section 67(6) and authorities would process claims of concerned assessee afresh as per express stipulations in section 67, read with relevant rules in that regard. Similarly, in Assistant Commissioner of State Tax vs. Commercial Steel Ltd [2021] 130 taxmann.com 180 (SC), Competent Authority by an order passed under section 129(1) detained goods of assessee under transport and served a notice on person in charge of conveyance and High Court, on writ petition filed by assessee, set aside action of Competent Authority. However, it was held that since assessee had a statutory remedy under section 107 and there was, in fact, no violation of principles of natural justice in instant case, it was not appropriate for High Court to entertain a writ petition and impugned order of High Court deserved to be set aside and assessee was to be permitted to take appropriate remedies which were available in terms of Section 107.

ARREST & PROSECUTION

41. The key issue that has been litigated on this front is as to what must happen first – determination of tax liability or arrest? There is, again, a dichotomy of judicial views in this regard.

42. In PV Ramana Reddy vs. Union of India 2019-TIOL-873-HC-TELANGANA-GST, the following observations were made:

a. Even though Section 69(1) does confer power to arrest in case of non-cognizable and bailable i.e, the four offences listed in Section 132 above, if the amount involved is between Rs. 3 Crore and Rs. 5 Crore, Section 69(3) deals with the grant of bail, remand to custody and the procedure for grant of bail to a person accused of the commission of non-cognizable and bailable offences. It is not known how a person whom the Commissioner believes to have committed an offence specified in clauses (f) to (l) of sub-section (1) of section 132, which are non-cognizable and bailable, could be arrested at all, since section 69(1) does not confer power of arrest in such cases.

b. It was held that offences mentioned in Section 132 have no co-relation to and do not depend on any assessment and adjudication and therefore, prosecution can be launched even prior to the completion of assessment. It is important to note the fact that until a prosecution is launched, by way of a private complaint with the previous sanction of the Commissioner, no criminal proceedings can be taken to commence, was not disputed.

c. Further, persons who are summoned under section 70(1) and persons whose arrest is authorised under section 69(1) are not to be treated as “persons accused of any offence” until a prosecution is launched was also not disputed. It was also acknowledged that officers under various tax laws such as the Central Excise Act etc., are not police officers to whom section 25 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 would apply. The power conferred upon the officers appointed under various tax enactments for search and arrest are actually intended to aid and support their main function of levy and collection of taxes and duties. Further, the statements made by persons in the course of enquiries under the tax laws, cannot be equated to statements made by persons accused of an offence. Consequently, there is no protection for such persons under article 20(3) of the Constitution of India, as the persons summoned for enquiry are not persons accused of any offence within the meaning of article 20(3).

d. It was also held that writ proceedings can be converted into proceedings for anticipatory bail if the enquiry by the respondents is not a criminal proceeding and yet the respondents are empowered to arrest a person on the basis of a reason to believe that such a person is guilty of commission of an offence under the CGST Act. However, a writ of mandamus would lie only to compel the performance of a statutory or other duty. No writ of mandamus would lie to prevent an officer from performing his statutory functions or to direct an officer not to effect arrest.

e. Further, it was observed that despite the fact that the enquiry by the officers of the GST Commissionerate is not a criminal proceeding, it is nevertheless a judicial proceeding in terms of Section 70 of the CGST Act.

f. To say a prosecution can be launched only after the completion of the assessment, goes contrary to section 132. The prosecutions for these offences do not depend upon the completion of assessment. Therefore, argument that there cannot be an arrest even before adjudication or assessment, is not appealing.

g. The objects of pre-trial arrest and detention to custody pending trial, are manifold as indicated in section 41 CrPC, i.e, to prevent such person from committing any further offence, proper investigation of the offence, to prevent such person from causing the evidence of the offence to disappear or tampering with such evidence in any manner and to prevent such person from making any inducement, threat or promise to any person acquainted with the facts of the case so as to dissuade him from disclosing such facts to the Court or to the police officer. Therefore, it is not correct to say that the object of arrest is only to proceed with further investigation with the arrested person.

43. Per contra, in Jayachandran Alloys Pvt Ltd vs. Superintendent of GST & Central Excise, Salem [2019] 25 GSTL 245 (Madras), the Madras High Court ruled that:

a. The power to punish set out in section 132 would stand triggered only once it is established that an assessee has ‘committed’ an offence. It has to necessarily be after determination of demand due from an assessee which itself has to necessarily follow process of an assessment.

b. It was observed that Section 132 imposes a punishment upon the assessee that ‘commits’ an offence. The allegation of the revenue in the instant case was that the petitioner had contravened the provisions of section 16(2) and availed excess input tax credit.

c. Further, it was found that there was no movement of the goods and the transactions were bogus and fictitious, created only on paper, solely to avail input tax credit. The offences contained in Section 132 constitute matters of assessment and would form part of an order of assessment, to be passed after the process of adjudication is complete and taking into account the submissions of the assessee and careful weighing of evidence and explanations offered by the assessee in regard to the same.

d. The use of word ‘commits’ make it more than amply clear that the act of committal of the offence is to be fixed first before punishment is imposed. It was thus held that ‘determination’ of the excess credit by way of the procedure set out in section 73 or 74, as the case maybe is a pre-requisite for the recovery.

e. Sections 73 and 74 deal with assessments and as such it is clear and unambiguous that such recovery can only be initiated once the amount of excess credit has been quantified and determined in an assessment. When recovery is made subject to ‘determination’ in an assessment, the argument of the department that punishment for the offence alleged can be imposed even prior to such assessment, is clearly incorrect and amounts to putting the cart before the horse.

f. The exceptions to this rule of assessment are only those cases where the assessee is a habitual offender, that/who has been visited consistently and often with penalties and fines for contraventions of statutory provisions. It is only in such cases that the authorities might be justified in proceedings to pre-empt the assessment and initiate action against the assessee in terms of section 132, for reasons to be recorded in writing. Support in this regard was drawn from the decision of the Division Bench of the Delhi High Court in the case of Make My Trip (India) (P.) Ltd. vs. Union of India [2016] 58 GST 397 (Delhi), as confirmed by the Supreme Court reported in Union of India vs. Make My Trip (India) (P.) Ltd. [2019] 104 taxmann.com 245 (SC), reiterating that such action, would amount to a violation of Constitutional rights of the petitioner that cannot be countenanced.

44. The correctness of both the above cases is pending before a larger bench of the Supreme Court in Union of India vs. Sapna Jain 2019-TIOL-217-SC-GST.

CONCLUSION

45. On weighing all the case laws seen above, what can be said is that the courts have been treaded cautiously while dealing with constitutional issues surrounding GST, in fact, on all occasions so far, upholding validity of the impugned provisions of GST law. Whereas on issues such as confiscation of goods and vehicles, provisional attachment of property, blocking of electronic credit ledger, carrying forward of transitional credit and failure of natural justice, the courts have been pro-active in coming to the rescue of the assessees.

46. On when economic legislation is questioned, the Courts are slow to strike down a provision which may lead to financial complications. Taxation issues are highly sensitive and complex; legislations in economic matters are based on experimentations; Court should decide the constitutionality of such legislation by the generality of its provisions. Trial and error method is inherent in the economic endeavours of the State. In matters of economic policy, the accepted principle is that the Courts should be cautious to interfere as interference by the Courts in a complex taxation regime can have large scale ramifications.

47. During the last 5 years, there have a slew of notifications/circulars/orders that have been issued. While this does complicate the law but it also shows that the Government is listening to the issues raised by the stakeholders. However, the changes in law every time there is an adverse judgement to the government shows lack of grace. Accepting defeat honourably requires a mindset which assesses are used to – what about the government?

5 YEARS OF GST – AN INDUSTRY PERSPECTIVE

On 1st July 2022 we will be celebrating the 5th birth anniversary of implementation of GST in India. On ‘GST Day’ let us look back and reflect on GST’s achievements and failures and the way forward. In June 2017, the then Finance Minister of India, Late Mr. Arun Jaitley announced implementation of the biggest tax reform after independence. Looking at the scale and diversity of our country, it was a mammoth task. The broad objectives of bringing GST into India can be captured in two quotes –

“One Nation, One Tax” and “Good and Simple Tax”

I. PRE-IMPLEMENTATION

The proposed Indian GST law was unique in many senses. It was dual GST plus IGST for interstate supplies administered by States and Union simultaneously. Therefore, trade and industry were highly apprehensive about its impact on their businesses and doubted the success of the new tax regime.

The main fears were –

1.    Registration in each State: Prior to GST, the service sector was required to comply with the service tax regime which was a Union levy which did not require maintenance of state-wise records and state-wise registration for every state in which one carries on business. It was a herculean task to align business processes to comply with the requirement of state-wise reporting. If not done proactively, it would have business impact of missing input tax credits and the consequences of non-compliance.

2.    Dual administration: GST being administered by State and Union simultaneously, the industry was sceptical about whether both authorities would subject the taxpayer for audits and assessments, which may result in difference of opinions, multiple proceedings and demands. However, better sense prevailed, and the State and Union agreed to divide the administration of taxpayers such that, the taxpayer is required to report to a single authority.

3.    Place of Supply: Another fear of the industry was the determination of the place of supply in a ‘bill to ship to’ model and certain services such as intermediary services, hotel accommodation etc.

4.    Working capital blockage: The Industry was further apprehensive of the working capital blockage which would arise due to the division of input tax credits into state-wise SGST, CGST and IGST and the restrictions on cross utilization of funds.

5.    Valuation: Supply of services to own branches was classified as a deemed taxable supply for the first time under GST. Valuation of supply to own branches was a major concern for businesses with branches located across multiple states. The first and second proviso to Rule 28 of the CGST Rules has given big respite to the businesses by providing a valuation mechanism.

6.    Technology: It was pronounced that all compliances including registration of the taxpayers should be done online using GST Network (GSTN) portal. In India, where in use of technology not only taxpayers but various State tax administrations were on different maturity levels, it was a very ambitious decision to adopt paperless tax administration. While there were initial glitches, troubles and learning curves for both administration and taxpayers, it now seems to have stabilized and taxpayers have also learned to comply digitally.

7.    Transition of tax credits: Trade and Industry were also fearful of being able to successfully transition legacy tax credits to the GST regime. However, the fears were unfounded since excepting initial technical glitches, for most tax-payers transition balances of input credits under legacy tax systems were successfully flown to GST regime. However, some businesses had to seek relief from courts for transfer of their credit balances.

II. IMPLEMENTATION

During the implementation phase, the GST council and tax administration were proactive and supportive, made swift decisions, provided immediate clarifications, carried out changes in the provisions of law which were impossible to comply and extended timelines many times at the request of the business community, which helped in boosting the faith and confidence of the business community in the new tax system.

III. POST-IMPLEMENTATION

Achievements:

1.    India as a single Market: Prior to 2017, the market in India was fragmented and there were distortions due to different tax policies of the States. The biggest achievement of GST is, today the whole country from Kashmir to Kanyakumari and from Mumbai to Manipur is a single homogeneous market. Taxes on supply of goods and services are uniformly charged.

2.    Reduced compliances: There is a substantial reduction in compliances due to subsuming of various fiscal legislations of Central, State, and local governments. Businesses operating in multiple states benefited the most and could centrally manage the compliances.

3.    Reduction in effective rate of tax: For many goods, there is a substantial reduction in the rate of collective state and central taxes applicable after GST compared to the past regime.

4.    Removal of cascading of taxes: GST is consumption tax based on value-add principle, therefore, except the restriction put in under section 17(5) of the CGST Act, GST paid on all other procurements made for doing business are allowed as input which has resulted into lower sunk tax cost on output supply made by the businesses.

5.    Higher registration threshold: Prior to GST there were different points of levy and threshold limits under the State and Central laws. The GST council decided to keep the higher common registration threshold limit of Rs. 20 lakhs per year (for goods suppliers now it is Rs. 40 lakhs per year) which has provided great relief to small business and professionals.

6.    Digitisation of compliance processes: The availability of taxpayers’ services through GSTN portal 24×7, seamless integration of State and central taxes and digitisation of compliance processes is a huge step to achieve transparency and faceless tax administration. It is one of the biggest achievements of GST.

7.    Level playing field by having control over tax evaders: Tax evaders and dishonest taxpayers could exploit the Pre-GST tax regime, resulting in a skewed market with higher tax burden upon honest taxpayers. Digital reporting and input credit mechanism under GST is incentivising honest and compliant tax payers.

IV. WAY FORWARD:

Fiscal reforms are dynamic and constantly evolving.There is a long way to reach to just, equitable and ideal goods and service tax based on value-add principle. To achieve the same the Council, Union and State Government need to look into following issues on an urgent basis.

1.    Broadening of tax base: Currently, sectors crucial to the economy, such as real estate, petroleum, and power are outside the remit of GST regulations and continue to be governed by old tax regimes. No businesses or industries run without use of power/energy or real estate hence the legacy regime taxes levied on supply of petroleum goods and power and the GST levied on goods and services used for construction of real estate are a cost to the businesses who are consumers of these sectors. To that extent the cascading of taxes remains in the system which is detrimental to economic growth.

2.    Removal of restrictions under section 17(5): Section 17(5) of CGST Act blocks input credits on works contract, motor vehicles, health insurances services etc., procured by the businesses, which results in cascading of taxes. Ideally, except the goods and services which are personally consumed by the employees (not while performing their duties), other business expenses should be made eligible for input credits.

3.    Removal of blockage of working capital: The restriction on ITC availment and state-wise division of credit pool block precious working capital of the business. Therefore, the taxpayer should be provided an option to unconditionally transfer credits amongst various registrations (distinct persons) of the tax payer.

4.    Reverse charge reporting by way of accounting to be permitted: Tax on import of services is required to be made only in cash and cannot be paid using the accumulated credits. It leads to major cash outflow for exporters and businesses under the inverse tax rate regime. Also, it is wash tax for the revenue. This regressive provision was contained in the previous service tax regime and has been continued under GST regime and is unique to only Indian GST. All major countries where VAT/GST is applicable only require the tax payer to account tax on import of services but do not require payment in cash if sufficient input credit balance is available. Adoption of this system by India will be a great relief to the exporter community. Alternatively, similar to provision under the Australian GST law, the Government may consider completely removing reverse charge payment for exporters and businesses whose output is taxable.

5.    Setting up of effective dispute resolution mechanism: No tax system is complete without an efficient dispute redressal system. India has completed five years of the GST but GST Tribunals have not been constituted in the country. High Courts and Supreme Courts are flooded with tax petitions and justice to the tax payers is delayed and denied. It is the need of the hour that the Centre, States and the GST Council collectively take immediate steps to establish GST tribunals. Further, it is a common trade and industry sentiment that advance rulings under GST do more harm than good. In multiple instances, two State advance ruling authorities have taken different views on the same issue. Therefore, to make these provisions effective, the GST Council and Union and State governments must consider creation of a national advance ruling & appellate authority, whose orders are appealable before High Courts/the Supreme Court.

6.    Administrative reforms: There is an increasing need for standardization of administrative processes like assessments, audits, investigation and refunds across the states keeping ease of doing business in mind. Special training needs to be given to Tax Officers to transform them from coercive recovery agents into facilitators of honest taxpayers.

V. CONCLUSION

While a lot has been achieved in the first five years of GST, India should target implementation of the measures listed above in the coming years to truly make GST a just, equitable and ideal good and simple tax.

 

IRONING THE CREASES

A goods and services tax has been a subject matter that had resurfaced multiple times during parliamentary and stakeholder discussions for a long time. With the Constitutional Amendment in 2016, it was made clear that this time around, GST was serious business. The law was enacted in 2017, amidst extensive debates as to whether it was a measure hurried into. Soon, it became clear that the underlying infrastructure that heavily relied on technology, which is also the backbone of GST, was far from ready. Glitches and loopholes plagued the system, exposing that the experimental system could not handle the throughput of actual users accessing the GST Portal. Now, over the course of five years, the Portal has been altered and modified, and one would not be far off, in making an analogy to the ‘Ship of Theseus’, (a thought experiment that questions whether an object that has had all of its components replaced remains fundamentally the same object). The Portal continues to be a ‘work in progress’ and the abandonment of most of the ‘Forms’ is testimony to that fact.

The general feeling is that any new legislation would have teething troubles and that the hurriedly introduced GST Law was no exception. A key question is whether teething troubles were converted into problems that required surgery by the series of amendments. Some statistics (as on 29th April, 2022) with reference to number of amendments and changes through Notifications are relevant and given below:

S. No.

Category

Number

1

Notifications – Central Tax Rate

135

2

Notifications – Central Tax

371

3

Removal of difficulty orders

16

4

Amendments to CGST Act

99

5

Amendments to IGST Act

15

6

Amendments to CGST Rules

61

While some of the amendments have proved to be critical, the rest can certainly be considered a knee jerk reaction to market or business behavior; or attributable to the sole objective of nullifying judicial decisions or bringing about the change through a Notification without having necessary power in the statute and then amending the statute to confer such power.

INTRODUCTION OF SECTION 7(1A) WITH RETROSPECTIVE EFFECT FROM 1ST JULY, 2017 AND AMENDMENT TO SECTION 7(1)

The original Section 7(1) was amended retrospectively by CGST (Amendment) Act, 2018 and Section 7(1A) was introduced. The effect of the amendment is such that Schedule-II has now become more of a classification of supplies rather than having any kind of deemed or declared effect of supply. The language adopted in Section 7(1A) indicates that the activity or transaction should first constitute a supply under Section 7(1) and such a supply shall be treated either as supply of goods or as supply of services through Schedule – II.

To illustrate Entry 5(e), Schedule – II refers to agreeing to the obligation to refrain from an act, or tolerate an act or a situation, or to do an act. This alone is not sufficient for the levy to sustain. This should translate into a supply for consideration and consequently consideration for supply in order to be taxable. In the service tax regime, there was an attempt to classify certain services and declare them as taxable. While the same exercise was carried out through Schedule – II, the amendments and the introduction of Section 7(1A) has completely diluted the scope of the Entries in the Schedule and these Entries on a standalone basis cannot create liability unless they constitute a supply under Section 7(1).

AMENDMENT TO SECTION 7(1) BY THE FINANCE ACT, 2021

The Supreme Court in the case of Calcutta Club (2019) 29 GSTL 545 had held that doctrine of mutuality continues to be applicable both to incorporated and unincorporated members’ clubs even after the 46th Amendment to the Constitution. The Court had held that the very essence of mutuality is that a man cannot trade with himself. Club acts as an agent of its members and there is no exchange or flow of consideration. Service Tax and VAT cannot be levied based on the doctrine of mutuality.

Finance Act, 2021 has amended Section 7(1) in order to insert clause (aa) and the said clause shall be deemed to have been inserted with effect from 1st July, 2017. The clause reads as under:

the activities or transactions, by a person, other than an individual, to its members or constituents or vice versa, for cash deferred payment or other valuable consideration.
    
Explanation: For the purposes of this clause, it is hereby clarified that, notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force or any judgment, decree or order of any Court, tribunal or authority, the person and its members or constituents shall be deemed to be two separate persons and the supply of activities or transactions inter se shall be deemed to take place from one person to another.

Finance Act, 2021 had amended Schedule II to the CGST Act, 2017 by omitting para 7.

The amendment to Section 7(1) by Finance Act, 2021 with retrospective effect from 1st July, 2017 is clearly an attempt to nullify the decision of the Supreme Court in the context of the principle of mutuality. Interestingly, while the decision was in the context of sales tax and service tax, the principle was that tax could not be levied since firstly there were no two persons in existence and the 46th amendment to the Constitution was not adequate; and secondly the amounts paid by the member did not constitute ‘consideration’. The Supreme Court referred to the fact that consideration in Section 2(d) of the Contract Act necessarily posits consideration passing from one person to another. This is further reinforced by the last part of Article 366(29A), as under this part, the supply of such goods shall be deemed to be sale of those goods by the person making the supply and the purchase of those goods by the person to whom such supply is made.

The amendment to Section 7 again refers to valuable consideration and the question is whether the amendment has really addressed the issue identified by the Supreme Court. The amendment may not be adequate enough to nullify the doctrine of mutuality, given the fact that the Supreme Court in the Calcutta Club case had examined Article 366(29)(e) and found the same to be inadequate. In the Calcutta Club judgement, the Supreme Court also noted that the expanded dealer definition may not be sufficient to get over the decision of the Young Men Indian Association case since even in the said decision the court was concerned with the similar definition.

There is a possibility of the amendment to Section 7(1) being challenged but until the provisions are struck down or read down, the objective of the amendments is to bring clubs and associations into the ambit of taxation and to address any doubts that arose on account of the Calcutta Club judgment.

An interesting question that can be raised is whether the amendment is to nullify a decision or is an independent retrospective amendment. Para 25.8 of the 39th GST Council Minutes dated 14th March, 2020 reads as under:

Next, Table Agenda No. ll(viii) was taken up for discussion by PC, GSTPW. It was explained that the proposal was for amendment in the CGST Act so as to explicitly include the transactions and activities involving goods and services or both, by, to its members, for cash, deferred payment or other valuable consideration along with an explanation stating that for the purpose of this section, an association or a body of persons, whether incorporated or not as taxable supply w.e.f 1st July, 2017. It is also proposed that such an association or a body of persons, whether incorporated or not and member thereof shall be treated as distinct persons under section 7(1) of the CGST Act. Consequently, para 7 of Schedule II of the CGST Act is proposed to be deleted. It was informed that this had become necessary to make this retrospective amendment in view of pronouncement in this regard by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in a case involving levy of service tax on supplies of taxable services by the Clubs to its Members. PC, GSTPW informed that this had also been agreed to in the Officers’ Committee meeting held on 13th March, 2020.

The Agenda points for discussions are an interesting read and are given below:

TABLE AGENDA (VIII): AMENDMENT TO SECTION 7 OF CGST ACT, 2017 TO INCLUDE SUPPLY BY INCORPORATED/UNINCORPORATED ASSOCIATION OF PERSONS TO ITS MEMBERS (2/2)

•     Proposal to save the GST levy:

•     Amend Section 7(1) of the CGST Act, 2017, to insert new clause followed by an explanation with retrospective effect “(e) the supply of goods or services or both, by an association or a body of persons, whether incorporated or not, to its members, for cash, deferred payment or other valuable consideration. Explanation-i.e., the purpose of this section, an association or a body of persons, whether incorporated or 110t, and member thereof shall be treated as distinct persons”

Maharashtra view is that amendment is not required in view of definition of ‘business I and’ person I in the GST Act

It is therefore clear that the sole objective of the amendment is to ensure that the levy of GST on clubs or associations is not in any manner compromised on account decision of the Supreme Court in Calcutta Club. Therefore, even though Calcutta Club was not concerned with reference to levy of GST, the principle laid down that there cannot be any sale or service inter se between association and members is the subject matter of the retrospective amendment.

Parliament is empowered to amend the law prospectively or retrospectively. There are enough instances where law has been amended retrospectively to nullify decisions of the Court. The case at point would be the amendment to Section 9 to nullify the decision of the Supreme Court in Vodafone’s case with retrospective effect which finally ended in arbitration and compromise.

It is well settled that the Parliament in exercise of its legislative powers can frame laws with retrospective effect. A retrospective law may be struck down by the Court if it finds it to be unreasonable or not in public interest or violative of the Constitution or manifestly arbitrarily or beyond legislative competence. In the instant case, it would be difficult to state that there is no legislative competence or that there is a violation of the Constitution. Whether the amendment is manifestly arbitrarily is one aspect which may have to be tested by the Courts.

A Division of the Karnataka High Court in the case of Netley B Estate vs. ACIT (2002) 257 ITR 532 has held that the State has every right to bring in amendments retrospectively and to bridge a lacuna or defect. The State also has every right to add Explanation by way of amplification of a Section in the Act by an amendment; but such amendments brought retrospectively must not be only for the purpose of nullifying a judgment where there was no lacuna or defect pointed out in the Act.

The Supreme Court in the case of D. Cawasji & Co. vs. State of Mysore and Others (1984) 150 ITR 648 has held that it may be open to the Legislature to impose the levy at a higher rate with prospective operation but the levy of taxation at higher rate which really amounts to imposition of tax with retrospective operation has to be justified on proper and cogent grounds.

The Supreme Court in the latest judgement in the case of Madras Bar Association LSI-492-SC-2021(NDEL), held that

(i)     Retrospectivity given to Section 184(11) is only to nullify the effect of interim orders of this Court which are in the nature of mandamus and is, therefore, a prohibited legislative action.

(ii)     Sufficient reasons were given in MBA – III to hold that executive influence should be avoided in matters of appointments to tribunals – therefore, the direction that only one person shall be recommended to each post. The decision of this Court in that regard is a law laid down under Article 141 of the Constitution. The only way the legislature could nullify the said decision of this Court is by curing the defect in Rule 4(2). There has been no such attempt made except to repeat the provision of Rule 4(2) of the 2020 Rules in the Ordinance amending the Finance Act, 2017. Ergo, Section 184(7) is unsustainable in law as it is an attempt to override the law laid down by this Court. Repeating the contents of Rule 4(2) of the 2020 Rules by placing them in Section 184(7) is an indirect method of intruding into judicial sphere which is proscribed.

AMENDMENT TO SECTION 9
The original Section 9(4) created chaos since it mandated a registered recipient to pay GST on reverse charge basis on supply of goods or services or both by an unregistered supplier. This was also not equitable since there was a registration threshold of Rs. 20 lakhs. Taking into account the complexity of the provision, attempts were made to dilute the scope through various Notifications. Subsequently, CGST (Amendment) Act, 2018 substituted Section 9(4), whereby it is now confined to a notified class of registered persons who would be liable to pay GST under reverse charge mechanism in respect of supplies received from unregistered suppliers. Members of the real estate sector under the new regime of Notification 3/2019 – CTR are now identified as a class of registered persons for the purpose of Section 9(4).

The substitution of Section 9(4) is clearly a course correction and the provision enables the law maker to step in and implement RCM in segments prone to evasion.

AMENDMENT TO SECTION 16
Section 16 saw the first change when the explanation to Section 16(2)(b) was substituted by the CGST (Amendment) Act, 2018 w.e.f. 1st February, 2019. The original explanation ensured that the effect of Section 10(1)(b) of the IGST Act, 2017 resonates in the context of Section 16(2)(b) which deals with ‘receipt’. The amendment brings parity and covers services provided by a supplier to any person on the direction and on account of such registered person. A question can always arise as to the past period. However, given the nature of the amendment, it can be seen as a clarificatory amendment.

Section 16(2) saw a major change in the form of introduction of clause (aa) by Finance Act, 2021 w.e.f. 1st January, 2022 whereby, the furnishing of GSTR-1 by the supplier has become a condition for ITC. The amendment is a blessing in disguise since it now demonstrates that the entire exercise of comparing GSTR-1 filed by the supplier and GSTR-3B filed by the recipient as an illegal exercise not sanctioned by law. Even though amendments were made to Rule 60 to give some sanction to the exercise, the specific introduction of Section 16(2)(aa) w.e.f. 1st January, 2022 clearly demonstrates that GSTR-3B and GSTR-2A cannot be compared to the period prior to 1st January, 2022.

Section 16(2) has seen one more change in the form of introduction of clause (ba) by Finance Bill, 2022 which provides that details of input tax credit in respect of the said supply, communicated to such registered person, under Section 38 has not been restricted. The amendment is yet to be notified but the amendment clearly nullifies the overall objective of GST which is to eliminate the cascading effect of tax. ITC would not be based on what the portal says as available or what the portal says as restricted. This defeats the entire concept of input tax credit which is the backbone of GST.

AMENDMENT TO SECTION 50
Section 50(1) provides for levy of interest where a person liable to pay tax fails to pay tax within the prescribed period. There is a serious challenge with GST in India that the law states one thing but the portal states something else. Currently, a person is not in a position to file a GST return unless the taxes are paid. This requirement comes from the portal and not from the law. While a supplier may have a liability of say Rs. 10 lakhs and has Rs. 9 lakhs of ITC and has a cash crunch and is not able to pay Rs. 1 lakh, he cannot file the return. He mobilizes the funds and files a belated return and was promptly saddled with interest under Section 50(1) on the entire amount of Rs. 10 lakhs. The contention of the assessee was that ITC was available to the extent of Rs. 9 lakhs, which is nothing but tax already paid and lying with the Government, and interest if any, can only be on Rs. 1 lakh. This reasoning was endorsed by the Madras High Court in the case of Maansarovar Motors Pvt. Ltd. vs. AC (2021) 44 GSTR 126 and other decisions.

A proviso has been inserted to provide that the interest shall be only on the tax paid through the electronic cash ledger. The proviso has a chequered history but it is a well-intended amendment.

Finance Act, 2022 has substituted Section 50(3) giving it retrospective effect from 1st July, 2017 to provide that interest shall be payable only when input tax credit has been wrongly availed and utilised. This amendment reflects the legal position through a number of decisions but the amendment and that too retrospective effect would clearly ensure that there is no unnecessary litigation on this issue.

CONCLUSION
A number of changes in the Rules and the provisions pertaining to input tax credit seem to be driven by the concern of the Government with reference to the fake invoice racket. If one were to see the total GST collection, the loss on account of fake invoice racket and unethical behaviour would be a small percentage. Bad business practices, leading to mining of the tax system are not India centric and globally the position is the same. While the perpetrators of such unethical practices have to be punished, in the zeal to arrest the problem, unfettered powers have been conferred on the tax authorities. Blocking of ITC; attaching bank accounts; threat of arrest; are detrimental to business since they are being applied across the industry. While guidelines are issued, they are seldom followed as can be seen from the number of decisions of the High Court commenting on the restraint action or recovery action. The avalanche of amendments which are based on the menace of fake invoices has only affected the bona fide assessees whose compliance burden has increased manifold. GST is an equitable tax levy on the entire supply chain where the supplier and the recipient are equal. However, the laws are continuously amended to shift the responsibility of tax collection and compliance to the recipient. The continuous attempt to negate the input tax credit in the hands of the recipient for defaults of the supplier is a classic example. Going forward, there must be a freeze on amendments to the Act and the Rules and before making an amendment, there must be a consultative process so that the stakeholders can identify issues if any.

REVISITING THE “WHY” OF GST AND WAY FORWARD

The euphoria of implementation of the New System of Indirect Taxation was phenomenal. The whole nation and perhaps different parts of the globe too, together with the Parliamentarians, witnessed the historic moment when, at the stroke of 12 on the night of 30th June, 2017, then President of our country, Shri. Pranab Mukherjee and, the Prime Minister of our Country, Shri. Narendra Modi, ushered in GST.

The mood was sort of freedom, like the one that the nation had on 15th August, 1947: Freedom to do business with ease, Freedom from several challenges of the earlier indirect tax regime, Central Excise Duty, Service Tax, VAT; be it interpretation, classification, tax rate or compliances, disputes and litigation. One ought to have witnessed this moment, to feel the excitement of that moment.

The new system of indirect tax (GST), modelled on classic VAT/GST systems prevailing globally though modified to suit requirements of our country, had several welcome features. This was the approach we had adopted back in 1986 when we introduced modified value added tax system in Central Excise Law (tax on manufacture) described as “Modified Value Added Tax” (MODVAT).Post successful implementation of this system for Central Excise Law, it was expanded to encompass Service Tax in 1994 making it more comprehensive and description was changed to Central Value Tax System (CENVAT) since it covered both goods (manufacturing activity) and services. Similarly, modified VAT system was introduced by States (State VAT) encompassing trading activity commencing from 1st April, 2005.

Phased implementation facilitated tax payers to understand nuances of value added tax system and administrations to smoothen the entire process. And, now was the time for next reform: consolidating these three major indirect taxes into one, Goods and Services Tax!

This was expected to be one of the toughest tasks and the stakeholders at large recognised the difficulties and glitches starting from modification of taxation powers entrusted to each level of government in the Constitution of the country.

Initial discussions centred on identification of the model of such system of taxation that would achieve most optimum new system of indirect taxation from Centre and all States perspectives. Broad consensus on several aspects was built, discussed at various levels, Constitutional aspects were examined, systems of other countries, their advantages and complexities as also impact on government revenues and businesses were studied, senior officers met with their counterparts in other countries, different groups comprising of officers of Central Government and State Governments deliberated at length over issues, model laws, rules, regulations. Drafts were published for comments, those were modified and re-modified based on feedback from across. Constitution was amended empowering Centre and State Governments to impose GST, GST Council was established and was functional, requisite GST laws were passed, awareness programs were undertaken, portal was set up, registration facilitation centres were established, transition of existing tax payers was done, officers of government had undergone training and so on.

Finally, the feeling was: we have to begin somewhere; we may not be perfect and there will be glitches and challenges; those will need to be dealt with. And, there we were! The D date was announced; 1st July, 2017. And, no wonder there was so much enthusiasm; midnight oil was burnt by so many of us besides administration to make it a grand success!

The key features that excited all around were:

•    Only one tax (GST) across the country against three taxes

•    Common law across the country

•    Common rules, regulations and procedures across the country

•    Common classification

•    Common rates of tax

•    Uniform threshold across the country and across goods and services, both

•    Digital compliances through common portal like registration, tax payment, return filing, etc.

•    No border check posts

•    Decision on any change or amendment by GST Council only where both, Centre and all the States have representation and effectively, unanimous decisions.

The system promised:

•    Smooth flow of input tax credit particularly, when goods and services move from one state to another, and removal of cascading effect of taxes

•    Reduction in costs due to doing away with border check posts

•    Reduced disputes and litigation and advance ruling mechanism for early clarifications

•    Elimination of unhealthy competition among States using tax as a tool and for businesses using cost inefficient business models from tax perspective

•    Increase in tax revenue (both direct and indirect) for governments due to reduction in leakages – self policing mechanism, enhancing formal economy, which would ultimately lead to lowering tax burden for citizens and increase GDP of the country.

At the same time, there were apprehensions too.

•    How will the new system work – it was a novel system – dual level tax?

•    Will the expected outcomes be achieved?

•    All amendments have to be by GST Council and then Centre and each of the States have to get it passed by Parliament and State Legislatures – how smoothly will that work? Will the decisions be delayed?

•    Petroleum products which contribute about 26% of State Revenues1 will be outside GST so, effectively, even in the new tax system cascading effect will continue.

•    Will the impact be greater for small and unorganised sectors?

•    How will businesses across the country do all compliances electronically – many did not have access to electronic means, power and education level was also an impediment in the minds of businesses coupled with low threshold of INR 20,00,000 (INR Twenty Lakhs) for turnover across the country.

Expected benefits outweighed worries and all, enthusiastically started preparing for the implementation and had comfort, from the assurances and preparations, that difficulties will be resolved quickly and with ease.

Fast forward to one year, two years and till today, 5 years.

Is the enthusiasm intact? Have the expected benefits flown to the businesses or economy as a whole?

Well, the response, if a comprehensive survey is undertaken, would be mixed.

The negative responses would be on account of many factors. Key ones being:

•    The unique and perhaps, the only workable system for implementation of GST in a federal structure of Governance, dual level GST, has proved to be fairly complex starting from basic questions that started coming up like when to apply state level GST (S-GST) and Central level GST (C-GST) and when to apply integrated GST applicable to inter-state transactions as also imports and exports (I-GST) or how to correct errors in depositing one level tax instead of another or applying one State GST instead of another State GST and resolution was not available quickly.

•    Transition of input tax credit from old regime (related to Central Excise Duty, Service Tax and State VAT) to new regime has proved most complex and has led to significant litigation.

•    Desire to bring large sections of economy in formal one and to ensure minimal revenue leakages saw very tight legal provisions and compliance regime. Practical difficulties pointed out to Government pre-enactment and thereafter, took time to be addressed and that too led to lot of dissatisfaction and agitation. Take for example, the provision that if a business buys goods or services from an unregistered business, the recipient business would need to pay GST on reverse charge basis. No threshold for purchases was provided. Implementation of such a provision was near impossible in practise and threatened to put large number of small businesses out of business. The implementation of this provision had to be put on hold and finally, removed from the law.

•    The process of decision making, be it related to law or rules or rate of tax or classification and others, is taking quite long. And, even after decision is announced by the GST Council, its implementation takes time and it is not simultaneous across the country, in all States.

•    Flow of input tax credit is not smooth and there are blockages with blocked credits and non-eligible credits. The cascading effect has reduced but, not to the extent expected by businesses. Petroleum products continue to be outside GST regime and that continues to contribute to cascading effect of GST.

•    Threshold continues to be low. It has been increased marginally, to INR 40,00,000 (INR Forty Lakhs) for goods and does not apply to services and and even for goods, it is not uniform across States.

•    Introduction of e-way bills (though, this has been done in phased manner) to plug leakages, for movement of goods has, while facilitating higher monitoring and to some extent, leakages, has increased the complexity of doing business.

•    Disputes and litigation has not reduced and compliance cost has increased bellying hopes of reduction. Advance Ruling mechanism has not proved to be effective,

And, the list is long…..

The positive responses would be on account of availability of electronic mode for compliances, common portal for tax payments, return filing, common classification (though, this has also posed challenges for some sectors but, on the whole easier), common rates, common provisions of law and rules. All these have no doubt facilitated businesses.

Revenue growth in the initial two years was not much with all grappling with new system and inevitable challenges. Then, there was the pandemic. Its impact on businesses and spending and consequently, on government revenues was quite severe during F.Y. 2020-21 and to some extent, even in F.Y. 2021-22. This did slow down reform process and possibly, removal of some of the issues and difficulties that businesses were facing. With economic activities near pre-pandemic level now, GST revenues for past two months have been promising.

The promised support to State Governments for first five years of implementation of GST by way of compensation for shortfall in their revenues as per agreed formula placed significant burden on Government especially, during slow-down in economic activities. Cess levied on specified products to garner revenue for compensation could not be phased out after 5 years, leading to dissatisfaction from those segments/sectors of the economy. The rates of GST, in general, could not be rationalised. There were talks, in some circles, of possible enhancement of rates of GST. The sentiments, obviously, are not euphoric any more.

How can we bring back the sentiments of 1st July, 2017, that feeling of ease of doing business and reduced indirect tax costs and compliance?

To my mind:

•    First and foremost and most vital one is to bring about “mindset change”. There was expectation of this change which has not come through at the level expected. Also, the administration must bear in mind and keep revisiting, the age old guidance that inefficient administration collects penalties from large number of tax payers. The success and efficiency of administration is judged by minimum difficulties for tax payers, facilitation, guidance, least and only in cases of gross violation, penalties, and least litigation.

•    Second, review and redraft the law, rules and forms based on the experience of these 5 years and address inadvertent misses and lacunae in them.

•    Third, revisit classification schedule, make it simpler and such that reduces variation in tax rates for similar products described differently in different parts of the country.

•    Fourth, increase threshold, in a time bound manner to say, INR 50 Lakhs based on study to be commissioned. Till that time, make threshold uniform across goods and services and even across States.

•    Fifth, explore possibility of introducing a Blended GST (Combination of Central GST and State GST), on experimental basis, in states which have own revenue of less than say, INR 500 or INR 750 crores whereby Blended GST is levied for intra-state transactions and Integrated GST for inter-state transactions.At the back end, the two elements of Blended GST be bifurcated and transferred to the concerned Government’s Kitty on weekly basis. Considering low volume of taxes, this could bring in ease of doing business and uniformity in administrative aspects. Cost of revenue collection for the States could be an added advantage.

•    Sixth, while this process is on, set up an Education, Training and Facilitation Unit at Centre with branches/sub-units at State level to undertake continuous training with practical examples and facilitate businesses in compliances without creating a fear of charge of fraud and so on and proposing demand for past periods.

•    Seventh, announce a two year moratorium when penalties will not be levied and facilitate tax payers in compliance of law and rules. Many would have made inadvertent errors or they could have taken an interpretation but, now they realise that that was not correct and so on. All of them could be facilitated/guided for tax payment with interest without penalties.

•    Eighth, do away with Advance Ruling Mechanism. Instead, set up a Clarification Unit in GST Council to which issues could be referred to. This Unit ought to have senior officers from Centre and State Administration with Judges from High Courts (as Chairs) and practitioners/law experts. Their decision should be time bound and be placed before GST Council. Decision of GST Council would then be final and binding on all tax administrative authorities. If a tax payer is dissatisfied, it can challenge the same directly before Supreme Court. This will bring in certainty and reduce litigation significantly.

•    Ninth, publish GST Council Agenda in advance and, if any representation is being taken up by it for consideration, it should be placed on its website and opportunity ought to be provided to all stakeholders to send in their comments/suggestions which ought to be summarised and placed before the Council and also published.

•    Tenth, establish a Procedural Disputes Resolution Cell at each State level with representation of both, Centre and State level senior officials who can take decision for resolution of disputes relating to procedural aspects or provide clarifications where procedure for specific business activity/operation is not provided in law/rules and send suggestions to GST Council for recommending modification/updation of law/rule. The Cell will need to be open minded and provide clear responses.

•    Eleventh, set up a separate Unit in GST Council with experts in the field that studies cost and benefit of each amendment including that for rate change, that is proposed and presents it, with the proposal, to the GST Council. This will facilitate decision making at the Council and, if the cost of compliance or general cost for economy is higher than the benefit in terms of revenue for the governments, the amendment proposed may not be passed. The decision with the analysis must be published on GST Council’s website. This will add trust and faith in the system.

All these, one would say, are Dreams, Dreams and more Dreams! Most such Dreams rarely come true!

Let us hope some Dreams, if not all, do come true and we would, if not today, over next few years, have a more efficient, user friendly, least complex, least cost, transparent and responsive system of indirect taxation. Till then, let us not stop dreaming!

GST @ 5: ONE NATION, ONE TAX, MULTIPLE STAKEHOLDER PERSPECTIVES

1. SETTING THE CONTEXT

GST was introduced as a landmark reform with much fanfare on 1st July, 2017. As it completes five years, it is time to take stock of what has transpired over this period and what are the key learnings moving forward. Therefore, the Editorial Board thought it fit to dedicate this special issue to GST. However, a dual indirect tax regime like GST cannot be examined through a single lens. It has many stakeholders, each of them having different (and at times, conflicting) perspectives or motivations. For example, a single policy decision like granting exemption could trigger mixed reactions. The consumer would typically be delighted with the exemption, but the supplier may find the corresponding input tax credit denial burdensome. He may also be anxious about the contingent risk of denial of exemption by an overzealous tax officer. At the Government level, there may be concerns of revenue loss due to the grant of the exemption as well as the risk of misuse by persons for whom the exemption is not intended. When we bring in the social dynamic of anti-profiteering provisions into the equation, the situation may become even more murkier.

This annual special issue is dedicated to understanding the complex interplay of the differing and at times conflicting perspectives of multiple stakeholders. While subsequent articles deal with the specific stakeholder perspective, this article presents an overall bird’s eye-view to the theme of this special issue.

2. IMPACT ON ECONOMY

It is a settled proposition in economics that an indirect tax interferes into the demand-supply equilibrium and erodes economic value beyond the revenues gathered by the Governments. However, all countries including India depend on indirect tax since it is relatively easier to administer and collect. Just a few years ago, the Indian indirect tax structure was plagued with not only this conceptual challenge of interference into the demand-supply equilibrium but also many structural challenges in the form of selective tax structure with fractured credit mechanism, a heavily document-driven tax regime and dissimilar laws. GST was touted as a landmark reform to address these structural challenges and to convert indirect tax into a “Good and Simple Tax”. After five years, have we achieved this objective?

A detailed article by CA Bhavna Doshi analyses the hits and misses of this “Good and Simple Tax”.

It is evident that GST has indeed contributed to the ease of doing business. The World Bank Report has seen the Indian ranking for ease of doing business improve from 130th in 2017 to 63rd in 2021. Simplification of indirect tax laws has been an essential driver towards this improvement. Duly assisted by demonetisation initiative and the digital push (which saw even further acceleration on account of pandemic), the technology backbone of GST has resulted in formalisation of the economy with associated benefits.

Having said so, the onerous compliances and a fairly strict and unforgiving regulatory framework has resulted in many a marginal enterprise being pushed to closure. Perhaps the biggest challenge of GST has been to the MSME sector, which is unable to procure and retain talent either in-house or outsourced and keeps on struggling to comply with this ever-evolving law. Admittedly, the Government has tried to alleviate the miseries by providing a threshold, having an optional composition scheme, having quarterly return filing process, etc.  However, you may ask any MSME and they would cite that most of these provisions are a mere eye-wash and are nullified by a long list of exclusions or paperwork resulting in no tangible benefit.

3. GST COUNCIL

The dual GST was implemented by following the concept of cooperative federalism, which resulted in the constitution of GST Council represented by all the States and the Centre. All decisions taken by the GST Council requires a majority of not less than 3/4th of the weighted votes. Internally, the Centre possesses 1/3rd weightage whereas all the States together possess 2/3rd weightage. Interestingly, the role of the GST Council is recommendatory in nature. At the same time, Article 279A(11) of the Constitution does provide for adjudication of a dispute arising out of the recommendations of the Council or implementation thereof. Recently, the Supreme Court had an occasion to examine the role of the GST Council and the binding effect of the recommendations made by it. The Court rightly held that the recommendations of the GST Council are made binding on the Government when it exercises its power to notify secondary legislation to give effect to the uniform taxation system. However, that does not mean that all of the GST Council’s recommendations are binding. Indeed, this observation of the Supreme Court is in line with the principle of cooperative federalism.

The GST Council has already met 46 times during this period. Various issues have been discussed and almost all the decisions have been taken through consensus building approach between the Centre and the States. The minutes of the meetings are also well-documented on the Council’s website. However, of late it appears that there is some delay in the upload of the minutes.

In fact, prior to implementation of GST, the Council met 18 times to finalise the recommendations on the law, rules, tax rates and the like. The Council also discussed and finalised other aspects like compensation cess to compensate the States for revenue loss. In the ninth meeting, the issue of dual administrative control was discussed and the assesse were allotted State or Central jurisdiction based on certain agreed parameters.

Even after the law was implemented with effect from 1st July, 2017, the Council continued the meetings with a focus on realigning the tax rates and simplifying the procedures relating to filing of returns and matching. In the 24th meeting, the GST Council recommended the PAN India introduction of the eway bill system. The 32nd meeting of the GST Council permitted the introduction of a calamity cess by the State of Kerala, for the first time bringing in a rate disparity amongst the States. While the initial trend was to reduce the tax rates and realign the exemptions and also to grant relief by means of extension of due dates, slowly and steadily, issues relating to enforcing compliance started receiving more attention and the law was made stricter and stricter.

Over the last five years, it is evident that based on the cushion of assured compensation, the States have voluntarily agreed to play a low fiddle and permit the Centre’s ideology to dominate the course of progress of the GST Council recommendations and therefore, the trajectory of the implementation of the law. With the cushion of assured compensation getting diluted in times to come, the GST Council will have a much larger role to play in building up consensus amongst the stakeholders who represent not only different regional opportunities and challenges but also very different political ideologies.

4. LEGISLATION

Any new legislation would have teething troubles. The hurriedly introduced GST Law which incorporated provisions from dissimilar legacy of indirect tax laws like excise duty, service tax and value-added tax was no exception to this statement. A mere glance through the initially enacted law was sufficient to suggest that the said law would require amendments from time to time. The GST Law has undergone legislative amendment eight times in the last five years. Most of these amendments may be in the nature of a response to some external incident. For example, an amendment to Section 7 has been carried out to neutralize the Supreme Court decision upholding mutuality. At the same time, the amendment in Section 50 providing for liability of interest only in cases where the input tax credit has been actually utilized is a welcome step. Have these benevolent amendments really ironed out the creases or have they actually increased the wrinkles?

An analysis of the key legislative amendments/announcements carried out in the last five years is undertaken by Adv. K. Vaitheeswaran and appears as a separate article in this special issue.

5. EXECUTIVE

It is often said that the success of any law depends on its’ implementation. A bad law administered nicely may often be received and appreciated more by the subjects than a good law administered badly. The legacy law was not only mired with complex law but also complex and dissimilar administration and bureaucracy. The dual GST framework actually resulted in a lot of apprehension in the minds of the assesse about the overlapping jurisdiction and duplicity of implementation. The issue received active consideration of the GST Council and in the 9th meeting, this aspect of overlapping powers was debated and discussed. The assesse were allotted jurisdictions and statutory provisions were introduced whereby the respective authorities were cross-empowered to administer all the legislations (i.e. CGST/SGST/IGST). At the same time, to ensure no duplication of efforts, it was also provided that if one officer has initiated any proceedings on a subject matter, no proceedings shall be initiated by another officer on the same subject matter.

While the objective of the above provisions was to reduce the duplication of efforts, at a practical level, the situation is otherwise. The Courts have interpreted ‘proceedings on a subject matter’ in a very narrow manner and restricted to the aspect of adjudication and appeals. Parallel investigations and inquiries have been liberally permitted by the Courts resulting in the entire objective getting frustrated.

Another striking example where a provision is made with a noble objective but in actual implementation, the objective is frustrated is that of advance ruling authorities. The concept of advance rulings was introduced with the objective of bringing certainty to taxation and reducing litigation. However, the Authority (including the Appellate Authority) is constituted purely of Revenue Officials. There are no express provisions for further appeals to a judicial forum like High Court. In the absence of such express provisions, the High Courts are also reluctant in entertaining further appeals. A mere glance at some of the advance rulings would suggest that the same are not well reasoned, bear a bias towards revenue collection and are at times conflicting with each other. Effectively, the advance rulings have effectively preponed litigation in many cases. Why have we entered into this messy situation? Is it that the constitution of the Advance Ruling Authority has a structural defect? Or is it the case of an overzealous assesse seeking answers to all and sundry doubts or an approach to resolve commercial disputes through advance rulings disregarding this structural defect?

A detailed article by Adv. Bharat Raichandani presents a view on this aspect.

6. TECHNOLOGY

Perhaps one aspect which has an over-arching reach across all the stakeholders is technology. As far as the industry is concerned, with elaborate uploading and matching requirements, the need for technology adaptation cannot be understated. The e-invoicing requirements have been made applicable to all the assesse having aggregate turnover above Rs. 20 crores. The sheer volume would suggest that technology can no longer be a support function but would have to be integrated into business processes. From the Department’s perspective, technology is the only means to ensure appropriate compliances with subjective discretionary bias. Data analytics is thus a buzzword and has helped the Department unearth quite a few frauds. But is data analytics a panacea to all Department problems? How technology facilitates and interferes into the GST lifecycle of an honest assesse, who becomes a regular victim to computer-generated notices based on dissimilar reconciliation points (a classic example being e-way bill data and sales reported in GSTR1)?

A detailed article on this ever-evolving piece of the jig-saw puzzle with a futuristic outlook written by CA Divyesh Lapsiwala appears elsewhere in this issue.

7. JUDICIARY

Much was said about GST – it is simple, it removes cascading and offers seamless credits and it is uniform across the country. Much less was written in terms of legislation. Whatever was written also had inherent conflicts and imperfections. An overzealous tax administration could wreak havoc and the only solace for the assesse in such situations is the judiciary. The problems get compounded due to the fact that even five years down the line, the GST Appellate Tribunal has not been established resulting in all and sundry litigation reaching the High Court.

How have Courts looked at this law where what is said and advertised is very different from what is written? A journey down the key judicial pronouncements over the last five years would suggest that in some cases the Courts have been benevolent and empathetic to the situation. Courts have definitely intervened in granting relief to the assesse in cases where the portal presented constraints in claiming transition credit or making amendments to data already submitted. Courts have also intervened in situations where there has been an excessive abuse of power by the Officers. At the same time, when it comes to the interpretation of the benefits and concessions, the Courts have adopted a strict and literal construction.

A detailed article by Sr. Adv. V Raghuraman presents a ring-side view of how Courts have looked at GST.

8. INDUSTRY

Though being a destination-based consumption tax, the tax is to be collected and paid by the industry. Effectively, the subject matter of taxation is the supplier of goods or services. In that sense, industry is the primary stakeholder of this landmark reform. The introduction of GST not only brought opportunities of reduced compliance requirements and uniformity of taxation, but also presented the unique challenge of anti-profiteering. The industry effectively navigated the journey. At the same time, frequently changing processes and systems made sure that the industry was always burning the midnight oil. In such a situation, is it possible to continue with the momentum for long?

On the legislative front, many issues were open-ended. A classic debate of whether cross charge is required or whether input service distributor registration is required for a multilocational enterprise was initiated right at the time of the introduction of GST. The debate continues even today with no assertive answers. Each one is to his own. Will long-term lack of clarity result in structural issues in the growth of the industry?

The volume of representations sent at the time of implementation of GST and thereafter clearly suggest that despite having completed five years, GST continues to be a work in progress. At the time of implementation, what were the key fears from such a sub-optimally drafted law? Has subsequent administration amplified/validated those fears or have they subsided?

A detailed article by Mr. Vinod Mandlik presents a perspective of how a tax implementor in a large corporate set-up has experienced GST.

9. CONSULTING

The legacy indirect tax landscape presented opportunities to varied sub-set of professionals who could offer distinct value propositions to the industry. A set of professionals could track the developments of the respective tax laws and present their perspectives and also offer transaction structuring advises to ensure tax efficiencies. Another set of professionals would undertake the actual compliances. A third set of professionals could offer assurance to the stakeholders that the compliance is in alignment with the legal provisions. One more set of professionals could act as a bridge between the assesse and tax gatherers. In case of non-alignment of the views of the assesse and the tax-gatherer, litigation could be handled by one more set of professionals. In view of the dissimilar set of legislations and the regional preferences, the consulting space, though providing substantial opportunities was fairly fragmented.

While the underlying value proposition remains constant under the GST Regime as well, the consolidation of the dissimilar tax laws has resulted in the consolidation in the consulting space as well. The added emphasis on technology has to some extent resulted in disruption in some pockets of the consulting space where the professional is unable to leverage the technology and realign the cost-benefit spectrum. Further, the non-constitution of the GST Appellate Tribunal has resulted in a situation where the value proposition could be enhanced only through the ability to handle litigation across the judicial forums. While a lot has transpired in this space, it is also felt that moving forward also, the roles will continue to evolve into a more consolidated basis.

10. WRAPPING UP

If all the perspectives have to be summarised, what does one conclude? Should one be saying it is a case of cautious optimism? Should one celebrate the fact that octroi posts are abolished or should one lament on situations where a vehicle is intercepted in transit and there is harassment for small errors? Should one celebrate the fact that input tax credits are available for expenses incurred in other States or should one lament that input tax credit is denied on flimsy grounds by the revenue officers? I think one Hindi phrase summarises the entire mood:

RETHINKING THE IND AS 116 – LEASE STANDARD

We are aware that the above IND AS 116 brings in a new Leases accounting standard where apart from short term and low value leases with other minor exemptions, we have the Assets residing in the books of 2 parties – the Lessor and the Lessee.

Moving from the earlier Ind AS 17 to Ind AS 116, the following are the changes that are occurring from the Lessee’s perspective:

1)    Almost all Leases get recognized on the Balance Sheet as ‘Right of Use assets’ and ‘Lease liability’. The only exception being as already stated – short term and low value leases;

2)    Distinction between Operating and Financial Leases gets eliminated;

3)    Right of Use Assets need to show their depreciation charge for the year separately in the Schedules to the Financial Statements.

For the Lessor there is not much difference in accounting but for the Lessee there is a lot of pain of conversion of the Lease Agreements into ‘Right – Of – Use’ (ROU) Assets and ‘Lease Liability’. Accounting was made to stand on it’s head and the article that follows attempts to highlight the infirmities of the current IND AS 116 and proposes a different solution.

The writer is well aware that IND AS 116 is in a way a reflection of the IFRS standard on ‘Leases’ but as professionals we need to understand the apparent shortcomings.

1)    Shortcoming # 1 – It is believed that the reason why this Accounting Standard was conceptualized is because entities with large value assets like Aircraft, Ships, Transport trucks, etc were running the business on Lease Assets which were not reflected in the Fixed Assets block of those entities. Those entities / industry became Asset light and it was felt that disclosures on Business Profitability such as EBITDA % and Return on Capital Employed % were distorted. However, while across the World there may be a few thousand lessors, there are millions of lessees and this Standard has increased the workload of millions of entities, with no apparent benefit.

2)    Shortcoming # 2 – In the new Standard the Lessee has to account for ‘Right – Of – Use’ Assets and ‘Lease Liability’. An important question that arises is that these ROU Assets should have no value as Asset Cover for the purpose of taking Loans (asset backed long term loans). Technically, we have High Value Assets in the books of Lessees which cannot be used as Asset Cover for taking Borrowings. The real owner of the assets is the Lessor. However, this Lease Standard shows both the Lessor and Lessee owners of the same asset class, though the Lessee has to make a separate disclosure.

3)    Shortcoming # 3 – The Lessee in his books of Accounts has to Account for Asset Depreciation, Interest on the Liability of Lease Asset funding and the reduction in liability as lease rentals get paid &discharged. The real danger is in artificial increase of Depreciation and Interest Costs in the Statement of Profit & Loss while lease rental costs come down. However, for EBITDA %, both these inflated costs are added to Profit before Tax. Similarly, for Return on Capital Employed %, inflated interest costs are added back. Without any effort on the part of Corporate Management of the concerned entity – the EBITDA and ROCE % rise, which is a severe distortion when it comes to trend analysis. Both these EBITDA and ROCE % ratios improvements should be a reflection of management actions on the entity business.

4)    Shortcoming # 4 – The Structure of the Cash Flow Statement of the entity changes. Since lease rentals costs will not be there for these ROU Assets, the net Operating Cash Flow will appear higher. Lease liability payments and related interest payment are shown under Financing activities. We therefore see a shift in net Operating Cash Flow improving but net financing activities having a greater payout.

Having raised issues on the shortcomings of the IND AS 116 Leases standard, the issue is how this could have been avoided through better disclosures in Notes forming part of the Financial Statements. They are:

A)    In the Books of the Lessor entity:

a.    List of Lessees with values and Type of Fixed Asset funded who comprise 80% of the net depreciated value of Leased assets. Balance 20% are considered as others;

b.    Break up of these Leased Assets on Asset Type with disclosure of Gross and Net Depreciated values at start of year (period) and end of year (period);

c.    Whether lessees in Para (a) are paying their lease rentals as specified for the year / period;

d.    In case of default in payment of lease rentals by Lessees – disclosures by names (per para (a) above) and the Type of asset where lease payments are in default;

e.    Indicate whether provisioning for bad / doubtful lessees has been done and the Asset types where such provisioning is required as per audit requirements.

B)    In the books of the Lessee entity:

a.    Types of Assets taken on Lease at Gross Value of Lease Rentals payable, cumulative total lease rentals paid up to the period end and balance lease rentals payable in the future periods;

b.    Any lease rentals due and not paid up to the end period of review per Type of Asset;

c.    Lease rentals expense charge in the Statement of Profit & Loss and whether this closely matches the number of days of yearly lease rental as accrued expense;

d.    The names of Lessors who have funded 80% of the Leased Assets based at Net Lease Value Liability payable at the year (period) end. Others to be forming balance 20%. This breakup also to indicate Type of Asset leased;

e.    Are lease expenses properly booked per number of days expense liability for leased assets;

f.    Have lease rental payments been made as due or at the end of the accounting period there are unpaid lease rentals though payment due date has passed. The unpaid amount to be disclosed by Type of Asset.

It is possible to take the view that this ‘IND AS 116’ – Leases Standard could have been handled better with Disclosures rather than with bringing in a sort of Accounting heresy, the major shortcomings of which have been highlighted above.

It is hoped that Accounting Bodies and Institutes will take a relook and make the Accounting Standard more robust.

I must be willing to
give up what I am in order to become what I will be.


Albert Einstein

EDITOR ON EDITOR

Over the last five years – after 60 Journals, 8000 plus pages, dealing with 180 first-time authors, editing, and initiating more than 350 articles, interviews, surveys, poetries, cartoons, I would like to write this final editorial on the two editors: the person and the position. The person is a composite of all his background and intent, whereas the position is the carrier of expectations of others from a distinguished legacy. Each editor infuses his intent/content into the other, and in the process, an editor edits the editor.

For the editor, the person, to run a professional magazine with a fifty years’ legacy, alongside a full-time day job, calls for additional time and energy, month on month. For the editor, the position, it is vital to keep the direction, consistency and focus on readership. It means: you’ve got to do, what you need to do in the time you’ve got.

Like that pug in the advertisement following his master (Vodafone), wherever one editor goes, the other follows. Therefore, one editor must review and sign off the monthly issue, even at unusual times and places, to stand the test of the other editor. If one can call it so, I recall one scenic review of the journal, which was on an ATR between Manila and Palawan in the Philippines. At another time, a somewhat stretched review involved going over corrections at 1.30 a.m. out of a hotel after a tight day dedicated to a limited review deadline. Then, there was a clinical review, from a hospital sofa, during my father’s hospitalisation when I too was locked into the hospital along with the patient due to COVID protocols.

Then there is the committee. It is made of seniors and past editors who have built the journal thus far. They keep an eye on both editors to ensure they work in concert and look after them through their support, availability and guidance. The editor also comes to deal with wide varieties of people. However, closer home in the committee there are two sets of people like on every committee – those that are committee and those who are committed, if you can catch the pun. Their difference can be marked by the distance between their words and actions. I was blessed to have had a majority of people who were brilliant, and despite being equally busy as anyone else, they delivered sooner than promised. Holding people for their word to give their best to the Journal with a mix of respect, humour, and persistence made it a Sabkaa Saath, Sabkaa Vikas moment!

Coming to the finish line: what will happen to one editor when his term of being with the other editor comes to an end? Perhaps he will carry some part of the editor he had met when he first started with him! Perhaps he will feel like being an editor at large. At the same time, the mould of the editor he had found when he started and tried to fit in now has an impression of his own alongside all the predecessors. In other words, what he carries along as he carries on, is also left behind: some more purpose, some more passion, some more refinement, some more oomph.

Now, it is time for the next editor to meet the editor I had met when I joined five years back. The bright and brilliant, the only second PhD on the committee CA Mayur Nayak, will take over from here as the tenth editor of the BCAJ (and we all know a very well known jersey back that carries No. 10).

I am sure the BCAJ will stand for the profession and speak what must be said without mincing words, with the courage of conviction and for the larger good of the country. As I say so long, I thank the BCAJ readers, especially those who often sent positive vibes and messages despite my shortcomings.

As a freshman at the Society in 1998, the late Ajaybhai Thakkar took me on the journal committee. In those days at the monthly meetings, I listened attentively and tried hard to understand the conversations. Not once did I think then that I might end up writing on this page someday! Well, perhaps that other editor had a secret plan hatched right from then!

 
Raman Jokhakar
Editor

MESSAGES TO THE EDITOR

(with respect to the Editorial of April 2022)

Raman, nobody would have covered the issues more holistically and with so elaborate analysis. Congratulations.
 
Covers the current state of affairs very well and also the mindset. Compliments.
 
Absolutely spot on.
 
Nothing could be more hard-hitting….
 
Hi Raman, Appreciate your article on the forms and substance of external self-regulation, your views especially on Parliament debate touched the chord.
 
Unfortunate there is no single strategy to grow Indian firms.
 
Raman, Congrats on the very hard-hitting, reality-based editorial of BCAJ.
 
Good afternoon Raman,
I read your editorial in BCAJ. I’m so glad that you have penned down the facts in such a fearless way. Over the last few years, this is what is seen as lacking. Sometimes I feel that if IIA is created and members of that institute get preference in getting PSU PSB audits then we will see a natural clean-up of the council and the institute. In any case, the private sector will always go for quality and IIA which could possibly have reservations and an easy syllabus will never be able to match up either in terms of quality or credibility. Of course, this would mean we could see a drop in membership and resources. This in turn will lead to less interest by people who want to enjoy the free lunches and lavish tours at the ICAI. But, then we could see a new dawn for our profession.
 
One of the best editorials I have ever read…! Salute to CA Raman Jokhakar, Editor for his courage & the managing committee of BCA for taking responsibility for the Editorial… it’s remarkable & I salute him for his daring to write such a journal of a professional body. He has guts. We need such leaders to lead ICAI.
 
Very well articulated and also point-blank.
 
Hello Raman Sir,
Just read your Editorial in BCAJ this month. It is excellent and audacious. Feel really proud that you don’t mince your words and tell a spade – a spade. Hoping to read many more inspirational thoughts from you.
 
Raman, I wanted to say that your editorial is well written and congratulations.
Hope better sense prevails in the politicians and bureaucrats, sad but true. This government is intrusive without purpose and has no trust in goodwill. Keep well.

Congratulations, Raman. There is a systematic process to concentrate all powers with Central Government & that too, with PMO. India will have to start another “Independence Movement”. Independence for the citizens of India from the Government of India.
 
Very well written and honest editorial Raman. Really appreciate the candour and the craftsmanship that you’ve put into it. Loved it.

CELEBRATING 75 YEARS OF INDEPENDENCE CHANDRASHEKHAR AZAD

So far through this column, we remembered with reverence the great freedom fighters like Lokmanya Tilak, Madanlal Dhingra, Khudiram Bose, Ramprasad Bismil and Ramsingh Kuka; and also, the visionary entrepreneur Jagannath Nana Shankarsheth. Today, we will pay our respect to the great revolutionary freedom fighter Chandrashekhar Azad.

Azad is considered as mentor of Bhagat Singh. He inspired many youngsters to enter the struggle for India’s freedom. These included Bhagat Singh, Sukhdev, Batukeshwar Dutta and Rajguru. He said it was his ‘Dharma’ (duty) to fight for the nation. He was involved in the Kakori Train attack (1926) in the attempt to blow up the Viceroy’s train and also in shooting of Saunders a British officer at Lahore (1928). This was as a revenge of the brutal killing of Lala Lajpat Rai.

Azad was born on 23rd of July, 1906 in Badarka village of Unnao district of Uttar Pradesh. His real name was Chandrashekhar Sitaram Tiwari. His mother’s name was Jagarani. His father served in the former estate of Alirajpur (now in Madhya Pradesh). He spent his early childhood in Bhabra village and then on his mother’s insistence, went to Varanasi Vidyapeeth (Benaras) to study Sanskrit. Since he spent his childhood in a tribal community, he was good at shooting arrows.

In the year 1921, at the age of 15, he joined the non-cooperation movement of Mahatma Gandhi. He was arrested and in the court, he declared his name as Chandrashekhar Azad. He then became popular by this name only. In this trial, he was sentenced to 15 lashes. On each lash, he shouted the slogan “Bharat Mata Ki Jai’! He then took a vow that he would die as a free man and would never get arrested by the Britishers. He formed Hindustan Socialist Republican Association.

Azad was greatly disturbed by the Jallianwala Bagh massacre in Amritsar, in 1919.

Azad took to more aggressive and revolutionary methods for getting freedom for the country. He was on the hit list of British Police.

On 27th February, 1931, Azad met two of his comrades at Alfred Park, Allahabad. An informer betrayed him by informing the British Police. The police surrounded the park and ordered Azad to surrender. He fought alone and killed three policemen. Finally, since there was no escape route, he shot himself and kept his pledge!

In the lifespan of just 25 years, he became a real hero of the country and an idol for the youth to sacrifice their lives for the independence of our nation.

Long live Chandrashekhar Azad. Our grateful Namaskaar to him!

CREATING YOUR DIGITAL PERSONA ON TWITTER #tweetandgrow

Before we even talk about how Twitter can build a brand for you, let’s take a look at a story. Mr. A has been regularly active on his and his firm’s Twitter account. He shares regular updates, reposts important messages from official handles and is quick to even put up notifications and circulars as and when they are released. He is passionate about staying updated and also keeping others updated. Mr. B, who follows Mr. A on Twitter, gets a notification every time Mr. A posts or tweets. Mr. B has now become so comfortable with all this that he relies on Mr. A for updates and himself doesn’t keep checking Government portals. He even asks his acquaintances to do that. This has indeed helped Mr. A build a brand on social media.

The above-mentioned story is replicating real-life incidents which we would have come across on social media (emphasising Twitter here).

So what exactly is Twitter?

Theoretically, Twitter is a ‘microblogging’ system that allows you to send and receive short posts called tweets. Tweets can be up to 280 characters long and can include links to relevant websites and resources. Interestingly, many had underestimated the power of 140 characters (when it started). However, the way Twitter is changing the world currently is well documented. The US election or influencing movie reviews and its rating speak for it. So when we have such a powerful medium in our hands (Mobile App), is it not wise to utilise it to the fullest extent? As the saying goes, the biggest risk we take is not taking any (‘life me sabse bada jokhim hai, koi jokhim na lena’). We might even say that not being on Twitter during this time is the biggest risk we may face.

Over the past few issues, we have covered various topics on ‘Branding for Chartered Accountants’ in a series of articles. However, Twitter is one of the most important but complex social media, in our opinion. It is powerful, gives you direct access to almost anyone in the world but it is very personalised and needs attention on a real-time basis. For example, your other social media accounts may be managed by your team, and they can post lovely greetings messages on various festivals and give news updates. However, if the same is repeated on Twitter it may be considered as boring and irrelevant. We are not saying that you cannot share the same updates here, too, but sharing only those updates hardly works here and that’s what makes Twitter unique – it needs personalisation.

To keep it crisp and short, let’s look at how we can master this social medium (from scratch):

Step 1: Create an account on Twitter

 
 
Obviously, this is a very basic step but unlike some social media, you can visit tweets and view the comments on Twitter without even having a valid account. Many of the news channels today add links and references to tweets which you can visit on the Twitter page sans an account. So, the first part in Digital Branding is to have your own Twitter account. A good username is a must to start with. A Twitter @name is basically a handle where the ‘@’ sign is followed by words and numbers. Ideally, a professional Twitter handle will use the Twitter user’s name or company. For example, the user account of ICAI is @theicai and it conveys to whom it belongs.

Step 2: Choose profile photo and background


 
As an Individual, use a headshot or candid, doing something related to the message or brand. For example, a public speaker can select a photo with a microphone in hand addressing a gathering. Twitter recommends this photo be roughly 400×400 pixels in size to avoid distortion when the image is resized to fit in the assigned area. On the other hand, a Background Image consists of the entire upper portion of the Twitter profile page and the large rectangular section above the profile photo on the Twitter user’s home page. Twitter recommends the header background photo be around 1500×500 pixels. Pro Tip: Keeping your account without Image or Background Image reduces both impact and reach.

Step 3: Write a good Bio
Bio is a short introduction of the user. Ideally, Twitter allows 160 characters to tell something about users. Use it well to convey your message to readers. About who you are, your past achievements / designations, interests and so on. A good Bio can help in enhancing your SEO and Twitter’s AI. Even the Google Search engine picks up words from users’ Bios to divide them into relevant categories.

Step 4: Other settings
There are other small but significant settings that can improve your Twitter Profile, such as:

Share your location: There is an option to add your location information to each tweet. This is switched Off by default for privacy reasons. But users who want to communicate where they are to their followers (like a speaker who is travelling to different places to address gatherings) will probably want to keep it On to convey the message.

Pin tweet: Once you are regular on Twitter, there is generally a tweet which defines you or a particularly important aspect for you or your profile which you want everyone who visits your profile to see. Such tweets can be pinned to the top of your Twitter timeline so that anyone who visits your timeline will see that tweet first.

Step 5: Be a content creator instead of only a content consumer
There is a famous saying, ‘The biggest mistake you could ever make is being afraid to make one.’ We do that when it comes to using social media. We avoid tweets with many thoughts in our minds. However, it is essential to start using social media to add value and share opinions. While apps like Instagram, YouTube may not be easier to start as not everyone is tech-savvy to create a good image and upload it, Twitter is a bit easier compared to the apps of other social media. All you need is to have an opinion and express the same. Besides, remember that the limit of one tweet is 280 characters. So it is indeed easy to start and express yourself. However, you also need to remember while tweeting – why are you on Twitter. You may be diverted to many topics like politics, religion and so on. Some of these are hot topics and you can spend hours and hours but it becomes very important to be aware of what is your ultimate goal.

Step 6: Enhancing reach and creating a brand
This is the most important step in using any social media. The ultimate goal of being on social media for digital branding has to be that reach where you can convey your message to the masses. Twitter, unlike other social media, is very difficult for beginners. Twitter AI works differently from TikTok or Instagram, where the app automatically promotes smaller accounts or new accounts based on content marketing. Twitter is like going into the gym and losing weight. You need to have a definite strategy and be consistent with it. For the first few weeks / months you may not see the results but once it starts gaining momentum, the user gets returns for all the previous months.

We are happy to share some strategies which can help you build a brand on Twitter (without violating the Code of Ethics):

a. Talk on trending topics daily:
Twitter shows daily trending topics on its app as well as browser. You can check the same on Twitter Mobile App as well as browsers. Trending topics are the ones that everyone is talking about as of today. If you feel it is related to one of your interests, do add your tweets that give a perspective. For example, if you are trading in shares and the share market is up or down and it’s trending today, you can talk about your experience and perhaps offer some general tips without getting into the role of an investment adviser.

b. Create an interesting thread on trending topics and topics of your expertise:
A thread on Twitter is a series of tweets that talks about particular topics. While primarily Twitter’s USP is limited words, sometimes it’s not possible to convey everything in one tweet. In that case, users create multiple tweets in reply to create a thread. Looking at its importance even Twitter redesigned its app to permit thread options by adding a small + sign just before the ‘Tweet’ button. This allows users to create all tweets at once and send them all at the same time.


 
Today, many journalists and influencers are using Threads to convey their message in a crisp and systematic manner, such as explaining the timeline of the Tata vs. Mistry case with details or screenshots of orders. These threads are becoming a very important part of the Twitter journey now.

c. Reply on influencers’ post:
When you start your Twitter journey and you have limited followers, your tweets won’t have that reach or interaction that can look attractive. So one of the easiest ways to gain followers and build a brand is replying to already known influencers on Twitter. One of the most important aspects is to avoid trolling and public shaming, specifically when you are building a professional brand on Twitter. Industry leaders like Mr. Anand Mahindra, Mr. Harsh Goenka and others are usually very active on Twitter and they generally tweet engaging content where many users reply. Adding a reply to these kinds of accounts giving your perspective is the easiest way to grow. Try to find other influencers with a not very large following so that they have replies but not in thousands; your replies will then be visible and there is a chance of getting into conversations.

P.S.: Twitter is a public platform and your opinion can be read by anyone, so be careful about posting an opinion as it can go viral at a time when you are least expecting it – and in this digital world everything is permanent thanks to screenshots and virtually unlimited storage capacity.

d. Create a separate account for your business / firm:
Don’t mix your personal account with business as you may have a different agenda for the two. Your business account can be limited to updates regarding your business and industry. Your personal account can talk about your business, your interests, your hobbies and so on.

Ideally, your strategy should be specific to your brand and firm. But following the above tips will definitely get you started on the right foot. Keep in mind that building a brand will take time, but with a branding strategy in place, branding is well within your reach.

FACELESS REGIME UNDER INCOME-TAX LAW: SOME ISSUES AND THE WAY FORWARD

INTRODUCTION
With a view to making the tax system ‘seamless, faceless and painless’, the Government of India had introduced the Faceless Assessment Scheme, 2019 (Faceless Assessments) in September, 2019. The purpose behind it was to ensure fair and objective tax adjudication and to make sure that some of the flaws in the operation of physical assessment proceedings (such as the element of subjectivity in assessment proceedings, non-consideration of written submissions, granting of inadequate opportunities to the taxpayers for filing responses, etc.) do not recur. What is equally commendable is the phased manner in which Faceless Assessments have been introduced (first, by introducing e-proceedings on a pilot basis, then on a country-wide basis, and lastly introducing Faceless Assessments).

All these steps were aimed in the right direction to impart greater efficiency, transparency and accountability by (a) eliminating the human interface between taxpayers and tax officers; (b) optimising the utilisation of resources through economies of scale and functional specialisation; and (c) introducing a team-based assessment with dynamic jurisdiction.

Currently, all income tax assessments [subject to certain exceptions viz., (a) assessment orders in cases assigned to central charges; and (b) assessment orders in cases assigned to international tax charges] are being carried out in a faceless manner. For the purpose of carrying out Faceless Assessments, the Government had set up different units [i.e., National Faceless Assessment Centre (NaFAC), Regional Faceless Assessment Centres, Assessment Units, Verification Units, Technical Units and Review Units].

However, as it is still in its nascent stage, the taxpayers have had to grapple with several challenges / issues (as discussed below) during the course of Faceless Assessments. The Government needs to resolve these teething issues so that the objective of having a fair, efficient and transparent taxation regime is met. Nevertheless, there are some good features in the Faceless Assessment proceedings but these are not being fully utilised. There are some tabs in the e-proceedings section of the e-filing portal which provide details as to the date on which the notice was served to the taxpayer, the date on which the taxpayer’s response was viewed by the field authorities, etc., but such functionalities are not yet operational.

The following are some practical problems / issues faced by the taxpayers and the suggested changes:

  •  Requests for personal hearings and written submissions are not being considered before passing of assessment orders: A salient feature of Faceless Assessments is that personal hearing (through video conferencing) would be given only if the taxpayer’s request for such hearing is approved by the prescribed authority. Unfortunately, in some of the cases, written submissions were not considered at all. Moreover, it has come to light that some taxpayers’ request for personal hearings were also not granted before passing of the assessment order despite the fact that the frequently asked questions (FAQs) uploaded by the Income-tax Department on its website require the field authorities to provide reasons in case a request for personal hearing is rejected. In many such cases, taxpayers were forced to file writ petitions in courts to seek justice on the ground of violation of the ‘principles of natural justice’.

Fortunately, the courts came to their rescue and stayed the operation of such faceless assessment orders1 / directed the Department to grant personal hearing2 and do fresh assessments. One of the basic tenets of tax adjudication / tax proceedings is that the taxpayer should get a fair and reasonable hearing / chance to explain its case and make its submissions to present / defend its case. Written submissions are, perhaps, the most critical tool of taxpayers through which they can actualise this right. Needless to say, in Faceless Assessments the importance and vitality of written submissions grow manifold.

While the underlying objective of Faceless Assessments – to eliminate human interface – is certainly a commendable reason, it cannot be denied that on many occasions (especially for complex matters such as eligibility of tax treaty benefits, etc.), face-to-face hearings are needed for the taxpayer to properly and effectively represent its case and put forth its submissions / arguments as well as for the tax Department to understand and appreciate such arguments / merits. During a personal hearing, the taxpayer / its authorised representatives would generally gauge whether the Assessing Officer (AO) / tax authorities are receptive to their arguments and averments. This is helpful because it gives them an opportunity to make further submissions, oral or written, or to adopt a different line of reasoning / arguments in support of their case. This distinct advantage is lost under the faceless regime. From the perspective of the tax Department also, personal hearings are helpful as it not only saves their time, energy and effort in understanding the facts and merits of the case, but also gives them an opportunity to ask more effective / relevant questions of the taxpayers for doing an objective assessment.

Thus, the Government may consider amending Faceless Assessments and provide a threshold (say income beyond a particular amount, turnover beyond a particular amount, etc.) wherein the taxpayers’ right for personal hearing will not be denied / will not be at the discretion of the prescribed authority. Given that the Government’s focus is on digital push, it may consider allowing an oral-cum-video submission also in addition to filing of written submissions. This will improve the efficiency and efficacy of tax adjudication proceedings.

  •    Taxpayers’ requests for adjournment are not being considered before passing of assessment orders: One of the grievances of many taxpayers who faced Faceless Assessments has been that their adjournment requests (filed in time / before the expiry of due date fixed for compliance) were not considered before passing of the assessment order. This is certainly not fair and is against the core principles of tax adjudication. In this regard, certain taxpayers also knocked the doors of courts on the ground of violation of the ‘principles of natural justice’ and sought quashing of such assessment orders and consequent tax demands raised on them. Fortunately, the courts3 ruled in favour of the taxpayers and directed the tax Department to consider their written submissions and to do fresh assessments.

Further, instances have also come to light where very short deadlines were provided to taxpayers to comply with notices (sometimes only three to four days’ time was given). Since currently the service of notices is done electronically, the possibility of the taxpayers missing out on such notices or realising very late that such a notice has been issued, cannot be ruled out. This is even more critical in the current Covid pandemic situation wherein the functioning of offices is already disturbed. It is thus advisable that the tax Department should give a reasonable time period (at least ten to 15 days) to taxpayers for filing their explanations – written submissions / comply with the notices.

  •   Draft assessment orders are not sent to taxpayers before passing the final assessment order: Under Faceless Assessments, the tax Department is required to serve a show cause notice (SCN) along with a draft assessment order in case variations proposed in the same are prejudicial to the interests of the taxpayers. It has been reported that final assessment orders were passed in some cases without providing such draft assessment orders to the taxpayers. Such orders have been quashed / stayed by the courts4 in writ proceedings.

  •   Passing of assessment orders prior to the expiry of time allowed in SCN: One of the intentions of Faceless Assessments was to hasten the assessment proceedings and to ensure time-bound completion. This objective gets reflected in the annual budgetary amendments wherein the time limits for passing assessment orders are gradually being reduced. But on a practical basis, it has come to light that in some taxpayers’ cases Faceless Assessment orders were passed even before the expiry of the time allowed in the SCN. What has added to this grievance is that in some cases, taxpayers were not able to upload their written submissions also because the assessments orders were passed and the tab on the e-filing portal was closed. Again, this is neither fair nor pragmatic. In such cases also, the courts5 have granted relief to taxpayers by quashing such orders by observing that with the issuance of an SCN, the taxpayers’ statutory right to file a reply and seek a personal hearing kicks in and which cannot be curtailed.

  •   Notices are not getting uploaded / reflected on e-filing portal on real-time basis: As part of Faceless Assessments, notices issued by NaFAC in connection with the Faceless Assessment proceedings are to be uploaded on the taxpayers’ account on the e-filing portal. But cases have come to light where notices issued by NaFAC were getting reflected on the e-filing portal after one or two days – perhaps due to technical glitches. Due to such delays, taxpayers are left with less time to comply with such notices and as a consequence, they are left with no option but to file adjournment requests. One hopes that these technical glitches get resolved soon so that the notices are reflected on the e-filing portal on a real-time basis. This step will increase the efficiency of Faceless Assessments significantly. Even as per Faceless Assessments, every notice / order / any electronic communication should be delivered to the taxpayer by way of:

•    Placing authenticated copy thereof in taxpayer’s registered account; or
•    Sending an authenticated copy thereof to the registered email address of the taxpayer or its authorised representative; or
•    Uploading an authenticated copy on the taxpayer’s mobile app.
and followed by a real-time alert6.

It has been further specified that the time and place of dispatch and receipt of electronic record (notice, order, etc.) shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 13 of the Information Technology Act, 2000 (21 of 2000) which inter alia provides that receipt of an electronic record occurs at the time when the electronic record ‘enters’ the designated computer resource (that is, the taxpayer’s registered account on the e-filing portal) of the taxpayer. Thus, the crucial test for determining service / receipt of any notice / order, etc., is the time when it ‘enters’ the taxpayer’s registered account on the e-filing portal. Since there is a time lag between uploading of notice by the tax Department and its viewability by the taxpayer, an issue can arise as to what will be the date of service of notice.

The first step in a communication process is intimating the taxpayer about the issuance of any notice / order, etc. Thus, unless a taxpayer is informed, it will not be possible for the taxpayer to comply with the same. Further, in the case of reopening of assessments, there has been litigation on the aspect of issuance and service of reopening notice. The Supreme Court in the case of R.K. Upadhyaya vs. Shanabhai P. Patel [1987] 166 ITR 163 (SC) ruled that service of reopening notice u/s 148 is a condition precedent to making the order of assessment. Thus, service of a notice is an important element and
to avoid any unnecessary litigation it is advisable that the technical glitch gets resolved and notices are reflected on the e-filing portal on a real-time basis. Given that short messaging service (SMS) is one of the most effective ways of putting the other person on notice about some communication, it is advisable that sending of real-time alert to taxpayers by SMS be made mandatory.

  •   Certain restrictions / glitches on the e-filing portal: There are certain other technical restrictions or glitches on the e-filing portal which cause practical difficulties in the effective and efficient implementation of the Faceless Assessments. The same are discussed below:

•    Attachment size restriction: Currently, the e-filing portal has a restriction wherein attachment size cannot exceed 10 MB. This means that if the size of the response (written submissions / annexures) exceeds this limit, the same is required to be split into different parts such that each attachment size does not exceed 10 MB. While the tax Department is expected to read the entire response (written submissions and annexures) and assess the taxpayers’ income accordingly, practically it becomes difficult for the Department to open multiple files and read them in continuation when written submissions including annexures run into a number of pages (especially in case of large taxpayers). This difficulty for the tax Department becomes a cause of suffering for the taxpayers. Thus, the Government should consider investing in improvement of digital infrastructure and increase the attachment size limit (say to 40 to 50 MB per attachment).

•    Issuance of reopening notices: It is seen that reopening notices are issued by the tax Department asking the taxpayers to file their return of income. There is no window / tab available to the taxpayers to object to such reopening notice which was otherwise allowed under the physical assessment proceedings as per the settled position of law. Further, there is no window / option available on the e-filing portal to ask for reasons for reopening of an assessment even after filing the return of income in response to reopening notices.

•    All file formats are not allowed: Currently, the taxpayers can upload the documents / responses only in certain file formats – .pdf, .xls, .xlsx and .csv format. Other commonly used file formats, viz., .doc, .docx, .ppt, .pptx, etc., cannot be uploaded. The Government should consider investing in improvement of digital infrastructure on this count so that all types of file formats get supported by the e-filing portal.

•    Special characters are not allowed: The e-filing portal does not allow use of certain special characters. However, the problem occurs at the time when taxpayers are submitting their response in the respective fields, and just then they are given a message that special characters are not allowed. It is advisable that the disallowed special characters are highlighted, and the taxpayers get a pop-up as and when such special characters are used by them.

•    Other glitches: It has also been observed that taxpayers faced other technical glitches such as e-filing portal was not working at certain times, video conferencing link was not working, documents were not getting uploaded, etc.

CONCLUSION

One of the apprehensions of the entire taxpayer community is that with Faceless Assessments coming into force, proper hearing may not be given and this could lead to erroneous / unfair assessments. In this regard, attention is invited to the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Dhakeswari Cotton Mills Ltd. vs. CIT [1954] 26 ITR 775 (SC) wherein it was held that the ‘principle of natural justice’ needs to be followed by the tax Department while passing assessment orders. The Court also ruled that the taxpayer should be given a fair hearing and aspects like failure to disclose the material proposed to be used against the taxpayer, non-granting of adequate opportunity to the taxpayer to rebut the material furnished and refusing to take the material furnished by the taxpayer to support its case violates the fundamental rules of justice. Thus, it is crucial that in doing Faceless Assessments, (a) proper hearing is afforded to the taxpayer; (b)‘written submissions’ filed are duly taken into account before passing the assessment order; and (c) adjournment is allowed in genuine cases.

The Government should resolve these teething issues (as discussed above) so that this fear / apprehension does not turn into reality. With revenue of Rs. 9.32 lakh crores7 already stuck in direct tax litigation in various forums, and considering the vision of the Government in making India a US $5 trillion economy, it will not be prudent if such teething issues are not resolved at the earliest. If not done, Faceless Assessments may need to pass through various litmus tests in courts8. Further, one hopes that the Central Board of Direct Taxes comes up with some internal instructions (such as writing proper reasons in the assessment order in case field authorities do not accept / reject judicial precedents cited by the taxpayer in its support) to the field authorities for fair, smooth and effective functioning of Faceless Assessments.

The Government is also on a spree to digitise the tax administration system in India which is evident from the fact that Faceless Assessments; Faceless Appeal Scheme, 2020; and Faceless Penalty Scheme, 2021 are already in force. Besides, enabling provisions have been introduced under the Income-tax Act, 1961 to digitise other aspects of tax adjudication, viz., faceless inquiry, faceless transfer pricing proceedings, faceless dispute resolution panel proceedings, faceless collection and recovery of tax, faceless effect of appellate orders, faceless Income Tax Appellate Tribunal, etc. Thus, it becomes all the more important to resolve the aforesaid teething issues at this stage itself so that other faceless schemes (existing as well as upcoming) are free of such shortcomings / gaps.

One hopes that the new, revamped e-filing portal of the Government will bring a new ray of hope to the taxpayers wherein such issues are taken care of.

(The views expressed in this article are the personal views of the author/s)

SLUMP SALE – AMENDMENTS BY FINANCE ACT, 2021

BACKGROUND
The sale of a business undertaking on a going concern basis for a lump sum consideration is referred to as ‘slump sale’ and section 50B of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act) provides for a mechanism to compute capital gains arising from such a slump sale. Section 50B has for long remained a complete code to provide the computation mechanism for capital gains with respect to only a specific transaction, being the ‘slump sale’.

The essence of this amendment seems to be to align this method of transfer of capital assets with other methods (such as transfer of shares, gifts, assets), wherein a minimum value has been prescribed and such prescribed minimum value did not apply to transfer of capital assets forming part of an undertaking transferred on a slump sale basis. For example, an immovable property could be transferred as an indivisible part of an undertaking under slump sale at any value, without having any reference to the value adopted or assessed by the stamp valuation authority, which if otherwise transferred on a stand-alone basis would need to be transferred at any value higher than the value adopted or assessed by the stamp valuation authority. In addition, the Finance Act, 2021 also expands the scope of section 50B from merely ‘sale’ of an undertaking to any form of transfer of an undertaking, whether or not a ‘sale’ per se, essentially to include ‘slump exchanges’ within its ambit.

Section 50B was inserted by the Finance Act, 1999 with effect from 1st April, 2000 and since then this amendment by the Finance Act, 2021 is the first major amendment to this code of taxing profits and gains arising from slump sales. This article evaluates the following amendments in the ensuing paragraphs:

i. Amendment in section 2(42C) of the Act;
ii. Substitution of sub-section 2 of section 50B of the Act;
iii. Insertion of clause (aa) in Explanation 2 to section 50B of the Act; and
iv. The date of enforcement of these amendments and whether these amendments will have retrospective effect.

LIKELY IMPACT OF THE AMENDMENT ON M&As / DEALS

Sale of business undertakings has been one of the prominent methods of deal consummation in India, since the buyers usually find it cleaner to acquire an Indian business without acquiring the legal entity / company and therefore keep the acquisition free of any legacy legal, tax or commercial disputes. In such transactions, it is hard to believe any transaction being consummated at a value less than its fair value, unless the transaction is consummated with the mala fide intention of transferring the assets for a value less than their fair value. Therefore, such transactions with independent parties are likely to remain un-impacted except the compliances attached with slump sale under the new provisions like obtaining a valuation report in compliance with the prescribed rules as on the date of the slump sale.

The amended section 50B is, however, likely to impact internal group restructurings wherein intra-group transfers were resorted to at book values which would often be less than the prescribed fair values. Such internal transfers of ‘undertakings’ or divisions from one company to another are often resorted to to get to the deal-ready structure (e.g., one company has two divisions and a deal is sought with respect to only one division – the other division will need to be moved out) and such transactions could have remained tax neutral if made within the group, similar to the way amalgamations / de-mergers remain tax neutral. Such restructurings could at times also be driven by regulatory changes or external factors and imposing tax consequences on such internal restructurings will discourage such transfers and the companies will need to resort to time-consuming structures like amalgamations / de-mergers which require a long-drawn process under sections 230 to 232 of the Companies Act, 2013, including approval by the National Company Law Tribunal.

Moreover, in case of transactions where the sale consideration against transfer of the undertaking is discharged in the form of shares / securities (‘slump exchange’), the seller would no more be able to walk away without paying its dues to the taxman.

ANALYSIS OF THE AMENDMENTS BY THE FINANCE ACT, 2021
(a) Amendment in section 2(42C) of the Act
Section 2(42C) defines the term ‘slump sale’ and read as follows before amendment by the Finance Act, 2021: ‘slump sale’ means the transfer of one or more undertaking as a result of the sale, for a lump sum consideration without values being assigned to the individual assets and liabilities in such sale.

The text underlined above is being substituted by the Finance Act, 2021 with ‘undertaking by any means’. Therefore, the amended definition of slump sale reads as follows: ‘slump sale’ means the transfer of one or more undertaking by any means, for a lump sum consideration without values being assigned to the individual assets and liabilities in such sale.

Thus, the amendment replaces the words ‘as a result of sale’ with ‘by any means’, thereby expanding the scope of the term ‘slump sale’ from merely ‘sale’ to ‘any transfer’. This amendment seeks to neutralise the judicial precedents like CIT vs. Bharat Bijlee Ltd. (365 ITR 258) (Bom) wherein the assessee transferred its division to another company in terms of the scheme of arrangement u/s 391 of the Companies Act, 1956 and that consideration was not determined in terms of money but discharged through allotment or issue of bonds / preference shares; it was to be regarded as ‘exchange’ and not ‘sale’ as envisaged under the then section 2(42C), and therefore could not be taxed as a ‘slump sale’. In other words, judicial precedents established the principle that a ‘sale’ must necessarily involve a monetary consideration in the absence of which a transaction, though satisfying all other conditions, will not qualify as a ‘slump sale’ and would merely be an ‘exchange’. Therefore, with the expanded scope of the term ‘slump sale’ to mean transfer ‘by any means’, transactions of varied nature will get covered including but not limited to slump exchanges.

Effective date of the amendment
The Finance Act, 2021 provides that the amendment shall be effective from 1st April, 2021 and shall accordingly apply to the assessment year 2021-22 and subsequent years.

With its applicability for A.Y. 2021-22 one could argue that the amended provisions are applicable to transactions executed on or after 1st April, 2020 and to this effect the amendment is retrospective in nature.

Could this amendment be considered merely clarificatory and therefore retrospective?
The Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Act, 2021 while explaining the rationale of this amendment, begins the last paragraph with ‘In order to make the intention clear, it is proposed to amend the scope of the definition of the term slump sale by amending the provision of clause (42C) of section 2 of the Act so that all types of transfer as defined in clause (47) of section 2 of the Act are included within its scope.’ The language is suggestive that the amendment is merely clarificatory in nature which is also abundantly clear from the language used in the Explanatory Memorandum with respect to this amendment, claiming that the pre-amended definition also included transactions like slump exchanges. A paragraph from the Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Act, 2021 is reproduced hereunder:

‘For example, a transaction of – sale may be disguised as – exchange by the parties to the transaction, but such transactions may already be covered under the definition of slump sale as it exists today on the basis that it is transfer by way of sale and not by way of exchange. This principle was enunciated by the Supreme Court in CIT vs. R.R. Ramakrishna Pillai [(1967) 66 ITR 725 SC]. Thus, if a transfer of an asset is in lieu of another asset (non-monetary), it can be said to be monetised in a situation where the consideration for the asset transferred is ascertained first and is then discharged by way of non-monetary assets.’

In the absence of a retrospective operation having been expressly given, the courts may be called upon to construe the provisions and answer the question whether the Legislature had sufficiently expressed that intention of giving the statute retrospective effect. On the basis of Zile Singh vs. State of Haryana [2004] (8 SCC 1), four factors are suggested as relevant:
(i) general scope and purview of the statute; (ii) the remedy sought to be applied; (iii) the former state of the law; and (iv) what it was that the Legislature contemplated. The possibility cannot be ruled out that Indian Revenue Authorities (IRA) could contest this amendment to be clarificatory in nature to have always included ‘slump exchanges’. However, since the change doesn’t specifically call itself clarificatory nor does it give itself a retrospective operation, a reasonable view can be that the said change is prospective.

Essential characteristics of slump sale
With the modified definition, the Table below compares the essential characteristics of a transfer to qualify as a slump sale under the pre-amendment definition vis-à-vis the post-amendment definition u/s 2(42C) of the Act:

Characteristic

Pre-amendment

Post-amendment

Transfer

Yes

Yes

Of one or more undertaking(s)

Yes

Yes

As a result of sale

Yes

No

For a lump sum

Yes

Yes

Consideration

Yes

Yes

Without values being assigned

Yes

Yes

As one can see, all the essential characteristics of a transfer of an undertaking to qualify as a ‘slump sale’ continue, the only change being a transfer through sale vs. by any means.

By any means could have a very wide connotation when read with the newly-inserted Explanation 3 which provides that for the purposes of this clause [being section 2(42C)], ‘transfer’ shall have the meaning assigned to it in section 2(47).Therefore, this will include transactions or transfers wherein an undertaking is transferred for a lump sum consideration like an amalgamation which does not satisfy the conditions prescribed u/s 2(1B) of the Act or a de-merger which does not satisfy the conditions prescribed u/s 2(19AA) of the Act. A ‘gift’ of an undertaking will also be included within the meaning of ‘transfer’, but in the absence of the ‘lump sum consideration’, may not qualify to be a ‘slump sale’ even under the amended definition.

(b) Substitution of sub-section 2 of section 50B of the Act
The Finance Act, 2021 also substituted sub-section 2 of section 50B and the substituted text reads as follows:

[(2) In relation to capital assets being an undertaking or division transferred by way of such slump sale –

(i) The ‘net worth’ of the undertaking or the division, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the cost of acquisition and the cost of improvement for the purposes of sections 48 and 49 and no regards shall be given to the provisions contained in the second proviso to section 48;

(ii) The fair market value of the capital assets as on the date of transfer, calculated in the prescribed manner, shall be deemed to be the full value of the consideration received or accruing as a result of the transfer of such capital asset.]

Essentially, the clause (ii) above has been newly inserted through substitution of the sub-section 2 as the clause (i) above existed in the form of previous sub-section 2 itself.

Section 50B provides for a complete code in itself for computation of profits and gains arising from transfer of ‘capital asset’ being an undertaking in case of slump sale. The erstwhile sub-section 2 provided that the ‘net worth’ of the undertaking would be considered as the cost of acquisition and there was no provision deeming the value of sale consideration or overriding the consideration agreed between the transferor and transferee. The newly-inserted sub-section 2 continues to provide that the ‘net worth’ of the undertaking shall be considered as the cost of acquisition and includes a deeming provision to impute the consideration, being the prescribed fair market value.

Rule 11UAE has been inserted in the Income-tax Rules, 1962 vide a notification dated 24th May, 2021 providing a detailed methodology for arriving at the deemed consideration of the ‘undertaking’ as well as a methodology for arriving at the value of non-monetary consideration received, if any (slump exchange transaction or amalgamation / de-mergers which may qualify as slump sale if they do not meet their respective prescribed conditions). The prescribed valuation rules provide for valuation of specific assets in line with already existing valuation methodologies under Rule 11UA and in this specific context, the Rule provides for value to be the value determined in accordance with the Rule or agreement value, whichever is higher.

Sub-rule (2) of the newly-inserted Rule 11UAE provides for determining the fair market value of the ‘capital assets’ transferred by way of slump sale and that could imply that the prescribed rules will not apply to value any asset other than ‘capital assets’ and such other assets will need to be taken at book values, for example, a parcel of land held as stock-in-trade and not as capital asset. Notably, even the newly-inserted sub-section (2) in clause (ii) refers to ‘fair market value of capital assets as on the date of transfer’ which supports the interpretation that Rule 11UAE would apply only to value ‘capital assets’ forming part of the undertaking being transferred through slump sale. However, one would need to be careful while applying this interpretation, as the specific clauses of Rule 11UAE do not distinguish between the assets as ‘capital assets’ or otherwise.

(c) Insertion of clause (aa) in Explanation 2 to section 50B of the Act
Explanation 2 to section 50B of the Act provides the mechanism to arrive at the value of total assets for computing the net worth. The said Explanation provides guidance on determination of values of respective assets forming part of the undertaking, in order to arrive at the ‘net worth’ being cost of acquisition for the purposes of section 50B of the Act. The Finance Act, 2021 inserted clause (aa) in Explanation 2 to section 50B which reads as follows:

(aa) in the case of capital asset being goodwill of a business or profession which has not been acquired by the assessee by purchase from a previous owner, nil.

Consequent to the insertion of the above-mentioned clause (aa), if ‘goodwill’ is one of the assets on the books of the undertaking, its value shall be considered to be ‘Nil’ for computation of net worth if it is not acquired by way of purchase which will result in its book value not being considered for computing the cost of acquisition. The amendment seems to be one of the consequential amendments made by the Finance Act, 2021 with respect to ‘goodwill’.

In a situation where the goodwill is appearing on the books by virtue of a past amalgamation or a de-merger, its value shall be taken as nil for computing the net worth of the undertaking. Whereas, if the goodwill was purchased prior to 1st April, 2020 and depreciation has been allowed thereof, it would be considered as a depreciable asset and its written down value shall be considered while computing the ‘net worth’. Similarly, if the goodwill is acquired on or after 1st April, 2020, it will not be considered as a depreciable asset pursuant to other amendments made by the Finance Act, 2021 and its book value shall be considered while computing the net worth of the undertaking.

CONCLUSION


Going forward, the expansion of scope of slump sale from merely ‘sale’ to any mode of transfer will bring transactions like ‘slump exchanges’ under the scanner. One needs to carefully consider the impact of this amendment on past slump exchange transactions and whether the amendment will be read as clarificatory and hence retrospective. The expanded scope of the definition will also cover amalgamations / de-mergers where the respective prescribed conditions are not met. In a situation where during the assessment proceedings the Indian Revenue Authorities challenge a specific condition not being satisfied, it could consequentially lead to the transaction being taxed as slump sale.

From a commercial perspective, the amendments do not impact genuine transactions. Even in genuine transactions where there are valuation gaps, the current law does not put the buyer in any adverse position and the tax risks seem to be restricted to the seller, primarily because section 56(2)(x) does not tax ‘undertaking’ as a property in the hands of the buyer.

One will still need to deal with challenges in application of the prescribed valuation methodology, especially valuation required to be as on the date of the slump sale, and the availability of the financials and data points to apply the rule.

AUDITOR’S REPORTING – UNVEILING THE ULTIMATE BENEFICIARY OF FUNDING TRANSACTIONS

Corporate frauds have emerged as the biggest risk that companies are exposed to and are increasingly becoming a major threat not only to the corporates but equally to the economy at large. Such unwanted incidents have a domino effect on the economy since they cause severe financial stress, loss of investor confidence, erosion of investor wealth and serious reputational damage. It has been observed that most of these incidents involve round-tripping of funds undertaken through a complex chain of pass-through entities for the benefit of the ultimate beneficiary.
The Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) has been cognizant of this ever-increasing threat and has regularly been tightening the framework under the Companies Act, 2013 (‘2013 Act’) through appropriate monitoring, vigilance and disclosure mechanisms. One such mechanism included imposing restrictions on the number of layers that can be created by companies where they create shell companies for diversion of funds or money laundering. Section 2(87) of the 2013 Act read with the Companies (Restriction on Number of Layers) Rules, 2017 imposes a limit of two layers of subsidiaries except for certain exemptions. Similarly, section 186(1) provides that a company can make investments through not more than two layers of investment companies unless prescribed otherwise. The approval mechanism has been prescribed u/s 185 for granting (directly / indirectly) of loans, guarantees, etc., to prescribed persons including any person in whom any of the directors of the company is interested.
In furtherance of this objective and to reduce opacity and enhance transparency, the MCA has further strengthened the framework under the 2013 Act by amending the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 and Schedule III to the 2013 Act by introducing reporting requirements for the auditors and by providing enabling disclosures in the financial statements, respectively. The new auditors’ requirements are summarised below:
  •  Whether the management has represented that, to the best of its knowledge and belief (other than as disclosed in the notes to the accounts):

– No funds have been advanced or loaned or invested (either from borrowed funds or share premium or any other sources or kinds of funds) by the company to or in 1Intermediaries;

– No funds have been received by the company from Funding Parties1 with the understanding, recorded in writing or otherwise, that the intermediary (or company – in case of receipt of funds) shall, whether directly or indirectly, lend or invest in Ultimate Beneficiaries2 or provide any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the Ultimate Beneficiaries.

  • Based on audit procedures considered reasonable and appropriate by the auditor, nothing has come to his / her notice that has caused the auditor to believe that the above representations contain any material misstatement.

Through the above amendment, the MCA is attempting to unveil the ultimate beneficiary behind camouflaged funding where transactions relating to loans, investments, etc., are undertaken by a company for some identified beneficiary. The reporting requirements cover transactions that do not take place directly between the company and the ultimate beneficiary but are camouflaged by including a pass-through entity in order to hide the ultimate beneficiary. The pass-through entity acts on the instructions of the company for channelling the funds to the ultimate beneficiary as identified by the company. It might be noted that the reporting obligation includes inbound as well as outbound funding transactions. In a world where financial transactions are used for money-laundering transactions or other suspicious activities, carrying illicit transactions, it is important that the trail of financial transactions is transparent. Hence, it is important to unveil the identity of the end beneficiary and the amendments are a means to address this issue.

________________________________________________________________

1   Intermediaries / Funding
Parties means – any other person(s) or entity(ies), including foreign entities

2   Ultimate Beneficiaries
means – other persons or entities identified in any manner whatsoever by or on
behalf of the company

The auditor is required to obtain management representation that the management has not identified any camouflaged transactions other than those disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. Further, the auditor is also required to assess that the representation is not materially misstated by performance of appropriate audit procedures. Accordingly, MCA requires the auditor to not only obtain management representation but also independently assess that the representation provided by the management is appropriate. Such an assessment would require the use of judgement and professional scepticism by the auditor.

This article provides an overview of the new reporting requirements and attempts to highlight some of the key aspects in order to generate wider discussion among various stakeholders.

Applicability

The amendments to the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 and Schedule III issued by the MCA state that these amendments will come into force with effect from 1st April, 2021. The amendment notification does not link these requirements to any particular financial year. One possible view could be that the financial statements should be prepared as per the requirements existing as at the year-end and the audit report should include comments on the reporting obligations which are applicable on the date of issuance of the audit report. It may be noted that the amended rules require the auditor to obtain management representations for transactions ‘other than as disclosed in the notes to the accounts’ thereby implying that relevant disclosures in the financial statements would be essential to enable the auditor to comply with the reporting obligations. Accordingly, if this view is taken then the implications of the above amendments, i.e., relevant disclosures, should be included in the financial statements and audit report for the financial year 2020-21.

Another possible view could be that these requirements would apply from the financial year beginning on or after 1st April, 2021. It has been observed that the MCA in the past has been consistently taking a view that the reporting requirements (or relaxations) do not apply to the year ending on or before the date of the notification of the new requirements / relaxations. For example, similar challenges arose when a large majority of the sections of the 2013 Act were made effective on 1st April, 2014. The MCA had clarified that these provisions would apply in respect of financial years commencing on or after 1st April, 2014. In another instance, the MCA had, in June, 2017, provided exemption to the auditor from reporting on internal financial controls of certain private companies. It clarified that this relaxation would apply from the financial years commencing on or after 1st April, 2016.

Pursuant to the consistent position of the MCA in the past it may be possible to take a view that the aforesaid reporting requirements and disclosures in the financial statements would apply from financial years beginning on or after 1st April, 2021.

In order to ensure consistency regarding the applicability and to support seamless implementation, a clarification from the MCA / Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) may help the corporates and auditors.

The companies are required to make these disclosures in Schedule III as part of ‘Additional regulatory information’ and amendments have been made to Division I (Indian GAAP), Division II (Ind AS) and Division III (Non-Banking Financial Companies which are required to comply with Ind AS).

Class of companies on which these requirements would apply

The reporting requirements have been prescribed for auditors under the 2013 Act. Accordingly, auditors of all classes of companies, including section 8 companies, would be required to report on these matters. It might be worth mentioning that as per the Companies (Registration of Foreign Companies) Rules, 2014 the provisions of Audit and Auditors (i.e., Chapter X of the 2013 Act) and the Rules made thereunder apply, mutatis mutandis, to a foreign company. Accordingly, these new reporting requirements would be applicable to auditors of foreign companies as well.

Reporting in auditor’s report

In accordance with the requirements of section 143(2) of the 2013 Act, an auditor reports to the members of the company on the accounts examined by him / her and on every financial statement to be laid before the company in the general meeting. An auditor should prepare the report after considering the provisions of the 2013 Act and the requirements specified in the accounting and auditing standards.

Section 143 of the Act read with Rule 11 of the Audit Rules prescribes matters to be included in an auditor’s report. This additional reporting requirement is required under Rule 11 in the section titled ‘Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements’ in the statutory audit report.

Pre-existing transactions

It may be noted that reporting obligations do not provide any transitional provision, i.e., whether these reporting obligations would apply to pre-existing transactions or whether these reporting requirements would apply to transactions initiated on or after 1st April, 2021. As these reporting requirements (and the corresponding disclosures in Schedule III) apply prospectively, it would be logical to argue that the reporting requirements would apply to transactions initiated from the date of notification of the requirements (i.e., 1st April, 2021).

Transactions covered

The funding transactions as envisaged would primarily include three steps: 1) A company raising funds from any source or any kind of fund, e.g., borrowings, share premium (i.e., lender); 2) Lender provides loan / invests funds in intermediary with an understanding that these would be used for the ultimate beneficiary; 3) Such funds are lent / invested by the intermediary to the ultimate beneficiary. The following is one such example:

 

The following key principles may be kept in mind to understand the transactions covered:

  •  The intent is to cover funding transactions. Accordingly, normal business transactions such as supplier advance would not be covered. However, advances in the nature of loans would be covered as these are in-substance loan transactions. Whether an advance is in the nature of a loan would depend upon the circumstances of each case, for example, a normal advance against an order in accordance with the normal trade practice would not be an advance in the nature of a loan. But if an advance is given for an amount that is far in excess of the value of an order or for a period which is far in excess of the period for which such advances are usually extended as per the normal trade practice, then such an advance may be in the nature of a loan to the extent of such excess.
  •  The ultimate beneficiary must have been identified by the lender at the inception itself. This is evident from the wording that the intermediary (or company – in the case of receipt of funds) ‘shall, whether, directly or indirectly’, lend, etc., in the ultimate beneficiaries.

  •  An understanding with the intermediary that it would transfer funds to the ultimate beneficiary should exist. The words ‘with the understanding, whether recorded in writing or otherwise’ makes it amply clear about such intent and emphasises that all forms of understanding (in writing or otherwise) should be considered by the auditor.

  •  In some cases, there might be a time gap between the receipt of funds by the intermediary and the transfer of funds to the ultimate beneficiary as illustrated below:

 

A narrow reading of the requirements might indicate that the reporting obligations envisage back-to-back funding transactions and hence the above transaction is not covered as there is a time gap. Such a reading may not be in line with the overall objective of the MCA of identifying camouflaged funding transactions. The time gap between the receipt of funds by the intermediary and providing loan, etc., to the ultimate beneficiary has no relevance while reporting under this clause.

Amount to be reported – whether discounted amount or nominal amount

Loans, guarantees, etc., should be understood from a legal perspective. The accounting requirements / definitions have no relevance while reporting under this clause, e.g., Ind AS 109, Financial Instruments which provides that accounting considerations for financial guarantee contracts should be ignored. Accordingly, amounts reported by the auditor (if any) should be the nominal amount and not the discounted amount as per the relevant Ind AS. This is also supported by the Guidance Note on CARO issued by ICAI which states that it may happen that under the Ind AS framework certain term loans (for example, mezzanine loans) may either be classified as equity or may be compound instruments and, therefore, are split into equity and debt components. However, such instruments will be classified as debt under the AS framework. It is clarified that the basic character of such loans is debt and accordingly the auditor should consider utilisation of the entire amount for the purpose of reporting under this clause irrespective of the accounting treatment.

Audit procedures – key considerations

The auditor is required to perform appropriate audit procedures and state that nothing has come to notice that has caused the auditor to believe that these representations contain any material misstatement. The inherent complexities in auditing camouflaged funding transactions might pose significant challenges to the auditor in conducting audit procedures, for example, the auditor is required to assess understanding of the company with the ultimate beneficiary (which may not be in writing in certain cases). This would require the auditor to perform additional audit procedures to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence. However, the auditor should consider that these procedures are to be performed in relation to audit of financial statements and should be in the course of performance of his duties as an auditor. It may be noted that u/s 143(9) read with section 143(10), the duty of the auditor, inter alia, in an audit is to comply with the Standards on Auditing (SAs). Further, section 143(2) requires the auditor to issue his / her report in accordance with the SAs and accordingly the auditor should consider the requirements of the SAs in planning and performing the audit procedures to address the risk of material misstatement as stated above. The auditor may perform the following auditing procedures:

  • Obtain representations from management that to the best of its knowledge and belief there are no camouflaged funding transactions other than those disclosed in the financial statements. These representations should be provided by those responsible for the preparation and presentation of the financial statements and knowledge of the matters concerned, for example, chief executive officer, chief financial officer.

  • Identification of sample funding transactions undertaken during the year (refer SA 530 Audit Sampling).

  • Critical assessment of the internal controls including controls regarding approval process and assessment of management’s rationale in approving the funding transaction, e.g., assessment of genuineness of funding needs of the borrower, clearly defined purpose for proposed use of the funds.

  • Relationship with the borrower, e.g., related party. If funding is provided to an unrelated party, then auditor is required to understand and evaluate the strategic reason for funding.


 

  • Financial credentials of the borrower.

  • Compliance with the approval matrix and compliance with applicable laws and regulations, such as section 185 / 186 of the 2013 Act and the relevant RBI norms.

  • Internal controls to track usage of funds, that is, whether periodic report obtained to indicate the usage of funds.

  • Written representations should be dated as near as practicable to, but not after, the date of the auditor’s report.

Applicability of reporting – if no instances identified

The auditor is required to obtain management representation for every audit report issued under the 2013 Act. This is evident from the words which state ‘Whether the management has represented that…’ Accordingly, the auditor would need to obtain management representations and assess its appropriateness even where no instances of camouflaged funding transactions have been identified by the management during the year under audit.

BOTTOM LINE


These new reporting obligations pose onerous responsibilities on the auditor. The auditor would need to carefully assess the implications as the ambit of the reporting matters is wide and covers all inbound and outbound funding transactions. It may be noted that section 186(4) requires a company to disclose in the financial statement the full particulars of the loans, etc., given and the purpose for which these are proposed to be utilised by the recipient. The amendment to Schedule III and auditors’ reporting obligations supplements the existing disclosure requirements. In order to meet these enhanced requirements, the management would need to establish an adequate internal control mechanism so that adequate information is made available to the auditor. These amendments further highlight the importance of establishing a proper mechanism to track the end use of the funds. Considering all these aspects, the auditor should engage with the stakeholders to iron out implementation challenges if any and ensure strict compliance with the reporting requirements.  

INTO THAT HEAVEN OF FREEDOM, MY FATHER…

(The author is Founder Trustee of the Shraddha Rehabilitation Foundation and
recipient of the Ramon Magsaysay Award, 2018)

While the Covid pandemic has been raging for a full year or more, so has the deluge of articles about the psychological implications of the same. Scores of articles have appeared in almost all media. Many of them have psychiatric textbook technical jargon embedded in them which is Greek to the untutored innocent minds. To add one more to it would be adding fuel to the flames. So I thought of going about this task differently.

To the constitution of a human being’s personality, ego and self-confidence, goes a lot of stability in the outer environment of that human being. From birth through childhood, this stability continues in the majority of us. The Indian child is closeted, buffered, cushioned, buttressed and ensconced against all anxieties by parents and in rural India by the joint Indian family system. Childhood in a country like India lasts almost till a person is 23 to 25 years old. There is giving of psychological-emotional strokes and receiving of the same. By the time we have grown into true adults, innate maturity has developed and we somehow survive the rest of our lives on our own steam. But we still continue to receive stable, positive emotional strokes. Starting from the immediate family circle, going on to distant relatives, friends, the workplace, the society at large, our teachers, mentors, our heroes, we continue to receive all psychological strokes from just about everyone who matters to our psyche as human beings, to make us believe that life was worth the living and that we had a special place under the sun.

It is this stability and sense of self which has taken a major hit because of Covid.

No longer is the world surrounding us the same. People are afraid to touch one another, to hug one another, to give physical comfort to one another. Young children are not just getting separated from their parents when the parent is critical and admitted, the young are often losing the parent as well to the Covid illness. Many families have lost their earning member, many individuals have lost jobs, many are unable to cope with EMIs, many have been downgraded in their pay scale, many are morbidly scared (a real possibility) of contracting the Covid virus during their travel to and back from work. Work from home has become a nightmare. Others have no social outings, with parks, playgrounds and beaches closed to the public. Physical isolation, an unheard-of entity earlier, has become the norm. The TV is incessantly showing negative (albeit realistic) news and seemingly focusing relentlessly on Covid. Children studying (supposedly) online has become akin to reaching the moon, given the technicalities and the glitches in internet services involved.

All in all, just about everything that went into the development and consolidation of the human psyche right from childhood onwards has been turned upside down.

The net outcome is perhaps the slow insidious wood-ant approach of the destruction of the stability of the psyche and / or the cataclysmic collapse of that same stability of the psyche, given the sudden loss of a family member to the illness. Self-worth, self-image, self-confidence are all going south. And these entire tectonic shifts in psychological planes are conducive to the production of anxiety and depression within the individual.

Where anxiety (as an increase in the adrenergic-fight response of the mind-body to the on-going crisis) ends, and where depression (a giving-up response of the mind-body to the on-going crisis) begins, the edges are blurred.

But the symptoms which prevail in differing intensities in different human beings during the anxiety phase are insomnia, chest pain, tremulousness, palpitations, excessive urination, repetitive visits to the toilet, altered menstrual cycle, repetitive thoughts, multiple random ruminations, brooding tendencies, repetitive cross-checking of small issues (mundane events like the shutting of a door), repetitive compulsive acts (like the arranging or wearing of clothes in a specific order), dryness of the mouth, blurring of vision, dizziness, an actual recorded rise in blood pressure or heart rate, irritation, agitation, temper outbursts, an unjustified fear of body illness of any kind, a constant nagging, prickling fear of suffering from a heart attack or meeting with an accident, etc.

The ceaseless protection of the elderly with their attendant medical co-morbidities (coupled with their un-noticed penchant for allowing their masks to slip off their noses on the slightest pretext) has become an obsessive panic-inducing daily ritual by itself.

The symptoms which prevail in depression are dullness, inability to cope with work, lack of alertness, diminished sex drive, inability to look after day-to-day hygiene, crying spells, suicidal thoughts along with the final giving-up-given-up complex, all these with their different levels of subtlety colouring the presentations.

All of us have distinctly different sets of fingerprints and accordingly have different responses to an onslaught on our sense of completeness and identity.

And at the very end of the spectrum of depression (at the loss of or a possible incapacitation of a loved one) are grief, denial of reality, continuous outbursts of crying spells, the holding of one’s own self responsible for the turn of events, the feelings of having done inadequately in the situation, a sense of impotency (all summed up in a very poignant term given in psychiatric lingo – the ‘Survivor’s Guilt’), a sense of anger / rage at the system / society at large.

The children have their own distinct display of something-is-wrong at their fragile-mind levels. From surfing incessantly and randomly on the internet, to picking of one’s hair, to going out of the way to feeding / befriending / being physically assaultive to stray animals, to picking fights with siblings / peers / elders, to watching excessive porn, to caricaturing images of death, to sleeping throughout the day in an oblique attempt at bypassing of all the bad news and the disturbing events, the presentations take different levels and different tangents altogether.

But the mooring point in all of the above manifestations is the same. It is the sense of the self taking a beating.

And each one of these manifestations draws the person further down into the quagmire of confusion, frustration and depletion of psychological reserves, further eroding the sense of self-worth and self-confidence.

Going a step further, in some unlucky few the sufferers may lose absolute touch with reality, start visualising images, hearing non-existent sounds / voices, may become violent, may become catatonically mute, unresponsive, may exhibit gross disorganised behaviour and become what in psychiatric parlance is called psychotic.

All of the above constitute manifestations of the turbulence within our own minds, from one end of the spectrum of psychological imbalance to the other. Suicide (the destruction of self) and homicide (the destruction of others) become the absolute extremes of the pendulum.

Even when Covid was not around, a sense of the graveness of the prevalence of mental illness worldwide was reflected by WHO estimates which claimed that by 2030 Depression would be the leading global disease burden.

The same WHO study said that 81% of people with severe mental disorders received no treatment at all in low-income countries, a category in which India fell, suggesting the vast need for mental health facilities in India.

Insofar as the Indian workforce goes, there is less than one psychiatrist for every 100,000 Indians. Paradoxically, there are more Indian psychiatrists in the US and the UK than in India, a sign of the ubiquitous Indian brain-drain. Topping that, the expenditure on the National Mental Health Programme (NMHC) in the Indian Union Budget 2021-22 was a mere Rs. 40 crores, or 0.06% of the total health budget.

Coming to specifics, an average of 381 suicides were reported daily in 2019.

The mentally ill often become homeless, which only increases their marginalisation and precariousness. Over 50% of the homeless are mentally ill.

Over a third of prison inmates in India have mental health issues.

There are gross violations of human rights of the mentally ill in India. They are often denied the right to work and the right to education. Severe mental illness is associated with the highest rate of unemployment in India – 90%.

And in the final analysis, mental illness leads to a spiralling whirlpool, viz., worsening of poverty and impacting economic development at the national level.

And this in a country which, according to a Lancet study, even otherwise had 197 million Indians with mental illness in 2017, of which a staggering 30 million had severe mental illness.

And, believe it or bust, this was our paradoxical ‘Shining’ India before the stork of the Covid came-a-visiting.

Keeping all of the above in mind, the golden questions are – How long will all these psychological fallouts of Covid continue? How do we overcome all of these? Can we actually overcome them?

To the first, I would say that the Coronavirus is unpredictable. Despite all the assertions and presumptions by world-renowned virologists, government bodies and health organisations, I, for one, believe that if there has been one constant Truth right from the time that the virus sprang upon us, it is that there is no constant or fixed pattern to the functioning of the virus, and despite all the proclamations of different world vaccinations, the virus seems to be ahead in the battle for existence as of now; and with multiple mutations available to it, it would seem to continue to be ahead for some years to come. We have a long-drawn, unending war ahead of us. We would be living in a fool’s paradise were we to presume otherwise.

Then comes the next million-dollar question. How do we get out of this fear-loneliness-defeated triad in our minds?

By realising that if ever there was a moment when we, and when I mean we, I mean WE, each and every one of us on the face of this Earth, have to hold hands and come together, then that moment is NOW.

In one of the most stimulating passages that I have read in a long, long time, the legendary activist and the drafter of the Constitution of India, Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, while pleading for humanity per se has mentioned in his book ‘The Buddha and his Dhamma’, that ‘Men are born unequal. Some are robust, others are weaklings. Some have more capacity, more intelligence, others have less. Some are well-to-do, others are poor. All have to enter into what is called the struggle for existence. And if, in this struggle for existence, inequality is recognised as the rule of the game, the weakest will always go to the wall.’ And as far as mental health goes, the most vulnerable and fragile amongst the populace succumb to mental illness. A case of survival of the fittest. Those who are mentally sensitive, unfit, unwanted, are out of the rat race.

Going beyond mental health statistics, a 2020 study from the World Economic Forum found 363 million Indians below the poverty line (BPL meaning earning less than Rs. 32 per day in rural India and Rs. 47 per day in urban India), 27 million Indians were disabled as per the New Disabilities Act, 2016 and the population of India classified as ‘tribals’ was a staggering 110 million.

Even assuming that there is an overlap between various categories, I would roughly estimate that 350 to 400 million people in India are underprivileged in some form or other.

And to top all these numbing, demoralising statistics, we now have the ravaging Covid pandemic. Keeping aside actual figures let out by the government official machinery, the plausible reality is that the second wave of Covid is rampaging through towns and villages of the remotest interiors of India, leaving death and destruction in its wake.

While all these statistics existed earlier, too, perhaps the learned and the lost-in-their-own-sacrosanct-world naive amongst us never paid attention to these grim tragedies of life. Poverty, hardships and deprivation may have been in abundance, but not within us. So, while we tut-tutted the migration of daily labourers across miles of the countryside during the first Covid wave, we (or quite a few among us) never truly empathised with their plight, having been taught to keep these underprivileged people of our beloved country in the blind spot of our vision.

But now, with the second wave of the Covid, young and old across all age groups have got afflicted with or have succumbed to Covid. It is no longer an affliction of the underprivileged or the elderly-medically-compromised amongst us. Stinko-rich, robustly-healthy young have fallen victim and have been ground to the dust. Names of diseases such as Black Fungus which were alien to even the medical community, have now become common day-to-day terms. So, it is now that we realise that this is happening to us, you, me and all of us, yes, US. And in this moment of insight and introspection we, as citizens of the world, need to reorient our strategies and the ways of dealing with the crisis.

One of the most important psychological defence mechanisms to mitigate self-pain is to understand that I am not alone in my suffering, there are many others, not just in thousands but millions in number. Anxiety and depression affect at some point in time approximately 40% of the world population. One can take it for granted that this number, post Covid, just spiralled northwards.

Keeping this in mind, and on a philosophical note, the great searcher of Truth, Gautam Buddha, had mentioned at the end of his prolonged sojourn with the dilemma of existence that ‘All Life is Dukhaa (Sadness)’, reflective of the commonality of emotional and psychiatric problems in human existence. Perhaps we, immersed as we were in our own self-goals, had lost sight of this existential Truth. Now we realise that this is closer home than we had envisaged. And this acceptance in itself brings and will bring renunciation. A great deal of pain becomes mitigated and its sharpness dulled on realising its omnipotence. Each one of us has to understand that we alone have not lost a loved one, we alone have not hit upon bad times or are finding it difficult to make ends meet.

All of us are sailing in the same boat.

In the 1955 Satyajit Ray classic Pather Panchali, the protagonist, a young girl, dies at the end of the movie. In a stoicism unbelievable in today’s times of instant gratification, the father of the girl accepts it, forfeits his home, his village and his childhood dreams to move to Kashi (present-day Varanasi) to make ends meet. We have to draw inspiration from such examples.

On a more pragmatic daily individual ritual, to break the cycle of anxiety-despondency-depression, as a psychiatrist I believe that each human mind has its own stress busters. Some enjoy an hour of music, others yoga, some others monotonous exercises like walking, running, cycling, and still others enjoy callisthenic exercises. Some enjoy reading philosophical books, others may want to curl up with a fiction-suspense novel. Some enjoy knitting, others cooking. To each one his or her own cup of solace.

At group levels, to delink from that feeling of loneliness, one can have family groups spending time in playing cards or the non-draining eternal pastimes of monopoly, dumb-charades, antakshari, scrabble and so on. Amongst groups of relatives, friends or classmates (blurring political affiliations and consciously avoiding the in-vogue political confrontations) on social media platforms such as FB / WhatsApp, one can have the sharing of moments of joy, either of the past or of the present. Sharing of photos, poems, anecdotal experiences, jokes, all give a meaning of that much-desired existentialism to our existence. Always following the golden dictum that each fingerprint has got its own particular cocoon of solitude to want to reach out to, to be on terms with oneself. To each his own nectar for the continuum of existence.

On a personal counselling note, what more or less always works is to try to inculcate the cognitive changes in a person’s negative thinking pattern and make him think broad-spectrum into ‘There, but for the grace of a God above, go I’ modality of looking at any situation, which given a country like India with the huge, huge divide between the haves and the have-nots, and with the vast numbers of have-nots involved, is not a difficult goal to achieve. Covid-specific instances can be cited and these do create the necessary emotional catharsis for the mitigation of emotional upheavals in the sufferer / listener. I very often recount the case of our own Karjat Centre nurse who was pregnant with her second baby and her husband passed away because of Covid on the very next day of her delivery. Or of an IIT Mumbai Civil Engineer who succumbed to Covid and who was not just the sole provider of his own family, but also the provider for the entire family of his in-laws who unfortunately were afflicted with mental illness and were non-earners. Often in such situations, post the gut-wrenching disclosures, risking Covid norms, the very act of reaching out and holding hands for some time, without speaking a further word, suffices.

But all throughout the journey, to be surrounded by some rays of sunshine may make all the difference and is a must. Whether they will ward off all future Covid attacks on our bodies is anybody’s guess, but to give the vaccines their just due, they do instil hope. And sometimes hope is all that is required to prevent the final descent into oblivion. Actual psychiatric experiments are witness to the power of positivity. Newspapers often have columns such as Beacons of Hope. There is an outstanding inspirational-anecdotal-stories-filled internet newsletter called The Better India. Occasional homage is paid to altruistic human behaviour on TV screens, too. But such depictions of courage and humanity are too few and far between. There have to be many, many more. Depicting stoicism, depicting both the acceptance of the odds and the fight against the odds. Buddha’s teachings have to be revisited once again.

The entire Covid pandemic is traumatising, marooning and swamping all of society and with it our collective memories and our collective conscience. To preserve and rebuild our innate sense of self-worth and self-confidence, to promulgate an ingrained human instinctual belief of truth over evil, justice over injustice, society and community at large over the self, the greater common good over individual tunnel-visioned interest, all of us can do our bit.

Yes, all of us can do our bit. Not just the psychiatric fraternity.

The private sector can do their individual minimalistic worthy contributions, the corporate sector their mega contributions, the NGOs can do their often selective (but effective) coordination and outreach to the interiors of India, the pharmaceutical sector can do its bit by giving medicines at cost or a little above, the funding agencies can chip in, the local governing authorities can do their bit by easing rules to meet priorities, the nursing colleges can do their bit, the social work institutes can pitch in by providing socially-minded manpower, the youth organisations can add their infectious, optimistic joie-de-vivre, the print media / the electronic media / the social media can spread morale, the foreign funding agencies can pump in their super-mega-financials, the UN agencies can add their might, the inter-governmental agencies can do their bit, the religious organisations can add their salvation balms, the advertising agencies their outreach programmes, the HR development experts their professionalism, the CSR funds reaching out vide either the NGO branches of the individual corporates or vide other ground-zero NGOs, the tax exemption schemes drive contribution incentives, the educational institutes can do the consolidations of social foundations, the vocational guidance organisations can do their counselling, the employment bureaux re-direct appropriately suitable applicants.

And so can the human contributions for survival and succour go on. All of us can do our bit. On different, pragmatic, point-driven available fronts.

We have to, we simply have to, display a one-for-all and all-for-one wisdom, tenacity and sagacity.

But this is going to be a long haul. From whatever little medical science I have learnt, this is going to be one nerve-sapping long haul.

Coming to the last but most important question simmering in our subconscious – Can we actually overcome this? And the answer is yes, we can and we will.

The human spirit will endure. We endured the ‘Spanish Flu’ of 1918 with its 50 million worldwide deaths, we endured the brutalities thrust upon us by the English Empire for over 150 years. But we endured. In pursuit of that dream within the quintessential Tagore poem, ‘Where the mind is without fear…’, we endured.

To end on a very personal note and a very personal example of inspiration which I came across in history – Vinoba Bhave gave talks on the Gita when he was in Wardha jail during the freedom struggle. Why? To increase the morale of all the freedom fighters incarcerated in jails. No one knew how long it would take India to attain freedom. But till then, why not boost the spirituality of India’s imprisoned freedom fighters? That was Vinoba Bhave’s greatness of thought.

Coincidentally, or call it Maharashtra’s great destiny, during the same period (from 7th October, 1930 to 6th February, 1931) Pandurang Sadashiv Sane, popularly known as Sane Guruji, was imprisoned by the British in the same jail. He was very good at long-hand writing of dictated matter. During the above period, from October, 1930 to February, 1931, he could have been transferred from that jail to any other jail by the British. But he was not. Again, this is Maharashtra’s great destiny. He actually wrote down in long-hand the entire explanations of all the chapters of the Gita as professed by Vinoba Bhave and finally this was published as ‘The Gitai’. And such is the power of goodness that in the year 2020 when we were surrounded by the bad news of Covid all around, I read ‘The Gitai’ and drew inspiration from it. So, what started as a seed in 1930 by Vinoba Bhave has continued to bear fruit in the year 2020 in my soul.

For you, and me, and all of us who care for human beings and humanity, who believe that we are God’s creations (be they different Gods whom we worship and be they different religions that we follow), it is our moral, just and compassionate obligation to Indian society that we focus on each other’s goodness, hold on to each other’s arms and swim against the current of pain surrounding us, giving each other hope and optimism for the future. We owe this to the memory of Vinoba Bhave and Sane Guruji who are sons of the soil of our hallowed India.

Immortalising in our hearts the words ‘Such are the ways that human lives must untwine, and darkest is the hour before the coming of the Light’.

EFFECT OF COVID ON ECONOMY

 

(The author is an economist. He is Research Director of the IDFC Institute and a member of the Academic Advisory Board of the Meghnad Desai Academy of Economics)

 

The coronavirus pandemic has not only left behind millions of dead, but also a trail of economic destruction throughout the world. India has suffered as well. The big question is: Will the on-going economic pain persist through the next decade, or will a strong economic recovery offer hope of sunshine after the storm? Economic forecasting is always a fragile business, more so during events that the world has rarely faced before. What follows is an attempt to detect silver linings to the dark clouds that have dominated the scene since the pandemic began in China.

Let us first count the economic costs of the pandemic. The latest estimates suggest that the size of the Indian economy in the current financial year will be around the same as it was in 2019-20, or the last financial year before the pandemic struck. This means that the Indian economy has, in effect, stagnated for two years because of the pandemic shock.

These economic losses have been borne unequally in India as those living at the bottom of the pyramid have suffered significant income losses because they have either become unemployed or have seen their wages fall. At the same time, large enterprises in the organised sector have managed to weather the storm far better than smaller ones and have perhaps gained market share in some sectors. In sum, people who have been able to work from home have protected their incomes better than those who need to step out of the house to bring home money.

There is another way to look at the same facts. Let us assume that there had been no pandemic and the Indian economy had managed to grow at 6.5% a year in 2020-21 and 2021-22. Then, the size of our economy at the end of the current financial year would have been around $400 billion larger than it will be in reality. In other words, the permanent output loss because of the pandemic is huge – equal to the size of the economy in 1998. It may sound harsh, but one entire year of 1998-level output has disappeared down the sinkhole because of the pandemic.

Large shocks such as the one that the world is facing right now often have a lasting impact and their effects linger even after the rubble is cleared away. Let me give one example that is relevant to India. The ‘Spanish Flu’ ripped through the Indian countryside in 1918, killing an estimated 18 million people in undivided India. Two economic historians, Dave Donaldson and Daniel Keniston, have shown in recent work that the pandemic had a lasting impact.

In the districts where the death toll was very high, the survivors were left with additional agricultural land. This land was quickly put to use by the survivors. The resultant increase in incomes had an interesting consequence. The survivors invested in both ‘child quantity’ as well as ‘child quality’. In other words, they had more children and they also took better care of them. The two economists show that children born in these districts after the pandemic ended were taller and better educated than the children born before the pandemic.

These were big changes at the level of the household. There are examples from other countries of broader macroeconomic shifts. For example, the US economy had a great run in the decade after the end of World War I and the boom only ended with the stock market crash of 1929. Europe emerged from the destruction of World War II to experience at least 25 years of strong economic growth.

Economic theory tells us that economies grow from a combination of three sources – a growing labour force, a higher level of capital investments and increases in productivity. More specifically, economist Barry Eichengreen wrote in an essay published in July, 2020: ‘The crisis will influence potential growth through four channels, three negative and one positive. On the negative side, it will interrupt schooling, depress public investment and destroy global supply chains. Positively, by disrupting existing industries and activities, it will open up space for innovative new entrants, through the process that the early 20th century Austrian economist and social theorist Joseph Schumpeter referred to as “creative destruction”.’

It is worth asking whether these four channels are relevant to India as well, and especially whether three of them will have a negative impact and the fourth will have a positive one.

First, the pandemic is likely to disrupt the Indian education system for two years in a row. Millions of students will have had to make do with online instruction. It is quite likely that students who have access to good personal electronics as well as secure broadband connections will be able to learn enough. Evidence collected from across the country shows that children in poor households have struggled to keep up. The chances of an increase in school dropout levels cannot be ignored.

Even in colleges, students whose training depends on practical work may find themselves missing out on a key part of their professional education. India already suffers from a skills deficit. The quality of human capital is already a problem because of malnutrition, illiteracy and lack of new skills. The impact of the pandemic adds to the problem, even if we assume that the education system goes back to normal after the pandemic ends. These are important considerations for economic growth at a time when the Chinese population has peaked and India is the only comparable country that has a growing labour force.

Second, public finances have come under pressure because of the pandemic. The ratio of public debt to GDP for India is now estimated at around 90%, the highest in living memory. It is unlikely to come down significantly at least in the next five years. What this means in effect is that a large slice of domestic tax collections will have to be used to service the interest costs on the debt. This will weigh down on the annual government budget. The government will have relatively fewer resources available to spend on other items such as infrastructure.

This need not be a dead-end. The government has other options such as asset monetisation to raise resources. It can also ask the Reserve Bank of India to buy its bonds by printing new money. But all these options will have to be exercised in the shadow of a mountain of public debt. The complicated task for the government is to increase public spending right now to make up for the weak private sector demand in India while also withdrawing once corporate investment begins to pick up. The increase in capital stock over the next ten years will be a key factor, but for now, companies seem more comfortable deleveraging rather than increasing capacity.

Third, Eichengreen expects the disruption of global supply chains to be a negative for the global economy. But some economists in the Indian government expect it to be a positive for India. There are three possible reasons why global supply chains will begin to shift out of China in this decade. The Chinese themselves are trying to recalibrate their economy from cheap industrial goods to technology products. The growing geopolitical tensions with the US have led to growing restrictions on trade with China. The pandemic has exposed the risks of supply chain concentration in one country or one company; the organising principle of global production is expected to shift to the principle of resilience.

The Indian government has a clear focus on getting global supply chains into India. Some of the recent subsidies for domestic manufacturing are a step in that direction. However, the growing protectionist sentiment in India is at odds with becoming an important part of global supply chains, since the latter assumes that inputs can move across national borders with ease. The Apple iPhone has components from 43 countries that are assembled in large factories in China. High import tariffs will not make such a complex manufacturing system possible.

Fourth, disruptive innovation can unleash a new round of productivity growth. The impulses for such innovation can come from sources as diverse as the formalisation of the economy to meeting the growing challenge of climate change. A recent report by investment bank Credit Suisse says that India is the third-largest home to unicorns, or startups that have been valued at more than $1 billion. There are now 100 Indian unicorns with a combined valuation of $240 billion. The number of listed companies with a market capitalisation of more the $1 billion is 336. Most of the unlisted unicorns have been set up after 2005.

The growth of Indian unicorns suggests a deeper change as a new generation of Indian entrepreneurs drives growth. However, there is also the harsh reality of the crisis in the unorganised sector at one end of the spectrum, to the growth of domestic oligopolies at the other end. A surge in productivity can be sustained only with economic policies that encourage job creation in enterprises that are efficient rather than protected by the government – market capitalism rather than crony capitalism. The government itself will have to build infrastructure, maintain macroeconomic stability, build a social safety net and ensure that economic growth creates inclusive opportunities.

India was a poor country in 1991. It is a lower middle income country in 2021. Economic growth has to accelerate if we are to become a higher middle income country when the Republic turns a hundred. The pandemic has been a huge setback and a lot depends on how we negotiate the challenges through the rest of the decade. Neither empty optimism nor overpowering pessimism is warranted.

CA PROFESSION IN THE POST-COVID ERA: DOOM OR BOOM?

The digital world has changed everything around us – the way we live, the way we work and, indeed, the way we think. If there was any reluctance in the minds of any professional in embracing the digital world, the Covid pandemic has ensured that this gets dissipated. Digital is no longer on the periphery, it has now become mainstream. Importantly, these changes are permanent. So, is it time to write the obituary for the analogue world?

These profound changes will impact all professions, including CAs. But is it ‘doomsday’ for the CA profession, or will this herald a new way of working and throw up some new opportunities?

REDEFINE IDENTITY & MODALITIES OF DELIVERY

A quick dive into the history of digital adoption shows that the BFSI sector (banking, financial services and insurance) has been quick off the block to rapidly implement digitisation, not just in its peripheral functions but also in its core activities. Banking business has gone through a churn and progressive bankers now say that they are in the technology business, with banking services slapped on technology. As a general rule, professions have been reluctant digital adopters. However, now that they are left with no other option, all professionals are rapidly implementing technology in their work. The scenario for CAs is also changing swiftly. Like banks, will CAs need to make a paradigm shift in their outlook and embrace a narrative of ‘being in the technology business with their professional services slapped on the technology backbone’? If this happens, will it herald a paradigm shift in the way in which services are offered by CAs to their clients?Models

The recent lockdowns and travel restrictions have altered the way of working for all professionals. From heading to office on Monday mornings, CAs now head to their workstations. ‘Work from home’ is the new reality and in fact, has now evolved into ‘work from anywhere’. All future homes of CAs will need to be designed to accommodate some space to allow work from home. Commuting for hours within the city and also travelling for work will come down dramatically, leading to an improvement in productivity. Even after the restrictions are removed, it is unlikely that CAs will go back to the normal routine of going to office every day. Eventually, a hybrid model will evolve, where CAs will go to office only when required. In fact, some CAs have sold their offices or given up high rent offices situated at prime locations. There are anecdotes of some CAs from industry, unable to work from home, who have decided after the end of the first lockdown to hire shared space nearer to home instead of travelling again. And they are doing this by individually bearing the cost of renting the space. Will this continue as a strong trend? Will a new model emerge of comparing per square foot rent with digital assets provided to teams? Will a 100 square feet / person average multiplied by Rs. 100 make the hybrid model more economical?New taxonomy

‘Face to face’ meeting has a new meaning – it does not require a physical meeting and a digital video meeting is now considered as a ‘face to face’ meeting in the new taxonomy. Audits are now done remotely and will continue to evolve with greater use of data analytics, robotics process automation (RPA) and artificial intelligence (AI). Faceless assessments will become de facto standard and the demand for knowledge-based professionals will increase. It is a moot question as to whether the quantum of disputes will reduce.Court hearings are also now on video and there is a renewed thrust from the government to go entirely digital in all their interactions with the taxpayers, citizens and their representatives. Most of the compliances like accounting, filing of returns, registrations could be fully automated and software solutions would enable reasonable level of service at a minimal cost. It is likely that government may provide utilities for common compliances free of cost. This trend will only exacerbate and the new breed of CAs who now qualify will treat this as the ‘new normal’.

It would be important to be able to track the tasks being done and the time spent by the employees in a central online workspace collaboration. Other tools which can be implemented are in the space of improving productivity, employee monitoring and online signing of documents.

All these will be useful in improving productivity for routine and quantitative work. As AI begins to create self-learning systems which are then integrated into accounting tasks, technology will take on the repetitive and time-consuming jobs, leaving the analytical and managerial tasks to humans.

What are the implications of all these tectonic changes?

CAs who do not adapt to this new reality will find it extremely challenging. ‘I am a tech illiterate’, romantic as it may have sounded once, this phrase will now mean that any CA who says or believes in this is taking the road that has a dead-end. On the other hand, this new world will throw up many more opportunities. With less travel and commuting, productivity will be on the rise and with that a chance to grow the profession. Since the digital world has no physical boundaries, it will open up new vistas for CAs to provide service and represent clients from across India and probably anywhere in the world. Technologies that are available to an SMP are increasingly affordable. The collapse of geographical boundaries could be used advantageously by CAs in Tier II and III cities. With rapid improvement in the quality of internet connectivity, this advantage will only increase. The inherent lower cost of operations and people cost along with time to learn will put them at a comparative advantage if they quickly upgrade themselves with the relevant skills.

Productivity increase, clients across the globe, new avenues for services outside the Indian geography – the list of the opportunities that will open up is endless. The pandemic has brought the idea of ‘professional of the future’ into the present – an eternal learner, constantly up-skilling, actively involved in automation and use of big data, and adaptable to disruption.

So, what are the likely changes that will continue in some of the traditional areas of work in the post-Covid era?

Accounting and attest functions (evidence-based certification / opinion)

The demand for mandatory ‘attest function’ is likely to considerably come down, with a trend of limits for such functions being raised on a regular basis and also exclusion of some categories. The pandemic has forced the adoption of ‘virtual audit’ with reliance on scanned documents and video calls with clients’ personnel. It has extended the ‘desk review’ substantially. Post-pandemic, the need for visits will reduce dramatically. The audit process would continue to evolve with greater use of data analytics, automated means to corroborate evidence, robotic process automation (bots culture) [RPA], artificial intelligence [AI] and internet of things [IOT]. More data-driven audit work is already a reality, perhaps large volumes of data as compared to samples end up delivering better results. Due to the pandemic, technology is used to perform routine, rule-based tasks and searches that would enable professionals to focus on exceptions and anomalies to evaluate risk as well as value creation.In the recent past, audit firms have been working on risk assessment tools that layer machine-based learning – which is a subset of artificial intelligence – on top of rules-based algorithms. Once the system ingests massive data sets, it can flag additional anomalies or risky transactions based on parameters that it ‘learns’ on its own. This technology can also provide insights into a company’s processes, possibly in real time, and flag outliers that might not be caught otherwise.

Businesses have already recast their internal controls considering remote work arrangements with increased data sharing for employees and other stakeholders. This has made them more vulnerable to fraud and cyber-attacks and therefore hunt for increased data protection and disaster recovery plans.

Major software vendors now offer automated data entry and reconciliation options using AI and machine learning technologies.

Tax functions (litigation, advisory, compliance)

On the litigation front, there is a tectonic shift. Faceless assessments and appeals will change everything. The era of extensive travel to tax offices, waste of time in seeking appointments and the need for personal meetings and connect will be buried soon. It is expected that going forward, litigation, except the ones in the pipeline (last two years), would decrease. Possibly, only high-value issues on law and its interpretation would continue after seven years or so. Implementation of technology in e-governance invariably leads to more transparency and the scope for dispute resolution practice will reduce over the longer term.For advisory services, CAs are already using audio and video calls extensively now, thereby saving time and cost. Personal meetings are now done only in exceptional cases. This trend is irreversible and would ensure greater productivity at work and better quality of life.

THE KNOWLEDGE EXPERT IN THE NEW SCENARIO

Over time, a ‘knowledge expert’ located in any place will be preferred. Taxation reforms done over a period would slowly reduce the number of doubts as complexities will be ironed out.Rapid implementation of technology will increase compliance and reduction of the grey economy. The increased collection in GST as well as income-tax in the middle of the pandemic (April-June, 21) indicates this new reality. A new orientation towards tax compliance is likely to reduce the need for traditional compliance advisory services.

For filing of tax returns, there is a clear direction of the government to provide facilities for uploading with ease and in the next couple of years, the need for professional services by a taxpayer to file the tax returns will greatly reduce. One can expect this trend to further accelerate where a lot more data will be available with the Tax Department and dependency on assessee and professional will be reduced.

Technology is already supporting in identifying the errors and omissions and with AI, even frauds are being located. The fact that the speed of collection of information would be in minutes compared to the earlier months / years, would enable the tech-savvy CA as well as the Tax Department to identify exceptions early and accurately.

The focus will be more on value addition and merging of the review audits in tax to a comprehensive operations and financial audit, including tax.

Digital systems and practices are driving and forcing changes in the CAs’ Business Models, Skills and Operations:

• IT-driven tools and systems for regulatory / statutory compliances are already in use. All taxes, submissions, responses and work-tracking are progressively IT-driven.
• Operations are based on collaborative tools such as video conferences and shared systems with centralised IT systems driven through cloud-based IT environments as well as technologies like blockchain.
• Increasing dependency on fluency and in-depth knowledge in the usage of office work product tools such as emails, document writers, spreadsheets, presentations, etc.
• Collaborative sessions using IT tools, organising and structuring workloads as well as assignments. In case of history files, using IT Systems, Management Information Systems being entirely IT-driven.
• Increasing dependency on documentation vs. oral communications and face-to-face communications.

Intellectual Property and Confidential Information storage systems means moving away from having things in physical form to virtual and software-defined formats. Clear organisation of information in digital formats is the new norm. Building processes and security for both IT infrastructure as well as access and user credential systems, as against maintenance of physical document libraries and safe rooms, has happened during the last year.

Changing skillsets of CAs will include experience and knowledge in Data Analytics, use of Workflow Application tools, proficiency in usage of spreadsheet tools and presentation tools like macros, executive communication skills and articulation, ability to search for information from the internet landscape in an effective manner and socialising skills with social media tools. Building relationships through social media and collaborative tools rather than in-person meetings and gatherings alone has already been accomplished.

NEW NORMAL TO STAY

Centrally manage and securely share audit and tax files, track audit-consultancy, dispute resolution related activities and communicate using chat, voice and video meetings. This new normal is not likely to get reversed. Clients, even the reluctant ones, have had to securely share data in a digital format and share platforms.In this maelstrom of changes, is it also a ripe time to make BCAS truly global and relook at dropping ‘Bombay’ and embracing a more global name?

AUDITORS’ REPORT – BCAJ SURVEY OF AUDITORS, USERS AND PREPARERS

PROTECH: ‘VIRTUAL’ IS NOW ‘REAL’

I very frequently get the question: ‘What’s going to change in the next ten years?’
I almost never get the question: ‘What’s not going to change in the next ten years?’
I submit to you that the second question is actually the more important of the two.
The above statement is attributed to Jeff Bezos of Amazon.

This issue of the BCAJ (launched in 1969), is our Annual Special Issue and it commemorates the Founding Day of the BCAS which was established on 6th July, 1949. This special issue carries special articles on contemporary issues in addition to the normal articles and features. It is based on the theme ‘Effect of the pandemic: What has changed and what is unlikely to get reversed’.

Three of our special articles are on the Profession, the Economy and the Human Psychology. They are authored by CAs (in practice and in the industry), an economist and a psychiatrist, respectively. They have woven their thoughts lucidly and with great perspicacity. I hope you will enjoy reading their perspectives on the effect of Covid and how much of this change is likely to stay.

We all know how much has changed (and much of this may not reverse):
• Running to the train station has changed to running to the work station;
Couriering is replaced by scan and email;
Signing with pen on paper is replaced by affixing a digital signature certificate;
Office is replaced by digital workspace / cloud;
WFH could become WFA (work from anywhere);
Occasionally WFH will be flipped to occasionally work from the office;
Paper is substituted by PDF;
• So far as the BCAS is concerned, the meaning of ‘residential’ has changed to taking a ‘residential’ course from our residences rather than going out to a resort.

Just as there is Fintech – a finance and technology portmanteau – it is time that we have ProTech or Professional Services and Technology. Practice sans technology will eventually add up to zero. Knowledge is no longer a sufficient condition. Technology will make much of it redundant. Being an ACA (associate CA) or FCA (fellow CA) will not be enough – we will have to re-qualify to become TCAs where ‘T’ stands for technology. Lapping up technology into all our offerings or being ‘slapped’ by technology are the only two options!

In the words of Naval Ravikant – ‘Your company may not be in the software business, but eventually, a software company will be in your business.’ Let me rephrase that – ‘If you do not bring a software company into your business, one day a software company will take over your business.’

We are seeing this already. Tax filing portals are valued in India at attractive valuations. What used to be optional and ‘adjournable’, cannot be postponed, and the pandemic could be the last and final call as the future gets fast-tracked to become the present.

But there is also a positive side of Covid. Today, I would believe that one may not need an office in a swanky, expensive location. With the tax office becoming redundant, the proximity angle has ended up in the recycle bin. Firms may not need offices all over the country. One can operate from an ‘address’, and one will not have restrictions of ‘location’ as digital regulators and digital clients will interact flawlessly with accounting firms. This could result in more competition. Many firms may even lose out to tech companies as much of the profession is ‘open’ to non-COPs or non-CAs because exclusivity has diminished.

Clearly, ‘Virtual’ is now ‘Real.’  


Raman Jokhakar
Editor

THE JOURNEY AWAY FROM DEFICIENCY DELUSIONS

A man went to a saint and said, ‘I have been endowed with everything that a man can yearn for – abundant wealth, a good family, a coveted position in society, name and fame. However, I still feel a vacuum, a deficiency – a feeling of something missing, an emptiness. I have not been able to understand this and I do not know what to do about it. Please tell me what I need to do’.

The saint took a good, long look at the man, took a deep breath and stated, ‘From your statement, it is clear that you had presumed that your ultimate goal would be achieved after you had got name, fame, wealth and family, etc.; and that, thereafter, you shall not require anything. However, you are now accepting that you still feel incomplete and unfulfilled. But the fact is that you were complete even before you acquired all these things and you are complete even now’.

The world is full of living beings that live in this state of want – a feeling of lacking something. These beings do not live in their true state and are always in search of that something that is missing. In that search, they do not focus on what they possess, their unbound richness, but instead, revel in what is missing.

There are two types of suffering – one that is the creation of circumstances outside of you and the other that is created or caused by your own mind. The surprising thing is that only 10% of the suffering is from the first cause while the balance 90% of suffering comes from your own mind. This is the truth, shocking though it is!

There could be two approaches to address the 10% suffering – either eliminate the source of that suffering or move away from that source of suffering.

To illustrate, say the lack of an air conditioner is the cause of your suffering. Here, you can either get an air conditioner so that the lack is eliminated, or you can move away from that need.

However, for the 90% suffering which is mind-triggered, the aforesaid approaches do not work. But our scriptures have made this difficult job easier if only we follow them.

The lack of compassion (karuna) towards all living beings is the first of these. Absence of compassion is manifested in anger. When you react in anger, you can safely presume the lack of compassion.

The lack of communication (samvaad) with people around you is the next cause, bringing in suffering through the mind. All non-harmonious and difficult relationships reflect the lack of communication.

The lack of a sense of co-existence (sahjeewan) is the third cause. The attitude of ‘my way or the highway’ or ‘I, me, myself’ is the cause of a significant part of our suffering.

The lack of a feeling of gratitude (kritagyata) is the fourth cause. Try being thankful for everything happening in your life and you will witness a transformation.

The fifth is the lack of restraint (sanyam). We witness this lack day in and day out. However, the unfortunate part is that more often than not, the realisation of this lack comes after it has already caused suffering.

The beauty is that these five elements are available with us since birth. As we grow older, a lot of dust gathers over them. Let us devote ourselves to removing that dust and touching base with these elements and see the transformation.

ACTIONABLE CLAIMS – TAXABILITY UNDER GST

INTRODUCTION
The levy of tax on ‘actionable claims’ has seen substantial litigation under the Sales Tax / VAT regimes. The primary reason for that was that the definition of goods under the Sales Tax / VAT regimes excluded actionable claims. Similarly, under the GST regime, too, actionable claims are generally excluded from the purview of taxability. Therefore, it is important to understand what constitutes an ‘actionable claim’.

The definition of actionable claim is provided u/s 3 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 as under:
‘actionable claim’ means a claim to any debt, other than a debt secured by mortgage of immovable property or by hypothecation or pledge of movable property, or to any beneficial interest in movable property not in the possession, either actual or constructive, of the claimant, which the Civil Courts recognise as affording grounds for relief, whether such debt or beneficial interest be existent, accruing, conditional or contingent;

It is apparent from the above definition that an actionable claim is a claim, or rather a right to claim, either an unsecured debt or any beneficial interest in movable property which is not in the possession of the claimant. So far as the first limb of the definition is concerned, it seems to cover only unsecured debts. Therefore, it should cover cases such as bill discounting where a business sells its receivables to another person, generally a banking and financial institution, and receives the consideration upfront, though a lower amount than what is receivable. The receivable is subsequently realised by the bank and the difference between the amount realised and the amount paid for bill discounting is its margin / profit.

The second limb of the definition has been analysed in detail by the courts. In the context of lottery tickets, the division Bench of the Supreme Court in the case of H. Anraj & Others vs. Government of Tamil Nadu [(1986) AIR 63] had held that lottery tickets were goods and therefore liable to sales tax. However, the said decision was later set aside by the Constitution Bench in the case of Sunrise Associates vs. Government of NCT of Delhi and Others [(2006) 5 SCC 603-A]. While doing so, the Court had laid down the following principles:

• The fact that the definition of goods under the State laws excluded actionable claims from its purview would demonstrate that actionable claims are indeed goods and but for the exclusion from the definition of ‘goods’, the same would have been liable to sales tax.
• An actionable claim is only a claim which might connote a demand. Every claim is not an actionable claim. A claim should be to a debt or to a beneficial interest in movable property which must not be in the possession of the claimant. In the context of the above definition, it is a right, albeit an incorporeal one. In TCS vs. State of AP [(2005) 1 SCC 308] the Court has already held that goods may be incorporeal or intangible.
• Transferability is not the point of distinction between actionable claims and other goods which can be sold. The distinction lies in the definition of an actionable claim. Therefore, if a claim to the beneficial interest in movable property not in the vendee’s possession is transferred, it is not a sale of goods for the purposes of the sales tax laws.
• Some examples of actionable claims highlighted by the Court include:

  •  Right to recover insurance money,
  •  A partner’s right to sue for an account of a dissolved partnership,
  •  Right to claim the benefit of a contract not coupled with any liability,
  •  A claim for arrears of rent has also been held to be an actionable claim,
  •  Right to the credit in a provident fund account.

• An actionable claim may be existent, accruing, conditional or contingent.
• A lottery ticket can be held to be goods as it evidences transfer of a right. However, it is the right which is transferred that needs to be examined. The right being transferred is claim to a conditional interest in the prize money which is not in the purchasers’ possession and would fall squarely within the definition of an actionable claim and would therefore be excluded from the definition of goods.

In the context of transferrable REP licenses which gave permission to an exporter to take credit of exports made, the Larger Bench in the case of Vikas Sales Corporation vs. Commissioner of Commercial Taxes [2017 (354) E.L.T. 6 (SC)] held that the Exim License / REP Licenses were goods since they were easily marketable and had a value independent of the goods which could be imported using the said licenses, and therefore they could not be treated as actionable claims.

Actionable claims vis-à-vis GST
Section 9 of the CGST Act, 2017, which is the charging section for the levy of GST, provides that the same shall be levied on a supply of goods or services, or both. The terms are defined u/s 2 as under:

(52) ‘goods’ means every kind of movable property other than money and securities but includes actionable claim, growing crops, grass and things attached to or forming part of the land which are agreed to be severed before supply or under a contract of supply;
(102) ‘services’ means anything other than goods, money and securities but includes activities relating to the use of money or its conversion by cash or by any other mode, from one form, currency or denomination, to another form, currency or denomination for which a separate consideration is charged;

Unlike the Sales Tax / VAT regimes where actionable claims were excluded from the definition of goods, GST law specifically provides that goods shall include actionable claims. Thereafter, Schedule III treats the supply of actionable claims – other than lottery, betting and gambling – as being neither a supply of goods nor a supply of service, thereby excluding the supply of actionable claims from the purview of GST. However, what is the scope of coverage of actionable claims?

Section 2(1) of the CGST Act, 2017 defines actionable claim to have the same meaning as assigned u/s 3 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882. The definition under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 has been given above.

GST on lottery tickets
The intention of the Legislature to tax lotteries is loud and clear from the fact that Schedule III entry only treats actionable claim – other than lottery, betting and gambling – as neither a supply of goods nor a supply of service. The Rate Notification for goods also specifically provides the rate applicable on lotteries as 28%. Further, Rule 31A of the Valuation Rules also clearly provides a specific method to determine the value of supply in case of lottery tickets.

Despite such clarity, the issue of the validity of the levy of tax on lottery tickets has been raised before several courts. The Calcutta High Court, in the case of Teesta Distributors vs. UoI [2018 (19) GSTL 29 (Cal)] had upheld the levy of GST on lottery tickets and held as under:
• The Centre or the State Government had not exceeded their jurisdiction in promulgating the statutes for the levy of GST on lottery tickets,
• The levy did not violate any constitutional or fundamental rights,
• The differential rate of tax was permissible and it was not discriminatory. Further the Government was within its rights to have the same,
• The definition of goods as per the Constitution of India is an inclusive definition with a very wide sweep to cover both tangible as well as intangible products.

The issue again came up before the Larger Bench of the Supreme Court in the case of Skill Lotto Solutions India Private Limited vs. UoI [2020 – VIL – 37 – SC]. Dismissing the petition, the Court held as under:
• The definition of goods u/s 2(52) does not violate any constitutional provision nor is it in conflict with the definition of goods given under Article 366(12). Therefore, there is nothing wrong with actionable claims being included within the scope of goods u/s 2(52).
• The decision of the Constitution Bench in the case of Sunrise Associates holding lottery as actionable claims was a binding precedent and not obiter dicta.
• Schedule III entry, while treating actionable claims sans lottery, betting and gambling outside the purview of supply of goods or services for the purpose of section 7, was not discriminatory in nature.
• On the issue of the validity of Rule 31A which determined the value of taxable supply based on the price of the ticket without excluding the prize money component thereof, the Court held that the value of taxable supply is a matter of statutory regulation, and when the value is to be transaction value to be determined as per section 15, it is not permissible to compute the value of taxable supply by excluding the prize which has been contemplated in the statutory scheme. Therefore, while determining the value of supply, prize money was not to be excluded.

GST on activities of betting, gambling
The terms ‘betting’ or ‘gambling’ have not been defined under the CGST Act, 2017. But there is a similarity between the two. Both generally refer to setting aside a certain amount in expectation of a much larger amount on the basis of the occurrence or non-occurrence of a particular future event. The person who collects the amount promises to pay the prize money on the occurrence of the said event. However, the distinction between betting and gambling would be that betting would be something which would depend on an event where the activity is done / carried out by a different person altogether, for example, horse racing, sports, etc., while gambling would involve the person himself undertaking the activity.

The fact that Schedule III specifically excludes betting or gambling from the scope of actionable claims would demonstrate that there is not an iota of doubt as to whether or not the activity of betting or gambling is an actionable claim. The only question that would need consideration is whether the specific activities of betting / gambling which require a certain skill set would be liable to tax or not. The reason behind this is because the Supreme Court has, in the case of Dr. K.R. Lakshmanan vs. State of TN [1996 AIR 1153] held as under:

The expression ‘gaming’ in the two Acts has to be interpreted in the light of the law laid down by this Court in the two Chamarbaugwala cases, wherein it has been authoritatively held that a competition which substantially depends on skill is not gambling. Gaming is the act or practice of gambling on a game of chance. It is staking on chance where chance is the controlling factor. ‘Gaming’ in the two Acts would, therefore, mean wagering or betting on games of chance. It would not include games of skill like horse racing. In any case, section 49 of the Police Act and section 11 of the Gaming Act specifically save the games of mere skill from the penal provisions of the two Acts. We, therefore, hold that wagering or betting on horse racing – a game of skill – does not come within the definition of ‘gaming’ under the two Acts.

The above decision clearly lays down that any activity which involves application of skill would not be treated as betting or gambling. In the context of card games such as rummy and bridge, the Bombay High Court has, in the case of Jaywant Sail and Others vs. State of Maharashtra and Others held that the same involves application of skill and the same cannot be treated as betting / gambling.

Whether the above precedents would apply under the GST regime as well and can it be claimed that when the application of a skill set is involved, the same would not classify as betting / gambling? This issue had come up before the Bombay High Court in the case of Gurdeep Singh Sachar vs. UOI [2019 (30) GSTL 441 (Bom)]. In this case, the petitioner had filed a criminal PIL against a gaming platform which allowed participants, upon payment of fees, to create fantasy teams and the performance of each player would be calculated based on the actual performance of the players during a sports event. From the fees collected from the participants, the portal would retain certain amounts for itself as service charges and the balance amount would be used for paying the prize money to participants. The portal was paying GST under Rule 31A(3) only to the extent of the amounts retained by it.

The petition alleged that the portal was violating the provisions of the Public Gaming Act, 1867 as well as the provisions of Rule 31A of the CGST Rules, 2017 which required payment of tax on the entire value and not after reducing the prize money component – which has also been confirmed by the Supreme Court in the case of Skill Lotto (Supra). Relying on the decision in the case of Dr. K.R. Lakshmanan (Supra), the High Court held that the online game conducted by the portal involved application of skill and, therefore, the same could not be treated as betting / gambling. Since there was an application of skill, the provisions of the Public Gaming Act, 1867 were not applicable in view of the specific provision of section 12 thereof which provided that the Act shall not apply in cases involving the application of skill.

On the GST front, the Court held that the activities carried out by the portal did amount to actionable claims; however, the same could not be treated as lottery, gambling or betting. Therefore, the same would be covered under Entry 3 of Schedule III and hence the said activities were outside the purview of the levy of tax. Since tax itself was not payable, the question of operation of Rule 31A (3) was not applicable.

However, while dealing with the issue of rate of tax, the Court held that the portal was right in discharging tax at 18% on the platform fee, i.e., the amounts retained by it from the escrow account. In a way, the Court held that the platform fee does not partake the character of actionable claim but is in the nature of an independent service rendered by the platform.

So far as taxability on the recipient of the prize money is concerned, the Appellate Authority for Advance Ruling has, in the case of Vijay Baburao Shirke [2020 (041) GSTL 0571 (AAAR-MH)] held that the prize money is not a consideration either for supply of goods or supply of service. An interesting observation made by the Authority has held that not every contract becomes taxable under the GST law. The AAAR further held that every supply is a contract but every contract is not a supply.

GST on chit funds
Chit funds are regulated by the Chit Funds Act, 1982. This is a unique financing model. Under this, a person generally known as trustee or foreman, organises the fund. And people participate in it by contributing a fixed amount on a monthly basis. A chit is prepared for each participant and every month one chit is drawn and the participant whose name comes out receives the money. The activity is carried on regularly till the name of each participant is drawn out. In other words, each participant has a right to receive the money. Generally, the trustee or foreman retains his charge for organising the fund.

In the above business model, the issues that would need consideration are:
• Is there an element of actionable claim present in the above model?
The Supreme Court has, in the context of service tax in the case of UoI vs. Margdarshi Chit Funds Private Limited [2017 (3) GSTL 3 (SC)] held that in a chit business, the subscription is tendered in any one of the forms of ‘money’. It would, therefore, be a transaction in money. Once it has been held that chit fund is nothing but a transaction in money, it would be incorrect to treat it as an actionable claim.

However, even if one analyses the definition of actionable claim for academic purposes, it would be difficult to arrive at a conclusion that there is an element of actionable claim present in the said model. In pith and substance, the chit fund is nothing but a financing model where a person periodically invests funds and the same amount is received back by him, albeit after some reduction on account of foreman / trustee charges. The person whose name comes out first is set to gain more as he gets to use the sum for a longer period compared to the person who receives it at the end.

However, the fact is that the participant enjoys the claim to a movable property, i.e., the prize money. And the only issue that remains is what is the legal remedy that a participant whose name has been picked in the lot has in case the foreman fails to pay the prize money. In this respect, reference to section 64 of the Chit Funds Act, 1982 is important. Sub-section (3) thereof provides that civil courts shall have no jurisdiction to entertain any suit or other proceedings in respect of any dispute. The issue as to whether Consumer Forums have jurisdiction over chit fund matters is already in dispute with contrary decisions by the Madras High Court in N. Venkatsa Perumal vs. State Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission [2003 CTJ 261 (CP)] and the Andhra Pradesh High Court in Margadarsi Chit Fund vs. District Consumer Disputes Redressal Forum [2004 CTJ 704 (CP)]. Therefore, it can be said that there is substantial confusion over whether or not civil courts can have jurisdiction over civil matters, specifically in view of the extant provisions of the Chit Fund Act, 1982 and perhaps, the finality of this issue can be a basis to determine whether chit funds can actually be treated as actionable claims.

Whether the foreman / trustee is liable to pay GST on the charges retained by him?
The answer to the above question would depend on the classification which one accords to the chit fund business. If one takes a view that the activity of a chit fund is nothing but a transaction in money, the charges retained by the foreman / trustee would be liable to GST. The Rate Notification prescribes the GST rate at 12% on services provided by the foreman / trustee subject to the condition that input tax credit on inputs used for providing such service has not been claimed by the foreman / trustee. However, there is still no clarity on whether the foreman or trustee shall be liable to pay GST only on the charges retained by him or on the whole amount collected from the participants. Under the Service Tax regime (though the levy was stuck down in the Delhi Chit Funds Association case), an abatement was provided in relation to the service provided by the foreman / trustee. Taking a cue from the same, one may take a position that a foreman / trustee is liable to pay GST only on the commission retained by him and not on the entire amount.

However, if one takes an aggressive view and treats the participation in chit fund as an actionable claim, the question of taxability of the amounts retained by the foreman / trustee should not arise since it would be a consideration for a transaction which is neither a supply of goods nor a supply of service.

In the context of GST on chit funds, an application for a ruling was filed before the AAR seeking clarity on whether or not additional amount collected from participants for delay in paying the monthly amounts were includible in the value of taxable service. The Authority in the case of Usha Bala Chits Private Limited [2020 (39) GSTL 303 (AAR-GST-AP)] held that the additional amount received was classifiable as principal supply of financial and related services and therefore liable to GST @ 12% under Entry 15 of Notification 11/2017-CT Rate dated 28th June, 2017.

GST on assignment of escalation claims
In case of infrastructure companies, substantial amounts are stuck in escalation claims which are subject to conclusion of arbitration proceedings. In order to manage cash flows and monetise the same, such companies at times assign such escalation claims to financing companies. The arrangement is that all the future proceeds of the said escalation claim are assigned to another party which would upfront pay a discounted amount to such infrastructure companies. Once the escalation claim is settled, the entire amount sanctioned would be received by the financing company on which the infrastructure company would have no rights.

It appears that the above transaction would qualify as assignment of actionable claim. The construction company has a right to claim the escalation costs from the clients, which they assign to another company which would squarely fall within the ambit of actionable claim.

The issue, however, would remain with respect to the payment of tax on reaching of finality of such actionable claims. It is important to note that the escalation claim is for receipt of consideration for a supply made by the infrastructure company. Generally, such contracts are in the nature of ‘continuous supply of services’ and therefore the tax on the same is payable at the time when the client accepts the provision of service. The question that would arise is who would be liable to pay the tax on such underlying service in such cases – the contractor / infrastructure company, or the assignee company to which the right has been assigned?

The fact remains that the service has been provided by the infrastructure company and therefore the liability to pay tax thereon shall also be on the infrastructure company. However, one also needs to keep in mind that the journey of an escalation claim reaching finality is generally long. It might happen that the escalation claim approved in 2021 might pertain to a service performed in 2011, i.e., at the time of levy of service tax when the service might have been exempted, while under the GST regime the same becomes taxable. In such a situation, the issue of whether or not the liability to pay tax on such service would arise on account of transition provisions [see section 142(11)] is something which one might need to analyse.

GST on vouchers
Vouchers are pre-paid instruments (PPI) that facilitate purchase of goods and services, including financial services, remittances, funds transfers, etc., against the value stored in / on such instruments. Such PPIs in India are regulated by the Reserve Bank of India which recognises three different kinds of instruments, namely:
• Closed system PPI: Issued by an entity for facilitating the purchase of goods or services from that entity only. For example, vouchers issued by broadcasting companies, telecoms, etc., which can be used against services provided only by such service providers.
• Semi-closed system PPI: Issued by banks as well as non-banks for purchase of goods or services, remittance facilities, etc., for use at a group of clearly identified merchant locations / establishments which have a specific contract with the issuer (or contract through a payment aggregator / payment gateway) to accept the PPIs as payment instruments. Sodexo vouchers is an example of such PPIs.
• Open system PPI: Issued by banks for use at any merchant for purchase of goods and services, including financial services, remittance facilities, etc. Cash withdrawal at ATMs / Points of Sale (PoS) terminals / Business Correspondents (BCs) is also allowed through these PPIs.

The closed system PPIs are not regulated by the RBI. However, the issuance of the same denotes an agreement by the issuer to supply certain goods or services, as the case may be. But the question that would need analysis is whether such vouchers can be constituted as an actionable claim or it is just an instrument to receive consideration for an agreement to supply goods or services? While the former appears to be a more appropriate answer, the fact remains that the PPI is nothing but a means to receive the consideration for supply of goods or service and therefore the same should be liable to GST at the time of issuance.

Therefore, if at the time of issuance all the elements for the levy of tax are known, i.e., recipient, nature of supply, place of supply, tax rate, etc., then GST should be paid at that moment itself by the person who issues the voucher. There would, however, be an issue of the value on which such issuer would be discharging tax. For example, for a voucher of Rs. 100, the company issuing the voucher would be receiving only Rs. 70, the price at which it sells to the distributor. The distributor might sell the voucher to the retailer for Rs. 85 who would further sell it to the consumer for Rs. 100. The question that would remain is whether the issuer would be charged tax on Rs. 100 or on Rs. 70? A more appropriate solution for this would be to look at the nature of the arrangement, i.e., whether the transaction is a P2P arrangement or a P2A arrangement, to determine the correct course of action.

Another issue which might be faced is in case where the goods or service to be supplied is not known. For example, a retailer, say Big Bazaar, issues a voucher of Rs. 1,000 which can be redeemed at any of its outlets for purchase / sale of goods or services or both, which may be taxable or exempt. In such a case, whether the retailer would be required to pay tax at the time of issuance of the voucher or its redemption shall remain open since all the elements for the levy of tax are not known at that time. In such a case, in view of specific provisions contained in sections 12(4) / 13(4), the tax would be payable at the time of redemption of the voucher. This view has been upheld by the AAR in the case of Kalyan Jewellers India Limited [2020 (32) GSTL 689 (AAR-TN)].

However, the above situation would change in case of semi-close and open system PPIs which are regulated by RBI and recognised as a legal means of tender and, therefore, more aptly classified as ‘money’ as defined u/s 2(75) of the CGST Act, 2017. Once the said PPIs are classified as money, the same are excluded from the definition of goods as well as service and therefore the question of payment of GST on the same does not arise. Similarly, once PPIs are classified as money, the need to analyse whether such PPIs would be treatable as actionable claim or not should also not remain.

GST on assignment of debts – secured / unsecured
Assignment or sale of secured / unsecured debts by banks is a common exercise undertaken to reduce their loan book. The debt could be of varied nature, such as loan for properties, business loans, etc., and may be secured or unsecured. However, all debts are not actionable claims which is apparent on a perusal of the definition of actionable claims as per which all debts other than a debt secured by mortgage of immovable property or by hypothecation or pledge of movable property are treated as actionable claims.

So far as the debt which gets classified as ‘actionable claims’ is concerned, there is no doubt regarding its non-taxability in view of the Schedule III entry. However, an issue arises in the context of debt which has been secured by mortgage of immovable property or by hypothecation or pledge of movable property and treated as actionable claim. It is important to note that even the said debt is a property for the bank and has all characteristics to be treated as goods, i.e., utility, capability of being bought and sold and, lastly, capability of being transmitted, transferred, delivered, stored and possessed. Therefore, while such debt does not qualify to be an actionable claim, the question that remains for consideration is whether the same would classify as goods for the purpose of GST. Can a view be taken that such debt is nothing but money receivable by a bank and therefore, even otherwise, it continues to be nothing but a transaction in money and hence cannot be treated either as goods or service?

The Board has attempted to clarify on this issue as under:

Sr.
No. and Question

Answer

40.  Whether
assignment or sale of secured or unsecured debts is liable to GST?

Section 2(52) of the CGST Act, 2017 defines
‘goods’ to mean every kind of movable property other than money and
securities but includes actionable claims. Schedule III of the CGST Act, 2017
lists activities or transactions which shall be treated neither as a supply
of goods nor a supply of services and actionable claims other than lottery,
betting and gambling are included in the said Schedule. Thus, only actionable
claims in respect of lottery, betting and gambling would be taxable under
GST. Further, where sale, transfer or assignment of debt falls within the
purview of actionable claims, the same would not be subject to GST.

Further, any charges collected in the
course of transfer or assignment of a debt would be chargeable to GST, being
in the nature of consideration for supply of services

However, the above clarification seems to have not taken into consideration the fact that the definition of actionable claims covers only debts other than those that have been secured by mortgage of immovable property or by hypothecation or pledge of movable property. Therefore, this is going to be an open issue for the banking sector while dealing with such transactions.

GST on partners’ remuneration
Whether remuneration received by a partner from a partnership firm is liable to GST or not has been a controversy since the introduction of GST. In the case of CIT vs. R.M. Chidambaram Pillai [(1977) 106 ITR 292 (SC)] the Court held that the partners’ remuneration was nothing but a share in profit.

Even the Board has clarified in the FAQ that partners’ salary will not be liable to GST. The AAR in the case of Arun Kumar Agarwal [2020 (36) GSTL 596 (AAR-Kar)] has also held that partners’ salary is not liable to GST in view of Entry 1 of Schedule III which keeps the employer-employee transactions outside the purview of GST. Importantly, while dealing with the issue of share in profits, the AAR has held that the same is mere application of profit and therefore cannot be liable to GST. Perhaps this reasoning can be applied while dealing with the partners’ remuneration since the Supreme Court has already held in the context of Income-tax that partners’ profit is nothing but application of profits.

Other transactions
The Tribunal has, in the case of Amit Metaliks Limited vs. Commissioner [2020 (41) GSTL 325 (Tri-Kol)], held that compensation / liquidated damages payable on cancellation of agreements is nothing but an actionable claim and therefore cannot be treated as consideration. The reasoning accorded by the Tribunal was that the compensation was nothing but debt in present and future and, therefore, was an actionable claim.

In the case of Shriram General Insurance Company vs. Commissioner [2019 (31) GSTL 442 (Tri-Hyd)], the Tribunal held that surrender / discontinuance charges retained by the insurance company on premature termination of a unit-linked insurance policy was not consideration for a taxable service provided, but rather a transaction in an actionable claim which was excluded from the levy of service tax.

The AAR in the case of Venkatasamy Jagannathan [2019 (27) GSTL 32 (AAR-GST)] has held that an agreement to receive a share in profit from shareholders for strategic sale of equity shares over and above the specified sale price per equity share was nothing but an actionable claim and, therefore, could not be treated as supply of goods or services.

In Ascendas Services (India) Private Limited [2020 (40) GSTL 252 (AAAR-Kar)], the Authority held that bus passes were not actionable claims as the same were merely a contract of carriage.

CONCLUSION


What constitutes actionable claim involves substantial application of thought. However, the benefits of a transaction being treated as an actionable claim are many, the primary one being exclusion from the levy of tax itself. Therefore, one needs to be careful while analysing such transactions as the monetary impact might be substantial.  

PDF VIEWERS / EDITORS / CONVERTERS

PDF stands for Portable Data Format, meaning a file format which can be ported across Operating Systems. Whether you use Windows, Mac, iOS or Linux, if you get a file in a PDF format it will look just the same – the formatting does not change or get distorted. As per Wikipedia, Portable Document Format, standardised as ISO 32000, is a file format developed by Adobe in 1993 to present documents, including text formatting and images, in a manner independent of application software, hardware and operating systems.

Opening and viewing a PDF file is very simple – most web browsers will open a PDF file directly within the browser. If you need to view the file multiple times, it may be easier to download it and view it later in any of the PDF file viewers which are easily available online for free. Adobe Reader is one of the most popular PDF viewers available across operating systems.

Creating a PDF file is also very simple. If you are using Word, Excel or Google Docs, just head to the Print option and select PDF from the list of printers available. This allows you to create a PDF of anything that you could otherwise print, including documents, sheets, emails, etc. In any of the above, you could also Save the file as PDF and that would do the job.

By definition, PDF files are ‘read only’. But there could be many situations where you may need to edit them, for example, it may be a PDF form which you need to fill, or a document prepared by a colleague which you need to edit. You may also need to convert from / to PDF format in many situations. Let us see the possibilities and the options available.

Adobe Acrobat Pro DC
This is, by far, the best PDF editor available. It is different from the Adobe Acrobat DC Reader on your PC, which is just a plain reader. If you sign up for the Trial Version of PRO, you get to use the full features of the pro version. You can use PDFs on any device and stay connected to your PDF tasks wherever you go. You can pick up right where you left off across your desktop, laptop, mobile phone or tablet. You can even convert scans, images, web pages and more to PDFs and work on them on any device, anytime, anywhere. You can edit text and images, fill, sign, and work on your PDFs seamlessly and even send a link to multiple reviewers to track status, gather feedback and collect signatures. This version supports a variety of languages across your devices.

The free trial lasts for just seven days and if you wish to use it beyond the trial period, there is a price to pay. It is a bit steep, but it will give you all the bells and whistles that you may desire to use with your PDF files.

Sejda
Sejda (Sejda.com) is an easy, pleasant and productive PDF editor. Apart from editing PDF files, you can merge files, edit and sign files, and also split and compress files. By way of security you can Protect and Lock your files and also insert a Watermark. Conversion to and from PDF format from / to multiple formats is supported – Excel, JPG, PPT, Text, Word. You can extract and / or delete pages selectively within PDFs. A special utility allows you to extract images from a PDF file. OCR is supported with the ability to Resize and Rotate the contents.

You can use Sejda directly online, on the web, or download the Desktop version and use it offline. The Web version works in your browser. Their servers process the files and send them back to you after editing / conversion. Your files stay secure and after processing they are permanently deleted. The Desktop version works offline just like the online version, and the files never leave your computer. You can use the desktop version on Windows, MacOS and Linux.

The free version has daily limits such as three tasks per day, documents up to 50 MB and 200 pages and images up to 5 MB. For a reasonable, nominal fee you could unlock these limitations and use it for unlimited tasks.

XODO PDF Reader
One of the best PDF editors for Android. It lets you create and edit PDFs. You can also write directly onto existing PDFs, highlight and underline text, fill forms, sign documents and take notes on blank PDFs. You can auto-sync the work that you do, with your cloud storage and annotate PDFs with others in real time!

Drawboard PDF
Drawboard PDF is the most intuitive PDF app on the Microsoft Store. Designed to replace pen and paper, an extensive array of tools and intuitive interface make Drawboard PDF the #1 rated productivity app on the Microsoft Store. With a wonderfully intuitive layout and the radial menu button, you can switch quickly between documents and customise your layout style. If you are using a touch screen, the pressure-sensitive ink with colour choice, custom opacity and thickness create an experience even better than pen and paper. You can insert editable shapes, lines, arrows and insert dynamic content like ink signatures, images, text boxes and notes. And, of course, the regular PDF editing tools are all there – rotate, insert, delete pages, annotate, import and export and much more. Available in multiple languages, it also provides relevant industry tools for drafters and engineers to project managers.

ILovePDF
ILovePDF (ILovePDF.com) gives you every tool that you need to work with PDFs in one place. All are FREE and easy to use. Merge, split, compress, convert, rotate, unlock and watermark PDFs all with just a few clicks. Conversion of PDFs is such a breeze with this tool. You may convert to or from the PDF format to multiple formats. All conversions are online and easy to use. You need not download any app for the purpose.

However, if you need a desktop version, you may download from ILovePDF.com/Desktop and use it from the comfort of your device. And, of course, if you need an Android or iOS app, you can install it from ILovePDF.com/mobile. A very efficient tool to manage your PDFs from any device!

There are so many other such tools which help you to handle PDF files on the go. Which one do you like and use? Write to me and share your experiences.

NEW FAQs ON INSIDER TRADING

SEBI has released in April, 2021 a comprehensive set of Frequently Asked Questions (‘FAQs’) on the SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015 (‘the Insider Trading Regulations’). Several aspects of the subject have been clarified. A few important ones are discussed here.

BRIEF BACKGROUND OF THE INSIDER TRADING REGULATIONS

Insider trading is an evil of stock markets that is unacceptable across the globe and stringent laws are made against such acts. The concept of insider trading is simple enough. A person close to a company is entrusted with material information about the company and he is duty-bound not to abuse it for profit. It may be information about, say, substantial growth in profits of the company. Yet he goes ahead and buys shares of the company while the information is not yet public. When the information is released, the share price expectedly rises and he thus profits. Insider trading is condemned on several grounds. It reduces faith in the markets as there arises a feeling that the market is rigged against ‘outsiders’. It also amounts to a moral wrong by such a person against the company itself which also loses. The persons who actually invest in the company and thus put their money at risk may be at a loss. Therefore, there are comprehensive regulations against insider trading.

This evil is tackled in various ways under the law. The primary policy of course is to ban trading on the basis of Unpublished Price Sensitive Information (‘UPSI’). Communication of UPSI is also prohibited. Detailed rules are laid down for control over it. A comprehensive and very wide definition of an ‘insider’ is laid down. Several categories of persons who are connected with the company or even connected with connected persons are deemed to be insiders. Further, apart from the ban in law, the company itself is required to self-regulate trading by certain insiders by a code of conduct.

It is not surprising that many areas exist where the law does not appear to be clear. SEBI has now released a comprehensive set of FAQs on the Regulations.

MULTIPLE SOURCES OF GUIDANCE – NOTES, INFORMAL GUIDANCE AND FAQs

Before we proceed to some specific and important FAQs, it is interesting to note the several attempts made to give guidance in various forms to the admittedly complex set of Regulations. The Regulations have this fairly interesting feature of ‘Notes’ to some of them. The notes attempt to explain the nature of that particular regulation. The legal status of such notes is not wholly clear.

Then we have Informal Guidance issued by SEBI in reply to specific queries raised by market participants from time to time. Coincidentally, SEBI has compiled important Informal Guidances on insider trading and released them almost simultaneously with the FAQs. But the legal status of Informal Guidances, too, is ambiguous at best.

And now we have the FAQs which again are specifically stated to be not law and not binding!

Yet, the Notes, Informal Guidances and FAQs do throw light on the complex and loosely worded Regulations and also show the mind of SEBI on how it views the Regulations. The Regulations will, of course, always rule as law but in the field of Securities Laws such supporting material has always been relevant and indeed they enrich the law.

Let us now consider some important FAQs.

DO THE REGULATIONS APPLY ALSO TO DEALINGS IN DERIVATIVES, DEBENTURES, ETC.?

The common understanding of insider trading may be that the Regulations cover dealings in equity shares. This also makes general sense since it is typically equity shares that are affected by release of material information. For example, a jump in the performance of the company affects the price of its equity shares.

However, the Regulations refer to ‘securities’ and not merely to ‘equity shares’. The term ‘securities’ is very widely defined and includes shares of all types, derivatives, debt securities, etc. Thus, the FAQs clarify that such other types of securities (except units of mutual funds) are also covered by the Regulations. Dealings in ADRs / GDRs are also clarified to be covered.

CREATION / INVOCATION / REVOCATION OF PLEDGE AND OTHER FORM OF CHARGE ON SECURITIES

It is common for shareholders to raise loans against their securities or otherwise offer such securities as security for various obligations. The securities are thus subjected to a charge which may be a pledge, a hypothecation, etc. The question is whether the creation (as also the invocation / revocation) of such a charge would amount to ‘dealing’ which is regulated?

On first impression, it would appear counter-intuitive that such acts should be regulated. Pledging of the shares does not result in transfer of risk and reward. If the price of the shares rises or falls, it would be on account of the shareholder; unlike a sale where the risks and rewards get transferred. However, an insider in possession of UPSI may, for example, pledge his shares and obtain a loan. Once the UPSI is released, which, say, is seriously negative news, the price of the shares may fall sharply. The lender thus may suffer as he will not be able to recover his loan even if he had kept a margin.

A ‘Note’ to the definition of ‘trading’ clarifies that this would include pledging, etc., while in possession of UPSI. The FAQs make this clear even further. Thus, creation, etc., of such a charge while in possession of UPSI would amount to dealing that is prohibited. However, the FAQs clarify that under certain specified circumstances such acts are permitted but it would be up to the pledger / pledgee to demonstrate that they were bona fide and prove their innocence.

CONTRA TRADES

As explained earlier, the Regulations attack the evil on several fronts. One of them is by way of ban on short-term trading by insiders which is also known as entering into contra trades within a specified period.

The basic rule is that an insider should not deal in the securities of the company on the basis of UPSI. However, to find him guilty of such an act, SEBI would have to prove several aspects. To avoid this, certain designated insiders have been banned from entering into contra trades within six months. To put this a little simply, if he purchases shares today, he cannot sell shares for six months. And vice versa. This places a brake on insiders doing quick trading which can expectedly be on the basis of UPSI.

However, some aspects are not clear and the FAQs have been released to clarify them.

Can such an insider buy a derivative and then reverse it within six months? The FAQs say he cannot, unless the closure of the derivative is by physical delivery. In other words, if he buys a future for, say, X number of shares, he can close the future by taking delivery and making the payment. However, he cannot close the future by selling it. This again makes sense because buying and selling futures / options may expectedly be on the basis of UPSI.

Can such an insider acquire shares by exercise of ESOPs and then sell them within six months? The FAQs says he can. The FAQs make some further clarifications. If he buys equity shares from the market on, say, 1st January and then acquires further equity shares by exercise of ESOPs, he can sell the shares acquired through ESOPs any time but he cannot sell the shares acquired from the market till 1st July. This would appear a little strange since usually both the categories of shares may be in the same demat account and hence not capable of being distinguished.

Then, the question is would the acquisition of shares through rights issues or public issue also amount to acquisition whereby one cannot sell the shares for the following six months? The FAQs clarify that you cannot sell the shares for such period.

Further, it is clarified that the ban on contra trades would apply not just to the designated insiders but also to their immediate relatives collectively.

IMMEDIATE RELATIVES

It is common, particularly in India, that family investment decisions are made by one person or at least jointly. One person may thus take decisions for himself / herself and other family members such as spouse, parents, children and even further. It would also be very easy for an insider to avoid the ban on trading on himself by trading in the name of a family member. Thus, the definition of insider for specified categories includes trading by ‘immediate relatives’ and they, too, are subject to certain similar regulations.
The question then is, who is an ‘immediate relative’? The definition under the Regulations creates two categories. One is the spouse, the other category is of the parent, sibling and child of such person or his / her spouse who is financially dependent on such person or consults such person while making an investment decision. The ‘Note’ to this definition clarifies this is a deeming fiction and hence rebuttable. The FAQs further emphasise this.
This clarification is important because often, being a mere relative does not necessarily mean that their dealings are in consultation with or even known to other members. A parent may not even know what are the dealings in securities of the child, particularly when the child is an adult, maybe with his own family. The same principle extends to siblings. Even spouses may want to carry out their own dealings. Hence, it would not be fair to extend an inflexible rule covering dealings of all relatives. Nevertheless, it would be more reasonable to expect, particularly in circumstances in India, that dealings of relatives are more likely based on information accessed by the insider. However, the insider can rebut this deeming fiction and establish that such persons do not consult him for their investment decisions and are not financially dependent on him.
CONCLUSION

Insider trading is not only an evil in the securities markets, but being held guilty of insider trading carries its own stigma. A person with such a track record may not get a job again in a reputed company. Investors, particularly those who are close to listed companies, would have to be familiar with the intricacies of these widely-framed Regulations so that they are not held liable under them. A Chartered Accountant in his professional dealings is very often an insider or deemed to be so by legal fiction. He may be a statutory or internal auditor, Independent Director, Adviser, Chief Financial Officer, financial adviser, merchant banker, etc., of listed companies. With his financial expertise, he would also typically deal in securities. Or he may simply park his savings in securities for his retirement. He would have to be even more careful in his dealings. The FAQs issued by SEBI thus help particularly the conservative investor who would educate himself and wade through the minefield of these Regulations safely.
 

Faceless Assessment u/s 144B – Personal hearing demanded by assessee on receipt of show cause notice-cum-draft assessment order – No personal hearing granted – Final assessment order passed – Liable to be set aside

6 Sanjay Aggarwal vs. National Faceless Assessment Centre, Delhi [(2021) Writ Petition (C) 5741/2021, Date of order: 2nd June, 2021 (Delhi High Court)]

Faceless Assessment u/s 144B – Personal hearing demanded by assessee on receipt of show cause notice-cum-draft assessment order – No personal hearing granted – Final assessment order passed – Liable to be set aside

The petitioner, via a writ petition, challenged the assessment order dated 28th April, 2021 for the A.Y. 2018-19 and consequential proceedings. The grievance of the petitioner is that although a personal hearing was sought, on account of the fact that the matter was complex and required explanation, the respondent / Revenue chose not to accord the same. Thus, the respondent / Revenue had committed an infraction of the statutory scheme encapsulated in section 144B.

The petitioner claimed that in respect of the A.Y 2018-19 the return was filed on 27th October, 2018, declaring its income at Rs. 33,43,690.

On 22nd September, 2019, a notice was issued u/s 143(2) read with Rule 12E of the Income-tax Rules, 1962, whereby the petitioner’s return was selected for scrutiny. Two issues were flagged by the A.O.; first, deductions made under the head ‘income from other sources’, and second, the aspect concerning unsecured loans.

A notice u/s 142(1) was served on the petitioner on 6th December, 2020 which was followed by various communications issued by the respondent / Revenue and replied by the petitioner.

The respondent / Revenue served a show cause notice-cum-draft assessment order dated 13th April, 2021 on the petitioner, proposed for a disallowance of Rs. 1,00,26,692 u/s 57. Consequently, a proposal was made to vary the income, resulting in the enhancement of the declared income to Rs. 1,33,70,380. The petitioner contended that, thereafter, several requests were made to the respondent / Revenue for grant of personal hearing. However, the respondent / Revenue did not pay heed to the requests and proceeded to issue a second show cause notice along with a draft assessment order dated 23rd April, 2021. Furthermore, the petitioner was directed to file its response / objections by 23:59 hours of 25th April, 2021.

According to the petitioner, although the time frame for filing the response / objections to the aforementioned show cause notice-cum-draft assessment order was very short, he filed the response / objections on 24th April, 2021. The respondent / Revenue, without according a personal hearing to the petitioner, passed the impugned assessment order dated 28th April, 2021. The petitioner submitted that the impugned assessment order, passed u/s 143(3) read with section 144B, is contrary to the statutory scheme incorporated u/s 144B. It is also contended that such assessment proceedings are non est in the eyes of the law.

The Revenue contended that the expression used in clause (vii) of sub-section (7) of section 144B is ‘may’ and not ‘shall’, and therefore there is no vested right in the petitioner to claim a personal hearing. Thus, according to the Revenue, failure to grant personal hearing to the petitioner did not render the proceedings non est as the same was not mandatory.

The High Court observed the following facts:
• That prior to the issuance of the show cause notice-cum-draft assessment order dated 23rd April, 2021, a show cause notice-cum-draft assessment order was issued on 13th April, 2021. Between these two dates, the petitioner had, on two occasions, asked for personal hearing in the matter.
• After the show cause notice-cum draft assessment order dated 23rd April, 2021 was issued, via which the petitioner was invited to file his response / objections, the petitioner, once again, while filing his reply, asked for being accorded personal hearing in the matter.

Thus, in sum and substance of the requests made, the petitioner continued to press the respondent / Revenue to accord him a personal hearing, before it proceeded to pass the impugned assessment order. According to the petitioner, the request was made as the matter was complex and therefore required some explanation.

The Court also observed that the respondent / Revenue made proposals for varying the income, both via the show cause notice dated 13th April, 2021 as well as the show cause notice-cum-draft assessment order dated 23rd April, 2021. As noticed above, the declared income was proposed to be substantially varied.

The Court referred to the provision of section 144B as to why the Legislature had provided a personal hearing in the matter:

‘144B. Faceless assessment –
(1)…………

(7) For the purposes of faceless assessment —
………….
(vii) in a case where a variation is proposed in the draft assessment order or final draft assessment order or revised draft assessment order, and an opportunity is provided to the assessee by serving a notice calling upon him to show cause as to why the assessment should not be completed as per such draft or final draft or revised draft assessment order, the assessee or his authorised representative, as the case may be, may request for personal hearing so as to make his oral submissions or present his case before the income-tax authority in any unit;
(viii) the Chief Commissioner or the Director General, in charge of the Regional Faceless Assessment Centre, under which the concerned unit is set up, may approve the request for personal hearing referred to in clause (vii) if he is of the opinion that the request is covered by the circumstances referred to in sub-clause (h) of clause (xii);
…………
(xii) the Principal Chief Commissioner or the Principal Director General, in charge of the National Faceless Assessment Centre shall, with the prior approval of the Board, lay down the standards, procedures and processes for effective functioning of the National Faceless Assessment Centre, Regional Faceless Assessment Centres and the unit setup, in an automated and mechanised environment, including format, mode, procedure and processes in respect of the following, namely:—
………..
(h) circumstances in which personal hearing referred to in clause(viii) shall be approved;

[Emphasis]

The Court observed that a perusal of clause (vii) of section 144B(7) would show that liberty has been given to the assessee, if his / her income is varied, to seek a personal hearing in the matter. Therefore, the usage of the word ‘may’ cannot absolve the respondent / Revenue from the obligation cast upon it to consider the request made for grant of personal hearing. Besides this, under sub-clause (h) of section 144B(7)(xii) read with section144B(7)(viii), the respondent / Revenue has been given the power to frame standards, procedures and processes for approving the request made for according personal hearing to an assessee who makes a request qua the same. The Department counsel informed the court that there are no such standards, procedures and processes framed yet.

Therefore, in the facts and circumstances of the case, it was held that it was incumbent upon the respondent / Revenue to accord a personal hearing to the petitioner. The impugned order was set aside.

Search and seizure – Condition precedent – Reasonable belief that assets in possession of person would not be disclosed – Application of mind to facts – Cash seized by police and handed over to Income-tax Authorities – Subsequent issue of warrant of authorisation – Seizure and retention of cash – Invalid

36 MECTEC vs. Director of Income-Tax (Investigation) [2021] 433 ITR 203 (Telangana) Date of order: 28th December, 2020 S. 132 of ITA, 1961

Search and seizure – Condition precedent – Reasonable belief that assets in possession of person would not be disclosed – Application of mind to facts – Cash seized by police and handed over to Income-tax Authorities – Subsequent issue of warrant of authorisation – Seizure and retention of cash – Invalid

The petitioner in W.P. No. 23023 of 2019 is a proprietary concern carrying on the business of purchase of agricultural lands and agricultural products throughout the country and claims that it has 46 branches at different places all over the country having an employee strength of about 300. It also deals as a wholesale trader of agricultural products, vegetables, fruits and post-harvest crop activities. The petitioner in W.P. No. 29297 of 2019 is Vipul Kumar Mafatlal Patel, an employee of the petitioner in W.P. No. 23023 of 2019.

The petitioner states that it has business transactions in the State of Telangana also and that it entrusted a sum of Rs. 5 crores to its employee Vipul Kumar Patel for its business purposes. The said individual had come to Hyderabad with friends, and on 23rd August, 2019 their car, a Maruti Ciaz car bearing No. TS09FA 4948, was intercepted by the Task Force Police of the State of Telangana. According to the petitioner, the said employee, his friends, the cash of Rs. 5 crores together with the above vehicle and another car and two-wheeler were detained illegally from 23rd August, 2019 onwards by the Telangana State Police.

The GPA holder of the petitioners filed on 27th August, 2019 a habeas corpus petition for release of the said persons, the cash and vehicles in the High Court of Telangana.

The Task Force Police filed a counter-affidavit in the said writ petition claiming that the discovery of cash with the said persons was made on 26th August, 2019 and that the police had handed over the detenues along with the cash to the Principal Director of Income-tax, Ayakar Bhavan, Hyderabad for taking further action against them.

The Telangana High Court allowed the writ petitions and held as under:

‘i) Admittedly, the Task Force Police addressed a letter under exhibit P5, dated 26th August, 2019 to the Principal Director of Income-tax, Ayakar Bhavan, Hyderabad stating that he is handing over both the cash and the detenues to the latter and the Deputy Director of Income-tax, Unit 1(3), Hyderabad (second respondent in W.P. No. 23023 of 2019) acknowledged receipt of the letter on 27th August, 2019 and put his stamp thereon.

ii) However, a panchanama was prepared by the second respondent on 28th August, 2019 (exhibit R8) as if a search was organised by a search party consisting of eight persons who are employees of the Income-tax Department including the second respondent (without mentioning the place where the alleged search was to be conducted in the panchanama); that there were also two panch witnesses, one from Nalgonda District, Telangana and another from Dabilpura, Hyderabad who witnessed the search at the place of alleged search; that a warrant of authorisation dated 28th August, 2019 was issued to the second respondent u/s 132 to search the place (whose location was not mentioned in the panchanama) by the Principal Director of Income-tax (Inv.), Hyderabad; the search warrant was shown at 9.00 a.m. on 28th August, 2019 to Vipul Kumar Patel who was present at the alleged place (not mentioned specifically); that a search was conducted at the place (not mentioned specifically in the panchanama); and allegedly the cash of Rs. 5 crores was seized at that time from his custody.

iii) Section 132 deals with procedure for search and seizure of cash or gold or jewellery or other valuable things. In DGIT (Investigation) vs. Spacewood Furnishers Pvt. Ltd. [2015] 374 ITR 595 (SC) the Supreme Court dealt with the exercise of power by the competent authority to issue warrant for authorisation for search and seizure as follows: The authority must have information in its possession on the basis of which a reasonable belief can be founded that: (a) the person concerned has omitted or failed to produce books of accounts or other documents for production of which summons or notice had been issued, or such person will not produce such books of accounts or other documents even if summons or notice is issued to him, or such person is in possession of any money, bullion, jewellery or other valuable article which represents either wholly or partly income or property which has not been or would not be disclosed. Such information must be in the possession of the authorised official before the opinion is formed. There must be application of mind to the material and the formation of opinion must be honest and bona fide. Consideration of any extraneous or irrelevant material will vitiate the belief or satisfaction. Mere possession of cash of large quantity, without anything more, could hardly be said to constitute information which could be treated as sufficient by a reasonable person, leading to an inference that it was income which would not have been disclosed by the person in possession for the purpose of the Act.

iv) There were no circumstances existing for the Principal Director (Investigation) to issue any warrant for search or seizure u/s 132 on 28th August, 2019 when the cash had been handed over to the Income-tax Department by the Task Force Police on 27th August, 2019 and therefore the seizure of the cash from Vipul Kumar Patel by the respondents and its retention till date was per se illegal. Intimation by the police to the Income-tax Department on 27th August, 2019 would not confer jurisdiction on the Income-tax Department to retain and withhold cash, that, too, by issuance of an invalid search warrant u/s 132; and there was no basis for the Income-tax Department to invoke the provisions of sections 132, 132A and 132B since there was no “reason to believe” that the assessee had violated any provision of law. In the absence of any rival claim for the cash amount of Rs. 5 crores by any third party, the respondents could not imagine a third-party claimant and on that pretext retain the cash indefinitely from the petitioner, thereby violating article 300A of the Constitution of India.

v) For all the aforesaid reasons, the writ petitions are allowed; the action of the respondents in conducting panchanama dated 28th August, 2019 and seizing cash of Rs. 5 crores from Vipul Kumar Patel, employee of the petitioner in W.P. No. 23023 of 2019, and retaining it till date is illegal and ultra vires the provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961 and also violative of Articles 14 and 300A of the Constitution of India; the respondents are directed to forbear from conducting any further inquiry pursuant to the said panchanama under the said Act; and they shall refund within four weeks from the date of receipt of a copy of this order the said cash of Rs. 5 crores to the petitioner in W.P. No. 23023 of 2019 with interest at 12% p.a. from 28th August, 2019 till date of payment to the said petitioner. The respondents shall also pay costs of Rs. 20,000 to the petitioner in W.P. No. 23023 of 2019.’

Penalty – Concealment of income – Notice – Essentials of notice – Notice must clearly specify charges against assessee – Notice in printed form without deleting inapplicable portions – Not valid

35 Mohd. Farhan A. Shaikh vs. Dy. CIT [2021] 434 ITR 1 [Bom (FB)] Date of order: 11th March, 2021 Ss. 271 and 274 of ITA, 1961

Penalty – Concealment of income – Notice – Essentials of notice – Notice must clearly specify charges against assessee – Notice in printed form without deleting inapplicable portions – Not valid

In view of the conflict in the decisions of the Division Benches of the Bombay High Court, the following question was referred to the Full Bench.

‘[In] the assessment order or the order made under sections 143(3) and 153C of the Income-tax Act, [when] the Assessing Officer has clearly recorded satisfaction for the imposition of penalty on one or the other, or both grounds mentioned in section 271(1)(c), [would] a mere defect in the notice of not striking out the relevant words
[. . .] vitiate the penalty proceedings?’

The Full Bench held as under:

‘i) According to the well-settled theory of precedents every decision contains three basic ingredients: (i) findings of material facts, direct and inferential. An inferential finding of fact is the inference which the judge draws from the direct or perceptible facts; (ii) statements of the principles of law applicable to the legal problems disclosed by the facts; and (iii) judgment based on the combined effect of (i) and (ii) above. For the purposes of the parties themselves and their privies, ingredient (iii) is the material element in the decision for it determines finally their rights and liabilities in relation to the subject matter of the action. It is the judgment that stops the parties from reopening the dispute. However, for the purpose of the doctrine of precedents, ingredient (ii) is the vital element in the decision. This indeed is the ratio decidendi.

ii) If the assessment order clearly records satisfaction for imposing penalty on one or the other, or both grounds, mentioned in section 271(1)(c) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, does a mere defect in the notice – not striking off the irrelevant matter – vitiate the penalty proceedings? It does. The primary burden lies on the Revenue. In the assessment proceedings, it forms an opinion, prima facie or otherwise, to launch penalty proceedings against the assessee. But that translates into action only through the statutory notice u/s 271(1)(c) read with section 274. True, the assessment proceedings form the basis for the penalty proceedings, but they are not composite proceedings to draw strength from each other. Nor can each cure the other’s defect. A penalty proceeding is a corollary; nevertheless, it must stand on its own. These proceedings culminate under a different statutory scheme that remains distinct from the assessment proceedings. Therefore, the assessee must be informed of the grounds of the penalty proceedings only through statutory notice. An omnibus notice suffers from the vice of vagueness. More particularly, a penal provision, even with civil consequences, must be construed strictly. And ambiguity, if any, must be resolved in the affected assessee’s favour.

iii) The Supreme Court in the case of Dilip N. Shroff vs. Joint CIT [2007] 291 ITR 519 (SC) treats omnibus show cause notices as betraying non-application of mind and disapproves of the practice, to be particular, of issuing notices in printed form without deleting or striking off the inapplicable parts of that generic notice.’

[CIT vs. Smt. Kaushalya [1995] 216 ITR 660 (Bom) overruled. CIT vs. Samson Perinchery [2017] 392 ITR 4 (Bom); Pr. CIT vs. Goa Coastal Resorts and Recreation P. Ltd. [2020] 16 ITR-OL 111 (Bom); Pr. CIT vs. New Era Sova Mine [2021] 433 ITR 249 (Bom); and Pr. CIT vs. Goa Dourado Promotions P. Ltd. [2021] 433 ITR 268 (Bom) affirmed.]

Offences and prosecution: – (a) Wilful attempt to evade tax – False verification – Delayed payment of tax does not amount to tax evasion – Misstatement must be deliberate – Burden of proof on Revenue to prove that misstatement was deliberately made to evade tax – Assessee forced to upload return mentioning tax had been paid because of defect in software system set up by Income-tax Department – No offence committed u/s 276C or 277; (b) Company – Liability of directors – All directors cannot be proceeded against automatically – Specific allegation against specific directors necessary; and (c) Cognizance of offences – Accused outside jurisdiction of magistrate – Effect of section 204 of CrPC

34 Confident Projects (India) Pvt. Ltd. and Others. vs. IT Department [2021] 433 ITR 147 (Karn) A.Ys.: 2013-14, 2014-15; Date of order: 28th January, 2021 Ss. 276C, 277 of ITA, 1961 and ss. 202, 204 of CrPC, 1973

Offences and prosecution: – (a) Wilful attempt to evade tax – False verification – Delayed payment of tax does not amount to tax evasion – Misstatement must be deliberate – Burden of proof on Revenue to prove that misstatement was deliberately made to evade tax – Assessee forced to upload return mentioning tax had been paid because of defect in software system set up by Income-tax Department – No offence committed u/s 276C or 277; (b) Company – Liability of directors – All directors cannot be proceeded against automatically – Specific allegation against specific directors necessary; and (c) Cognizance of offences – Accused outside jurisdiction of magistrate – Effect of section 204 of CrPC

Proceedings were initiated by the Income-tax Department against the petitioner company and its directors for offences u/s 276C(2) and 277. Summons were issued.

The Karnataka High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the petitioner company and directors and held as under:

‘i) All the directors of a company cannot be automatically prosecuted for any violation of the Act. There have to be specific allegations made against each of the directors intended to be prosecuted and such allegations should amount to an offence and satisfy the requirement of that particular provision under which the prosecution is sought to be initiated, more so when the prosecution is initiated by the Income-tax Department which has all the requisite material in its possession and a preliminary investigation has been concluded by the Department before filing of the criminal complaint.

ii) The court taking cognizance of an offence is required to apply its mind to the allegations made and the applicable statute and thereafter pass a reasoned order in writing taking cognizance. It should be apparent from a reading of the order of cognizance that the requirement of “sufficient grounds for proceedings” in terms of section 204 of the Code has been complied with. At the time of taking cognizance, there must be a proper application of judicial mind to the materials before the court either oral or documentary, as well as any other information that might have been submitted or made available to the court. The test that is required to be applied by the court while taking cognizance is as to whether on the basis of the allegations made in the complaint, or on a police report, or on information furnished by a person other than a police officer, there is a case made out for initiation of criminal proceedings. For this purpose, there is an assessment of the allegations required to be made applying the law to the facts and thereby arriving at a conclusion by a process of reasoning that cognizance is required to be taken. An order of cognizance cannot be abridged, formatted or formulaic. The order has to make out that there is a judicial application of mind, since without such application the same may result in the initiation of criminal proceedings when it was not required to be so done.

iii) The order of taking cognizance is a safeguard in-built in the criminal justice system so as to avoid malicious prosecution and frivolous complaints. When a complaint or a police report or information by a person other than police officer is placed before the court, the judicial officer must apply judicious mind coupled with discretion which is not to be exercised in an arbitrary, capricious, whimsical, fanciful or casual way.

iv) Cognizance of any offence alleged being one of commission or omission attracting penal statutes can be taken only if the allegations made fulfil the basic requirement of the penal provision. At this point, it is not required for the court taking cognizance to ascertain the truth or veracity of the allegation but only to appreciate if the allegations taken at face value, would amount to the offence complained of or not. If yes, cognizance could be taken, if no, taking cognizance would be refused. The only manner of ascertaining this is by the manner of recordal made by the court in the order taking cognizance. The order passed by the court taking cognizance should therefore reflect such application of mind to the factual situation. Mere reference to the provisions in respect of which offences are alleged to have been committed would not be in compliance with the requirement of the statute when there are multiple accused; the order is required to disclose the application of mind by the court taking cognizance as regards each accused.

v) Section 202 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 provides for postponement of issue of process. Section 202 of the Code provides for safeguard in relation to persons not residing within the jurisdiction of a magistrate, not to be called or summoned by the court unless the magistrate were to come to a conclusion that their presence is necessary and only thereafter issue process against the accused. The protection u/s 202(2) of the Code is provided so as to not inconvenience an accused to travel from outside the jurisdiction of the court taking cognizance to attend to the matter in that court. Therefore, before issuing summons to an accused residing outside the jurisdiction, there has to be application of mind by the court issuing summons and after conducting an inquiry u/s 202(2) of the Code the court issuing summons has to come to a conclusion that such summons are required to be issued to an accused residing outside its jurisdiction.

vi) In the event of an accused being an individual, if the accused has temporary residence within the jurisdiction of the magistrate, again merely because he does not have a permanent residence, there is no inquiry which is required to be conducted u/s 202 of the Code. It would, however, be required for the magistrate in the event of issuance of summons or process to record why the inquiry u/s 202 of the Code is not being held. When the accused has no presence within the jurisdiction of the magistrate where the offence has been committed, then it would be mandatory for an inquiry u/s 202 of the Code to be held.

vii) Income-tax had been paid and the authorities had received the necessary taxes. If at all, for the delay, there could be an interest component which could have been levied. The delayed payment of Income-tax would not amount to evasion of tax, so long as there was payment of tax, more so for the reason that in the returns filed there was an acknowledgement of tax due to be paid.

viii) The 26 AS returns indicated payment of substantial amount of money due to tax deduction at source. Apart from that, the assessee-company had also made several payments on account of the Income-tax dues. But on account of non-availability of funds, the entire amount could not be paid before the returns were to be uploaded, more particularly since the last date of filing was 30th September, 2013 for A.Y. 2013-14 and 30th September, 2014 for A.Y. 2014-15. The assessee had been forced to upload the returns by mentioning that the entire amount had been paid since without doing so the returns would not have been accepted by the software system set up by the Income-tax Department. Therefore, the statement made had been forced upon the assessee by the Income-tax Department and could not be said to be a misstatement within the meaning and definition thereof u/s 277. There was no wilful misstatement by the assessee in the proceedings.

ix) That the order passed by the magistrate did not indicate any consideration by the magistrate, as required u/s 202. It could be ex facie seen that the order of the magistrate did not satisfy the requirement of arriving at a prima facie conclusion to take cognizance and issue process, let alone to the accused residing outside the jurisdiction of the magistrate. The order taking cognizance dated 29th March, 2016 in both matters was not in compliance with the requirement of section 191(1)(a) of the Code and further did not indicate that the procedure u/s 204 of the Code had been followed. The order dated 29th March, 2016 taking cognizance was not in compliance with applicable law and therefore was not valid.

x) That admittedly accused No. 6 resided beyond the jurisdiction of the trial court. It could be seen from the order dated 29th March, 2016 that there was no postponement by the magistrate, but as soon as the magistrate received a complaint he had issued process to accused No. 6 who was resident outside the jurisdiction of the magistrate. The magistrate could not have issued summons to petitioner No. 6 without following the requirements and without conducting an inquiry u/s 202 of the Code.

xi) The prosecution initiated by the respondent against the petitioners was misconceived and not sustainable.’

Non-resident – Income deemed to accrue or arise in India – Commission paid outside India for obtaining orders outside India – Amount could not be deemed to accrue or arise in India

33 Principal CIT vs. Puma Sports India P. Ltd. [2021] 434 ITR 69 (Karn) A.Y.: 2013-14; Date of order: 12th March, 2021 S. 5(2)(b) r.w.s. 9(1)(i) and 40(a)(i)(B) of ITA, 1961

Non-resident – Income deemed to accrue or arise in India – Commission paid outside India for obtaining orders outside India – Amount could not be deemed to accrue or arise in India

The assessee company was a subsidiary of P of Austria. The assessee was engaged in the trading of sports gear, mainly footwear, apparel and accessories. The purchases by the assessee consisted of import from related parties and unrelated third parties as well as domestic purchases from the local manufacturers. The assessee was also engaged as a sourcing agent in India for footwear and apparel. It identified suppliers who could provide the required products to the specifications and standards required by W of Hong Kong, which was the global sourcing agent for the P group and for performing such services it received a commission of 3% of the freight on board price. The A.O. held that the assessee failed to deduct tax at source in view of the specific provision of section 5(2)(b) read with section 9(1)(i) and the expenses made by the assessee without deducting the tax at source were not permissible keeping in view section 40(a)(i)(B).

The Tribunal deleted the disallowance.

The appeal filed by the Revenue was admitted on the following substantial questions of law:

‘Whether on the facts and in the circumstances of the case, the Tribunal is right in setting aside the disallowance made u/s 40(a)(i) for the sum of Rs. 7,29,13,934 by holding that the income of the non-residents by way of commission cannot be considered as accrued or arisen or deemed to accrue or arise in India as the services of such agents were rendered or utilised outside India and the commission was also paid outside India?’

The Karnataka High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

‘i) The Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. Toshoku Ltd. [1980] 125 ITR 525 (SC) while dealing with non-resident commission agents has held that if no operations of business are carried out in the taxable territories, the income accruing or arising abroad through or from any business connection in India cannot be deemed to accrue or arise in India.

ii) The associated enterprises had rendered services outside India in the form of placing orders with the manufacturers who were already outside India. The commission was paid to the associated enterprises outside India. No taxing event had taken place within the territories of India and the Tribunal was justified in allowing the appeal of the assessee.’

Depreciation – Condition precedent – User of machinery – Windmill generating a small amount of electricity – Entitled to depreciation

32 CIT(LTU) vs. Lakshmi General Finance Ltd. [2021] 433 ITR 94 (Mad) A.Y.: 1999-2000; Date of order: 1st March, 2021 S. 32 of ITA, 1961

Depreciation – Condition precedent – User of machinery – Windmill generating a small amount of electricity – Entitled to depreciation

For the A.Y. 1999-2000, the assessment was reopened u/s 147 on the basis of fresh information about excess depreciation laid on windmills. The reassessment was completed withdrawing the excess depreciation of Rs. 1.10 crores.

The Commissioner (Appeals) found that though the windmills were said to be connected with the grid at 2100 hours on 31st March, 1999, the meter reading practically showed 0.01 unit of power and the A.O. disallowed the 50% depreciation claimed by the assessee on the ground that they were not actually commissioned during the year under consideration. He upheld the decision of the A.O. The Tribunal allowed the assessee’s claim for depreciation and held that the assessee is entitled to 50% depreciation on two windmills.

In the appeal by the Revenue, the following question of law was raised:

‘Whether on the facts and circumstances of the case the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal was right in holding that the assessee was entitled to claim depreciation on the windmills even though the windmills had not generated any electricity during the previous year and thus there was no user of the asset for the purpose of the business of generation of power?’

The Madras High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

‘i) Trial production by machinery kept ready for use can be considered to be used for the purpose of business to qualify for depreciation; it would amount to passive use and would qualify for depreciation.

ii) Though the assessee’s windmills were said to be connected with the grid at 2100 hours on 31st March, 1999, the meter reading practically showed 0.01 unit of power and the A.O. disallowed 50% depreciation claimed by the assessee on the ground that the machines were not actually commissioned during the A.Y. 1999-2000. The Tribunal held that the assessee was entitled to 50% depreciation on two windmills.

iii) On the facts and circumstances of the case, the Tribunal was right in holding that the assessee was entitled to claim depreciation on the windmills.’

Appeal to Appellate Tribunal – Rectification of mistakes: – (a) Power of Tribunal to rectify mistake – Error must be apparent from record – Tribunal allowing rectification application filed by Department on sole ground of contradiction in its earlier orders and assessee had not filed rectification petition in subsequent case – No error apparent on face of record – Tribunal wrongly allowed rectification application filed by Department; (b) Levy of penalty u/s 271(1)(c)(i)(a) – Failure by Tribunal to consider applicability of Explanation to section 271(1) to cases u/s 271(1)(c)(i)(b) – Not ground for rectification

30 P.T. Manuel and Sons vs. CIT [2021] 434 ITR 416 (Ker) A.Y.: 1982-83; Date of order: 1st March, 2021 Ss. 254(2) and 271(1) of ITA, 1961

Appeal to Appellate Tribunal – Rectification of mistakes: – (a) Power of Tribunal to rectify mistake – Error must be apparent from record – Tribunal allowing rectification application filed by Department on sole ground of contradiction in its earlier orders and assessee had not filed rectification petition in subsequent case – No error apparent on face of record – Tribunal wrongly allowed rectification application filed by Department; (b) Levy of penalty u/s 271(1)(c)(i)(a) – Failure by Tribunal to consider applicability of Explanation to section 271(1) to cases u/s 271(1)(c)(i)(b) – Not ground for rectification

For the A.Y. 1982-83, there was a delay in filing the return of income by the assessee. The A.O. rejected the explanation offered by the assessee for the delay and imposed a penalty u/s 271(1)(a).

The Commissioner (Appeals) partly allowed the assessee’s appeal on the ground that there was a delay of only five months in filing the return which was properly explained and directed the A.O. to determine the quantum of penalty in the light of the directions given by the Tribunal in Ramlal Chiranjilal vs. ITO [1992] 107 Taxation 1 (Trib). The Tribunal confirmed the order of the Commissioner (Appeals).

The Department filed an application for rectification u/s 254(2) contending that the decision in Ramlal Chiranjilal’s case was not applicable and the direction to follow that decision was incorrect and that the Tribunal in the case relating to a sister concern of the assessee decided not to follow that decision. On this basis, the Tribunal allowed the application for rectification.

On a reference by the assessee, the Kerala High Court held as under:

‘i) A mistake which can be rectified u/s 254(2) is one which is patent, which is obvious and whose discovery is not dependent on argument or elaboration. An error of judgment is not the same as a mistake apparent from the record and cannot be rectified by the Tribunal u/s 254(2).

ii) Conclusions in a judgment may be inappropriate or erroneous. Such inappropriate or erroneous conclusions per se do not constitute mistakes apparent from the record. However, non-consideration of a binding decision of the jurisdictional High Court or Supreme Court can be said to be a mistake apparent from the record.

iii) The different view taken by the very same Tribunal in another case, on a later date, can be relied on by either of the parties while challenging the earlier decision or the subsequent decision in an appeal or revisional forum, but cannot be a ground for rectification of the order passed by the Tribunal. It can at the most be a change in opinion based upon the facts in the subsequent case. The subsequent wisdom may render the earlier decision incorrect, but not so as to render the subsequent decision a mistake apparent from the record calling for rectification u/s 254.

iv) The Tribunal was wrong in allowing the rectification application filed by the Department on the basis of a decision rendered subsequent to the order that was sought to be rectified. The reasoning of the Tribunal was erroneous. A decision taken subsequently in another case was not part of the record of the case. A subsequent decision, subsequent change of law, or subsequent wisdom that dawned upon the Tribunal were not matters that would come within the scope of ‘mistake apparent from the record’ before the Tribunal. The Tribunal had not found that there was any mistake in the earlier order apparent from the record warranting a rectification. The only reason mentioned was that there was a contradiction in the orders passed and no rectification application had been filed by the assessee in the subsequent case. The satisfaction of the Tribunal about the existence of a mistake apparent on the record was absent.

v) The Department’s further contention was for the proposition that the reason for filing the rectification application was on account of the omission of the Tribunal to consider the Explanation to section 271(1) (as it then stood). Even though the order of rectification issued by the Tribunal did not refer to any such contention having been raised, such contention had no basis. Penalty was levied u/s 271(1)(c)(i)(a) (as it then stood), while the Explanation applied to the cases covered by section 271(1)(c)(i)(b) (as it then stood). In such view also the rectification application filed by the Department could not have been allowed by the Tribunal.’

Appeal to Appellate Tribunal – Rectification of mistake – Application for rectification – Limitation – Starting date for limitation is actual date of receipt of order of Tribunal

29 Anil Kumar Nevatia vs. ITO [2021] 434 ITR 261 (Cal) A.Y.: 2009-10; Date of order: 23rd December, 2020 Ss. 253, 254(2) and 268 of ITA, 1961

Appeal to Appellate Tribunal – Rectification of mistake – Application for rectification – Limitation – Starting date for limitation is actual date of receipt of order of Tribunal

The order of the Tribunal passed on 19th September, 2018 was served on the assessee on 5th December, 2018. On 3rd June, 2019, the assessee filed an application u/s 254(2) for rectification of the said order. The Tribunal held that there was a delay of 66 days in filing the application and declined to entertain it, stating that being a creature of the statute it did not have any power to pass an order u/s 254(2) beyond a period of six months from the end of the month in which the order sought to be rectified was passed.

The Calcutta High Court allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

‘i) If section 254(2) is read with sections 254(3) and 268 which provide for exclusion of the time period between the date of the order and the date of service of the order upon the assessee, no hardship or unreasonableness can be found in the scheme of the Act.

ii) The Tribunal was wrong in not applying the exclusion period in computing the period of limitation and rejecting the application of the assessee filed u/s 254(2) as barred by limitation. The order was passed on 19th September, 2018, and the copy of the order was admittedly served upon the assessee on 5th December, 2018. Therefore, the Tribunal should have excluded the time period between 19th September and 5th December, 2018 in computing the period of limitation.

iii) The appeal is, accordingly, allowed. The Tribunal below is directed to hear the application u/s 254(2) taken out by the assessee on the merits and dispose of the same within a period of six weeks from the date of communication of this order.’

Articles 10, 22 of India-Mauritius DTAA; Ss. 5, 9(1)(i), (iv) of the Act – Mauritius resident FII invested in IDR having underlying shares of a UK resident company and received dividend – Such dividend, though not taxable u/s 9(1)(iv), was taxable u/s 9(1)(i) – However, since it was not ‘dividend’ under Article 10 of India-Mauritius DTAA, it was residual income subject to treatment under Article 22; as taxing rights of such income were vested only in Mauritius up to 31st March, 2017, it was not taxable in India

4 Morgan Stanley Mauritius Co. Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT [2021] 127 taxmann.com 506 (Mum-Trib) [ITA No: 7388/Mum/19] A.Ys.: 2015-16; Date of order: 28th May, 2021


 

Articles 10, 22 of India-Mauritius DTAA; Ss. 5, 9(1)(i), (iv) of the Act – Mauritius resident FII invested in IDR having underlying shares of a UK resident company and received dividend – Such dividend, though not taxable u/s 9(1)(iv), was taxable u/s 9(1)(i) – However, since it was not ‘dividend’ under Article 10 of India-Mauritius DTAA, it was residual income subject to treatment under Article 22; as taxing rights of such income were vested only in Mauritius up to 31st March, 2017, it was not taxable in India

 

FACTS

The assessee was a company incorporated and fiscally domiciled in Mauritius. The Mauritius Revenue Authority had issued it a Tax Residency Certificate. The assessee had invested in Indian Depository Receipts (IDRs) issued by Standard Chartered Bank – India Branch (SCB-India), having shares in Standard Chartered Bank plc (SCB-UK) as underlying asset. Bank of New York Mellon, USA (BNY-US) held these shares as custodian of depository. Shares of SCB-UK were listed on London Stock Exchange and IDRs issued were listed on stock exchanges in India.

 

During the relevant financial period, the assessee received dividends in respect of the underlying shares. The assessee claimed non-taxability under ITA and the Treaty by contending that: the dividend pertained to SCB-UK, which was a foreign company; it was received abroad by BNY-US; hence, dividend neither accrued nor arose in India, nor was it received or deemed to be received in India. It further contended that SCB India was a bare trustee (i.e., akin to a nominee) under the English law for IDR holders. Since dividend was first received outside India, its subsequent remittance to IDR holders in the Indian bank account cannot trigger taxation based on receipt. Further, as per the definition of dividend under Article 10 of the India-Mauritius DTAA, the receipt was not dividend. Hence, it would be subject to the provisions of Article 22. Since taxing rights of income covered in Article 221 are vested in residence jurisdiction, it could only be taxed by Mauritius and not India.

 

After examining the facts and legal framework of IDRs, the A.O. concluded that deposit in bank accounts of IDR holders in India was the first point of receipt of dividend. Till that time, money continued to be in possession of the payer, i.e., SCB-UK. Therefore, it could not be said to have been received outside India. Accordingly, the A.O. proposed to tax dividends u/s 115A(1)(a) @ 20% (plus applicable surcharge and cess).

 

HELD

• While IDR may be issued by an Indian Depository, it is a derivative financial instrument that draws its value from the underlying shares of a foreign company. Though shares may be held by the overseas custodian, they constitute property of the Indian depository which passes on all accruing benefits to IDR holders. For example, if the domestic depository receives dividends or any other distribution in respect of the deposited shares (including payments on liquidation of foreign company), receipts are converted into INR and paid in INR to IDR holders.

• In this case, though shares are held by the Indian depository, they constitute assets of SCB-India, even if as a trustee. Therefore, receipt was not dividend simplicitor from a foreign company but it had a clear, significant and crucial business connection with India.

• Circular No. 4/2015 was issued by CBDT in the context of a situation where, while underlying assets (shares of Indian companies) were in India, depository receipts were issued abroad and investors investing in such depository receipts were also abroad. They had no connection in India, other than the underlying asset of companies. However, under the extended scope of Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i), such investors would have suffered taxation in India. Circular No. 4/2015 was issued to mitigate such situation.

• The present case is diametrically opposite to that which CBDT intended to cover. Here is a case where, while the underlying shares were abroad, depository receipts were issued in India and the beneficiaries entitled to the benefits of the underlying shares are also in India. Accordingly, Circular No. 4/2015 had no relevance in this case.

• To contend that other than dividend from an Indian company, no other dividend can be taxed in the hands of a non-resident in India because section 9(1)(iv) of the Act deems only dividend from an Indian company to be income accruing or arising in India, is fallacious. While dividend from a foreign company cannot be taxed u/s 9(1)(iv), it can be taxed under sections 9(1)(i) and 5(2). Insofar as the IDR holder is concerned, in reality and in law, the amount is received in India. Hence, for a non-resident IDR holder it will be income deemed to accrue or arise, as also received in India.

• In the context of section 5(2)(a) of the Act, the expression required to be interpreted is ‘income deemed to receive in India by or on behalf of such a person (i.e., non-resident)’, whereas section 7 defines ‘income deemed to be received in a previous year’. There is a clear distinction between the two provisions. The deeming fiction envisaged in section 5, namely, ‘income deemed to be received in India in such year by or on behalf of non-resident’ is not relevant insofar as the scope of ‘income deemed to be received in previous year’ is concerned because, while the former deals with the situs of income, the latter deals with the timing of income. From the facts it is clear that dividend was received in India.

• Article 10 of the India-Mauritius DTAA deals with taxability of dividends. For Article 10 to apply, dividend should be paid by a company which is resident of a contracting state to the resident of the other contracting state. However, as per the facts, dividends can be treated as having been paid either by SCB-UK or by SCB-India, which is a PE of SCB-UK. In either case, payment cannot be treated as payment by an Indian resident. Therefore, Article 10 of the India-Mauritius DTAA will have no application to such dividend.

• Prior to insertion of sub-Article (3) in Article 22 with effect from 1st April, 2017, residuary income, which was not specifically covered under any other Article and which was also not covered under exclusion clause in Article 22(2), could be taxed only in the residence state. Dividend from IDRs is not covered by any of the specific provisions of the India-Mauritius DTAA. It is also not covered by the exclusion clause in Article 22(2). Further, it pertains to the period prior to 1st April, 2017. Hence, only the residence state has taxing right and cannot be taxed in source jurisdiction, i.e., India.

• Observations of DRP as regards the basis of taxability, namely, ‘assessed to tax on account of place of management’ is ex facie incorrect inasmuch as SCB-India is a PE of a UK tax resident company and not an independent taxable entity in India. In CIT vs. Hyundai Heavy Industries Ltd. [(2007) 291 ITR 482 (SC)], the Supreme Court has observed that ‘it is clear that under the Act, a taxable unit is a foreign company and not its branch or PE in India’. Accordingly, the taxable entity in India is SCB-UK, though taxation is limited to profits attributable to its PE, i.e., SCB-India. Also, the place of management of SCB-UK is the UK.

• The tax authority contended that this is a case of triple non-taxation because: an American company incorporates a subsidiary in Mauritius; holds shares in a UK company; through an Indian depository; and does not pay taxes in any of the jurisdictions. He further mentioned that it is a blatant case of India-Mauritius DTAA abuse that must be discouraged. The proposition was rejected by observing that such considerations were irrelevant to the facts of the case before the Tribunal.

• Since the provisions of the India-Mauritius DTAA are more beneficial to the assessee than the Act, they will override the Act. Consequently, having regard to the provisions of Article 22 of the India-Mauritius DTAA, dividends on IDRs will not be taxable only up to 31st March, 2017, while India will have the right to taxation for the period effective from 1st April, 2017 on account of amended Article 22(3) of the Treaty permitting source taxation in respect of income accruing or arising from a source in India.

CRYPTOCURRENCIES: TRAPPED IN THE LABYRINTH OF LEGAL CORRIDORS (Part – 1)

BACKGROUND OF CRYPTOS
All of us must have been reading about Cryptocurrencies / Virtual Currencies (VCs) of late. And I am sure many of us must be wondering what exactly is this strange animal which has taken the world by storm? Every day the business newspapers devote a great deal of space to news about VCs.

A cryptocurrency is basically a virtual currency which is very secure. It is based on a cryptic algorithm / code (hence, the name cryptocurrency) which makes counterfeiting very difficult. The most important part about a VC is that no Government has issued it and hence it is not Fiat Money. It is a privately-issued currency which is entirely digital in nature. There are no paper notes or coins. Everything about it is digital. Further, it is based on blockchain technology, meaning that it is stored over a network of servers. Hence, it becomes difficult to say where exactly it is located. This also makes it very complicated for any Government to regulate VCs. This has been one of the sore points for the Indian Government. The fear that VCs would lead to money-laundering and financing of illegal activities is one of the key concerns associated with cryptocurrencies.

Many people associate cryptos (as they are colloquially known) only with Bitcoins. Yes, Bitcoins were the first cryptos launched in 2009 and remain the most popular, but now there are several other VCs such as Tethers, Litecoins, Binance Coins, Bbqcoins, Dogecoins, Ethereum, etc. At last count, there were about 200 VCs! VCs are bought and sold on crypto exchanges. Several such virtual currency exchanges operate in India, for example, WazirX, CoinDCX. Tesla, the US-based electric vehicle manufacturer, announced that it had bought US $1.5 billion worth of Bitcoins and that it would accept Bitcoins as a means of payment. It is estimated that there are over ten million crypto users in India and over 200 million users worldwide. In spite of such a huge market, it is unfortunate that neither the Indian tax nor the Indian legal system has kept pace with such an important global development.

While dealing with VCs one should also know about Non-Fungible Tokens (NFTs). These are units of data stored on a blockchain ledger and certify a digital asset. NFTs are useful in establishing fractional ownership over assets such as digital art, fashion, movies, songs, photos, collectibles, gaming assets, etc. Each NFT has a unique identity which helps establish ownership over the asset. NFTs have even entered the contractual space. For example, in 2019 Spencer Dinwiddie, a basketball player in the US, tokenised his player’s contract with the National Basketball Association, so that several investors could invest in the same. These NFTs could then be traded on a virtual exchange. These tokens carry an interest coupon and the amount raised from the token is given to the person creating the token, e.g., the basketball player. At the end of the maturity period, the token would be redeemed and they may or may not carry a profit-sharing in the revenues earned by the token creator. The payments for buying these tokens can also be made by using cryptocurrencies.

Recently, El Salvador became the first country in the world to legalise cryptocurrencies as legal tender. Thus, residents of El Salvador can pay for goods, services, taxes, etc., using virtual currencies like Bitcoins.

Let us try to analyse cryptocurrencies and understand the fast-changing and confusing regulatory and tax environment surrounding them in India. Since there has been a great deal of flip-flop on this issue, this Feature would cover all the key developments on the subject to clear the fog. There is a great deal of misinformation and ignorance on this front and hence all key regulatory developments have been analysed below, even if they were proposals which never got formalised.

CHEQUERED LEGAL BACKGROUND


Let us start with an examination of the highly chequered background and problematic past which cryptocurrencies have encountered in India.

FM’s 2018 speech
The Finance Minister in his Speech for Budget 2018-19 said that the Government did not consider cryptocurrencies as legal tender or coins and that all measures to eliminate the use of these currencies in financing illegitimate activities or as part of the payment system will be taken by the Government. However, he also said that the Government will explore the use of blockchain technology proactively for ushering in a digital economy.

RBI’s 2018 ban
The RBI had been cautioning people against the use of ‘Decentralised Digital Currency’ or ‘Virtual Currencies’ right since 2013. Ultimately, in April 2018, by a Circular the RBI banned dealing in virtual currencies in view of the risks which the RBI felt were associated with them:

• VCs being in digital form were stored in electronic wallets. Therefore, VC holders were prone to losses arising out of hacking, loss of password, compromise of access credentials, malware attacks, etc. Since VCs are not created by or traded through any authorised central registry or agency, the loss of the e-wallet could result in the permanent loss of the VCs held in them.
• Payments by VCs, such as Bitcoins, took place on a peer-to-peer basis without any authorised central agency which regulated such payments. As such, there was no established framework for recourse to customer problems / disputes / chargebacks, etc.
• There was no underlying or backing of any asset for VCs. As such, their value seemed to be a matter of speculation. Huge volatility in the value of VCs has been noticed in the recent past. Thus, the users are exposed to potential losses on account of such volatility in value.
• It was reported that VCs such as Bitcoins were being traded on exchange platforms set up in various jurisdictions whose legal status was also unclear. Hence, the traders of VCs on such platforms were exposed to legal as well as financial risks.
• The absence of information of counterparties in such peer-to-peer anonymous / pseudonymous systems could subject the users to unintentional breaches of anti-money-laundering and combating the financing of terrorism (AML / CFT) laws.

In view of the potential financial, operational, legal, customer protection and security-related risks associated with dealing in VCs, the RBI’s Circular stated that entities regulated by the Reserve Bank, e.g., banks, NBFCs, payment gateways, etc., should not deal in VCs or provide services for facilitating any person or entity in dealing with or settling VCs. Such services were defined as including, maintaining accounts, registering, trading, settling, clearing, giving loans against virtual tokens, accepting them as collateral, opening accounts of exchanges dealing with them and transfer / receipt of money in accounts relating to purchase / sale of VCs. This diktat from the RBI came as a body-blow to the fast-expanding cryptocurrency industry in India.

IMC’s 2019 criminalisation sword
In 2019, an Inter-Ministerial Committee (IMC) of the Government presented a Report to the Government recommending a ban on all VCs. It proposed that not only should VCs be banned but any activity connected with them, such as buying / selling / storing VCs should also be banned. Shockingly, the IMC proposed criminalisation of these activities and provided for a fine of up to Rs. 25 crores and / or imprisonment of up to ten years. It categorically held that a VC is not a currency. Fortunately, none of the recommendations of this IMC Report saw the light of day.

Supreme Court’s 2020 boon
This Circular of the RBI came up for challenge before the Apex Court in the case of Internet and Mobile Association of India vs. Reserve Bank of India, WP(C) No. 528/2018, order dated 4th March, 2020 (SC). The ban was challenged by the Internet and Mobile Association of India, an industry body which represented the interests of the online and digital services industry along with a few companies which ran online crypto assets exchange platforms. A three-Judge Bench in a very detailed judgment assayed the RBI Circular. The Court examined three crucial questions.

Question #1: Are VCs currency under Indian laws?
• The Court noted that the word ‘currency’ is defined in section 2(h) of the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 to include ‘all currency notes, postal notes, postal orders, money orders, cheques, drafts, travellers’ cheques, letters of credit, bills of exchange and promissory notes, credit cards or such other similar instruments as may be notified by the RBI.’ The expression ‘currency notes’ was also defined in FEMA to mean and include cash in the form of coins and banknotes. Again, FEMA defined ‘Indian currency’ to mean currency which was expressed or drawn in Indian rupees. It also observed that the RBI had taken a stand that VCs did not fit into the definition of the expression ‘currency’ under section 2(h) of FEMA, despite the fact that the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) in its Report defined virtual currency to mean a ‘digital representation of value that can be digitally traded and functions as (1) a medium of exchange; and / or (2) a unit of account; and / or (3) a store of value, but does not have legal tender status.’ According to this Report, legal tender status is acquired only when it is accepted as a valid and legal offer of payment when tendered to a creditor.

• Neither the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 nor the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, the Payment and Settlement Systems Act, 2007, or the Coinage Act, 2011 defined the words ‘currency’ or ‘money’.

• The Prize Chits and Money Circulation Schemes (Banning) Act, 1978 defined money to include a cheque, postal order, demand draft, telegraphic transfer or money order.

• Section 65B of the Finance Act, 1994, inserted by way of the Finance Act, 2012, defined ‘money’ to mean ‘legal tender, cheque, promissory note, bill of exchange, letter of credit, draft, pay order, travellers’ cheque, money order, postal or electronic remittance or any other similar instrument, but shall not include any currency that is held for its numismatic value’. This definition was important, for it identified many instruments other than legal tender which could come within the definition of money.

• The Sale of Goods Act, 1930 did not define ‘money’ or ‘currency’ but excluded money from the definition of the word ‘goods’.

• The Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 defined ‘money’ under section 2(75) to mean ‘the Indian legal tender or any foreign currency, cheque, promissory note, bill of exchange, letter of credit, draft, pay order, travellers’ cheque, money order, postal or electronic remittance or any other instrument recognised by RBI, when used as a consideration to settle an obligation or exchange with Indian legal tender of another denomination but shall not include any currency that is held for its numismatic value.’

The Supreme Court ultimately held that nothing prevented the RBI from adopting a short circuit by notifying VCs under the category of ‘other similar instruments’ indicated in section 2(h) of FEMA, 1999 which defined ‘currency’ to mean ‘all currency notes, postal notes, postal orders, money orders, cheques, drafts, travellers’ cheques, letters of credit, bills of exchange and promissory notes, credit cards or such other similar instruments as may be notified by the Reserve Bank.’ Promissory notes, cheques, bills of exchange, etc., were also not exactly currencies but operated as valid discharges (or the creation) of a debt only between two persons or peer-to-peer. Therefore, it held that it was not possible to accept the contention that VCs were just goods / commodities and could never be regarded as real money!

Question #2: Did RBI have power to regulate VCs?
The Apex Court observed that once it was accepted that some institutions accept virtual currencies as valid payments for the purchase of goods and services, there was no escape from the conclusion that the users and traders of virtual currencies carried on an activity that fell squarely within the purview of the Reserve Bank of India. The statutory obligations that the RBI had, as a central bank, were (i) to operate the currency and credit system, (ii) to regulate the financial system, and (iii) to ensure the payment system of the country to be on track, and would compel them naturally to address all issues that are perceived as potential risks to the monetary, currency, payment, credit and financial systems of the country. If an intangible property could act under certain circumstances as money then RBI could definitely take note of it and deal with it. Hence, it was not possible to accept the contention that cryptocurrency was an activity over which RBI had no power statutorily. Hence, the Apex Court held that the RBI has the requisite power to regulate or prohibit an activity of this nature. The contention that the RBI was conferred only with the power to regulate, but not to prohibit, did not appeal to the Court.

The Supreme Court further held that the RBI’s Circular did not impose a total prohibition on the use of or the trading in VCs. It merely directed the entities regulated by the RBI not to provide banking services to those engaged in the trading or facilitating of the trading in VCs. Section 36(1)(a) of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 very clearly empowered the RBI to caution or prohibit banking companies against entering into certain types of transactions or class of transactions. The prohibition was not per se against the trading in VCs. It was against banks, with respect to a class of transactions. The fact that the functioning of VCEs automatically got paralysed or crippled because of the impugned Circular was no ground to hold that it was tantamount to a total prohibition.

It observed that so long as those trading in VCs did not wish to convert them into currency in India and so long as the VC enterprises did not seek to collect their service charges or commission in currency through banking channels, they will not be affected by this Circular. Peer-to-peer transactions were still taking place without the involvement of the banking channel. In fact, those actually buying and selling VCs without seeking to convert currency into VCs or vice versa, were not at all affected by the RBI’s Circular. It was only the online platforms which provided a space or medium for the traders to buy and sell VCs that were seriously affected by the Circular, since the commission that they earned by facilitating the trade was required to be converted into fiat currency.

Various regulatory events from 2013 to 2018 showed that RBI had been brooding over the issue for almost five years before taking the extreme step of issuing the Circular. Therefore, the RBI could not be held guilty of non-application of mind. The Apex Court held that if RBI took steps to prevent the gullible public from having an illusion as though VCs may constitute a valid legal tender, the steps so taken were actually taken in good faith. The repeated warnings through press releases from December, 2013 onwards indicated a genuine attempt on the part of the RBI to safeguard the interests of the public. Therefore, the impugned Circular was not vitiated by malice in law and was not a colourable exercise of power.

Thus, the RBI had the power to regulate and prohibit VCs.

Question #3: Was RBI’s Circular excessive and ultra vires?
The Supreme Court then held that citizens who were running online platforms and VC exchanges could certainly claim that the Circular violated Article 19(1)(g) of the Constitution which provides a Fundamental Right to practice any profession or to carry on any occupation, trade or business to all citizens subject to Article 19(6) which enumerated the nature of restriction that could be imposed by the State upon the above right of the citizens. It held that persons who engaged in buying and selling virtual currencies just as a matter of hobby could not take shelter under this Article since what was covered was profession / business. Even people who purchased and sold VCs as their occupation or trade had other ways such as e-Wallets to get around the Circular. It is the VC exchanges which, if disconnected from banking channels, would perish.

The Supreme Court held that the impugned Circular had almost wiped the VC exchanges out of the industrial map of the country, thereby infringing Article 19(1)(g). The position was that VCs were not banned, but the trading in VCs and the functioning of VC exchanges were rendered comatose by the impugned Circular by disconnecting their lifeline, namely, the interface with the regular banking sector. It further held that this had been done (i) despite the RBI not finding anything wrong about the way in which these exchanges functioned, and (ii) despite the fact that VCs were not banned. It was not the case of RBI that any of the entities regulated by it had suffered on account of the provision of banking services to the online platforms running VC exchanges.

Therefore, the Court concluded that the petitioners were entitled to succeed and the impugned RBI Circular was liable to be set aside on the ground of being ultra vires of the Constitution. One of the banks had frozen the account of a VC exchange. The Court gave specific directions to defreeze the account and release its funds. Accordingly, the Supreme Court came to the rescue of Indian VC exchanges.

Along with the above Supreme Court decision, another decision which merits mention is that of the Karnataka High Court in the case of B.V. Harish and Others vs. State of Karnataka (WP No. 18910/2019, order dated 8th February, 2021. In this case, based on the RBI’s Circular, the police had registered an FIR against the directors of a company for running a cryptocurrency exchange and a VC ATM. The Karnataka High Court relied upon the decision of the Supreme Court explained above and quashed the chargesheet and other criminal proceedings.

Recently, the RBI in a Circular to banks and NBFCs has stated that certain entities are yet cautioning their customers against dealing in virtual currencies by making a reference to the RBI Circular dated 6th April, 2018. The RBI has directed that such references to the abovementioned Circular were not in order since it had been set aside by the Supreme Court. However, the RBI has added that banks / entities may continue to carry out customer due diligence processes in line with regulations governing standards for Know Your Customer (KYC), Anti-Money Laundering (AML), Combating of Financing of Terrorism (CFT) and obligations of regulated entities under Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA), 2002, in addition to ensuring compliance with relevant provisions under FEMA for overseas remittances.

Finance Minister’s interviews
In February / March, 2021 in reply to questions raised in the Rajya Sabha as to whether the Central Government was planning to issue strict guidelines on cryptocurrency trading and whether the Government was doing anything to curb clandestine trading of VCs, the Finance Minister stated that a high-level Inter-Ministerial Committee (IMC), constituted under the Chairmanship of the Secretary (Economic Affairs) to study the issues related to VCs and propose specific actions to be taken in the matter, had recommended in its report that all private cryptocurrencies, except any cryptocurrency issued by the State, be prohibited in India. The Government would take a decision on the recommendations of the IMC and the legislative proposal, if any, would be introduced in the Parliament following the due process.

Recently, in March, 2021, the Finance Minister has said that the Government was not closing its mind and that they were looking at ways in which experiments could happen in the digital world and cryptocurrencies. She has also stated that ‘From our side, we are very clear that we are not shutting all options. We will allow certain windows for people to do experiments on the blockchain, bitcoins or cryptocurrency… A lot of fintech companies have made a lot of progress on it. We have got several presentations. Much work at the state level is happening and we want to take it in a big way in IFSC or Gift City in Gandhinagar.’

MCA’s 2021 Rules for companies
In March, 2021 the Ministry of Corporate Affairs has mandated all companies to disclose certain additional information in their accounts from 1st April, 2022. One such important information pertains to details of cryptocurrency or virtual currency.

Where the company has traded or invested in cryptocurrency or virtual currency during the financial year, the following details have to be disclosed in its Balance Sheet:
(a) profit or loss on transactions involving the cryptocurrency or virtual currency, (b) amount of currency held as at the reporting date, (c) deposits or advances from any person for the purpose of trading or investing in cryptocurrency / virtual currency.

Similarly, the Profit & Loss Statement of such a company must carry the following additional details:
(i) profit or loss on transactions involving cryptocurrency or virtual currency, (ii) amount of currency held as at the reporting date, and (iii) deposits or advances from any person for the purpose of trading or investing in cryptocurrency or virtual currency.

CRYPTOCURRENCY BILL, 2021
The Government had proposed to table ‘The Cryptocurrency and Regulation of Official Digital Currency Bill, 2021’ during the January to March, 2021 session of the Lok Sabha. However, it was not introduced. The purport of this Bill states that it aims to create a facilitative framework for creation of the official digital currency to be issued by the Reserve Bank of India. The Bill also seeks to prohibit all private cryptocurrencies in India; however, it allows for certain exceptions to promote the underlying technology of cryptocurrency and its uses. It would be interesting to see the contours of this Bill when it is tabled. However, it seems quite clear that the Government is considering introducing its own digital currency to be issued by the RBI. One aspect which is worrying is that it seeks to prohibit all private VCs. Does this mean that the Government would get over the Supreme Court verdict by this law?

(To be continued)

Section 68 – Where purchases were accepted as genuine, addition of credit balance at the end of the year which was entirely out of purchases for the year, could not be made

30 IKEA Trading (India) (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT [2020] 83 ITR(T) 415 (Del-Trib) IT(SS) Appeal Nos. 5568 and 5877 (Del) of 2011 A.Y.: 2004-05; Date of order: 30th June, 2020

Section 68 – Where purchases were accepted as genuine, addition of credit balance at the end of the year which was entirely out of purchases for the year, could not be made

FACTS I
In the course of assessment proceedings, the A.O. asked the assessee to explain certain amounts of sundry creditors. Notices u/s 133(6) were issued, but many of them were not complied with. Consequently, the A.O. made addition for the amount of sundry creditors. On further appeal by the assessee, the Commissioner (Appeals) confirmed the additions only in respect of two parties and deleted the entire balance addition. This was done considering the details filed by the assessee before him. The additions that were sustained were on account of failure of the assessee to furnish account details and relevant pay-out details.

Aggrieved, the assessee as well as Revenue preferred appeals before the ITAT.

HELD I
The Tribunal took into consideration the fact that the A.O. simply added the balance as on 31st March, 2004 without realising that the entire credit balance was out of the purchases made during the year, which were accepted as genuine and no adverse inference was drawn in respect thereof. Further, the assessee had paid all the outstanding amounts in the immediately succeeding years. Therefore, the ITAT allowed the assessee’s appeal and dismissed the Revenue’s ground of appeal. In reaching this conclusion, apart from the facts stated above, it also placed heavy reliance on the decision of the Delhi ITAT Special Bench in the case of Manoj Aggarwal vs. Dy. CIT (2008) 113 ITD 377. The principle upheld in that case was that once a certain amount was accepted as genuine, the same cannot be questioned later on. (The case was in respect of amount offered to tax under a Voluntary Disclosure of Income Scheme, which was credited in the books of accounts as per the requirement of the respective law on the scheme. It was held that once the amount is taxed under the scheme, the same could not be taxed again u/s 68.)

Therefore, by the same rationale, once purchases were accepted as genuine in the instant case, addition of credit balance which was entirely out of purchases for the year could not be made.

Section 40A(2)(b): Where the A.O. had not brought any comparable case to demonstrate that payments made by assessee to directors were excessive / unreasonable, no disallowance could be made

FACTS II
The assessee claimed certain amount expended towards directors’ remuneration. On asking for an explanation in respect of the same, the assessee furnished the details of remuneration paid to the directors and claimed that the same was as per industry norms and was not in excess of either the limits prescribed under the Act, or the industry norms for the particular class of industry. However, the A.O. was of the opinion that the assessee failed to justify the nature of services rendered by the directors so as to command such a huge remuneration. Therefore, the A.O. disallowed a part of the remuneration on the basis that it was excessive.

Before the Commissioner (Appeals), the assessee contended that the A.O. did not give any cogent reasons to justify the disallowance and that he grossly failed to show that such expenditure was excessive and / or unreasonable. Thus, the Commissioner (Appeals) deleted the disallowance made.

The Revenue filed a further appeal before the ITAT.

HELD II
The ITAT observed that the A.O. did not bring any comparable case to demonstrate that the payments made by the assessee were excessive / unreasonable, which is an onus cast upon him by the mandate of section 40A(2)(b).

A further observation was that the payees were also assessed to tax at the same rate of tax. The CBDT Circular No. 6-P dated 6th July, 1968 states that no disallowance is to be made u/s 40A(2) in respect of the payments made to the relatives and sister concerns where there is no attempt to evade tax. Considering the totality of the facts in light of the CBDT Circular (Supra), the ITAT dismissed the ground of appeal raised by the Revenue, thereby allowing the assessee’s claim of remuneration.

EVALUATING AN AGREEMENT – LEASE VS. IN-SUBSTANCE PURCHASE

INTRODUCTION
In some situations, a lease may effectively represent an in-substance purchase. The distinction between a lease and an in-substance purchase may have a significant impact with respect to the accounting, if variable payments are involved as well as with respect to presentation and disclosures. This distinction is critical in the case of aircraft, ships, etc. This article delves into this issue and provides relevant guidance.

FACTS

Consider the following fact pattern:
1. As per local safety legislation, Machine X can be used only for ten years, after which it must be sold to recyclers for scrapping.
2. Ze Co (hereinafter referred to as ‘Lessee’) acquires Machine X on lease for a non-cancellable lease term of ten years from Ed Co (hereinafter referred to as ‘Lessor’).
3. Fixed lease payments are made at the beginning of each year over the lease term. There are no variable lease payments.
4. As per the lease agreement, the Lessee has an option to buy Machine X at INR 1,000 at the end of the tenth year.
5. The legal title of Machine X is transferred to the Lessee at the end of the tenth year, if the Lessee exercises the option to purchase Machine X.
6. The fair value of Machine X if it is to be sold as scrap is likely to be several times more than INR 1,000.
7. The Lessor is not responsible for any malfunctioning of the Machine X during the lease period.

Whether this arrangement would constitute an in-substance purchase or lease from the perspective of the Lessee? How does the Lessor account for such a transaction?

References to Accounting Standards
IFRS 16 Leases provides guidance in the Basis of Conclusion and is reproduced below. It may be noted that Ind AS 116 Leases does not include any Basis of Conclusion, but the Basis of Conclusion under IFRS can be applied as the best available guidance.

IFRS 16 Basis of Conclusion

BC138 The IASB considered whether to include requirements in IFRS 16 to distinguish a lease from the sale or purchase of an asset. The IFRS Interpretations Committee had received questions about whether particular contracts that do not transfer legal title of land should be considered to be a lease or a purchase of the land.

BC139 The IASB decided not to provide requirements in IFRS 16 to distinguish a lease from a sale or purchase of an asset. There was little support from stakeholders for including such requirements. In addition, the IASB observed that:
a. the accounting for leases that are similar to the sale or purchase of the underlying asset would be similar to that for sales and purchases applying the respective requirements of IFRS 15 and IAS 16; and
b. accounting for a transaction depends on the substance of that transaction and not its legal form. Consequently, if a contract grants rights that represent the in-substance purchase of an item of property, plant and equipment, those rights meet the definition of property, plant and equipment in IAS 16 and would be accounted for applying that Standard, regardless of whether legal title transfers. If the contract grants rights that do not represent the in-substance purchase of an item of property, plant and equipment but that meet the definition of a lease, the contract would be accounted for applying IFRS 16.

BC140 IFRS 16 applies to contracts that convey the right to use an underlying asset for a period of time and does not apply to transactions that transfer control of the underlying asset to an entity – such transactions are sales or purchases within the scope of other Standards (for example, IFRS 15 or IAS 16).

ANALYSIS


When assessing the nature of a contract, an entity should consider whether the contract transfers control of the underlying asset itself as opposed to conveying the right to control the use of the underlying asset for a period of time. If so, the transaction is a sale or purchase within the scope of other standards (e.g., Ind AS 115 Revenue from Contracts with Customers or Ind AS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment). Consequently, if a contract grants rights that represent the in-substance purchase of an item of property, plant and equipment, such transaction may need to be presented as the purchase of the underlying asset (regardless of whether legal title transfers) either on deferred terms if entered into directly with the manufacturer or dealer of the asset, or together with the provision of financing if entered into with a financial institution which purchases the underlying asset on the entity’s behalf from a designated supplier.

Ind AS 115.33 defines control of an asset as the ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from, the asset. Control includes the ability to prevent other entities from directing the use of, and obtaining the benefits from, an asset. The benefits of an asset are the potential cash flows (inflows or savings in outflows) that can be obtained directly or indirectly. When evaluating whether a customer obtains control of an asset, an entity shall consider any agreement to repurchase the asset (see Ind AS 115.B64–B76). In determining whether an agreement is a sale / purchase agreement or a lease, the appropriate criteria to be used are those shown in Ind AS 115 in relation to the transfer of control.

Additionally, if retaining title of the asset has no substance, there is sympathy to treating the transaction as an in-substance purchase of PP&E (Ind AS 16). However, if there is substance to the title of the asset remaining with the supplier, and ownership is only transferred at the end, Ind AS 116 accounting would be more appropriate as the customer has right-of-use but does not have ownership. If variable lease payments are present in the agreement, the supplier / lessor retains some risk which may point towards lease accounting.

Typically, in land use rights, where the seller retains title and there is no option for the Lessee to purchase the land, the author believes that the title would be critical in evaluating whether the arrangement is a lease or an in-substance purchase of land. For example, in a 99-year lease with no option to purchase the land at the end of the lease term, or option to purchase the land at its then fair value, it is difficult to think someone has sold the land because, even after 99 years that land is very likely to have significant value which will not be ‘kept’ by the buyer. In contrast, lease of LED lights to a retail department store may constitute an in-substance purchase for the store because the value of the LED lights is in its usage, rather than its value at the end of its useful life. So, invariably, it boils down to the assessment of significance of title.

CONCLUSION
In the above fact pattern, the effective utility of Machine X is its usage over ten years, after which it is sold as scrap. There is a purchase option at the end of the lease term that is most likely to be exercised by the Lessee, as the Lessee will stand to benefit from exercising that option. Lastly, it appears that the Lessor retains no risk as there are no variable payments in the arrangement nor is the Lessor responsible for malfunctioning of Machine X. The Lessee retains all the risks and rewards in substance and the absence of legal title during the lease term should not preclude the Lessee from classifying Machine X as an in-substance purchase rather than as a lease.

From the Lessor’s perspective, the arrangement will constitute a sale of Machine X under Ind AS 115 since the control criterion under Ind AS 115.33 would be met in this case. In determining the transaction price of the sale, the Lessor will have to separate the financing component and record the same as financing income over the lease period.

IMPACT OF WAIVER OF LOAN ON DEPRECIATION CLAIM

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION
When a loan taken for acquiring a depreciable capital asset or a part of the purchase price of such capital asset is waived in a year subsequent to the year of acquisition, an issue that arises with respect to waiver of loan or part of the purchase price is whether the depreciation claimed in the past on that portion of the cost of the asset which represents the waiver of the purchase price, or which had been met from the loan waived, can be added / disallowed u/s 41(1) / 43(6) in the year in which that amount of the loan / purchase price has been waived, and whether the written down value (WDV) of the block of the assets concerned needs to be reworked so as to reduce it by the amount of loan / purchase price waived. The Hyderabad Bench of the Tribunal has held that while section 41(1) would not apply, the depreciation claimed in the past needs to be added as income and the WDV is also required to be reworked in such a case. As against this, the Bengaluru Bench of the Tribunal has held that waiver of loan taken to acquire a depreciable asset does not have any consequences in the year in which the loan has been waived off, insofar as claim of depreciation is concerned.

BINJRAJKA STEEL TUBES LTD.’s CASE

The issue had earlier come up for consideration of the Hyderabad Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Binjrajka Steel Tubes Ltd. vs. ACIT 130 ITD 46.

In this case, the assessee had purchased certain machinery from M/s Tata SSL Ltd. for a total consideration of Rs. 6 crores. Since the machinery supplied was found to be defective, the matter was taken up with the supplier for replacement and after protracted correspondence and a legal battle, the supplier agreed to an out-of-court settlement. As per this settlement, the liability of the assessee which was payable to the supplier to the extent of Rs. 2 crores was waived.

During the previous year relevant to assessment year 2005-06, the assessee gave effect to this settlement in its books of accounts by reducing the cost of machinery by Rs. 2 crores. Consequently, the depreciation for the year had also been adjusted, including withdrawal of excess charged depreciation of earlier years amounting to Rs. 1,19,01,058. While making the assessment, the A.O. added back the amount of Rs. 2 crores as income of the assessee u/s 41(1), and this was confirmed by the CIT(A).

Before the Tribunal, the assessee submitted that the remission of liability of Rs. 2 crores which was written back was not taxable u/s 41(1) because cessation of liability was towards a capital cost of asset and, hence, it was a capital receipt. On the other hand, the Department argued that the assessee had claimed the depreciation on Rs. 6 crores from the year of acquisition of the asset. From the date of inception of the asset, depreciation was allowed by the Department on the block of assets, and when the assessee received any amount as benefit by way of reduction of cost of acquisition, the amount of benefit had to be offered for taxation as per the provisions of section 41(1).

The Tribunal referred to the provisions of section 41(1) and held that it could be invoked only where any allowance or deduction had been made in the assessment for any year in respect of loss, expenditure or trading liability incurred by the assessee, and subsequently, during any previous year, the assessee had obtained any amount or some benefit with respect to such loss, expenditure or trading liability. The benefit of depreciation obtained by the assessee in the earlier years could not be termed as an allowance or expenditure claimed by the assessee in the earlier years. Hence, any recoupment received by the assessee on this count could not be taxed u/s 41(1). Accordingly, the Tribunal rejected the Revenue’s contention that the assessee had obtained the benefit of depreciation in the earlier years as allowance in respect of expenditure incurred by it when it bought the plant and machinery and the Rs. 2 crores liability waived by the supplier of the machinery in the year under consideration was liable to be taxed as deemed income within the purview of section 41(1).

Though the issue raised before the Tribunal was only with regard to the taxability of the amount waived u/s 41(1), it further dealt with the issue of adding back of depreciation which was already claimed on the said amount. For the purpose of dealing with the said issue of disallowance of depreciation which was not raised before it, the Tribunal placed reliance on the decision of the Calcutta High Court in the case of Steel Containers Ltd. vs. CIT [1978] 112 ITR 995, wherein it was held that when the Tribunal finds that disallowance of a particular expenditure by the authorities below is not proper, it is competent to sustain the whole or part of the disputed disallowance under a different section under which it is properly so disallowable.

On the merits of the issue of disallowance of depreciation, the Tribunal held that depreciation already allowed in past years on the amount which was waived by the supplier under the settlement with the assessee had to be withdrawn and added back in the year under consideration, as otherwise, the assessee would get double benefit which was not justified. Accordingly, the A.O. was directed to add the amount of depreciation claimed in past years on the amount of Rs. 2 crores as income u/s 28(iv) as the value of benefit arising from the business. After reducing the said amount of depreciation granted earlier from the amount of Rs. 2 crores, the Tribunal further directed that the balance amount was to be reduced from the closing WDV of the block of assets, without giving any reasoning or relying on any relevant provision of the Act.

AKZO NOBEL COATINGS INDIA (P) LTD.’s CASE
The issue, thereafter, came up for consideration before the Bengaluru Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Akzo Nobel Coatings India (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT (2017) 139 ITD 612.

In this case, the assessee acquired plant and machinery for its Hoskote plant in April, 1996. Since the assessee could not obtain approval from the RBI for making payment to the supplier, ultimately CEL, UK, one of the group companies, made the payment for the machinery to the suppliers. Thus, the funds for supply of machinery which were originally payable by the assessee to the suppliers became payable by the assessee to CEL, UK. Later, CEL, UK was taken over by Akzo International BV. As a part of the business restructuring and because of the absence of RBI approval for making remittances of monies due for supply of machinery, and taking note of the business exigency, Akzo International BV decided to waive the money payable in respect of supply of machineries to the assessee. Thus, the assessee was the beneficiary of the waiver of loan to the extent of Rs. 13,48,09,000.

This waiver of the loan took place in April, 2000. The benefit as a result of the waiver was shown in the books of accounts of the assessee in the balance sheet as a capital receipt not chargeable to tax. The assessee had claimed depreciation on those machineries from the A.Y. 1997-98 onwards. The fact of waiver of the amount payable by the assessee came to the knowledge of the A.O. in the course of assessment proceedings for the A.Y. 2004-05. Thereafter, action was initiated u/s 148 to reduce the WDV of the relevant block of assets and withdraw the depreciation already granted to the assessee in the past.

According to the A.O., on the waiver of loan by the parent company, the WDV of the plant and machinery had to be reworked by reducing from the opening WDV, the amount of loan which had been waived by the parent company, viz., a sum of Rs. 13,48,09,000. The A.O., accordingly, worked out the depreciation allowable on plant and machinery by reducing the WDV on which depreciation had to be allowed for A.Y. 2001-02. A similar exercise of reworking the amount of the WDV and resultant depreciation thereon was made for the subsequent years as well.

On appeal by the assessee, the CIT(A) took the view that the entire waiver of the loan cannot be reduced from the WDV of the block of assets. He held that the whole of the original cost cannot be reduced from the opening WDV as on 1st April, 2001. This was on the basis that the provisions of section 43(6) did not envisage reduction of cost of assets in the guise of disallowance of depreciation. He, accordingly, directed the A.O. to reduce only the WDV of the assets concerned, i.e., Rs. 4,73,32,812, and not the whole of the original cost. The assessee as well as the Revenue filed appeals before the Tribunal against the order of the CIT(A) giving partial relief.

Before the Tribunal, the assessee contended that only those adjustments which have been provided u/s 43(6)(c) could be made to the WDV of the block of assets. Since no assets were sold, discarded, demolished or destroyed, the amount of loan waived by the supplier of machinery could not be reduced. The assessee relied upon the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. Tata Iron & Steel Co. Ltd. [1998] 231 ITR 285, wherein the Supreme Court held that the manner of repayment of loan availed by an assessee for the purchase of an asset on which depreciation is claimed cannot have any impact on allowing depreciation on such assets. It was also submitted that Explanation 10 to section 43(1) would not apply to the present case, because the amount waived by the parent company cannot be said to be the cost of the asset met directly or indirectly by any authority in the form of ‘subsidy or grant or reimbursement’. On the other hand, Revenue pleaded to restore the order of the A.O.

The Tribunal held that the only way by which the WDV on which depreciation is to be allowed as per the provisions of section 32(1)(ii) can be altered is as per the situation referred to in section 43(6)(c)(i), A and B, i.e., increased by the actual cost of any asset falling within that block, acquired during the previous year and reduced by the monies payable in respect of any asset falling within that block, which is sold or discarded or demolished or destroyed during that previous year together with the amount of the scrap value, if any. In the present case, neither was there purchase of the relevant assets during the previous year, nor was there sale, discarding or demolition or destruction of those assets during the previous year. The relevant assets continued to be owned and used by the assessee. Therefore, these provisions could not have been resorted to for the purpose of making adjustments to the WDV of the block as made by the A.O.

Examining the applicability of the provisions of Explanation 10 to section 43(1), which provide for reduction of cost under certain circumstances, the Tribunal held that they would apply only when there was a subsidy or grant or reimbursement. In the present case, there was no subsidy or grant or reimbursement. There was only a waiver of the amounts due for purchase of machinery, which did not fall within the scope of any of the aforesaid expressions used in Explanation 10. Even otherwise, section 43(1) was applicable only in the year of purchase of machinery and in the case before the Tribunal, the purchase of the machinery in question was not in A.Y. 2001-02. Therefore, the actual cost which had already been recognised in the books in the A.Y. prior to A.Y. 2001-02 could not be disturbed in A.Y. 2001-02.

The Tribunal pointed out that there was a lacuna in the law as the assessee on the one hand got the waiver of monies payable on purchase of machinery and claimed such receipt as not taxable because it was a capital receipt. On the other hand, the assessee claimed depreciation on the value of the machinery for which it did not incur any cost. Thus, the assessee was benefited both ways.

As per the law as it prevailed as on date, the Revenue was without any remedy. The only way that the Revenue could remedy the situation was that it had to reopen the assessment for the year in which the asset was acquired and fall back on the provisions of section 43(1), which provided that actual cost means the actual cost of the assets to the assessee. Even this could be done only after the waiver of the loan which was used to acquire machinery. By that time if the assessments for that A.Y. got barred by time, the Revenue was without any remedy. Even the provisions of section 155 did not provide for any remedy to the Revenue in this regard.

The Tribunal also relied on the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Tata Iron & Steel Co. Ltd. (Supra) wherein a view had been taken that repayment of loan borrowed by an assessee for the purpose of acquiring an asset had no relevance to the cost of assets on which depreciation has to be allowed.

OBSERVATIONS


There is a distinction in the facts between the two decisions – in Binjrajka Steel Tubes case (Supra), the waiver was a part of the purchase price itself by the seller of the machinery, while in the Akzo Nobel Coatings case, it was a waiver of the loan extended by a group company. The issue really is whether the cost of the asset can undergo a change in a subsequent year, due to waiver of a part of the purchase price, or a loan taken to acquire the asset, whether such waiver is to be ignored or given effect to, and when and how the effect is to be given for such change in the cost of the asset.

The claim of depreciation is governed by the provisions of section 32. It allows a deduction of an amount to be calculated at prescribed percentage on the WDV of the block of assets. Section 43(6)(c) defines the expression ‘written down value’ with respect to a block of assets and it reads as under:

(6) ‘written down value’ means –
(c) in the case of any block of assets, –
(i) in respect of any previous year relevant to the assessment year commencing on the 1st day of April, 1988, the aggregate of the written down values of all the assets falling within that block of assets at the beginning of the previous year and adjusted, –
(A) by the increase by the actual cost of any asset falling within that block, acquired during the previous year;
(B) by the reduction of the moneys payable in respect of any asset falling within that block, which is sold or discarded or demolished or destroyed during that previous year together with the amount of the scrap value, if any, so, however, that the amount of such reduction does not exceed the written down value as so increased; and…………………..

The WDV of the block of assets is required to be determined only in the manner as provided in section 43(6)(c). Nothing can be added to it and nothing can be reduced from it which has not been provided for in the aforesaid provision. The aforesaid provision leaves no scope for any reduction in the WDV of any block of assets for any reasons other than the sale, discarding, demolition or destruction of the assets falling within that block.

Thus, once the actual cost of any asset has been added to the WDV of the block of assets, no further adjustments have been provided for in the Act to reduce the amount of that actual cost in any later year on the ground that the loan taken to pay that cost or a part of the purchase price has been waived off. In the absence of any such provision under the Act allowing reduction of the WDV of the block of assets on account of waiver of loan taken or part of purchase price for acquiring the assets forming part of that block of assets, no adjustment could have been made for giving effect to the benefits derived by the assessee on account of such a waiver by revising the amount of WDV.

This leads us to the issue whether on account of waiver of the loan from which that asset was acquired it can be said that the ‘actual cost’ of the asset which was added to the WDV of the block of assets has now undergone a change and, therefore, the adjustment is required to be made to give effect to the revised amount of the ‘actual cost’. In this regard, attention is drawn to the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Tata Iron & Steel Co. Ltd. (Supra); the relevant extract from it is reproduced below:

Coming to the question raised, we find it difficult to follow how the manner of repayment of loan can affect the cost of the assets acquired by the assessee. What is the actual cost must depend on the amount paid by the assessee to acquire the asset. The amount may have been borrowed by the assessee, but even if the assessee did not repay the loan, it will not alter the cost of the asset. If the borrower defaults in repayment of a part of the loan, the cost of the asset will not change. What has to be borne in mind is that the cost of an asset and the cost of raising money for purchase of the asset are two different and independent transactions. Even if an asset is purchased with non-repayable subsidy received from the Government, the cost of the asset will be the price paid by the assessee for acquiring the asset. In the instant case, the allegation is that at the time of repayment of loan, there was a fluctuation in the rate of foreign exchange as a result of which the assessee had to repay a much lesser amount than he would have otherwise paid. In our judgment, this is not a factor which can alter the cost incurred by the assessee for purchase of the asset. The assessee may have raised the funds to purchase the asset by borrowing but what the assessee has paid for it is the price of the asset. That price cannot change by any event subsequent to the acquisition of the asset. In our judgment, the manner or mode of repayment of the loan has nothing to do with the cost of an asset acquired by the assessee for the purpose of his business.

Relying on the aforesaid decision of the Supreme Court, the Kerala High Court in the case of Cochin Co. (P) Ltd. 184 ITR 230 (Supra) while dealing with the same issue of adjustment to the actual cost consequent to waiver of loan, held as under:

The Tribunal has categorically found that Atlanta Corpn. is only a financier and when Atlanta Corpn. wrote off the liability of the assessee, it cannot be said in retrospect that the cost of the assessee to any part of the machinery purchased in 1968 was met by Atlanta Corpn. The Tribunal held that the remission of liability by Atlanta Corpn. long after the liability was incurred, cannot be relied on to hold that Atlanta Corpn. met directly or indirectly part of the cost of the machinery of the assessee purchased as early as 1968. As per section 43(7), if the cost of the asset is met directly or indirectly, at the time of purchase of the machinery, by any other person or authority, to that extent the actual cost of the asset to the assessee will stand reduced. But it is a far cry to state that though at the time of purchase of the machinery, no person met the cost either directly or indirectly, if, long thereafter a debt incurred in that connection is written off, it could be equated to a position that the financier met part of the cost of the asset to the assessee. We are unable to accept the plea that the remission of liability by Atlanta Corpn. can, in any way, be said to be one where the Corpn. met directly or indirectly the cost of the asset to the assessee.

Thus, the ‘actual cost’ of the asset does not undergo any change due to waiver of the loan obtained to acquire that asset. Explanation 10 to section 43(1) has limited applicability when the subsidy, grant or reimbursement is involved. The waiver of loan in no way can be equated with the subsidy, grant or reimbursement.

The next issue then is whether change in cost on account of price difference has any effect. The Supreme Court, in the case of CIT vs. Arvind Mills Ltd. 193 ITR 255, held as under:

‘On strict accountancy principles, the increase or decrease in liability towards the actual cost of an asset arising from exchange fluctuation can be adjusted in the accounts of the earlier year in which the asset was acquired (if necessary, by reopening the said accounts). In that event, the accounts of that earlier year as well as subsequent years will have to be modified to give effect to variations in depreciation allowances consequent on the re-determination of the actual cost. However, though this is a course which is theoretically advisable or precise, its adoption may create a lot of practical difficulties. That is why the Institute of Chartered Accountants gave an option to business people to make a mention of the effect of devaluation by way of a note on the accounts for the earlier year in case the balance sheet in respect thereof has not yet been finalised but actually to give effect to the necessary adjustments in the subsequent years instead of reopening the closed accounts of the earlier year.

So far as depreciation allowance is concerned, under section 32, read with section 43(1) and (6) of the Act, the depreciation is to be allowed on the actual cost of the asset less all depreciation actually allowed in respect thereof in earlier year. Thus, where the cost of the asset subsequently goes up because of devaluation, whatever might have been the position in the earlier year, it is always open to the assessee to insist and for the ITO to agree that the written down value in the year in which the increased liability has arisen should be taken on the basis of the increased cost minus depreciation earlier allowed on the basis of the old cost. The written down value and allowances for subsequent years will be calculated on this footing. In other words, though the depreciation granted earlier will not be disturbed, the assessee will be able to get a higher amount of depreciation in subsequent years on the basis of the revised cost and there will be no problem.
,,,,,,,,,,,,,
To obviate all these doubts and difficulties, section 43A was enacted.
…………………….
We also find it difficult to find substance in the second argument of Shri Salve that sub-section (1) was inserted only to define the year in which the increase or decrease in liability has to be adjusted. It is no doubt true that but for the new section, various kinds of arguments could have been raised regarding the year in which such liability should be adjusted. But, we think, arguments could also have been raised as to whether the actual cost calls for any adjustment at all in such a situation. It could have been contended that the actual cost can only be the original purchase price in the year of acquisition of the asset and that, even if there is any subsequent increase in the liability, it cannot be added to the actual cost at any stage and that, for the purposes of all the statutory allowances, the amount of actual cost once determined would be final and conclusive. Also, section 43A provides for a case in which, as in the present case, the assessee has completely paid for the plant or machinery in foreign currency prior to the date of devaluation but the variation of exchange rate affects the liability of the assessee (as expressed in Indian currency) for repayment of the whole or part of the monies borrowed by him from any person directly or indirectly in any foreign currency specifically for the purposes of acquiring the asset. It is a moot question as to whether in such a case, on general principles, the actual cost of the assessee’s plant or machinery will be the revised liability or the original liability. This is also a situation which is specifically provided for in the section. It may not, therefore, be correct to base arguments on an assumption that the figure of actual cost has necessarily to be modified for purposes of development rebate or depreciation or other allowances and that the only controversy that can arise will be as to the year in which such adjustment has to be made. In our opinion, we need not discuss or express any concluded opinion on either of these issues.’

The Supreme Court has therefore pointed out the situation in the absence of section 43A, which provision applies only to foreign exchange fluctuations. The identical logic would apply to other changes in cost, if such difference in cost is on account of difference in purchase price. In the absence of any specific provision similar to section 43A, any adjustment in cost would not be possible.

Further, the logic applied by the Tribunal in Binjrajka’s case to the effect that write-back of depreciation is a benefit derived by the assessee on waiver of the purchase price, and is therefore taxable u/s 28(iv), does not seem to be justified. A depreciation is only an allowance, and not an expenditure. It is merely an internal book entry to reflect diminution in value of the asset. By writing back depreciation, the assessee cannot be said to have derived any benefit. Further, as held by the Supreme Court in CIT vs. Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd. 404 ITR 1, the benefit taxable u/s 28(iv) has to be a non-monetary benefit and a monetary benefit is not covered by section 28(iv). Therefore, the waiver of cost to the extent of excess depreciation allowed cannot be said to result in a perquisite chargeable to tax u/s 28(iv).

It is very clear that the provisions of section 41(1) would not apply in such a situation of waiver of loan or part of purchase price, as has also been accepted by the Tribunal in both the decisions. The provisions of section 28(iv) would also not apply. There is no other provision by which such waiver of a sum of a capital nature can be subjected to tax. The depreciation allowed in the past on the cost is not an expenditure or trading liability, which has been remitted or has ceased. It is the loan amount or the purchase price of the asset which has been remitted or which has ceased. Depreciation cannot be regarded to be a deduction claimed of such purchase price, being a statutory allowance. Therefore, as rightly pointed out by the Bangalore Bench of the Tribunal, there is a lacuna in law, whereby such waiver is not required to be reduced from the cost of acquisition of the asset or from the written down value, nor is there a requirement for addition by way of reversal of depreciation claimed on such waived amount. The only recourse is to the provisions of section 155, within the specified time limit.

The better view of the matter, therefore, seems to be the view taken by the Bengaluru Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Akzo Nobel Coatings India (P) Ltd. (Supra) that neither the depreciation claimed in the past year can be disallowed nor the written down value for the current year can be adjusted in a case where the loan taken to acquire or a part of the purchase price of the depreciable asset has been waived.

Company – Book profits – Computation – Amount disallowed u/s 14A cannot be included

31 Sobha Developers Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT(LTU) [2021] 434 ITR 266 (Karn) A.Y.: 2008-09; Date of order: 1st April, 2021 Ss. 14A and 115JB of ITA, 1961

Company – Book profits – Computation – Amount disallowed u/s 14A cannot be included

This appeal u/s 260A was preferred by the assessee and was admitted by the Karnataka High Court on the following substantial question of law:

‘Whether the Tribunal is justified in law in holding that the indirect expenditure disallowed u/s 14A read with rule 8D(iii) of Rs. 24,64,632 in computing the total income under normal provisions of the Act is to be added to the net profit in computation of book profit for Minimum Alternate Tax purposes u/s 115JB and thereby importing the provisions of section 14A read with rule 8D into the Minimum Alternate Tax provisions on the facts and circumstances of the case?’

The High Court held as under:

‘Sub-section (1) of section 115JB provides the mode of computation of the total income of an assessee-company and tax payable on the assessee u/s 115JB. Sub-section (5) of section 115JB provides that save as otherwise provided in this section, all other provisions of this Act shall apply to every assessee being a company mentioned in this section. The disallowance u/s 14A is a notional disallowance and therefore, by recourse to section 14A, the amount cannot be added back to the book profits under clause (f) of Explanation 1 to section 115JB.’

Section 28(i) – Disallowance of loss made merely on ad interim order of SEBI and in absence of any material to prove that assessee entered into dubious transactions deliberately to show business loss, was liable to be deleted

29 Kundan Rice Mills Ltd. vs. Asst. CIT [2020] 83 ITR(T) 466 (Del-Trib) IT(TP) Appeal No. 853 (Del) of 2020 A.Y.: 2015-16; Date of order: 9th July, 2020

Section 28(i) – Disallowance of loss made merely on ad interim order of SEBI and in absence of any material to prove that assessee entered into dubious transactions deliberately to show business loss, was liable to be deleted

FACTS
The assessee company was engaged inter alia in trading in shares, futures and options. During the year under consideration, it claimed loss on account of trading in stock options. The A.O. found that SEBI had passed an ex parte interim order in the matter of illiquid stock options wherein the name of the assessee company also figured in the list of entities which had entered into non-genuine, fraudulent trades to generate fictitious profits / losses for the purpose of tax evasion / facilitating tax evasion.

However, the assessee explained before the A.O. that (i) it had acted as a bona fide trader as it had been doing in the past and complied with all procedures and requirements of the stock exchange, (ii) at the time of the relevant transactions / trades, the assessee could not have had any idea about any profit or loss in the said transactions, and (iii) the assessee was not connected with the counter-parties in the trade and there was no grievance of any of the investors or BSE. It also claimed that only 4.85% sale transactions allegedly matched with entities named by SEBI. The A.O., however, rejected this submission of the assessee and disallowed loss in trading from stock options. The Commissioner (Appeals) upheld the addition made by the A.O. on the basis that since detailed investigation was carried out by SEBI, no separate investigation was required to be done by the A.O. to disallow the bogus losses.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD
The disallowance of loss made by the A.O. was deleted by the ITAT. In doing so, it observed that:

1. Trading in stock futures and options was done by the assessee regularly since past several years. The transactions were recorded in the books of accounts. The intrinsic value mentioned in the SEBI order was only one of the ways of calculating and there is no set formula / law / rule / circular which defines intrinsic value or prohibits trading below intrinsic value.
2. The A.O., in the assessment order, had observed that in screen-based electronic trading, ideally, it was not possible to choose the counter party for trade. The circuit breaker limits set by SEBI were not applicable to the Futures and Options (F&O) segment.
3. SEBI subsequently directed that there was no need to continue with the directions issued against the assessee company and others (these were the same orders relied upon by the Income-tax authorities). Thus, in principle, the interim order and subsequent orders of the SEBI which were the basis of passing the assessment order in question, were vacated by SEBI itself.
4. The assessee filed complete documentary evidence before the authorities like carrying out transactions through banking channels, fulfilling margin requirements mandated by SEBI, etc. The same were supported by contract notes. There was also no allegation made by BSE against any of the transactions carried out by the assessee company. The A.O. as well
as the Commissioner (Appeals) did not conduct any investigation on the documentary evidences filed by the assessee.
5. Loss on account of similar nature of transactions was incurred in the preceding year, which was not disallowed and hence, the A.O. ought to have followed the principle of consistency.
6. The ad interim order of SEBI was passed without hearing the objections of the assessee and when
those objections were considered, the interim order was diluted by giving permission to the assessee to deal
in the transactions. Since both the orders of SEBI relied upon by the A.O. were vacated by the SEBI, there was no material available with the authorities below so as to conclude that the assessee has entered into any dubious or other transactions deliberately to show business losses.
7. The ad interim order which was passed by SEBI ex parte would not disclose any precedent or ratio which may be binding on the Income-tax Department.

Based on the above observations, the disallowance was finally deleted.

ITAT allows claim of interest – Sets aside CIT(A)’s order arbitrarily restricting interest rate at 12% p.a. – Treats expenditure as allowable u/s 36(1)(iii)

28 Shri Bhavarlal Mangilal Jain [2021] TS-420-ITAT-2021 (Mum)b A.Y.: 2012-13; Date of order: 4th May, 2021 Section 36(1)(iii)

ITAT allows claim of interest – Sets aside CIT(A)’s order arbitrarily restricting interest rate at 12% p.a. – Treats expenditure as allowable u/s 36(1)(iii)

FACTS
The assessee, an individual, had wrongly claimed certain interest expenditure under ‘income from other sources’ which was disallowed by the A.O. during assessment. At the appellate proceedings with the CIT(A), the assessee raised an additional ground that such interest be allowed under the head ‘Profits & Gains of Business / Profession’. The CIT(A) allowed the interest expenditure, but restricted the rate of interest to 12% p.a. The interest paid in excess of 12% was disallowed on the grounds that the rate of interest is higher (the assessee had paid interest ranging from 5% to 24%) than the interest received on Partnership Capital Account. The CIT(A), thus made a disallowance of interest in excess of 12% p.a.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal with the Tribunal.

HELD
The Tribunal observed that the Department had accepted the genuineness of the loan transactions and also the same being for business purposes. Once the expenditure has been accepted to be business expenditure, the interest rate cannot be arbitrarily restricted. In order to disallow interest beyond a certain rate, it has to be shown that such interest was excessive or for extraneous consideration. Based on facts, the Tribunal noted that some of the parties to whom interest was paid at a rate of more than 12% included banks, non-banking financial institutions and some private lenders, and none of these parties was related to the assessee within the provisions of section 40A. Thus, the assessee’s appeal was allowed.

ITAT allows assessee to claim the property cohabited by her as ‘let-out’ – Allows eligible deductions u/s 24 in computation of income under ‘house property’

27 Hima Bindu Putta [2021] TS-428-ITAT-2021 (Hyd) A.Y.: 2009-10; Date of order: 3rd May, 2021 Section 23

ITAT allows assessee to claim the property cohabited by her as ‘let-out’ – Allows eligible deductions u/s 24 in computation of income under ‘house property’

FACTS

The assessee, an individual, filed her return of income declaring loss under the head ‘house property’. She was in ownership of a property which was let-out by her to a company in which her husband was a director-employee. The company in turn provided this property by way of accommodation to her husband, Mr. A, with whom she resided in the property. The assessee treated this property as a let-out property and offered the rental income in her computation. The A.O. treated 50% of the property as let-out and the balance 50% as self-occupied, as the assessee was also residing in the property. Accordingly, he restricted deductions u/s 24 to 50% of the allowable amounts. The CIT(A) dismissed the assessee’s appeal.

Aggrieved, the assessee is in appeal before the Tribunal.

HELD


The Tribunal, relying on the material available on record, found that there was no dispute that the assessee was the owner of the property and she had purchased it with borrowed capital. Further, the property had been let-out to the company and she had offered the rental income in her computation for the relevant assessment year. ‘The assessee is the wife of Mr. A, who was given the property as residential accommodation by the company, and therefore it cannot he held that the assessee herself is occupying the property.’

The Tribunal ruled in favour of the assessee, stating that such income has to be treated as income from ‘house property’ and all eligible deductions including interest on borrowed capital was to be allowed in computing such income.

The assessee’s appeal was thus allowed.

Right to collect toll is an intangible asset which qualifies for depreciation @ 25%

26 BSC C&C Krunali Toll Road Ltd. vs. DCIT TS-381-ITAT-2021 (Del) A.Ys.: 2012-13 & 2013-14; Date of order: 18th May, 2021 Section: 32

Right to collect toll is an intangible asset which qualifies for depreciation @ 25%

FACTS

The assessee company developed a toll road on the Kurla-Kiratpur section in Punjab on BOOT basis. The contract was awarded by the National Highways Authority of India (NHAI). The entire cost of construction was Rs. 441,27,05,614, including a grant of Rs. 43.92 crores from the NHAI. The assessee, in its return of income, claimed depreciation thereon @ 25%. While assessing its total income u/s 143(3), the A.O., following the judgment of the Allahabad High Court in CIT vs. Noida Toll Bridge Co. Ltd. 213 Taxman 333, restricted depreciation on the toll road to 10%.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who confirmed the action of the A.O.

The assessee then preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where it contended that the lower authorities erred in holding that it was the owner of the road. Actually, the assessee had only been given the right to collect toll fee from vehicles entering the road which right could not be equated with ownership. On behalf of the assessee, reliance was placed on the following decisions:

(a) North Karnataka Expressway Ltd. vs. CIT [Appeal No. 499 of 2012]; (b) West Gujarat Expressway Ltd. [ITA Nos. 5904 & 6204/M/2012; order dated 15th April, 2015]; (c) Progressive Construction Ltd. [ITA No. 214/Hyd/2014; order dated 7th November, 2014]; (d) Kalyan Toll Infrastructure Ltd. vs. ACIT [ITA Nos. 201 & 247/Ind/2008; order dated 14th December, 2010]; and (e) Mokama Munger Highway Ltd. vs. ACIT [ITA Nos. 1729, 2145 & 2146/Hyd/2018; order dated
3rd July, 2019].

HELD


The Tribunal noted that there were conflicting decisions rendered by the High Court and the Special Bench of the Tribunal. The Bench then noted the ratio of the decisions of the Tribunal in the case of ACIT vs. West Gujarat Expressway Ltd. (Supra) and also of the Special Bench decision of the Tribunal in ACIT vs. Progressive Construction Ltd. Following the ratio of the decision of the Bombay High Court and also the Special Bench decision, the Tribunal held that the assessee is entitled to claim depreciation @ 25%.

Gain received by assessee owing to fluctuation in foreign exchange rates in respect of loan which was given, as also received back in US dollars, by assessee to his cousin in Singapore under Liberalised Remittance Scheme issued by Reserve Bank of India, is a capital receipt not chargeable to tax

25 Aditya Balkrishna Shroff vs. ITO [2021] 127 taxmann.com 343 (Mum-Trib) A.Y.: 2013-14; Date of order: 17th May, 2021 Sections: 2(24), 4, 56

Gain received by assessee owing to fluctuation in foreign exchange rates in respect of loan which was given, as also received back in US dollars, by assessee to his cousin in Singapore under Liberalised Remittance Scheme issued by Reserve Bank of India, is a capital receipt not chargeable to tax

FACTS
In the course of assessment proceedings, the A.O. noticed that as per AIR Information and as per capital account filed by the assessee, he was in receipt of Rs. 1,12,35,326. Upon seeking an explanation, the assessee informed that on 29th March, 2010, he had granted an interest-free loan of US $2,00,000 to his cousin in Singapore. The remittance was made under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme of the RBI. The rate of exchange prevailing on that date was Rs. 45.14. On 24th May, 2012 the assessee received back the said loan of US $2,00,000. The exchange rate on the date of receiving back the loan was Rs. 56.18. Accordingly, the capital account of the assessee was credited with a sum of Rs. 1,12,35,326.

The A.O. was of the view that the difference in amount of Rs. 22,04,568 was of the nature of income. The assessee explained that the loan was given on a personal account to his cousin and was not a business transaction and there was no motive of any economic gain in the transaction. It was done in terms of the Liberalised Remittance Scheme of the RBI inasmuch as it was a permitted transaction and specifically on capital account. It was further explained that the transaction was capital in nature, therefore ‘the gain is in the nature of capital receipt and hence not offered for taxation’.

But these submissions did not impress the A.O. who held that ‘the gain on realisation of loan would partake the character of income under the head “income from other sources”’. Accordingly, he added a sum of Rs. 1,12,35,326 to the total income of the assessee as ‘income from other sources’.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who confirmed the action of the A.O. The assessee then preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD


The Tribunal held that when a receipt is in the capital field, even if that be a gain, it is in the nature of a capital gain, but then as the definition of income stands u/s 2(24)(vi), only such capital gains can be brought to tax as are permissible to be taxed u/s 45. In other words, a capital gain which is not taxable under the specific provisions of section 45 or which is not specifically included in the definition of income by way of a specific deeming fiction, is outside the ambit of taxable income. All ‘gains’ are not covered by the scope of ‘income’. Take, for example, capital gains. It is not even the case of the authorities below that the capital gains in question are taxable u/s 45. Thus, the reasoning adopted by the A.O. was incorrect.

The Tribunal observed that the CIT(A)’s line of reasoning was no better. While he accepts that the transaction in question was in the capital field, he proceeds to hold that ‘income’ arising out of the loan transaction is required to be treated as ‘interest’ or ‘income from other sources’, but all this was a little premature because he proceeded to decide as to what is the nature of the income or under which head it is to be taxed, without dealing with the foundational plea that the scope of income does not include gains in the capital field. According to the Tribunal, if the transaction was in the capital field, as he accepts, ‘where is the question of a capital receipt being taxed as income unless there is a specific provision of bringing such a capital receipt to tax?’

The Tribunal held that where the loan is in a foreign currency and the amount received back as repayment is exactly the same, there is no question of any interest component at all.

The Tribunal allowed this ground of appeal filed by the assessee.

Amendment made to section 54B by the Finance Act, 2013 w.e.f. 1st April, 2013 making HUFs entitled for claiming benefit u/s 54B is clarificatory

24 Shri Sitaram Pahariya (HUF) vs. ITO [2021] 127 taxmann.com 618 (Agra) A.Y.: 2012-13; Date of order: 31st May, 2021 Section: 54B

Amendment made to section 54B by the Finance Act, 2013 w.e.f. 1st April, 2013 making HUFs entitled for claiming benefit u/s 54B is clarificatory

FACTS
During the previous year relevant to the assessment year under consideration, the assessee HUF sold agricultural land and claimed benefit u/s 54B on subsequent purchase of another plot of land. The A.O., while assessing the total income of the assessee, denied the claim made by the assessee.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who confirmed the denial of claim on the ground that for the assessment year under consideration, section 54B does not apply to HUFs.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD
The Tribunal held as under:

(i) the Hindu undivided family was entitled to the benefit of 54B even prior to the insertion of ‘the assessee being an individual or his parent, or a Hindu undivided family’ by the Finance Act, 2013;
(ii) the assessee is a person subjected to tax under the Act, and the person includes the individual as well as the Hindu undivided family. Therefore, the benefit of provisions of 54B cannot be restricted to only individual assessees;
(iii) the Revenue is duty-bound to make out a clear case of debarring the HUF from availing the benefit of section 54F / 54B and the assessee cannot be denied the benefit merely based on its interpretation. If the Revenue wanted to tax the assessee (HUF), then the statute should have provided specifically that the assessee in 54B is only restricted to a living individual and is not applicable to a Hindu undivided family;
(iv) further, the High Court had not considered that individual assessee and HUF can both be used as and when the context so desires and it will not lead to any absurdity. In case the assessee is a Hindu undivided family, the second part of section 54B, i.e., ‘of parents of his’, would not be applicable. Harmonious interpretation is required to be invoked so that the word used in the provisions would not become redundant or otiose;
(v) in case of doubt or confusion, the benefit in respect of taxability or exemption should be given to the assessee rather than to Revenue;
(vi) the Co-ordinate Bench in the matter of Sandeep Bhargava (‘HUF’) [(2020) 117 taxmann.com 677 (Chandigarh-Trib)] has held that an HUF is entitled to claim benefit of section 54B;
(vii) on the facts of the present case, the Tribunal found that the assessee, within two years of the sale of agricultural land, had invested the amount and purchased land in accordance with the requirement of section 54B and was entitled to the benefit of 54B;
(viii) the assessee HUF is entitled to the benefit of section 54B for the assessment year under consideration as the word assessee used in 54B had always included HUF, and further, the amendment brought on by the Finance Act, 2013 in section 54 by inserting ‘the assessee being an individual or his parent, or a Hindu undivided family’ was classificatory in nature and was introduced by the Ministry with a view to extend the benefit to the Hindu undivided family;
(ix) the Hindu undivided family (HUF) has been recognised as a separate tax entity; therefore, before and after the amendment, if the agricultural land which was being used by the HUF for two years prior to the transfer has been transferred by it and it purchases any other agricultural land within two years of such transfer, then it shall be entitled to the benefit of section 54B/54F.

Receipt in the form of share premium cannot be brought to tax as revenue receipt

23 ACIT vs. Covestro India Private Limited (formerly Bayer Sheets India Private Limited) TS-394-ITAT-2021 (Mum) A.Y.: 2011-12; Date of order: 27th April, 2021
Section: 4

Receipt in the form of share premium cannot be brought to tax as revenue receipt

FACTS
The assessee, a private limited company engaged in the business of manufacturing and trading of polycarbonate sheets, articles and high impact polystyrene articles, commenced business operations in the previous year relevant to the assessment year under consideration. For the A.Y. 2011-12, it filed its return of income declaring therein a loss of Rs. 17,39,073.

During the year under consideration, the assesse had issued 7,00,000 equity shares of Rs. 10 each at a premium of Rs. 115.361351 per share. Of the 7,00,000 equity shares issued, 3,57,000 were issued to a foreign company Bayer Material Science for a monetary consideration; 3,08,000 shares were issued to Malibu Plastica Private Limited (‘MPPL’) and 35,000 to Malibu Tech Private Limited (‘MTPL’) for non-monetary consideration, i.e., for purchase of polycarbonate extrusion and thermo-forming sheet material from the said Indian companies.

While assessing the total income of the assessee, the A.O. treated share premium of Rs. 8,07,52,945 (7,00,000 x 115.361351) as taxable u/s 56 on the ground that the assessee sought to justify the issue price of the shares by adopting the DCF method without furnishing business plans and projections to justify the premium; the year of issue of shares was the first year of business of the assessee; and the assessee has utilised the share premium for purposes other than those specified u/s 78 of the Companies Act, 1956; hence, the receipt of share premium partakes the character of revenue receipt taxable as income.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A), who upheld the action of the A.O. The assessee then preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD
The Tribunal noted that the addition had been made by the A.O. u/s 56(1) and hence what is to be adjudicated is limited and confined to the fact as to whether receipt of share premium per se could be treated as revenue receipt so as to make it taxable u/s 56(1).

It held that receipt of share premium per se cannot be treated as income or revenue receipt. In order to make a particular receipt taxable within the ambit of section 56(1), the receipt should be in the nature of income as defined in section 2(24). Share premium received by the company admittedly forms part of share capital and shareholders’ funds of the assessee company. When receipt of share capital partakes the character of a capital receipt, the receipt of share premium also partakes the character of capital receipt only. Hence, at the threshold itself, the receipt in the form of share premium cannot be brought to tax as revenue receipt and consequently be treated as income u/s 56(1).

The Tribunal noted that the Co-ordinate Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Credit Suisse Business Analysis (India) (P) Ltd. vs. ACIT [72 taxmann.com 131 (Mum-Trib)] has addressed the very same issue and decided in favour of the assessee. This order was the subject matter of challenge by the Revenue before the High Court and the question of law was not admitted by the High Court on the addition made u/s 56(1). A similar view has been taken by the Tribunal in the case of Green Infra Ltd. vs. ITO [38 taxmann.com 253].

The Tribunal dismissed in limine the observation made by the A.O. in his order that receipt of premium was akin to a gift and hence taxable u/s 56(1). It held that receipt of share capital and share premium is normal in case of a limited company and the same by no stretch of imagination can be equated with a gift. Moreover, a gift can be received only by individuals or HUFs and not by a company.

The Tribunal held that the case of Cornerstone Property Investment Pvt. Ltd. vs. ITO [ITA No. 665/Bang/2017 dated 9th February, 2018], on which reliance was placed by the Revenue, is distinguishable on facts as in that case addition had been made u/s 68 by doubting the genuineness of the parties from whom share premium had been received.

The ground of appeal filed by the assessee was allowed.

Where accrual of income takes place but its realisation becomes impossible, such hypothetical income cannot be charged to tax

22 Nutan Warehousing Co. Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT TS-396-ITAT-2021 (Pune) A.Y.: 2013-14: Date of order: 11th May, 2021 Section: 4

Where accrual of income takes place but its realisation becomes impossible, such hypothetical income cannot be charged to tax

FACTS

The assessee company filed its return of income for A.Y. 2013-14 declaring a total income of Rs. 66,41,800. The A.O., in the course of assessment proceedings, observed from 26AS data that the assessee has not shown bank interest amounting to Rs. 26,125 from deposits with The Rupee Co-operative Bank Ltd. He added this sum of Rs. 26,125 to the total income returned.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A). The CIT(A) was of the view that the assessee is following the mercantile system of accounting. Once interest has accrued to the assessee, it becomes chargeable to tax, notwithstanding its non-receipt. He upheld the action of the A.O.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD


The Tribunal observed that the bank had become defunct, no financial transactions were allowed and RBI had banned its transactions. Due to the ban, even the principal amount deposited by the assessee became doubtful of recovery, much less the interest in question that was not received. It noted that the assessee stated before the CIT(A) during the course of the first appellate proceedings in the year 2017 that the interest was not received even till that time.

The Tribunal held that the concept of ‘accrual of income’ needs to be considered in the light of the ‘real income theory’. Where accrual of income takes place but its realisation becomes impossible, such hypothetical income cannot be charged to tax. In the case of the mercantile system of accounting, an accruing income can be charged to tax only when it is likely to be received under the given circumstances. In a case where receipt of income, after its accrual, is marred with complete uncertainty as to its realisation, such an accrual gets deferred to the point of clearing of the clouds of uncertainty over it.

On consideration of the mercantile system of accounting in juxtaposition with the ‘real income theory’, the Tribunal held that the inescapable conclusion which follows is that the interest income of Rs. 26,125 cannot be included in the total income of the assessee for the year under consideration. Such income may be appropriately charged to tax on the regularisation of the operations of the bank, coupled with the possibility of receipt of income in the foreseeable future. For the year under consideration, the interest cannot be charged to tax.

AMENDMENT IN FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT RULES

(A)   BACKGROUND

Under the erstwhile
FEMA regulations governing Foreign Direct Investment into India (‘FDI’), i.e.
FEM 20(R), Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer of Issue of Security by a
Person Resident outside India) Regulations, 2017 (‘FDI Regulations’) dated 7th
November, 2017, the RBI had powers to govern FDI which included equity
investments into India.

 

However, the above
position governing FDI has been overhauled since then. The Government of India,
with effect from 15th October, 2019, assumed power from RBI to
regulate non-debt capital account transactions which would include equity
instruments, capital participation in LLP, etc. by issuing the Foreign Exchange
Management (Non-Debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 (‘Non-Debt Rules’) for governing
non-debt transactions.

 

Therefore, upon
issuance of the above Non-Debt Rules, the power to regulate FDI into India was
taken over by the Central Government from RBI.

 

(B)   AMENDMENTS TO NON-DEBT RULES BY NOTIFICATION
DATED 27TH APRIL, 2020

 

(I)   Acquisition of equity shares by purchasing
rights entitlement from person resident in India

The Government of
India issued the above notification for amending Rule 7 of the Non-Debt Rules
which deals with investment by a person resident outside India in equity shares
(other than share warrants) issued by an Indian company on rights issue which
are renounced by the person to whom it is offered.

 

The amendment now
inserts Rule 7A which provides that whenever a person resident outside India
purchases rights for investing in equity shares (other than warrants) from a
person resident in India who has renounced it, investment by the person
resident outside India has to follow the applicable pricing guidelines laid
down in Rule 21 of the Non-Debt Rules. The pricing guidelines are given as
under:

(i)   In case of listed companies – As per SEBI
guidelines;

(ii)   In case of unlisted companies – As per
internationally accepted pricing methodology.

 

The earlier
Non-Debt Rules did not provide for any different pricing guidelines in case of
investment by person resident outside India in rights shares by purchase of
rights renounced by person resident in India. The earlier Non-Debt Rules
provided for following conditions in case of investment by person resident
outside India through either subscription to rights shares or purchase of
rights renounced by person resident in India:

 

Sr.
No.

Rights
issued by

Pricing
guidelines for rights issue and subscription pursuant to purchase of rights
renounced

1

Listed Indian company

Price determined by Indian company

2

Unlisted Indian company

Price not less than price offered to
person resident in India

 

Implications
of above amendment to Non-Debt Rules

Under the erstwhile
Non-Debt Rules which were similar to the FEMA 20(R) provisions governing FDI,
where a person resident outside India purchased rights entitlement to equity
shares which were renounced by a person resident in India, such non-resident
could invest at the same price at which they were offered to the person
resident in India. However, there are no pricing guidelines which are
applicable on issuance of shares on rights basis under the Companies Act, 2013.

 

Hence, whether a
non-resident purchased rights entitlement which was renounced by a person
resident in India or participated in rights issue as it was holding equity
shares, there was no change in pricing guidelines related to issuance of rights
shares.

 

However, post amendment to the Non-Debt Rules, a new criterion has been
drawn for a person resident outside India who purchases rights entitlements
from a person resident in India wherein pricing guidelines will be different as
compared to a person resident outside India who invests in rights issue. The
same is summarised as under:

 

Sr.
No.

Investment
by person resident outside India

Rights
issued by

Pricing
guidelines for rights issue

1

Participation in rights issue

Listed Indian company

Price determined by Indian company

2

Unlisted Indian company

Price not less than price offered to
person resident in India

3

Participation in rights issue through
purchase of rights entitlement

Listed Indian company

As per SEBI guidelines

4

Unlisted Indian company

As per internationally accepted
valuation methodology

 

The above amendment
will result in a peculiar situation which can be explained by way of the
following example:

 

Mr. NRI is a person
resident outside India who is holding 1,000 equity shares in an existing
unlisted Indian company, X Ltd. which has undertaken rights issue wherein Mr.
NRI will be eligible for 100 equity shares on rights basis. Equity shares are
issued on rights basis at the same price of Rs. 20 per equity share to both
resident as well as non-resident shareholders. Accordingly, Mr. NRI will
purchase his entitlement, i.e. 100 rights equity shares at the rights price of
Rs. 20 per share.

 

Further, Mr. NRI
also purchases rights entitlements for 50 equity shares from a person resident
in India. In such a scenario, the investment by Mr. NRI for purchasing 50
equity shares by way of rights entitlement would be at a price based on an
internationally accepted valuation methodology which can be different from the
price at which X Ltd. has issued the rights shares.

 

Hence, in a rights issue by an Indian company to the same non-resident
investor, there would be two different prices, one price for the purchase of
rights shares and another price for the purchase of rights shares acquired
through acquiring rights entitlement from a person resident in India.

 

Further, the new
Rule 7A does not cover situations where a person resident outside India has
purchased rights entitlement from persons resident outside India. In such a
situation the amendment does not apply.

Additionally, as per section 62(1) of the Companies Act, 2013, where a
shareholder to whom rights offer is made declines to exercises his right, the
Board can dispose them in a manner which is not disadvantageous to the company.
In such a situation, if the Board allocates those rights to an existing foreign
investor, the same cannot be considered to be purchase of rights renounced by
Indian investor and hence the amendment will not apply. Thus, a foreign
investor can acquire shares in the Indian company at the rights issue price
even if it is below fair market value.

 

(II)  Amendment in sourcing
norms for single brand product retailing

Earlier regulations
provided that sourcing norms shall not be applicable up to three years from
commencement of the business, i.e., opening of the first store for entities
undertaking single brand retail trading of products having ‘state-of-art’ and
‘cutting-edge’ technology and where local sourcing is not possible.

 

The amendment now
clarifies that exemption from sourcing would be applicable for three years
starting from the opening of the first store or the start of online retail,
whichever is earlier.

 

(III) Amendment in FDI limit
for insurance intermediaries

FDI in insurance
intermediaries, including insurance brokers, re-insurance brokers, insurance
consultants, corporate agents, third-party administrators, surveyors and loss
assessors and such other entities, as may be notified by the Insurance
Regulatory and Development Authority of India from time to time, is now
permitted up to 100% under the Automatic Route.

 

(IV) Amendment for FPIs

The amendment has
now provided that where FPI’s investment breaches the prescribed limit,
divestment of holdings by the FPI and its reclassification into FDI shall be
subject to further conditions, if any, specified by SEBI and RBI in this
regard.

 

SUMMARY OF
RECENT COMPOUNDING ORDERS

An analysis of some
interesting compounding orders passed by RBI in the months of January and
February, 2020 and uploaded on the website1  are given below. Article refers to regulatory
provisions as existing at the time of offence. Changes in regulatory
provisions, if any, are noted in the comments section.

_________________________________________

1   https://www.rbi.org.in/scripts/Compoundingorders.aspx

 

 

FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT (FDI)

 

A. M/s Congruent Info-tech Pvt. Ltd.

Date of order:
19th December, 2019

Regulation: FEMA
20/2000-RB [Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Security by a
Person Resident Outside India) Regulations, 2000]

 

ISSUE

(1) Violation of pricing guidelines in issue of
shares,

(2) Delay in refund of consideration,

(3) Transfer of shares from resident to
non-resident by way of gift without RBI’s approval,

(4) Taking on record transfer of shares in the
books of the company without RBI’s approval.

 

FACTS

  •     Applicant company was
    engaged in the business of writing, modifying, testing of computer programmes
    to meet the needs of a particular client excluding web-page designing.
  •     The company received
    foreign inward remittance of Rs. 13,32,900 from Mr. Mani Krishna Murthy, USA
    towards subscription to shares which was duly reported to RBI.
  •     The applicant company
    allotted 10,000 equity shares at a face value of Rs.10 each amounting to Rs.
    1,00,000 as against their Fair Value of Rs. 92.50 to a person resident outside
    India on 9th October, 2003. The shortfall of Rs. 8,25,000 was
    brought in by way of inward remittance on 1st July, 2019 after a
    delay of approximately 15 years and 8 months.
  •     Further, the company
    refunded an amount of Rs. 10,30,900 without the permission of RBI on 5th
    April, 2011 (approximately three years from its deemed date of receipt, i.e. 29th
    November, 2007).
  •     The resident shareholder,
    Mr. V.S. Krishna Murthy, had transferred 20,000 equity shares of fair value Rs.
    92.50 each, amounting to Rs. 18,50,000, to a non-resident Mr. Mani Krishna
    Murthy on 9th October, 2003 by way of gift without RBI’s approval.
  •     The above transfer of
    shares was also taken on record by the applicant company without obtaining
    RBI’s approval.

 

Regulatory provision

  •     Paragraph 5 of Schedule I
    to Notification No. FEMA 20/2000-RB, ‘the price of shares issued to persons
    resident outside India shall not be less than the fair value of shares.
  •     Paragraph 8 of Schedule I
    to Notification No. FEMA 20/2000-RB read with A.P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 20
    dated 14th December, 2007, ‘the shares have to be issued / amount
    refunded within 180 days from the date of receipt of the inward remittance
    .’
  •     Regulation 10A(a) of
    Notification No. FEMA 20/2000-RB, ‘a person resident in India who proposes
    to transfer to a person resident outside India any security by way of gift
    shall make an application to Reserve Bank
    .’
  •     Regulation 4 read with
    Regulation 10(A)(a) of Notification No. FEMA 20/ 2000-RB, ‘the company can
    take the transfer of shares by way of gift, on record, after the approval of
    Reserve Bank
    .’

 

CONTRAVENTION

Relevant
Paragraph of FEMA 20 Regulation

Nature
of default

Amount
involved
(in INR)

Time
period of default (approximately)

Paragraph 5 of Schedule I

Violation of pricing guidelines in issue
of shares to non-resident

Rs. 8,25,000

15 years, 8 months and 22 days

Paragraph 8 of Schedule I read with A.P.
(DIR Series) Circular No. 20

Delay in refund of receipt of
consideration

Rs. 10,32,900

2 years, 10 months and 9 days

Regulation 10(A)(a)

Transfer of shares by way of gift from
resident to non-resident without prior approval from RBI

Rs. 18,50,000

15 years, 10 months and 18 days

Regulation 4 read with Regulation
10(A)(a)

Taking on record transfer of shares by
way of gift without RBI approval

Rs. 18,50,000

15 years, 10 months and 17 days

 

Compounding
penalty

Compounding penalty
of Rs. 2,15,519 was levied.

 

Comments

Under the erstwhile FEMA 20 Regulations as well as under Non-Debt
Rules, transfer of shares from resident to non-resident by way of gift requires
prior approval of RBI. Hence, unless approval from RBI is obtained, the Indian
company whose shares are being transferred should also not record the transfer
from resident to non-resident by way of gift.

 

B. Atrenta (India) Private Limited

Date of order:
30th January, 2020

Regulation: FEMA
20/2000-RB [Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Security by a
Person Resident Outside India) Regulations, 2000]

 

ISSUE

Transfer of shares
of the applicant from NRI to Non-Resident company without prior approval of
RBI.

 

FACTS

  •     Applicant Company had
    allotted 96,600 and 4,600 fully paid up equity shares to M/s Atrenta Inc. (NR)
    and Mr. Ajoy Kumar Bose (NRI), respectively, as part of subscription to the
    memorandum on 26th May, 2001.
  •     Further, the applicant
    company allotted 2,35,620 and 80 fully paid equity shares to M/s Atrenta Inc.
    and Mr. Ajoy Kumar Bose, respectively, on 10th October, 2001.
  •     Mr. Ajoy Kumar Bose (NRI)
    transferred 4,598 and 80 equity shares on 26th May, 2011 and 17th
    October, 2001 to M/s Atrenta Inc. (NR) without obtaining prior approval of RBI.
  •     The applicant company also
    took the transfer of shares from NRI to NR on record.

 

Regulatory
provision

    Regulation 4 of FEMA 20, ‘save as
otherwise provided in the Act or Rules or Regulations made thereunder, an
Indian entity shall not issue any security to a person resident outside India
or shall not record in its books any transfer of security from or to such
person. Provided that the Reserve Bank may, on an application made to it and
for sufficient reasons, permit an entity to issue any security to a person
resident outside India or to record in its books transfer of security from or
to such person, subject to such conditions as may be considered necessary.

 

CONTRAVENTION

Relevant
paragraph of FEMA 20 Regulation

Nature
of default

Amount
involved
(in INR)

Time
period of default (approximately)

Regulation 4

Transfer of shares of the applicant from
NRI to Non-Resident Company without prior approval of the Reserve Bank of
India

Rs. 46,780

16 years and 5 months

 

Compounding
penalty

Compounding penalty
of Rs. 79,526 was levied on the applicant company.

 

Comments

It is interesting
to note that the above penalty was levied on the applicant company for taking
on record transfer of shares from NRI to non-resident without prior approval of
RBI. Additionally, the NRI2 
was also levied penalty of similar amount for transferring its shares to
non-resident company without prior approval of RBI. Thus, penalty was levied
twice on the same transaction, one which was levied on the company, and the
second which was levied on the NRI.

 

It should also be
noted that under the earlier FEMA 20 Regulations (which were applicable till
November, 2017), an NRI could transfer equity shares by way of sale or gift to
another NRI only and not to any other non-resident. However, post November,
2017 under the erstwhile FEMA 20(R) as well as under the revised Non-Debt Rules
governing FDI from October, 2019 an NRI can transfer shares to any person
resident outside India by way of sale or gift without any approval from RBI.

 

ESTABLISHMENT
IN INDIA OF A BRANCH OFFICE OR A LIAISON OFFICE OR A PROJECT OFFICE OR ANY
OTHER PLACE OF BUSINESS

 

C. M/s Quanticate
International Limited, Branch Office

Date of order:
27th June, 2019

Regulation: RBI
approval letter dated 24th September, 2010 and Master Direction –
Establishment of Branch Office (BO) / Liaison Office (LO) / Project Office (PO)
or any other place of business in India by foreign entities, FED Master
Direction No. 10/2015-16

 

ISSUE

Payment of expenses
of the branch office directly by the parent company to the third party.

 

FACTS

  •     The applicant company was
    engaged in the business of statistical consultancy, statistical programming,
    pharmaco-vigilance, analysing and data management services to its head office.
  •     The applicant company
    established a branch office in India with the permission of RBI vide
    letter No. FE.CO.FID/7508/10.83.318/2010-11 dated 24th September,
    2010.
  •     The branch office (BO) had
    an account with RBS Bank to carry out its transactions. After the closure of
    RBS operations in India, the branch office closed this account on 19th
    August, 2016 and opened a new account with Standard Chartered Bank on 19th
    September, 2016.

______________________________________________

2   Ajoy Kumar Bose – CA. No 5047 / 2019 dated 12th
February, 2020

 

  •     Although the BO had an
    account with Standard Chartered Bank, the remittances of Rs. 5,40,42,300 were
    made directly by the parent company of the BO to a third party account for
    payment of expenses, particularly their staff, landlord and supplier in India
    during the period 21st September, 2016 to 23rd March,
    2017.

 

Regulatory
provisions

  •     Paragraph 6 of the
    permission letter states that the entire expenses of the office in India will
    be met either out of the funds received from abroad through normal banking
    channels or through income generated by it in India by undertaking permitted
    activities.
  •     Paragraph 11 of the
    permission letter states that the office may approach AD Bank in India to open
    an account for its operation in India. Credits to the account should represent
    the funds received from the head office through normal banking channels for
    meeting the expenses of the office and profit made by the BO. Debits of this
    account shall be for the expenses incurred by the BO and towards remittance of
    profit / winding up proceeds.
  •     Paragraph 3(ii) of FED
    Master Direction No. 10/2015-16 dated 1st January, 2016 also
    reiterates what was stated in paragraph 11 of the permission 11.

 

CONTRAVENTION

Relevant
provision

Nature
of default

Amount
involved
(in INR)

Time
period of default

Paragraph 6 and Paragraph 11 of RBI
approval letter read with Paragraph 3(ii) and 2(i) of FED Master Direction
No. 10/2015-16

Payment of expenses of the Branch Office
directly by the parent company to third party

Rs. 5,40,42,300

2 years, 3 months and 27 days

 

Compounding
penalty

Compounding penalty
of Rs. 2,46,169 was levied.

 

Comments

The companies which
have set up branch offices in India need to closely monitor their activities
and it needs to be ensured that all payments of branch offices should be
undertaken only through the branch’s Indian bank account and not  directly from its parent company.

 

D. M/s ETF Gurgaon Project Office (MG-SE-17)

Date of order:
11th October, 2019

Regulation: FEMA
22(R)/2016-RB [Foreign Exchange Management (Establishment in India of a branch
office or a liaison office or a project office or any other place of business)
Regulations, 2016]

 

ISSUE

Inter-project
transfer of funds and transfer of project assets from one project to another.

 

FACTS

  •     The applicant, M/s ETF, a
    company incorporated and registered under the laws of France, specialises in
    construction and maintenance of railway networks, urban transport networks and
    industrial siblings. It was involved in the development of railway
    infrastructure, high-speed lines, concrete slab tracks, metal and rubber
    wheeled tramway systems, etc.
  •     The applicant had
    established the following project offices in India for executing the following
    contracts:

i.    Contract MG-SE-17 with IL&FS Rail
Limited (referred to as MG-SE-17, Gurgaon);

ii.   Railway Infrastructure contract awarded by
Rail Vikas Nigam Limited (RVNL) – Construction contract with SEW-ETF-AIL JV2
(referred to as RVNL Kanpur);

iii.  Contract CT19A (referred as CT-19A Noida).

 

  •     Project expenses relating
    to a particular contract were met from the contract receipts relating to the
    said contract, or from remittances obtained from the Head Office in France
    depending upon the requirement of funds.
  •     There were, however,
    occasions where funds available in the bank account for a particular contract
    were insufficient to meet the expenses of the said contract necessitating
    inter-project transfer of funds.
  •     During the F.Y. 2016-17, ETF has obtained approval from RBI for
    inter-project transfer of funds up to Rs. 1,00,00,000 from the project office
    of MG-SE-17 to CT-19A.
  •     During the F.Ys. 2016-17
    and 2017-18, the Gurgaon project office did inter-project utilisation of funds
    and allocation of common expenditure amounting to Rs. 4,60,55,459.
  •     The above activity
    (inter-project utilisation of funds) of the Gurgaon project office did not
    relate to the contract secured by the foreign entity for which the project office
    was established.
  •     In the Annual Activity
    Certificates (AAC) for the years ended 31st March, 2017 and 31st
    March, 2018, the auditor had qualified the AACs by observing that the
    inter-project transfers were done without RBI approval.
  •     Further, transfer of
    project assets from the Gurgaon project office to another amounting to Rs.
    1,06,44,273 was also done without RBI approval.
  •     The applicant was granted post
    facto
    approval subject to compounding of the contravention.

 

Regulatory
provisions

  •     Regulation 4(k) of
    Notification No. FEMA.22(R)/RB-2016 dated 31st March, 2016 states
    that a person resident outside India permitted under these Regulations to
    establish a branch office or liaison office or project office may apply to the
    Authorised Dealer Category-I bank concerned for transfer of its assets to a
    joint venture / wholly owned subsidiary or any other entity in India.
  •     Regulation 4(l) (Annex D)
    of Notification No. FEMA.22(R)/RB-2016 dated 31st March, 2016 states
    that the branch office / liaison office may submit the Annual Activity
    Certificate (Annex D) as at the end of 31st March along with the
    audited financial statements, including receipt and payment account on or
    before 30th September of that year.

 

CONTRAVENTION

Relevant
provision

Nature
of default

Amount
involved
(in INR)

Time
period of default

Regulation 4(k), Regulation 4(f) read
with Annex D of Regulation 4(l) of Notification No. FEMA.22(R)/RB-2016

Inter-project utilisation of funds and
transfer of project assets from one project to another

Rs. 5,66,99,732

2 years, 9 months and 9 days

 

Compounding
penalty

Compounding penalty
of Rs. 2,56,799 was levied.

 

Comments

Where foreign companies have set up more than one project office in
India, adequate care needs to be taken to ensure that funds of these project
offices are not transferred amongst themselves without prior approval of RBI.

 

EXPORT OF GOODS AND SERVICES

E. M/s Dalmia Cement (Bharat)
Limited (Legal Successor of OCL India Ltd.)

Date of order:
28th January, 2020

Regulation: FEMA
23/2000-RB [Foreign Exchange Management (Export of Goods and Services)
Regulations, 2000]

 

ISSUE

Failure to realise
the export proceeds (by the erstwhile OCL India Ltd.) within the stipulated
time period.

 

FACTS

  •     The applicant company, M/s
    Dalmia Cement (Bharat) Limited (the legal successor of M/s OCL India Limited,
    consequent upon a merger ordered by NCLT vide order dated 18th
    July, 2019) was engaged in the business of export of refractory materials,
    cement, etc.
  •     The erstwhile M/s OCL India
    Limited, a ‘Star Export House’ engaged in the business of export of refractory
    materials, cement, etc., had made exports under 13 different invoices between
    February, 2008 and May, 2012.
  •     M/s OCL India Limited was
    not able to realise and repatriate the export proceeds pertaining to 13
    invoices within the stipulated time.
  •     Subsequently, M/s OCL India
    Limited had written off the amount in its books.
  •     However, as the company was
    under investigation by the Directorate of Enforcement, the above bills could
    not be written-off by the applicant on its own or by its AD bank.
  •     The applicant filed a
    petition in the Hon’ble High Court of Delhi for regularising the above
    write-off.
  •     The Hon’ble Court disposed
    of the matter with directions to the applicant to apply for compounding again
    to the RBI along with fresh fee for compounding.

 

Regulatory
provisions

  •     Regulation 9 of
    Notification No. FEMA.23/2000 which states that the amount representing the
    full export value of goods or software exported shall be realised and
    repatriated to India within six months (applicable up to 3rd June,
    2008) and twelve months (as applicable subsequently) from the date of export.

 

CONTRAVENTION

Relevant
Provision

Nature
of default

Amount
involved (in INR)

Time
period of default

Regulation 9 of FEMA 23/2000-RB

Failure to realise export proceeds
within stipulated time period

Rs. 39,22,447

Approximately 11 years

 

Compounding
penalty

Compounding penalty
of Rs. 79,419 was levied.

 

Comments3

In the instant
case, the applicant company had initially filed a compounding application with
RBI for write-off of export proceeds. However, the said compounding application
was returned by RBI on the ground that compounding application can be filed
only after transactions are regularised by RBI. Further, RBI advised the
applicant company to approach the Trade Division of RBI for regularising its
export transactions. However, as the applicant company was under investigation
by ED, it could not write off its export receivables and hence had initially
filed compounding application before RBI. As RBI returned its compounding
application, it filed a writ petition with the Delhi High Court for writing off
export receivables.

_________________________________________________________________________

3   Based on Delhi High Court order in case of
OCL India Limited [W.P.(C) 8265/2018 & CM Nos. 31684/2018 dated 18th
July, 2019]

 

 

During the
hearing before the Delhi High Court, counsel for RBI submitted that there is no
provision which precluded RBI from considering and processing compounding
application where investigation is pending. Accordingly, based on RBI’s
submission that the matter be remanded back to RBI for fresh consideration, the
Court dismissed the writ petition and directed RBI to consider the compounding
application of the applicant afresh and not reject it on the basis of
approaching another department of RBI. Interestingly, the Delhi High Court also
stayed proceedings initiated by ED till
the applicant’s compounding application was considered by RBI
.

Banking as a Service

Have you opened a bank
account or a Demat account at a bank recently? Signatures are required at ten
to twelve places. Some time back I opened an account for a minor and 12
signatures were required and for a Demat account 32 signatures. Signatures on
pages and pages of ‘fine print’ that no one can fathom nor has a choice to
change – this is a cumbersome chore for a fundamental service like banking.
Much of it is like pressing ‘I Agree’ when downloading apps and like someone
put it – ‘I Agree’ is the biggest lie ever.

A few months back a top
private sector bank relationship manager said that they would open a Demat
account for an NRI customer only if there was in-person verification (which
later I found was wrong even as per the internal guidelines). Finally the
non-resident people came in after a few months, and a very junior person did
‘in-person verification’ and the bank opened the account after daily follow-up.

Another case is that of a
charitable trust. A 167-year-old MNC bank gave a list of acceptable address
proofs. This list of some 13 items did not include a single proof that was
applicable to a non-business charitable entity. Therefore, they said you won’t
be KYC compliant and therefore your account could be blocked or closed. A
charitable trust is often registered at the office of the Trustees. The bankers
could offer only one option – to take the address of the trustees to be the
address of the charitable trust for KYC purposes, which meant that the trust
communication would go to trustees’ residential address instead of the office.
It felt like being a hostage since the trust had deposits u/s 12, and there was
no option but to bend.

In another case, a European
bank, since eight months are unable to close a LO bank account after MCA has
approved the LO closure and tax department has given an NOC. The bankers are
asking for documents that the LO has already submitted on a yearly basis
because the bank cannot find them. And all this is for a meagre sum. In another
case, another top private sector bank is asking for Physical Copies during
COVID lockdown (when no post or courier is working) to change the address in
bank records in spite of providing documents through registered email and in
spite of ROC records updated for a local address change. 

Today, after more than a
decade of the Satyam scam, I can say that most bankers do not send direct
confirmations to auditors in spite of client instructions and authorisation.
The RBI perhaps is looking for a bigger corporate fatality to learn the lesson!
Can RBI not formulate a regulation to ensure that a comprehensive confirmation
of all the facilities is sent to auditors? 

An
over-the-top example is that of credit card interest and finance charges of
3-4% per month that most banks charge on delayed payments. Only Dilbert
cartoons can explain this. Most of us have come across such appalling service
levels, extreme nit-picking, and unreasonable attitude of bankers and banks.
These, from my experience, are deep and pervasive across the sector.

No doubt
that the banks have done a lot of good work too but they have lost loads of
money as well. Banks as a sector is a huge boulder blocking ease of doing
business for small and medium players especially. NPA track record shows a
dismal performance of PSBs when it comes to protecting money of depositors. For
most people, money is life, because people spend days and months and years to
earn it. The present Rs. 5 lakhs DICGC insurance cover which I am told has not
yet come into effect  (and was raised
from Rs. 1 lakh after 27 years) is paltry. In the event of a bank failure, this
insurance gets paid post all investigation process, which takes a lifetime,
literally. Every taxpayer deserves better service from banks and better cover
for her wealth in a bank. This is a big taxpayer concern: service of the bank
and the safety of her tax-paid money with the bank. If tax-paid money is unsafe
in a bank, then taxes are not working for taxpayers!

 

 

 

 

 

Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

INTERLINKING BETWEEN GST AND CUSTOMS

LEGISLATIVE FRAMEWORK – GST  VIS-À-VIS CUSTOMS

The levy of GST finds its genesis under
Articles 246A and 269A of the Constitution of India. Article 246A confers
powers on both Parliament and the State Legislature to make laws with respect
to goods and services tax imposed by the Union or such State. Two points to be
noted here are:

 

(a) Vide the proviso to
Article 246A, Parliament has been given the exclusive power to make laws with
respect to goods and services tax where the supply of goods or services or both
is in the course of interstate trade or commerce. The mechanism for levy,
collection and sharing of tax on such supplies is provided under Article 269A.
Explanation 1 to Article 269A further provides that the supply of goods or
services in the course of import into the territory of India shall be deemed to
be a supply in the course of interstate trade or commerce.

(b) Article 286 restricts the states from
levying tax on sale or purchase of goods or services or both if such supply
takes place outside the state or in the course of import into or export out of
the territory of India.

 

It is by virtue of the above framework that
Parliament has enacted the Integrated Goods & Services Tax (IGST) Act, 2017
and the Central Goods & Services Tax (CGST) Act, 2017 for levy and
collection of tax on interstate supplies and intrastate supplies, respectively.
Similarly, the states have enacted the State Goods & Services Tax (SGST)
Act, 2017 for levying tax on intrastate supplies. The determination whether or
not a supply is in the course of interstate trade or commerce is dealt with
under sections 7 and 8 of the IGST Act, 2017. Section 7 thereof provides that
supply of goods imported into the territory of India till they cross the
customs frontiers of India shall be treated as supply of goods in the course of
interstate trade or commerce.

 

There is an apparent dual levy on import of
goods under the Constitution in view of Article 269A treating import of goods
as interstate supply of goods or commerce and Article 246 empowering the levy
of customs duties. It is for this reason that the charging section for levy of
IGST u/s 5 specifically excludes the levy and collection of integrated tax on
goods imported into India from its purview and provides that the same shall be
levied and collected in accordance with the provisions of section 3 of the CTA,
1975 on the value determined under the said Act at the point when the duty of
customs is levied on the said goods u/s 12 of the Customs Act, 1962.

 

Therefore, when dealing with a cross-border
transaction involving goods, there is a close interplay between the provisions
of GST and Customs requiring determination of the statute under which the duty
/ tax has to be discharged. It therefore becomes important to understand the
meaning of the terms ‘imported goods’, ‘importer’ and the process to be
followed in the case of importation of goods.

 

‘IMPORTED GOODS’ AND ‘IMPORTER’

‘Imported goods’ is defined u/s 2(25) of the
Customs Act, 1962 to mean any goods brought into India from a place outside
India but does not include goods which have been cleared for home consumption.
Similarly,
section 2(26) defines the term ‘importer’ in relation to any goods at any
time between their importation and the time when they are cleared for home
consumption, includes [any owner, beneficial owner] or any person holding
himself out to be the importer.

 

When goods are imported into India, there
are generally two sets of transactions which are undertaken, one being the
filing of Bill of Entry for Home Consumption, in which case the importer has to
pay duty as applicable on the said goods and get the goods cleared from the
Customs Authorities. Once this is done, the goods are no longer imported goods
and therefore, on all subsequent transfers the tax will be levied and collected
under the GST mechanism by classifying the transaction either as intrastate or
interstate. The second option is to file Bill of Entry for Warehousing, in
which case the goods shall be stored either at a public or a private warehouse
by executing a bond. In the second option, the goods continue to be classified
as imported goods and the payment of duty on such goods gets deferred till the
time the goods are kept in the bonded warehouse and the same shall be assessed
to tax when a bill of entry for home consumption in respect of such warehoused
goods is presented.

 

In other words, till the time the goods are
cleared for home consumption, i.e., an order permitting clearance of such goods
for home consumption is passed, the goods would be treated as imported goods
and will be subjected to levy and collection of tax u/s 12 of the Customs Act,
1962.

 

TAX
TREATMENT OF HIGH SEAS SALES

In the case of high seas sales, the sale
takes place before the goods are cleared for home consumption, i.e., a bill of
entry for home consumption is filed and an order permitting the clearance of
such goods is issued by the proper officer. This position has also been
accepted by the Board vide Circular 33/2017 – Customs dated 1st
August, 2017 wherein they have clarified that in case of high seas sales
transactions (single or multiple), IGST shall be levied and collected only at
the time of importation, i.e., when declarations are filed before the Customs
Authorities for clearance purposes after considering the value addition on
account of such high seas transactions. Even the Authority for Advance Ruling
has held so in BASF India Private Limited [2018 (14) GSTL 396 (AAR –
GST)]
.

 

Further, Schedule III has been amended
w.e.f. 1st February, 2019 vide the insertion of Entry 8(b) to
provide that supply of goods by the consignee to any other person, by
endorsement of documents of title to the goods, after the goods have been
dispatched from the port of origin located outside India but before clearance for
home consumption, shall be treated as neither being supply of goods nor supply
of services.

 

TAX
TREATMENT OF WAREHOUSED GOODS

A similar treatment will be accorded to
goods where a bill of entry for warehousing is filed, i.e., goods are kept at a
bonded warehouse which falls within the purview of customs area defined u/s
2(11) of the Customs Act, 1962 as any area of a customs station or a warehouse.
This is because when a bill of entry is filed for warehousing, the goods are
not cleared for home consumption and therefore such goods continue to be
classified as imported goods and subject to levy and collection of tax under
the Customs Act, 1962. This view has been followed by the AAR in Sadesa
Commercial Offshore De Macau Ltd. [2019 (21) GSTL 265 (AAR – GST)]
and Bank
of Nova Scotia [2019 (21) GSTL 238 (AAR – GST)]
. In fact, in Sadesa
Commercial
the AAR has also held that if they are engaged exclusively
in undertaking such supplies, i.e., sale of warehoused goods, they would not be
liable to obtain registration under GST.

 

Prior to the amendment referred to above,
the Board had issued Circular 46/2017-Cus. dated 24th November, 2017
wherein it was clarified that tax will be levied on multiple occasions, one at
the time when the warehoused goods are sold before clearance for home
consumption, and secondly when the bill of entry for home consumption of such
warehoused goods is presented for clearance. However, vide a later
Circular 3/1/2018 dated 25th May, 2018, it was clarified that
integrated tax shall be levied and collected at the time of final clearance of
the warehoused goods for home consumption only.

 

In addition, Circular 46/2017-Cus. was
withdrawn to align with the amendment to Schedule III of the CGST Act, 2017
which deemed supply of warehoused goods to any person before clearance for home
consumption as neither a supply of goods nor supply of services w.e.f. 1st
April, 2018.

 

IMPORTS BY
SEZ DEVELOPERS / UNITS

A similar analogy will apply for the purpose
of goods imported into a Special Economic Zone as well. Section 53(1) of the
SEZ Act, 2005 provides that SEZs shall be deemed to be a territory outside the
Customs territory of India for undertaking the authorised operations. However,
this does not imply that the provisions of the Customs Act, 1962 shall not
apply to SEZs as held by the Gujarat High Court in the case of Diamond
& Gem Development Corporation vs. Union of India [2011 (268) ELT 3 (Guj.)]
.
It is for this reason that when goods are imported into an SEZ, a bill of entry
for re-warehousing has to be filed. Of course, in view of section 26 of the SEZ
Act, 2005 which provides exemption from duties of customs on goods imported
into India to carry on the authorised operations, no duty of customs –
including IGST – is leviable on such imports.

 

However, a challenge arises when the said
goods are cleared for use in DTA. The goods imported into an SEZ are under a
Bill of Entry for re-warehousing. However, since an SEZ is deemed to be outside
the customs territory of India, section 30 of the SEZ Act, 2005 provides that
any goods removed from an SEZ to the DTA shall be chargeable to duties of
customs, including anti-dumping, countervailing and safeguard duties under the
CTA, 1975 (51 of 1975), where applicable, as leviable on such goods when
imported. In other words, if goods imported into an SEZ are cleared into DTA, a
fresh Bill of Entry for Home Consumption would have to be filed in view of the
fact that the same would be treated as import of goods from a territory outside
India. The Bill of Entry can be filed either by the SEZ unit or by the buyer of
the goods.

 

TAX TREATMENT OF DUTY FREE SHOPS

The levy of tax on goods sold by Duty Free
Shops (DFS) has always been a subject matter of scrutiny, first under the
pre-GST regime and now under the GST regime. DFS are shops which are set up at
airports / sea ports within the customs territory, i.e., after a person goes
through customs formality if he is commencing an international travel, or
before a person goes through customs formality if he is returning from an
international travel.

 

The DFS are treated as warehouses licensed
u/s 58A of the Customs Act, 1962. Once the goods reach the DFS, there are two
possibilities –the goods may be bought by an outbound passenger or the goods
may be bought by an inbound passenger. But the fact remains that the goods have
been sold by the DFS before a Bill of Entry for home consumption was filed.
Thus the question that remains is whether or not such sales would be liable to
GST, irrespective of whether the same is from the departure area or the arrival
area. In this context, it would be imperative to refer to the following
decisions of the Supreme Court:

 

(A) In the case of J.V. Gokal &
Co. (Pvt.) Ltd. vs. Assistant Collector of Sales Tax [1990 (110) ELT 106 (SC)]
,
the Court explained the phrase ‘in the course of import of goods into the
territory of India’ to mean

(1) The course of import of goods starts at
a point when the goods cross the customs barrier of the foreign country and
ends at a point in the importing country after the goods cross the customs
barrier,

(2) The sale which occasions the import is a
sale in the course of import,

(3) A purchase by an importer of goods when
they are on the high seas by payment against shipping documents of title (Bill
of Lading) is also a purchase in the course of import, and

(4) A sale by an importer of goods, after
the property in the goods passed to him either after the receipt of the
documents of title against payment or otherwise, to a third party by a similar
process is also a sale in the course of import.

 

(B) In the case of Hotel Ashoka vs.
Assistant Commissioner of Commercial Taxes [2012 (276) ELT 433 (SC)]
,
specifically in the context of DFS, the Court had held that the sale of goods
from DFS was from outside India and therefore, they were not liable to sales
tax. The Court further held that the sale of goods was before they were cleared
for home consumption, i.e., it was a sale of goods in the course of import into
India and for this reason the state did not have the power to levy tax on such
transactions.

 

Even in the context of GST, reference to the
decision of the Bombay High Court in the case of Sandip Patil vs. Union
of India [2019 (31) GSTL 398 (Bom.)]
is important. In this case, not
only did the Court agree with the above contention, it also held that supply of
goods to outbound passengers would be treated as export of goods and in case of
supply of goods to inbound passengers such inbound passengers would be treated
as importers and they would also not be liable to pay any duty in view of
Notification 43/2017-Cus. dated 30th June, 2017 and 2/2017-IT (Rate)
dated 28th June, 2017 r.w. duty-free allowance under the Baggage
Rules. The High Court further held that the DFS would be entitled to claim
refund of accumulated ITC on account of export of goods u/r 89 of the CGST
Rules, 2017. A similar view has also been taken in the case of A1
Hospitality Services Private Limited vs. Union of India [2019 (22) GSTL 326
(Bom.)]
as well as Atin Krishna vs. Union of India [2019 (25)
GSTL 0390 (All.)].

 

One should, however, note that the AAR has,
in the case of Rod Retail Private Limited [2018 (12) GSTL 206 (AAR –
GST)]
on the contrary held that the supply of goods from DFS would be
liable to GST. However, this AAR, while referring to the decision of the
Supreme Court in the case of Ashoka Hotel referred above, has
held it to be not applicable since ‘under GST law, scenario has changed and
therefore decision of Apex Court not applicable
’. Instead, it refers to the
decision in the case of Collector vs. Sun Industries [1988 (35) ELT 241
(SC)]
which was completely on a different footing. It is imperative to
note that the High Court had in the case of Sandeep Patil
distinguished this ruling on the grounds that the facts in the case of Rod
Retail
were different since the same was a ‘Duty Paid Shop’ and not a
‘Duty free shop’ as clarified by the Board vide Circular dated 29th
May, 2018 and therefore the dispensation allowed to DFS would not be affected
in any manner.

 

Reference is also invited to the recent
decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Nirmal Kumar Parsan vs.
Commissioner of Commercial Taxes [SCA No. 7863 of 2009]
wherein in the
case of warehoused goods the Court upheld the liability to pay VAT on goods
sold as stores to foreign-going vessels. However, in this case, the Court made
a peculiar observation that the appellant had not shown anything to demonstrate
that the subject bonded warehouse came within the customs port / customs land
station area and, more so, the state sales occasioned the import of goods
within the territory of India.

 

INPUT TAX CREDIT IMPLICATIONS

In view of the amendment to section 17(3),
it is further provided that the supply of goods covered under Schedule III
would not be treated as exempted supply and therefore there is no requirement
to reverse Input Tax Credit on account of the same.

 

RCM ON OCEAN FREIGHT

Generally, when a contract for sale of goods
is executed, the parties need to agree when the risk and rewards associated
with the goods would get transferred. There are two commonly used terms,
namely, CIF – i.e., cost, insurance and freight included; and FOB – i.e., Free
on Board, meaning once the goods reach the port at the foreign country, the
risks and rewards associated with such goods are transferred to the buyer in
which case he shall make arrangements to bring the goods from the foreign port
to a port in India by entering into a separate contract for such services.

 

For customs, depending on the agreed terms,
the assessable value is generally adjusted, either for actual freight incurred
or on notional basis. For example, if freight cost is not available, the same
is assumed at 20% of the FOB value and the same is added to the transaction
value for determining the assessable value. [Refer Rule 10 of the Customs
Valuation (Determination of Value of Imported Goods) Rules, 2007]. This implies
that the customs duty along with IGST is paid not only on the transaction value
but also on the actual various or notional value of expenses incurred during
the import of such goods. This would also mean that tax is charged indirectly
on the transportation cost in the CIF contracts as well, though the service
provider (shipping line) and the service receiver (foreign seller) may not be
in India.

 

Despite the transaction being indirectly
taxed, Entry 10 of Notification 10/2017-IT (Rate) dated 28th June,
2017 imposes a liability on the importer, as defined in section 2(26) to pay
tax on ‘services supplied by a person located in non-taxable territory by
way of transportation of goods by a vessel from a place outside India up to the
customs station of clearance in India
’. The Notification further provides
that where the value of taxable service provided by a person located in
non-taxable territory to a person located in non-taxable territory by way of
transportation of goods by a vessel from a place outside India up to the
customs station of clearance in India is not available with the person liable
for paying integrated tax, the same shall be deemed to be 10% of the CIF value
(sum of cost, insurance, and freight) of imported goods.

 

Therefore, it is apparent that there is a
dual taxation of the freight component, once at the time of clearance of goods
with the customs authorities where the value of freight is included in the
assessable value, and secondly, the tax liability created through the
Notification 10/2017-IT (Rate). Similar provisions existed under the Service
Tax Regime as well where the Gujarat High Court had struck down the entry
imposing liability to pay tax under reverse charge in the case of Sal
Steel Limited vs. Union of India [R/SCA No. 20785 of 2018]
. The levy
was struck down primarily because section 94 did not permit the Central
Government to make rules for recovering service tax from a third party who is
neither the service provider nor the service receiver. The Court further held
that there was no machinery provision to demand the tax from the importer.

 

Under GST, the AAR has on multiple occasions
such as India Potash Limited [2020 (32) GSTL 53 [AAR – AP)]; M.K.
Agrotech Limited [2020 (32) GSTL 148 (AAR – KA)]; E-DP Marketing Private
Limited [2019 (26) GSTL 436 (AAR – MP)]
held that there is a liability
to pay GST under RCM on such transactions. However, the Gujarat High Court has
in the case of Mohit Minerals Private Limited vs. UoI
[2020-TIOL-164-HC-AHM-GST]
struck down Entry 10 as ultra vires
for the following reasons:

(a) The importer is not the service
recipient since the GST law defines the service recipient as the person liable
to pay consideration,

(b) The place of supply provisions apply
only in case where either the location of supplier or the recipient of services
is outside India. In this case, both the location of supplier as well as
recipient are outside India,

(c) The point of taxation would never get
triggered since neither the payment to the supplier would be reflected in the
books of accounts of the importer, nor the invoice of the shipping line would
be in the name of the importer.

 

While the levy has been struck down, one
should note that the Revenue is likely to file an appeal before the Supreme
Court and therefore reliance on this decision should be placed keeping in mind
other aspects as well. For instance, in case the decision is overturned by the
Court and the liability to pay tax is confirmed, the same would be along with
consequential interest and probably no Input Tax Credits. Penalty can be
contested on bona fide belief, but it would be a long way away,
especially considering the fact that the payment of tax might in many cases be
a revenue-neutral exercise.

 

INTERNATIONAL JOB WORK

Section 2(68) of the CGST Act, 2017 defines
the term ‘job work’ as ‘any treatment or process undertaken by a person on
goods belonging to another person
’. This activity is deemed to be a supply
of service under GST in view of Entry 3 of Schedule II of the CGST Act, 2017.

 

The modus operandi in this kind of
transaction is that the owner of goods (generally known as principal) desirous
of getting some work done on his goods, sends the said goods to his job-worker
without any consideration. The said job-worker shall work on the said goods and
return the goods to the principal and recover the charges for carrying out the
said activities from the principal.

 

Therefore, there are three different events
involved in a transaction of job work, namely, receipt of goods, working on the
said goods (treatment / process) and lastly, return of the said goods. When
both the parties, i.e., principal and job-worker are in the same territory,
there are no tax implications at the time of receipt of goods and sending back
the goods. However, when in the same transaction one of the parties is outside
India, customs duty comes into the picture because there is either an import of
goods, i.e., goods coming into India from a territory outside India in case of
inbound job work or export of goods, i.e., goods being taken out of India in
case of outbound job work.

 

Under the Customs Act, 1962 the import of
goods for job work is dealt with by Notification 32/1997-Cus. dated 1st
April, 1997. This Notification exempts goods imported for jobbing from payment
of customs duty leviable under the First Schedule and additional duty leviable
u/s 3 of the CTA, 1975 subject to satisfaction of the condition prescribed.
However, it is imperative to note that vide Notification 26/2017-Cus.
dated 29th June, 2017 in the context of additional duties u/s 3 of
the CTA, 1975, the exemption is restricted only to the extent of additional
duties leviable under sub-sections (1), (3) and (5) thereof. This would imply
that the integrated tax on import of goods, which is leviable u/s 3(7) of the
CTA, 1975 would be liable to IGST in case of goods imported for job work
purposes, though no consideration is payable by the importer job worker on such
import of goods. The same applies in case of outbound job work, where goods are
re-imported. Notification 45/2017-Cus. dated 30th June, 2017 exempts
additional duties leviable u/s 3 in the case of re-import.

 

The first question that would need
consideration is whether the job-worker importing the goods would be liable to
claim credit of integrated tax paid on such imports? For the same, one would
need to refer to section 16 of the CGST Act, 2017 to ensure that the conditions
prescribed therein are satisfied or not. The primary conditions to be satisfied
in this set of transactions are that the goods should have been received in the
course or furtherance of business, the recipient should be in possession of
such tax-paying document as may be prescribed, the recipient should have actually
received the goods, and lastly, he should have furnished the return u/s 39. It
is beyond doubt that the above conditions are getting satisfied and therefore,
the claim of integrated tax paid on receipt of goods for job work by the
job-worker as importer should be allowed. This view has also been accepted by
the AAR in Chowgule & Co. Pvt. Ltd. [2019 (27) GSTL 405 (AAR)].

 

The next question that would need
consideration is in two parts, taxability of services provided by the job
worker, and secondly whether sending back of goods would amount to exports or
not? As discussed above, the commercial transaction in the current case is
undertaking activity on goods owned by the principal for which the job worker
recovers charges from the said principal. Since this is deemed to be a supply
of service, section 13 of the IGST Act, 2017 shall come into play which deals
with determination of place of supply in case where either the location of the
supplier of service or the location of the recipient of service is outside India,
which applies to the current transaction. Accordingly, one needs to refer to
the various scenarios laid down u/s 13 thereof to identify the applicable rule
for determining the place of supply.

 

The most directly concerned rule for this
kind of service appears to be section 13(3)(a) which provides that the place of
supply of service in case where the services supplied in respect of goods which
are required to be made physically available by the recipient of services to
the supplier of services, or to a person acting on behalf of the supplier of
services in order to provide the services, shall be the location where such
services are actually performed. In this sense, it would have implied that the
goods on which job work services are being performed being located in India,
the place of supply u/s 13(3) shall be India and accordingly the same would be
liable to tax and not treated as export of services. Similarly, in case of an
outbound job work transaction, the situation would be reverse and job work charges
paid to the foreign job worker would not be liable to GST under import of
services since place of supply would be outside India.

 

This situation would apply till 31st
January, 2019 post which the proviso to section 13(3) has come into
force. The proviso provides that section 13(3)(a) shall not apply to
cases where goods are temporarily imported into India for repairs or for any
other treatment or process and are exported after such repairs or treatment or
process without being put to any use in India, other than that which is
required for such repairs or treatment or process. Therefore, w.e.f. 1st
February, 2019, in case of inbound job works, the place of supply shall be the
location of the recipient of service, i.e., outside India and subject to the
satisfaction of conditions u/s 2(6) of the IGST Act, 2017 shall be treated as
export of service. That being the case, such job-worker may be entitled to
claim refund of accumulated ITC or tax paid on supply of such Zero-Rated
Services. However, in case of an outbound job work transaction, the Indian
principal would now be liable to pay tax under import of services.

 

It is important to note that this proviso
does not impose any time limit within which the goods have to be exported after
the repairs / process and therefore, no such time limit can be enforced for
return of such goods. One may refer to the recent decision of the Supreme Court
in Bombay Machinery Works [2020–VIL16–SC] which was on a similar
aspect, though in the context of section 6(2) of the Central Sales Tax Act,
1956.

 

Notification 32/1997-Cus. dated 1st
April, 1997 requires that the goods should be re-exported within six months
from the date of clearance of such goods or within such extended time period as
the Assistant Commissioner of Customs may allow. It may be noted that the
definition of exports, under GST as well as Customs, is similar and means taking
out of India to a place outside India
. Therefore, the sending back of goods
would qualify as export for the purpose of Customs as well as GST.

One important issue which was taken up in
the AAR case of Chowgule & Co. Pvt. Ltd. was that of
eligibility of refund claim. In the said case, the applicant was engaged in
undertaking job work on iron ore which attracts nil rate of duty. In this case,
the AAR held that since the goods being exported are liable for export duty,
the refund of accumulated ITC would not be available in view of the second proviso
to section 54. However, this appears to be on a wrong footing because the
supply undertaken by the applicant was that of supply of services to which the
restriction does not apply.

 

TAXATION OF INTANGIBLES

Section 2(22) of the Customs Act, 1962
defines the term ‘goods’ to include, among other things, any other kind of
movable property. The Supreme Court has, in the case of TCS vs. State of
Andhra Pradesh [2004 (178) ELT 2 (SC)]
dealt with what shall constitute
goods. While dealing with this subject, the Constitution Bench held that goods
may be tangible or intangible property. A property becomes goods provided it
has the attributes having regard to utility, capability of being bought and
sold and capability of being transferred, transmitted, delivered, stored and
possessed.

 

There can be
different types of intangibles, such as patents, designs, copyrights,
trademarks, etc. Each of these is governed by specific statutes. Such rights
can be transferred either by way of license or assignment. License is a
temporary transfer of rights without any change in the ownership, which would
amount to rendition of service in view of Entry 5(c) of Schedule II of the CGST
Act, 2017, while assignment would mean a change in ownership of the rights and
therefore would be treated as supply of goods in view of Entry 1(a) of Schedule
II. This distinction has been explained in the case of CST vs. Dukes
& Sons Private Limited [1988 (SCC) Online Bom 448].

 

However, an issue that arises is with
respect to the situs in case of assignment of intangibles. What shall be
the situs of such transfer, i.e., whether the location where the
intangible is registered shall be the situs, or the location of the
owner of such intangible shall be considered the situs? In this regard,
one may refer to the decision of the Bombay High Court in the case of Mahyco
Monsanto Biotech India Private Limited vs. Union of India [2016 (44) STR 161
(Bom).]
where the Court has followed the principle of mobilia
sequuntur personam
, i.e., location of owner of intangible asset would be
closest approximation of situs of his intangible asset and the location
where agreement is entered would not be relevant.

Given this background, it may be argued that
in case the rights owned by a person outside India are assigned, the same would
be treated as import of goods and therefore no tax can be levied on the same
u/s 5 of the IGST Act, 2017. However, the bigger issue would be whether or not
such imports would be liable to tax u/s 12 of the Customs Act, 1962, especially
when the document of title evidencing assignment of rights is received
electronically? In case the document of title is brought into India, either as
a courier or baggage, there may be customs duty implications on such imports,
but on what value would the same be payable would be a subject matter of
dispute.

 

A similar challenge would be seen in case of
export transactions, i.e., assignment of rights from India to a person outside
India. Whether such person would be liable to treat such assignment as export
of goods without there being a corresponding shipping bill and, accordingly,
the consequential impact on adjudication of refund claims?

 

IMPORTS VIS-À-VIS TRANSFER OF RIGHT TO USE
GOODS

Another aspect to be noted is that of cases
where there is a transfer of right to use goods and in pursuance of which goods
are imported into India. Entry 5(f) of Schedule II of the CGST Act, 2017 treats
activities of transfer of right to use goods for any purpose as supply of
services. Therefore, when such service of transfer of right to use such goods
is provided by a foreign party, which would trigger bringing goods from outside
India to India, there will be a dual challenge, one being the levy of IGST on
the rental payments under import of service, and the second being the levy of
IGST u/s 12 of the Customs Act, 1962 which would be on the value of goods and
therefore highly disproportionate to the transaction being undertaken.

 

To avoid this dual levy of tax, Notification
72/2017-Cus. dated 16th August, 2017 provides exemption from the
levy of basic customs duty and integrated tax. While 100% exemption is not
provided for under basic customs duty, integrated tax u/s 3(7) of CTA, 1975 is
granted, provided the importer gives an undertaking that he shall discharge the
tax on the said services as import of services.

 

GOODS SENT FOR EXHIBITIONS

Various exhibitions are held all over India
where people participate and display their goods. There can be a scenario where
an exhibition is being held in India and a person from outside India showcases
his product, in which case he shall bring the goods from outside India to
India; and secondly, a case where a person in India intends to showcase his
products at an exhibition being held outside India.

 

The procedure for import of goods for
exhibition purposes is dealt with under Notification 8/2016-Cus. dated 5th
February, 2016. The said Notification provides for exemption from payment of
customs duty and additional customs duty subject to conditions, such as
execution of bond, re-export of goods within the prescribed period of six
months, etc. At times it so happens that the goods are sold at such exhibitions
and therefore, instead of re-exporting the said goods, the same have to be
cleared for home consumption by paying the appropriate customs duty.

 

However, in such cases such person will have
to apply for registration as a non-resident taxable person and discharge the
applicable tax on the sale value after claiming Input Tax Credit only of the
tax paid on goods imported by him u/s 16. Such non-resident taxable person
shall not be allowed credit of any other inward supplies, except for tax paid
on goods imported by him. Similarly, in case of goods sent for exhibition
abroad, Notification 45/2017-Cus. dated 30th June, 2017 provides
that no tax shall be payable on re-importation of such goods. This has also
been clarified by the Board Circular 21/2019-Cus. dated 24th July,
2019.

 

BRANCH TRANSFER

Branch transfer is a common terminology used
when a branch sends goods to another branch. Under GST, Entry 2 of Schedule I
of the CGST Act, 2017 deems supply of goods or services or both between related
persons or between distinct persons as specified in section 25 when made in the
course or furtherance of business as supply, even though made without
consideration which would require the transaction to be valued at arm’s length
and tax discharged.

 

The application of this entry in the context
of international branch transfer needs to be analysed. The term ‘distinct
persons’ is dealt with u/s 25(4) which provides that a person who has
obtained or is required to obtain more than one registration, whether in one
State or Union territory or more than one State or Union territory shall, in
respect of each such registration, be treated as distinct persons for the
purposes of this Act.

 

In other words, it is only the domestic
branches of an entity which come within the purview of distinct persons.
Similarly, a domestic H.O. and foreign branch, or vice versa would not
come within the purview of related persons, since the same would have entailed
existence of more than one person, which is not so in the case of branch transfers.
It is for this reason that in case of domestic transactions the concept of
‘distinct person’ has been introduced.

 

In this background, one would need to
analyse the tax implications when international branch transfer is undertaken,
i.e., goods are sent to foreign branch / H.O. or vice versa, goods are
received from foreign branch / H.O.

 

In an outward branch transfer case, it would
be a transaction of export of goods – both under customs as well as GST since
goods are actually going out of India. The supplying branch would have an
option to export the goods under LUT / Bond or on payment of duty.

 

However, in case of inward branch transfer,
the importer would be required to pay the applicable duty – customs as well as
integrated tax on such imports, subject to specific exemptions or cases where
the import of goods fall under specific scenarios.

 

CONCLUSION

While both the
Customs and the GST laws operate in different domains with different objectives
in mind, in view of the disconnect in certain cases, one finds instances of
overlap and interplay between these two laws.

 

LEARNINGS FOR AUDIT FIRMS IN THE ERA OF PCAOB AND NFRA

INTRODUCTION

Audit firms have
always been subject to regulatory review by both the ICAI as well as the
regulators. Whilst initially they only underwent scrutiny by the ICAI in terms
of the disciplinary mechanism, over a period of time ICAI introduced the
concept of review of individual audits undertaken by the firms, as also the
firm itself through the FRRB, Peer Review and QRB mechanism.
Recently, the QRB Reviews have been substituted through oversight and
regulation by the NFRA for firms involved in auditing a certain class of
entities, whereas the QRB will be involved in other matters.

 

Accordingly,
it would be pertinent to note the background and role played by the NFRA and
its implications on the future of audit firms.

 

NFRA

After the
Satyam scandal took place in 2009, the Standing Committee on Finance proposed
the concept of establishing a National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA) for
the first time in its 21st Report. The Companies Act, 2013
subsequently gave the regulatory framework for its composition and constitution.
The Union Cabinet approved the proposal for its establishment on 1st
March, 2018. The establishment of NFRA as an independent regulator is an
important milestone for the auditing profession and will improve the
transparency and reliability of financial statements and information presented
by listed companies and large unlisted companies in India.

 

The NFRA
was  constituted on 1st
October, 2018 by the Government of India u/s 132(1) of the Companies Act, 2013.
As per the said section, NFRA is responsible for recommending accounting and
auditing policies and standards in the country, undertaking investigations and
imposing sanctions against defaulting auditors and audit firms in the form of
monetary penalties and debarment from practice for up to ten years
.

 

APPLICABILITY

As per Rule 3
of the NFRA Rules, 2018, the Authority shall have power to monitor and enforce
compliance with accounting standards and auditing standards and oversee the
quality of service u/s 132(2) or undertake investigation u/s 132(4) in respect
of auditors of the following class of companies and bodies corporate, namely:

 

(a) Companies whose securities are listed on any
stock exchange in India or outside India;

(b) Unlisted public companies having paid-up
capital of not less than Rs. 500 crores or having annual turnover of not less
than Rs. 1,000 crores, or having, in aggregate, outstanding loans, debentures
and deposits of not less than Rs. 500 crores as on the 31st of March
of the immediately preceding financial year;

(c) Insurance companies, banking companies,
companies engaged in the generation or supply of electricity, companies
governed by any special Act for the time being in force or bodies corporate
incorporated by an Act in accordance with clauses (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of
sub-section (4) of section 1 of the Act;

(d) Any body corporate or company or person, or any
class of bodies corporate or companies or persons, on a reference made to the
Authority by the Central Government in public interest; and

(e) A body corporate incorporated or registered
outside India, which is a subsidiary or associate company of any company or
body corporate incorporated or registered in India as referred to in clauses
(a) to (d) above, if the income or net worth of such subsidiary or associate
company exceeds 20% of the consolidated income or consolidated net worth of
such company or body corporate, as the case may be, referred to in clauses (a)
to (d).

 

Thus, the
NFRA has stepped into the shoes of the QRB to concentrate on audit firms involved
in entities which are perceived as public interest entities. Currently
all private limited companies even if they satisfy the thresholds as per clause
(b) above are not covered.
Consequently, the QRB will henceforth be
involved in the review of audits firms involved in undertaking audits other
than those covered above.

 

The concept
of establishing the NFRA has been greatly influenced by the establishment and
functioning of the PCAOB in the USA and hence it would not be out of place at
this stage to briefly discuss its role.

 

PCAOB

The Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (‘PCAOB’) is a private-sector, non-profit
corporation created by the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (‘SOX’) to oversee
accounting professionals who provide independent audit reports for publicly
traded companies only, unlike NFRA which covers large unlisted public entities,
too. The annual budget of PCAOB for the year 2019 is $273.7 million for a
market cap of $9.8 trillion. The PCAOB’s responsibilities include the
following:

 

(i)   registering public accounting firms;

(ii) establishing auditing, quality control, ethics,
independence and other standards relating to public company audits;

(iii) conducting inspections, investigations and
disciplinary proceedings of registered accounting firms; and

(iv) enforcing compliance with SOX.

 

Registered
accounting firms that issue audit reports for more than 100 issuers (primarily
public companies) are required to be inspected annually. This is usually around
ten firms. Registered firms that issue audit reports for 100 or fewer issuers
are generally inspected at least once every three years. Many of these firms
are international non-U.S. firms who are involved in the audit of
publicly-traded companies on the US Stock Exchanges. Consequently, some
Indian audit firms who are involved in issuing audit reports are required to be
registered with PCAOB and hence be subject to PCAOB inspections.

 

INSPECTION REPORTS

The PCAOB periodically issues inspection reports
of registered public accounting firms. While a large part of these reports are
made public (called ‘Part I’), portions of the inspection reports that deal
with criticisms of, or potential defects in, the audit firm’s quality control
systems are not made public if the firm addresses those matters to the Board’s
satisfaction within 12 months of the report date.

 

Those portions are made public (called ‘Part II’)
only if (1) the Board determines that a firm’s efforts to address the
criticisms or potential defects were not satisfactory, or (2) the firm makes no
submission evidencing any such efforts.

 

IL&FS OUTBURST

After having understood the role of NFRA and to a
certain extent PCAOB, it would be pertinent at this stage to examine the public
outbursts against the closely-held financial sector giant ILFS which piled up
huge debts amounting to around Rs. 90,000 crores by September, 2018. The
problems initially surfaced with defaults in the repayment of the most liquid
and known safest form of debt, viz., commercial paper, followed by a domino
effect which threatened and called into question the stability of the entire
NBFC sector. This understandably led to a public outburst on various aspects
and called into question the role of the government, the RBI and the auditors,
amongst others. The following were some of the key matters which triggered the public outburst:

 

(1) What was the RBI doing all these years as a
part of its inspection process, considering that there were reports of breach
of NOF, group exposure and capital adequacy norms in case of one of the group
entities?

(2) How did the Credit Rating Agencies fail to see
through the high leverage and the potential defaults without any warnings and
suddenly downgraded the rating from stable to default?

(3) The impact of the defaults on the mutual funds
which had heavily invested in the debt instruments and the consequential impact
on the common investors;

(4) The bailing out by the government through
investments by LIC and SBI and other similar profitable PSUs (‘family jewels’)
thereby potentially jeopardising the savings of millions of investors and
policy-holders;

(5) As is always the case, the role of the auditors
was also called into question on many fronts like adherence to independence
requirements, maintaining professional scepticism, failure to comply with
regulatory requirements, provide early warning signals, etc.

 

It would be
pertinent at this point to dwell on NFRA and assess its role and duties in
conducting Audit Quality Review (AQR) of CA firms. The first such
AQR was completed in December, 2019 in respect of the audit undertaken by a
firm of one of the IL&FS group entities, which is an NBFC, being the first
such within that group which is in the public domain and which has been used as
a basis for the discussion hereunder.

 

AQR PROCESS

This is one of the important tools provided to the
NFRA to regulate and monitor audit firms as covered in the Rules referred to
earlier, which was conducted by the Quality Review Board. The QRB Review and
AQR can also be considered as equivalent to the PCAOB reviews conducted in the
case of the US-listed entities referred to earlier.

Scope
and regulatory force

The scope and
the regulatory force for the AQR are provided in Rule 8 of the NFRA Rules,
2018
. The said Rules provide that the NFRA may, for the purpose of
enforcing compliance with the Auditing Standards, undertake the following
measures which would broadly constitute the scope for the AQR:

(A) Review working papers and other documents and
communications related to the audit;

(B) Evaluate the sufficiency of the quality control
system followed by the auditor; and

(C) Perform such other testing of the audit,
supervisory and quality control procedures of the auditor as may be considered
necessary or appropriate.

 

Though Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 requires
the NFRA to inter alia monitor and enforce compliance with both the
Accounting and the Auditing Standards,
the main focus of the AQR, which
we will discuss in the subsequent section, is on compliance with the auditing
and quality control standards.

 

Steps
involved in undertaking the AQR

The AQR which
is undertaken is not a one-way traffic but follows an elaborate process of
seeking information from the audit firm, followed by the draft findings against
which the replies of the audit firm are sought before the final report is
issued. The following are the various steps which are broadly undertaken before
the final report is issued and the same are included in a separate Annexure to
the report so that there is no ambiguity:

(a) Formal letter sent by NFRA to the engagement
partner (EP) asking for the audit file of the client selected for review.

(b) Subsequent letter sent to the EP asking for the
list of related parties and the details of the audit and non-audit revenue of
the selected client under affidavit.

(c) NFRA’s letter sent to the EP containing a
questionnaire sent via email and the replies against the same by the audit
firm.

(d) NFRA’s letter to the EP conveying its prima
facie
observations against the various issues in the questionnaire referred
to in (c) above and the reply there against.

(e) Issuance of the Draft AQR Report (DAQR).

(f) Presentation made by the EP and the other team
members to the NFRA in pursuance of the observations in the DAQR.

(g) Written replies furnished by the EP to NFRA in
response to the observations in the DAQR.

(h) Issuance of the final AQR Report by NFRA.

 

Summary
of the NFRA’s conclusions in the AQR

The culmination of the above process resulted in
several findings, recommendations and conclusions covering a wide spectrum of
issues which were analysed under the following broad categories as tabulated
hereunder. Whilst a detailed discussion thereof is beyond the scope of this
article, the main findings as discussed here would not only provide an insight
into the thinking of the NFRA but also serve as an eye-opener to the audit
firms, especially the small and medium-sized ones, to enable them to ramp up
their audit quality keeping in mind the current circumstances.

 

Area

Key Findings / Observations
and Conclusions

 

 

Compliance with independence requirements

The NFRA has come down heavily on the independence requirements
violated by the audit firm, as evidenced by the following matters:

a) The audit firm had grossly violated the provisions of section
144 of the Companies Act, 2013
by providing various prohibited services
and also not taking the approval of the Audit Committee, including in
respect of services provided by associated / connected firms / companies
to both the company and its holding or subsidiary companies.
The total
fees for such non-audit engagements in excess of the corresponding audit fees
has, in the words of the NFRA used in the Report, ‘undoubtedly fatally
compromised the windependence in mind required by the Audit Firm

b) The approval of the Board of Directors for such
services is not permissible where the company has an Audit Committee and the
same would amount to an override of controls

c) There was a clear violation of the RBI Master
Directions
since the EP was involved in the audit for a period of five
years
as against the mandatory rotation after a period of three
years

d) The Senior Audit Engagement team comprising of the Audit
Director and Audit Senior Manager
were involved in the audit for a period
in excess of seven years which is against the spirit of the staff
rotation and familiarity threat principles
enshrined in SQC-1. The
contention of the audit firm that such requirements were applicable only to
the
EP and the Engagement Quality Control Review (EQCR) Partner
was not acceptable to the NFRA since the EQCR is an entirely independent
exercise. This clearly compromised on the audit firm’s independence both in
letter and in appearance

 

 

Role of the EP

The reference by NFRA to the role of the EP is both interesting
as well as insightful, as reflected through the following key observations:

a) The practice of the audit firm in designating two partners
as EPs is clearly a violation of SQC-1 as well as SA-220 – Quality control
for an Audit of Financial Statements
, which clearly mandates that member
firms should have only one EP, which aspect was also clearly laid down even
in the audit firm’s Internal Quality Manual

b) The time spent by the signing partner (who is
considered by the NFRA as the EP
) and the evidence of the review of
documentation
by him during the course of the audit, clearly shows
that almost all the important work of audit, i.e., independence evaluation,
risk assessment, audit plan, audit procedures, audit evidence, communications
with management or those charged with governance (TCWG) was not adequately
directed / supervised / reviewed
by the EP

 

 

Communication with TCWG

Since an ongoing two-way communication between the audit firm
and TCWG is an important element in the audit process, the following
observations by the NFRA in this regard merit attention:

a)The audit firm was not able to produce a single document
minuting the discussions held with TCWG

b) The assertion of the audit firm that they have
exercised their professional judgement in making their written communications
cannot be taken as a justification that nothing was required to be
communicated.
This also runs contrary to the fact that the RBI
inspections and subsequent correspondence had revealed serious
non-compliances relating to NOFs, CRAR, NPAs and Group entity exposures,
amongst others, which are significant and require to be communicated under
SA-250 on Consideration of Laws and Regulations in an Audit of Financial
Statements and SA-260 on Communication to Those Charged with Governance

c) As per the minutes of the meetings of the Board of
Directors and the Audit Committee,
there was also nothing on record to
demonstrate that the audit firm representatives had attended any meetings at
which the above matters were discussed, except the meeting at which the
accounts were approved and adopted.
Further, even at the said meeting the
contention of the audit firm that there were no serious non-compliances with
laws and regulations does not hold water, considering the correspondence
referred to above and the non- disclosure in the
financial statements

 

 

Evaluation of Risk of Material Misstatement
(ROMM) Matters

Assessment of ROMMs being an important component in the entire
audit process has naturally received due attention by NFRA and the following
are some of the important observations in respect thereof:

a) The reference in the audit work papers to
compliance with International Auditing Standards
is a clear
non-compliance with section 143(9) of the Companies Act, 2013.
The Report
further states that ‘the Companies Act refers only to SAs prescribed by
that statute and to no other. Hence, any reference to any SAs other than so
prescribed is clearly non-compliant with the Companies Act. NFRA, as a body
constituted under the Companies Act, 2013,

obligated to consider only what is compliant with
that Act.’

b) The audit firm failed to appropriately deal with
identification, categorisation and minimisation of engagement risk,
especially looking at the size, nature and economic significance of the
auditee company. The risk of misstatement due to fraud was also ruled out by
the audit firm, especially with regard to revenue recognition which is a
presumed fraud risk as per SA-240. This led to inadequate audit responses.

Some specific instances to highlight the same are discussed in points
(d) to (f) below

c) There were significant contradictions in the assessment of
ROMM which lead to the conclusion that the assessment had been carried out in
so casual a manner as to result in a complete sham

d) There is no reference in the audit file to the fact that
the audit firm has noted the SI – NBFC character of the entity whilst
undertaking a risk assessment and the consequential risk classification
as
normal which is reflective of an inadequate understanding of the
financial and business sectors of the economy.
The NFRA has further
remarked that ‘the RBI, as the chief regulator of financial and
monetary matters, makes this determination, which
needs to be

respected and not treated
cavalierly
.

e) There were several inadequacies found in the testing and
evaluation of NPAs,
including the requirement of early recognition of
financial distress and the resolution thereof and the classification of
Special Mention

Accounts in terms of the RBI guidelines

f) The audit firm should have maintained professional
scepticism throughout the audit by recognising the possibility that a
material misstatement due to fraud could exist as per SA-240, notwithstanding
the auditor’s past experience of the honesty and integrity of the entity’s
management and TCWG, by performing specific and adequate procedures to
address the following matters, amongst others:

(i) Suppression of defaults due to regular
‘ever-greening’ of loans,

(ii) Manual overriding of controls for a substantial
portion of loans sanctioned during the year as evidenced by the statement /
analysis in the audit file and the corresponding observations in respect
thereof in the

RBI Inspection Report,

(iii) 
Procedures to test the completeness and accuracy of the listing of
NPAs,

(iv) Testing of journal entries, especially those
pertaining to items posted after the closing date, significant period end
adjustments and estimates, inter-company transactions, etc.

Testing / disclosure of specific matters arising
out of RBI Inspection Reports

a) The audit firm did not question the management and challenge
the inflation of profit by a material amount through inclusion of the value
of a derivative asset which was entirely unjustified. The Report mentions
that ‘the actions of the auditor in not having done so, and having
accepted the stand of the management without question, shows clearly a gross
dereliction of duty and negligence on the part of the audit firm’

b) The audit firm accepted the stand of the management
about not disclosing the fact that the Net Owned Funds (NOF) and the Capital
to Risk Assets Ratio (CRAR) of the entity as on 31st March, 2018
were both negative, based on the RBI Inspection Report and related
communications and that this situation could lead to cancellation of the NBFC
license of the entity. The audit firm also certified the accounts as showing
positive NOF and CRAR, accepting the explanations of the management which
were clearly contrary to law.
The explanation of the audit firm seems to
imply that this communication of the RBI was not available to them. This
explanation was held to be unacceptable for the reason that this clearly
showed the complete lack of due diligence and professional scepticism on the
part of the audit firm. Had proper inquiries been made both with TCWG and the
RBI, it is certain that this communication would have been formally made
available to the audit firm

c) Consequent to the above matter, the audit firm did not
adequately question the going concern assumption
on the basis of which
the management had prepared the financial statements

 

 

Learnings
and challenges for audit firms

A careful
evaluation of the findings arising out of the above report provides several
learnings as well as challenges, especially for the small and medium-sized
firms, considering that the observations have been made in respect of an
international firm which is supposed to have robust processes. The challenges
before the SMPs are broadly analysed under the following headings:

 

Adverse
publicity / reputational risk:

Unlike the
earlier QRB Review Reports, the NFRA shares its findings and publishes the
reports on its website and hence the same are available in the public domain
,
which immediately leads to bad publicity and adverse reputational risk for both
the audit firm and the client / entity concerned. This is in line with the authority
provided to it in terms
of Rule 8(5) of the NFRA Rules. It may,
however, be noted that Rule 8(6) of the NFRA Rules provides that no confidential
or proprietary information
should be so published unless there are
reasons to do so in the public interest which are recorded in writing. However,
what constitutes confidential or proprietary information has not been defined.

 

One of the
ways in which this can be achieved is by dividing its report into two parts as
is done by the PCAOB as discussed earlier.

 

EMPHASIS ON AUDIT INDEPENDENCE AND AUDIT ADMINISTRATION /
COMMUNICATION

There is now
a growing expectation of independence both in letter and in spirit.
Whilst prima facie the requirements under the statute may appear to have
been complied with, independence of the mind in the eyes of the external
stakeholders / users of the audit report
is also important. This may be a challenge
to smaller firms who have a limited number of audits and staff to perform the
same, making them vulnerable to the familiarity threat.
Accordingly, in
future audit firms would have to keep in mind these aspects before they accept
fresh audit engagements since the ICAI / QRB has the power to regulate all
entities. Further, the general tendency of being an all-weather friend and
trusted adviser would need to be carefully calibrated with the regulatory
guidelines. Finally, a lot of emphasis would have to be placed on the extent
of the role played by the EP as against the tendency to rely on the work done
at the junior level due to both time and technical constraints (e.g. the EP
being a tax specialist). In this context, the observation of the NFRA of the audit
firm designating two EPs may not help since the concept of shared
responsibility did not cut ice with the NFRA.
To mitigate these
problems, small and medium-sized firms would do well to undertake external
consultation
on a more formalised and frequent basis since it is
also recognised as an important element in the overall quality control process
in terms of SQC-1.

 

IMPORTANCE OF FRAUD AND RISK ASSESSMENT

The
importance of these two aspects cannot be overemphasised. The current
environment of regulatory overdrive makes audit firms vulnerable to greater
scrutiny on these aspects. Several specific observations by NFRA on granular
aspects of fraud and risk assessment in the audit report like ever-greening of
loans, valuation of derivatives, testing of related party and inter-company
transactions, manual override of controls, etc. makes it imperative for audit
firms to exercise greater degree of professional scepticism since their
professional judgements would come under greater scrutiny. To mitigate these
problems, audit firms, especially the small and medium-sized ones, should have
regular training and orientation programmes, both external and internal, so
that apart from sharpening the technical skills the necessary soft skills are
also developed. Such training costs should not be considered as a cost but as
an investment
.

 

COMPLIANCE WITH AND ATTENTION TO REGULATORY MATTERS

The NFRA Report has sent out a clear message that
audit firms ignoring regulatory matters do so at their own risk. Further, NFRA
has taken a strict view on certain matters like risk classification in case of
Systemically Important (SI) – NBFCs as greater than normal, which is
questionable.
Another area flagged by them involves inadequate
communication and dialogue with the management and TCWG on regulatory matters.
Accordingly, it is important for audit firms to rigorously follow the
requirements laid down under SA-250 and SA-260 even though the primary
responsibility for compliance with laws and regulations rests with the management
and TCWG.

 

Robust
documentation of the audit engagement and firm level policies

The oft-used
phrase what is not documented is not done and also the fact that
audit documentation should be self-explanatory and be able to stand on its own,
has been clearly in evidence in the NFRA’s findings in several places,
e.g. reference to International Standards on Audit (this provides a subtle
message to the firms with an international affiliation that compliance with
international requirements is no substitute for compliance with the local
regulations, guidelines and pronouncements)
, non-availability of minutes of
meetings of discussions / communication with the management on important
matters, no specific documentation evidencing performance of key audit procedures
in respect of certain transactions having greater risk and fraud potential and
so on.

 

One of the
most important learnings for audit firms involved in the audit of covered
entities
is to streamline and standardise routine audit documentation
by laying down clear policies, checklists and other documentation for execution
of audit engagements in general and keeping in mind the specific documentation
requirements as laid down in the various Standards on Auditing, as also on the
various elements of the system of quality control, as under, as laid down in
SQC-1:

 

(I)   Leadership responsibilities for quality within
the firm;

(II)   Ethical requirements (including independence
requirements);

(III)  Acceptance and continuance of client
relationships and specific engagements;

(IV) Human Resource policies covering recruitment,
training, performance evaluation, compensation, career development, assignment
of engagement teams, etc.;

(V)  Engagement performance, including
consultation, engagement quality review, engagement documentation retention and
ownership, etc.

 

Whilst
framing policies in respect of the above and any other related matters, care
should be taken to avoid mechanically copying the requirements laid down in the
Standards. The policies should be framed keeping in mind, among other things,
the size of the firm, the nature and complexity of the clients served and the
competence of the personnel to implement the same.

 

How
small and medium-sized firms can prepare for NFRA review

One of the
most important elements is to have an audit manual in place covering the
policies and procedures, with all templates, formats, and checklists in place
to ensure compliance with the applicable Auditing Standards. The structure and
significant content of the audit manual could be as follows:

 

  • INTRODUCTION AND FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES:

This chapter
introduces the fundamental principles related to reasonable assurance,
objective of an audit, audit evidence, documentation, financial reporting
framework, quality control, ethics, professional scepticism, technical
standards.

  •   PRE-ENGAGEMENT
    ACTIVITIES:

In this chapter the
manual deals with the basic engagement information, engagement evaluation:
client acceptance / continuance, independence declarations, staff assessment
and audit budget, planning meetings, terms of the engagement.

  •   PLANNING THE AUDIT:

This chapter covers
the audit approach, gathering knowledge of the business, laws and regulations
and understanding the accounting systems and internal controls, fraud risk
discussions and indicators, related parties.

  •  RISK ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES:

This chapter will
help auditors comply with the standards of auditing related to the
identification and mitigation of risk of material misstatement, fraud risk and
going concern risk at the initial stage of audit.

  • PLANNING MATERIALITY:

Planning
materiality is one of the most critical elements of an audit as it determines
the coverage of the audit. Planning materiality should be determined at the
planning stage and should be updated if required during the execution phase.

  •   AUDIT PROGRAMMES:

A well-designed
audit programme ensures compliance of auditing standards and quality standards
while performing the audit and also acts as a guiding checklist for the
engagement team.

  • TEST OF CONTROLS AND SUBSTANTIVE TESTS:

This chapter guides
the team in determining the reliance on the test of controls vis-a-vis the test
of details, resulting in a balanced approach between the two to ensure an
efficient and effective audit.

  •   PERFORMING THE AUDIT:

This chapter is the
heart of the audit documentation. It deals with documentation of the execution
of the entire audit, determining the audit sampling, audit sampling procedures,
consideration of applicable laws and regulations, inquires with management and those
charged with governance, external confirmation procedures, analytical
procedures, procedures to audit accounting estimates and fair value
measurements, identification of related parties, going concern considerations,
considering the work of internal audit or experts, physical verification
procedures, etc.

  •  FINALISATION: AUDIT CONCLUSIONS AND
    REPORTING:

The auditor needs
to ensure the adequacy of presentation and disclosure, subsequent event and
going concern consideration, final analytical review, evaluation of audit test
results, issue of the auditor’s report, communicate with those charged with
governance and coverage of management representations.

 

 

 

CONCLUSION

What is
not documented is not done has been the age-old mantra!
Audit documentation helps the auditors to prove to the user of the
financial statements, usually the authorities, that a proper audit was
conducted. The data that has been recorded can help in ensuring and encouraging
that the quality of the audit is maintained. It also provides an assurance that
the audit that was performed was in accordance with the applicable auditing
standards.
 

 

 

WORKING CAPITAL CHALLENGES FOR CA FIRMS IN COVID TIMES

Historically, in India Chartered Accountants
have practised as proprietary concerns or partnership firms. But since the
introduction of the Limited Liability Partnership Act (LLP) and the permission
of the ICAI for Chartered Accountants to practise as LLPs, many members of the
Institute in practice have either formed LLPs or have converted their
partnership firms into LLPs. Most of the Chartered Accountant practising units
(the firms) were small or of medium size and their working capital needs were
fully taken care of by funding from the partners and the retained profits.

 

As the size of many of these firms grew and
the number of partners increased, they started needing more space to operate.
Given that the investment for purchase of office premises, especially in
metropolitan cities, was high, many firms started using rented premises.
Furnishing of these offices was carried out using partners’ capital and
borrowing from banks and other lenders. In many cases, the purchase of vehicles
was also done by borrowing from banks or from Non-Banking Finance Companies
(NBFCs). Most of the firms hardly needed to borrow for their working capital as
their income was in the nature of service income being generated from a number
of clients and spread uniformly. Borrowing for office premises, furniture,
equipment or vehicles was common but if a firm borrowed for working capital
needs, it could have been an indication that either the proprietor or one or
more of the partners had overdrawn their capital.

 

REVENUE CYCLE TURNS
CYCLICAL:
With the mandate to compulsorily follow
the fiscal year by the government, the revenue cycle of Chartered Accountant
firms also became somewhat cyclical. The major part of the work is required to
be performed between April and November and the major billing starts happening
between May and December every year. This has resulted in a majority of the annual
cash inflow of the firms coming in during the second and third quarter of a
financial year. Generally, the months of February, March and April are ‘dry’
with regard to billing and recovery of funds. This results in low liquidity in
firms after the payment of advance taxes in March, which lasts till the end of
May / June, depending on the practice areas of the firms. However, the firms
are conscious about this unevenness of the fund flow and they accumulate the
required cash during the peak work season to pay for taxes as well as expenses
in the lean months. This discipline keeps most of the firms away from borrowing
for working capital.

 

However, Covid-19 has changed the scenario
for firms and even the individual practices of professionals. The lockdown,
starting from 25th March, 2020, potentially has serious
repercussions on the working capital of firms. Most of the firms are cushioned
until the month of May as they have provided for low recoveries in the
beginning of the year as usual. However, due to postponement of the due date of
completion of audits, tax audits and filing of various returns, the billings
are getting postponed by at least two to three months. Further, most of the
clients may not be able to pay the expected fees promptly due to the squeeze on
their working capital and profitability on account of the prolonged lockdown.
Small businesses are suffering due to temporary closures and a steep fall in
demand. The competition from online suppliers and from certain larger
suppliers, who can manage the logistics of home delivery, has further eroded
their business.

 

FATE OF SMALL-SCALE
MANUFACTURERS:
The fate of small-scale
manufacturers is no different. This has substantially affected the capacity of
small clients to pay fees to their chartered accountants, though generally
their fees are cleared promptly. The larger businesses in key sectors have also
suffered due to the lockdown and this may result in delay in payment of the
bills of the firms. The clients will use their funds primarily for their
business priorities before allocating them to payments for services such as
those of chartered accountants. This is likely to result in delayed recovery of
fees, and in some cases even bad debts. It is likely that as in many other
businesses or professions, the F.Y. 2020-21 is likely to be tough for chartered
accountants in practice.

 

The delay in recovery of fees and some
recoveries turning doubtful can cause strain not only on the profitability of
the firms but also on their working capital. The laws have not reduced any
compliances or any complications but many due dates are deferred due to the
lockdown. Therefore, the same volume of services needs to be delivered by the
firms to the client, though with extended deadlines. This scenario will keep
the expenditure of the firms at the same level as that of the earlier years, as
they will not be able to get their work done with fewer man-hours or overheads,
unless well-directed efforts are made in that direction. However, income for
the firms may come down and be likely to be recovered late. This may result in
a major working capital gap for the firms, especially between the months of
June and December.

 

It appears for now that the need of working
capital will be temporary in nature. The squeeze may last the current financial
year with the possibility of spilling over to the next year. Generally, the
need of working capital augmentation should be around 50% of the annual
expenditure of the firm, though in many cases depending upon the size and
practice areas, an amount equal to 25-30% of such expenditure should allow the
firm to sail through smoothly. This is so mainly because the lag of billing and
recovery is likely to be around three to four months but in
case of some firms it can extend to six months. The working capital of firms
can be augmented from the following sources:

 

BORROWING FROM THE
PARTNERS:
This is the simplest way of raising
working capital if one or more partners are willing to contribute the required
amount. Interest can be paid to such contributing partners based on the
partnership agreement, or based on the prevailing bank rate, or as mutually
agreed by the partners. It may also be possible to borrow against the fixed
deposits of the partners from banks if facilitated by one or more partners.
Such an arrangement can result in low interest cost and it may prevent
disturbing the personal finances of the partners. The partners may also agree
to bring deposits from their family members or even from friends which may be
interest-bearing or interest-free, based on the mutual agreement between the
partners.

 

BORROWING FROM
BANKS:
Most of the banks are willing to extend
working capital facility to Chartered Accountant firms but the question of
security may crop up. Banks are not happy to grant such loans without any
security and it may not be easy for the firm to provide such security because
the firm may not have such acceptable assets and it may not be desirable to
request one or some of the partners to give security of their personal assets.
These borrowings can come under MSME loans and in that case may be subject to a
charge of reduced rate of interest. If the firm already has existing loans
taken for its premises or its furniture and fixtures, it may be possible to
take a top-up loan on the said loan, with accelerated equal monthly
instalments, or by increasing the term of the loan. In such a case, the
security remains the same and the documentation can be quick and easy. While
borrowing from banks it is essential to keep in mind that the borrowing should
be done just in time to reduce the interest liability. The working capital need
is not going to be front-loaded and it will be consumed month after month for
monthly expenses. Therefore, a staggered drawing of the loan amount would be
more desirable as against securing an upfront term loan.

 

BORROWING FROM
NBFCs:
Non-Banking Finance Companies can be a good
source of borrowing for the short-term working capital needs of a firm. A loan
from an NBFC is generally more expensive than that from a bank, but it can be
procured faster with fewer formalities. Similarly, partners can negotiate and
combine their individual unsecured borrowing limits into the borrowing limit of
the firm, but such a loan will attract personal guarantees of all the partners.
Borrowing against security of assets can be much easier if a firm or its
partners can offer the same. Such an arrangement can be made with an
appropriate understanding between the partners. As the expected working capital
requirement is for a short term, in case of insistence of security by the
lender, it is advisable to grant security of moveable properties, which can be
pledged faster and at less cost as compared to an immoveable property.

 

USE OF CREDIT
CARDS:
A firm can use credit cards of the firm or
those of its partners for making various payments for utilities, telephone
bills, stationeries, books, etc. Though these expenses do not make up the major
working capital needs of a firm, they can partially mitigate the working
capital gap. When the working capital cycle improves, the firm can repay the
credit outstanding along with interest. It should be kept in mind that funding
from credit cards is the easiest, but it is one of the most expensive avenues.
Further, credit card liability would have to be paid in instalments as per the
terms of the credit card and delays can attract substantial penal charges and
can also affect the CIBIL rating of the card-holder.

 

REDUCING,
STAGGERING OR POSTPONING WITHDRAWALS BY PARTNERS:

In most of the firms, partners draw fixed amounts every month to meet their
normal expenses. The excess credit balance in their capital account is drawn
either towards the end of the year or at the beginning of the following year.
Though it is difficult to get back the money paid earlier to the partners as
such amount may be invested, committed or spent, the partners can agree to not
draw their normal drawings for a few months, or draw lower amounts for those
months so as to conserve the working capital of the firm. Such an arrangement
does not change the profit share of the partners but it does postpone the
outflow of funds from the firm. This arrangement can help the firm to partly
cover its working capital gap.

 

POSTPONING PART
SALARIES OF SENIOR STAFF:
The partners of a firm
can also make arrangements with senior staff of the firm who are drawing
salaries above a certain threshold, to defer a part of the salary payments for
a certain period to overcome the working capital gap. The arrangement can be different
from employee to employee. They should take appropriate care of the minimum
monthly needs of the employees, including their respective loan instalments. In
the current times of lockdown and gradual unlocking, the actual expenditure of
many people has reduced because there are fewer avenues for meaningful
spending. People are also in the mood to save as the future remains uncertain.
Therefore, this type of arrangement may not be out of place. Further, in case
of specific needs of an employee, some flexibility or modifications in the
payment schedule can be made by the partners of the firm.

 

DEFERMENT OF BONUS
FOR THE YEAR:
Many firms give an annual bonus at
the time of Diwali. It is possible that the financials of the firms at this
year’s Diwali may not be strong enough to pay out a large amount as annual
bonus. This difficulty can be overcome by partly or fully deferring the bonus
payment till the end of the financial year, by which time the finances of the
firms are likely to improve. Such a deferment can only give partial relief to
the firm by reducing its working capital gap at a crucial time.

 

RECEIVING FEES IN
ADVANCE FROM SOME CLIENTS:
A firm can also request
a few large net worth clients or companies to pay their fees in advance, or
grant an advance against future billings. The long-standing clients of a firm
with good liquidity may be able and willing to oblige. However, such advances
should be avoided from audit clients – and the provisions of the Companies Act
and the Code of Ethics of the ICAI should be properly observed. While taking
such advances, GST repercussions may also be considered.

The Covid-19 pandemic has raised several
issues related not only to the physical and mental well-being of people, but
also related to the financial stability of individuals, businesses, companies
and even the government. The financial planning of many individuals and
families has suffered a serious setback and nobody has a clear answer as to
when things will improve. In the current situation, the Chartered Accountant
professionals are comparatively more protected as the major part of their
revenue is earned out of statutory compliances that have not been done away
with.

 

Medical professionals are working very hard
and they can expect their finances to remain steady as their services are in
high demand. However, other professionals providing legal, architectural,
engineering, designing services, etc. may have much more serious working
capital problems as compared to a firm of chartered accountants. Their mismatch
of working capital may not get resolved by the end of the current financial
year and it may take longer to get back on track. Such professionals and their
firms will need to secure long-term working capital arrangements from banks or
NBFCs to tide over their needs, unless the partners can make up the deficit in
the working capital by capital induction or otherwise.

 

Undoubtedly, Covid-19 has caused and is
going to cause even further disruption in our professional activities. It may
cause a turnover of the staff as many may prefer to work at places as near as
possible to their homes. Senior staff may be ready to take temporary reductions
in their take-home salaries. Clients are likely to feel the pinch in their
businesses and requests for reduction in fees are going to be very common. The
work volume may not be reduced at least during F.Y. 2020-21 as most of us will
be working on the transactions of the clients entered into in F.Y. 2019-20,
which were at normal levels. The request for lower fees may continue for one
more year as the turnover and activities of F.Y. 2020-21 are likely to be on
the lower side as compared to the previous year. So the pain is likely to last
for a couple of years for our profession. In the given circumstances, our
profession needs to rationalise and control costs and stand by our clients
gracefully, accepting reduction of fees in deserving cases. This will result in
a lower bottom line for the profession, but the gesture may go a long way with
the client.

 

The times are
unprecedented, tough and full of uncertainties. In such times, innovation,
caution and thrift will go a long way to take the professionals out of the
crisis, physically, mentally and financially, without much damage. 

CURRENT THEMES IN CORPORATE RESTRUCTURINGS AND M&As

This article attempts to consolidate recent key commercial and regulatory developments having a bearing on Corporate Restructurings and Mergers & Acquisitions. It could help decision-makers in preparing for the expected resurgence of corporate actions as we step into ‘Mission Begin Again’.

BACKDROP

The F.Y. 2019-20 was hampered by a global structural slowdown which got further amplified with the novel Covid-19 pandemic bearing significant impact on business models and corporate actions.

From a sustenance stand-point, raising fresh capital for organic and inorganic needs is clearly the need of the hour. We are seeing the outlier transaction of Jio Platforms’ Rs. 115,693 crores aggregate fund raise1  and then we have the flurry of announcements for rights issues, NCDs, venture debts and loan top-ups. From the startups’ perspective, pricing and dilution issues are forcing them towards debt and venture debt with unique situations around collaterals and dynamic business models with cash burn.

With Unlock 1.0 and the expectation of ‘normal’ monsoon2  serving as a confidence-booster, markets and industries are moving in a green zone, at least on a month-on-month basis, including for capital markets.

Index Current levels (1st June, 2020) % change from 1st Jan to 31st Mar % change from 31st Mar to 1st June
SENSEX 33,303 – 29% + 13%

Subject to the possibility of Covid continuing to lash out again and again in waves, Q3FY21 and Q4FY21 may provide some clarity on business feasibilities, cash runways, etc. which could act as a direct feeder for potential internal and external restructurings and M&A actions and consolidation across sectors.


1   https://www.bseindia.com/xml-data/corpfiling/AttachHis/715b628f-8f44-413a-b509-2943a2dd3f22.pdf
2  http://internal.imd.gov.in/press_release/20200601_pr_827.pdf

Each corporate action, irrespective of its nature, size and scale, has its unique internal and external challenges, including:

From the preparedness point of view, the above agenda clearly needs at least two to four months of planning before actual execution of corporate action. So, the time is NOW.

With almost all the businesses exposed due to the pandemic, it is absolutely essential to take a hard look / relook at the story, rephrase it and create a platform for market participants for ease of deal-making.

On the M&A horizon, we are seeing re-negotiations of live transactions, revalidating offerings and numbers to see if strategic reasons still hold good, to re-assess deal valuations, covenants, etc. For already ‘closed’ transactions, re-negotiations are expected in the capital structure (cap tables, as they are known commonly), earn-out targets, valuation covenants, agreed business plans and covenants in the shareholder / transaction agreements. Such re-negotiations may also get extended to ESOPs and sweat equity allocations and agreed benchmarks.

For us professionals, we can add significant value on both sides of the table, especially keeping tax and regulatory requirements in mind.

RIGOROUS OPERATIONAL ASSESSMENTS COULD LEAD TO RESTRUCTURINGS AND DEALS

An assessment of costs, commitments, scenario analyses, markets and stakeholders’ concerns during the lockdown could help in identifying ‘good apples’ and ‘bad apples’.

Consolidation (mergers) and hive-offs (de-mergers or slump sale or itemised sale) can be evaluated for the following scenarios:

Indicator Possible solution
New-age business or product Hive-off to attract new-age capital
Excess capacities, facilities and assets Hive-off and sale / leases, white-labelling arrangements, joint ventures
Unviable undertakings / companies Consolidation with parent to optimise on costs going forward
Business succession issues due to shifting of talent, labour and resources Merger / consolidation with other market participants

 

Creating group or sector-level outsourcing vehicles with independent business plan

High-performing businesses Separating from common hotchpotch and value realisation

At times, segregation of businesses with distinct cash flows could help could lead the way forward for the company, investor interest and fund-raising. Such a raise also helps promoters to bring their contribution in the bank settlements which are generally in 20%-25% ratio of restructuring and thereby helping and working on an overall bailout plan.

The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (‘IBC’) has fast-tracked the insolvency and resolution process requiring swift action on the part of management in the rescue attempt. It is often seen that viable assets / businesses are drawn into distress if not segregated in time.

By way of example, recently Gold’s Gym filed for bankruptcy protection in the US3. Interestingly, they have closed company-owned gyms; however, licensing (franchising) business is expected to keep the company a going concern. We have had many such examples in India in the past.

Global companies and investors are looking out for replacing China with India and other developing countries. In times like these, corporates which are placed well from the structure, clarity of business plan, readiness and compliance point of view could be the preferred choice for external investors and also help in faster ‘closing’ of deals.


3   https://www.goldsgym.com/restructure/

Even a simple decision of choice of a legal entity between Limited Liability Partnership vs. Private Limited Company could have significant impact on the IRR of the project merely due to the difference in applicable income tax rates.

In October, 2019 RIL created a structural as well as technological platform providing flexibility in deal-making4.

Structures like these provide significant flexibility in deal-making or primary listing at a multiple level, like platform company, telecom company, investees or even any combination thereof.

The current slowdown and the ability to go back to the drawing board can certainly be leveraged to prepare for M&As, restructurings and the expected resurgence in Q3FY21 onwards. Going by experience, we often find ourselves hard-pressed for availability of sufficient time to implement the most effective structure and thereby compromising on possible savings even in time value of money terms.

From the balance sheet optics point of view, historically, companies have also used the capital reduction process u/s 66 of the Companies Act to adjust negative reserves or assets which have lost value against the capital. Companies can evaluate such strategies to right-size the balance sheet, especially absorbing the Covid impact.

IMPACT OF COVID-SPECIFIC ANNOUNCEMENTS

As announced under the Atmanirbhar Bharat initiatives and further ratified by the IBC (Amendment) Ordinance, 2020 dated 5th June, 2020:

  • No application for IRP shall be filed for any default arising on or after 25th March, 2020 for a period of six months or such further period not exceeding one year from such date; and

4   https://www.ril.com/DownloadFiles/Jio%20Presentation_25Oct19.pdf

(ii)   there shall be a permanent ban on filing of applications for any default which may occur during the aforesaid period.

Separately, government also intends to raise the minimum threshold to initiate fresh IBC proceedings to Rs. 1 crore.

Corporates can use this for their benefit in multiple ways, including:

(a)   Design and negotiate a restructuring strategy directly with lenders and creditors;

(b) Speedy disposal of internal restructuring schemes involving merger, de-merger, capital reduction, etc. due to expected reduction in the burden of cases on NCLTs.

The Government of India has also proposed multiple schemes such as the Rs. 3 lakh crores Collateral-free Automatic Loans for Business5, including MSMEs; Rs. 20,000 crores Subordinate Debt for MSMEs; Rs. 50,000 crores equity infusion through MSME Fund of Funds. Ultimately, financing under any such scheme will be subject to the strength of the business and balance sheet. Corporates have been using mergers as a tool to demonstrate higher asset and capital base.

Other recent initiatives announced by the government giving impetus to transactions include:

(1)   Direct listing of securities by Indian public companies in foreign jurisdictions;

(2)   Sector-specific initiatives and reforms in agriculture, defence, space, coal, food processing, aircraft MRO, logistics, education, etc.;

(3)   Private companies which list NCDs on stock exchanges need not be regarded as listed companies.

OVERSEAS LISTING OF PUBLIC COMPANIES – A NEW PARADIGM

In December, 2018 SEBI published the Expert Committee Report6 suggesting a framework for listing shares of Indian companies on overseas exchanges and vice versa.

In March, 2020 the Companies (Amendment) Bill, 2020 introduced in the Lok Sabha proposed to amend section 23 and provide for – such class of public companies may issue such class of securities for the purposes of listing on permitted stock exchanges in permissible foreign jurisdictions or such other jurisdictions, as may be prescribed.


5   https://www.eclgs.com/
6   Report of the Expert Committee for Listing of Equity Shares of companies incorporated in India on Foreign Stock Exchanges and of companies incorporated outside India on Indian Stock Exchanges, dated 4th December, 2020As of today, Indian companies can access the equity capital markets of foreign jurisdictions through the American Depository Receipts (‘ADR’) and Global Depository Receipts (‘GDR’) regimes. Indian companies can list their debt securities on foreign stock exchanges directly through the masala bonds and / or foreign currency convertible bond (‘FCCB’) / foreign currency exchangeable bonds (‘FCEB’) framework.

The proposed framework is expected to provide:

As stated in the Expert Committee Report, over the period 2013-2018, 91 companies with business operations primarily in China raised US $44 billion through initial public offerings on NYSE and NASDAQ in the USA. This indicated the potential for Indian companies, especially unicorns, to tap additional capital in the new structure.

The report also listed jurisdictions where listing could be allowed – USA, China, Japan, South Korea, UK, Hong Kong, France, Germany, Canada and Switzerland.

Key beneficiaries of this could be IT/ITES, unicorns, healthcare, infrastructure, companies having significant global exposure, companies having strong corporate governance and having third-party investors such as PE, VC investors.

From the process point of view, some of the critical aspects of the process include:

Key nuances of overseas listings include:

  1. Relatively higher process and adviser costs;
  2. Approximately six months of overall timelines;

iii.         Potential class action suits for significant drops in the prices, etc.;

  1. Understanding of and compliance with foreign regulations such as stock exchange regulations, regulations such as FCPA (anti-corruption regulations), FATF compliances; and
  2. Enhanced disclosures and continuous investor, market engagements.

Before this becomes a reality, substantial changes are expected across the spectrum from corporate law to securities law and tax laws.

OTHER RECENT REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS

With the number of new proposals, disclosure requirements could also lead to re-assessment of group structures.

CARO 2020

Under CARO 20207, a disclosure is required whether a company is a Core Investment Company (‘CIC’) as per RBI regulations and whether the group has more than one CIC. As a fallout, if at such group level the aggregate asset of the CICs exceeds Rs. 100 crores, such CICs are required to be registered with RBI as ‘Systematically Important CICs’ (CIC-ND-SI).

Some of the legacy groups could unintentionally run into unwanted, tedious registration or compliance requirements with such new disclosures and focused assessment. It could even be reason enough to liquidate or consolidate unwanted holding / operating companies with the objective to cut costs and streamlining operations to reduce the regulatory burden.


7   Applicability extended from financial year 2019-20 to financial year 2020-21 onwards

Minority squeeze-outs

On 3rd February, 2020 sub-sections 11 and 12 were introduced in section 2308  to provide for compromise or arrangement to include takeover offers made in such manner as may be prescribed (except for listed companies where SEBI regulations are to be followed).

The MCA also notified the National Company Law (Amendment) Rules 2020 (‘NCLT Rules’) and the Companies (Compromises, Amalgamations and Arrangements) Amendment Rules, 2020 (‘Companies Rules’) to deal with the rules and procedures.

This will certainly provide an additional and specific window for companies looking to delist and provide them with a framework to eliminate the minority shareholders completely. This will help them to effectively take 100% control over operations and help in decision-making during corporate actions.

SEBI’s Press Release for Listed Companies having Stressed Assets9 and other relaxations

The timing of SEBI’s Press Release (PR No./35/2020) could not have been better. It principally deals with relaxation in the pricing of preferential issues and exemption from making an open offer for acquisitions in listed companies having ‘Stressed Assets’ (as per the eligibility criteria set out) by way of:

  1. Relaxation of pricing guidelines and limiting the pricing calculation based on past two weeks’ data only. Existing regulations also mandate considering 26 weeks’ price data which may not capture the Covid disruption;
  2. Exemption from making an open offer even if the acquisition is  beyond  the  prescribed threshold or if the open offer is warranted due to change in control.

The above proposal comes with conditions such as non-applicability for allotment to promoters, approval of majority of the minority shareholders, disclosure and monitoring of proposed use and lock-in period of three years.


8   https://tinyurl.com/ycdc3tvs
9. https://www.sebi.gov.in/media/press-releases/jun-2020/relaxations-for-listed-companies-having-stressed-assets_46910.html

Further, SEBI also issued PR No./ 36 / 2020 temporarily relaxed pricing guidelines (up to 31st December, 2020) for all the corporates and provided an additional option to price the preferential allotments at the higher of 12-week or two-week prices with lock-in of three years.

The above decisions could help in faster resolution of stress and avert liquidation proceedings under IBC and large M&As and also provide an incentive to the promoters to provide liquidity to the companies at current prices.

Peculiar situations arising in deals

Declining valuations create opportunities to seek deals that create long-term value and total shareholder returns

 

In fact, the numbers of buyers could also be limited in today’s times. This could be the single most important reason for deals to return soon and chase companies that have survived the impact of Covid-19

Valuation and volatility issues around primary markets are expected to spur secondary market deals and M&As at least for the rest of F.Y. 2020.

Ex-IBC M&A activity itself has seen a lull even in F.Y. 2019. For various reasons, transactions also take too long to close. Limited partners of PE Funds have also advised the general partners and fund managers to tread with caution and focus on situations in existing portfolio companies during Covid.

Key discussions amongst the investment community are revolving around the following points:

(a) Re-negotiations are rampant;

(b) Decision-making has slowed across the globe and parties are trying to fully understand the impact of Covid-19 on businesses;

(c) M&A deal-making teams need to identify what would be the ‘new normal’;

(d) Sectors like healthcare, agri, logistics and technology would get more investments in the near future, as their inherent need has been clearer due to the Covid situation. On the other hand, discretionary spends like luxury goods, hotels, tourism, etc. might have longer downturns;

(e) The deal-making process will change to more virtual meetings, online DDs, etc., managements may not be immediately comfortable in taking such strategic decisions through virtual meetings, leading to slower deal-making processes;

(f) Companies / business models which are cash-positive will be more in demand and would attract buyers’ interest;

_____________________________________________________________

8   https://tinyurl.com/ycdc3tvs
9   https://www.sebi.gov.in/media/press-releases/jun-2020/relaxations-for-listed-companies-having-stressed-assets_46910.html
10  MINISTRY OF FINANCE (Department of Economic Affairs) NOTIFICATION, New Delhi, 22ndApril, 2020

(g) Keeping a tab on regulatory changes, compliance timelines, ability to avail of fiscal benefit has been an area of concern. For example, post-22nd April, 202010 , foreign investment from neighbouring countries will require prior government approval.

Key changes in some of the deal-making aspects are dealt with as under:

Constrained due diligences with renewed focus areas:

The security of supply chains, possible crisis-related special termination rights in important contracts and other issues that were considered low-risk in times of economic growth will become more important.

Areas requiring special focus or an expert opinion during the diligences include:

(i)   Business Continuity Plan,

(ii) IT infrastructure and data security,

(iii) Insurance and Risk Mitigation policies,

(iv) Impact and scenario analysis, especially for fiscal benefits,

(v) Strength of supply chain.

One solution here could be ready with a vendor due diligence (‘VDD’) report upfront.

Pricing and instrument structuring: Pricing is generally a forward-looking exercise on the back of the latest financial performance.

Earnings / profitability-based pricing models are more relevant in case of established businesses, whereas indicators such as Daily Active Userbase (DAU), Merchandise Value or traction are used in valuing new-age businesses.

Due to changing dynamics and demand / supply chain disruptions, the problem is around sustainability of earnings of F.Y. 2020 and the estimation of earnings for F.Y. 2021.

In such situations, pricing based on a stable period which could be F.Y. 2021 or even F.Y. 2022, could be looked at whereby consideration can be back-ended or involving escrow arrangements. Such structures would also necessitate careful structuring from the income tax point of view.

Further, in case of FDI / cross-border transactions, transfer of equity instruments between an Indian resident and a non-resident, an amount not exceeding 25% of the total consideration –

(A) may be deferred or settled through escrow for a period not exceeding 18 months from the date of transfer agreement; or

(B) may be indemnified by the seller for a period not exceeding 18 months from the date of the payment of the full consideration.

While point (A) is often seen in practice, it does provide limited flexibility of 18 months. To address this, one can consider structuring staggered acquisition of shares over a period of time where performance needs to be comforted with an appropriate legal documentation or even using dilutive convertible instruments to the extent possible.

Disclosure lists, indemnities, representation and warranties:

While some of the risks are still not insurable, significant reliance and discussions could be around various disclosures since some of the standard representations may not hold good; let’s say the possibility of one of the largest customers calling off a contract, or a vendor renegotiating prices causing material adverse effect, etc.

It is imperative to provide for sufficient headroom for financial covenants typically agreed in shareholder agreements, especially for credit or quasi-credit deals.

Transaction structuring-related aspects:

Most often we see peculiar structuring needs around optimising tax costs, timelines, low compliances, etc. Table A (See below) provides a quick view of key parameters of some basic structuring ideas.

CONCLUSION

At the cost of many innocent lives, these unprecedented times are expected to bring in significant focus on sustainability and on an essentially minimalist and fundamental approach for any action or decisions. The ongoing fiscal, regulatory and geo-political changes are expected to add to the vibrancy for a living or corporal person.

Depending upon the strategy a business may adopt, defensive measures could help to protect the future and aggressive actions could actually help in transforming or even re-writing the future. On this positive note, we continue to look forward to some interesting corporate actions and decision-making.

Table A

Important Covid-19 Parameters Share Acquisition / Slump Sale Scheme of Arrangement (NCLT Route)
Consideration Cash flows or share swaps More flexible & comprehensive. Issue shares, convertible instruments, other securities or cash flow
Valuation Limited flexibility on account of certain taxation and commercial aspects and related costs Ability to structure the valuation subject to going concerns and future parameters
Tax Outflow Immediate tax liability – could put pressure on cash flows Could be structured as tax neutral combination or divestment, thereby postponing actual tax incidence to the liquidity event
Timelines 1 to 2 months

 

(Could increase in case of regulatory involvement)

4 to 8 months subject to NCLT process
Stamp Duty Costs Subject to state-specific laws

 

Could range between 0.25% to 3%, depending upon transfer of shares or transfer of business

Subject to state laws

 

Example, in Maharashtra – It is higher of 0.7% of value of shares issued and 5% of value of immoveable property situated in the state, subject to overall cap of 10% in the value of shares issued

GST Share transfers excluded. Asset sale subject to GST Transfer of business undertakings may not be subject to GST

TAX AND TECHNOLOGY: ARE TAX PROFESSIONALS AT RISK?

INTRODUCTION


There is a curious
story unfolding in the technology environment today. While dramatic advances
are being made in emerging spaces such as 5G communication, artificial intelligence
(AI), virtual reality (VR) and augmented reality (AR), these tectonic shifts
are erupting at dizzying speeds, triggering confusion at individual levels.
Paradigm shifts, game-changing breakthroughs and once-in-a-lifetime events are
now converging in the same time frame, adding to the hype on the timeline for
benefits.

 

The developments
bring to mind an oft-repeated quote of Microsoft founder Bill Gates: ‘We always
overestimate the change that will occur in the next two years and underestimate
the change that will occur in the next ten.’

 

Admittedly, there are barriers and impediments such as concerns about
privacy and data security, combined with natural reluctance and resistance to
change, that will slow the progress. However, public interest in transparency
and accountability is likely to settle the competing objectives of transparency
and confidentiality with appropriate regulatory restrictions on the use,
storage and transfer of data.

 

While the debate
about the pace at which the quantum leaps in technology will develop and how
quickly they will affect the tax professions continues, there is no doubt that
markets are already moving: preparing for and indeed expecting to see progress
and adoption of these technologies and these changes.

 

META-TRENDS IN TECHNOLOGY IMPACTING TAX
PROFESSION

In any case,
regardless of the current experience, developments in various technologies will
continue to be transformational, influencing both professional and personal
lives. The following are the five meta-trends in technology that will
materially affect the tax profession in the future:

 

(1) Data – big data
sets, massively improved performance and memory capacity at scale;

(2) Process automation
robotic process automation and integration of financial and other systems;

(3) Decision-making
AI augmenting compliance and consulting capabilities;

(4) Democratisation of knowledge – publicly available and easily accessible knowledge and
information: A ‘Google for tax rules’;

(5) Open networks
talent sourcing, crowd problem-solving and sharing eco-systems.

 

These patterns will
characterise the way tax regulators change and how organisations must react.
These patterns are, likewise, open doors for organisations and may frame the
establishment of any digital tax strategy and associated transformation.

 

(1) DATA

The phenomenon of
‘big data’ is having a dramatic impact on the way tax work is undertaken. The
increasing processing power and capacity of machines removes any limitation on
the amount of data that can be analysed.

 

The granularity of
data that is usable; the way transactions are recorded and accessed; real-time
reporting; and unlimited time-periods for data retention and storage will
transform the application of tax rules regulation. Instead of data sampling,
estimating and extrapolating, the professionals will be working with precise
and complete data sets. Very soon, the businesses will be at a point where the
details of all transactions can be quickly and easily classified and
investigated for tax purposes.

 

Besides, the way
transactions are effected will change with greater digital impact on
transactions and dealings between taxpayers and tax authorities and judicial
bodies. For example, the Income-Tax Department has already started deploying
data-mining and data analytics by linking various big data from internal as
well as external sources such as Statement of Financial Transaction (SFT), data
received from Investigation Wing, information received under Automatic Exchange
of Information (AEOI), FATCA, Ministry of Corporate Affairs and GSTN to identify
persons / entities who have undertaken high-value financial transactions but
have not filed their returns. Several tax administrations around the world have
started providing pre-filled returns and automating various tax compliances
based on comprehensive and accurate third-party data available with them.

 

In some territories, tax authorities already
require full accounts payable (AP) and receivable (AR) ledgers (with
invoice-level detail) and subsequent periodic trial balance financial ledgers
to be submitted. These countries include Brazil, Poland, France and Spain
(where AP and AR ledger details are required to be provided within four days of
the invoice issuance). India, too, will join this club once e-invoicing is
rolled out.

 

The Organisation
for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) in its report on ‘Advanced
Analytics for Better Tax Administration – Putting Data to Work (2016)

highlights that several tax administrations (including Ireland, Malaysia, the
Netherlands, New Zealand and Singapore), in addition to building statistical
models to predict VAT fraud or error, are carrying out Social Network Analysis
(SNA) to help detect VAT carousel fraud (a VAT carousel is a complex form of
missing-trader fraud which exploits the VAT-free treatment of cross-jurisdictional
sales) and other group-level risks. SNA helps administrations to identify risky
groups in situations where individual-level assessments may fail to detect
anything of concern. It identifies links between individuals (for instance, through
company directorships, joint bank accounts, or shared telephone numbers) and
assembles connected individuals into easily visualised networks. Case-workers
can then browse these networks to profile individual risks. Equally, the
networks can be scored for risk using either a rules-based assessment or a
statistical model trained on historical data. This report also provides an
overview of the application of advanced analytics by various tax
administrations for:

 

(i) audit case selection,

(ii) filing and payment compliance,

(iii) taxpayer
service,

(iv) policy
evaluation,

(v) taxpayer segmentation.

 

(2) PROCESS AUTOMATION

In the past data
collection has often been ad hoc and laborious. It typically requires
analysis and rework of data to classify for tax purposes. Businesses have
worked on structuring their data and recording it in their financial and other
systems, and more recently have adopted technologies such as robotic process
automation to streamline collection processes.

 

Today, multiple tax
compliance solutions help in generating accurate tax returns by leveraging data
collected as part of core business functions. In future, this is likely to
change dramatically. Increasingly, the classification of transactions will be
automated using machine learning applications that perform text-based search
and apply preset rules, learning from previous analysis to predict the
appropriate tax treatment.

 

AI will do the job
without needing to rely on upfront recording in structured accounting ledgers
or after-the-event manual review and allocation in spreadsheets. Combined with
the increase in the extent of data to work with, these cognitive technologies
will produce a much higher degree of accurate tax classification for all
transactions and business events that taxpayers undertake.

 

(3) DECISION-MAKING

AI will have a
similarly dramatic impact on the application of tax judgement. These same
cognitive technologies improving data classification will enhance the
professional’s decision-making capabilities: machine learning, pattern
matching, fuzzy logic and natural language processing will allow complex tax
analysis to be undertaken by technology. These developments pose a significant
opportunity to reduce time and effort, improve quality and accuracy and
ultimately to raise the bar of what can be achieved.

 

A leading firm has
developed a tax-related application for large organisations with complex tax
affairs in the area of classifying expenses for correct treatment in the
corporate or indirect tax returns. This application goes beyond rules-based
solutions, using ‘human eye matching’ (fuzzy) and artificial intelligence,
where the tool ‘learns’ from the user’s tax decisions. The tool can rapidly
analyse complete sets of data, eliminating the risk of both human error and
sampling. In addition to its versatility which allows it to cater to a variety
of compliance-related needs, this tool offers a fully documented process that
reports on the decisions made and tax positions taken. Software features allow
the reviewer to focus on the most important or contentious decisions, which can
be manually overridden if the reviewer is uncomfortable with the machine’s
decision. Time savings are realised immediately as analyses that would
otherwise be done manually have been automated, while the evolving rule set can
be rolled forward to future years which builds further efficiency over time.
All in all, the tool makes a considerable contribution to effective tax risk
management at a time when tax authorities are bringing increased pressure to
bear on taxpayers.

 

 

 

In the US, there
is now a system that can predict the outcome of the US Supreme Court decisions
as accurately as leading legal scholars. It ‘knows’ or ‘understands’ nothing
about the law. Instead, it makes a prediction based on 200 years of case data,
each one described by up to 240 variables (the nature of the case, the justices
involved and so on).

 

The eighth edition
of the OECD’s Tax Administration Series Report (2019) provides insight into how
several tax administrations have adopted the use of behavioural insights and
analytics to better understand how and why taxpayers act and to use these
insights to design practical policies and interventions. It cites the example
of the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS) and how it complemented the
use of Business Intelligence (BI) with analytics to encourage taxpayers to pay
their overdue taxes as early as possible. IRAS built predictive models to
identify taxpayers with high payment compliance risk, before incorporating
uplift modelling to select and contact taxpayers who were more likely to
respond to interventions, i.e., outbound calls which enabled IRAS to focus its
compliance efforts on the high-risk taxpayer group and to apply BI
interventions strategically to achieve greater impact and efficacy.

 

(4) DEMOCRATISATION OF KNOWLEDGE

Some 15 years ago,
an in-house US tax team might have approached an adviser and asked what the tax
rate was in, say, India. The adviser would have looked it up and maybe checked
with its local contacts in India and then written back with the answer – for
which he would have charged a time-based fee. Today this seems very unlikely.
Unless there are some severe complications, the in-house tax team would have
direct access to this information through a variety of online sources. This
trend will continue and, over the next five years, practitioners will get ever
more sophisticated access to information and knowledge of the tax rules and
regulations to which they are subject. Besides, increasing transparency and
access to information and knowledge will have implications for global tax
policy and will change the interaction between authorities and taxpayers.

 

(5) OPEN NETWORKS

Online work
platforms have grown significantly in many areas of the economy. Labour
platforms such as Guru.com with some 1.5 million people, Upwork.com and
Mechanical Turk (mturk.com) are creating widespread networks of freelancers
available for task-based work. Tax teams are no longer entirely based on
traditional or full-time employees.

 

However,
crowd-sourcing or open talent models in the tax market seem further off when
compared to the use in IT, graphic design and finance. This situation is likely
to change over the next three to five years as three distinct developments in
tax converge. The tax professionals will require new skills around data,
analytics and technology. The breaking down of tax processes into individual
tasks through automation and standardisation will highlight specific work
routines that could be allocated to new workers not needing deep tax skills.
The evolution of the sharing and social economy will better connect potential supply
and demand and open new resource pools keen to work in different, remote and
virtual ways and within different reward models.


TOMORROW’S TAX WORLD

The combined effect
of these broader technology developments will bring about a sea change in the
way tax authorities and other regulators meet their objectives and manage their
responsibilities.

 

There has already
been a significant shift towards e-administration with increasing options and
uptake of online filing of tax returns as well as online payments and the full
or partial pre-filling of tax returns. Digital contact channels (online, email,
digital assistance) now dominate and the number of administrations using or
developing mobile applications continues to grow. Electronic data from third
parties, including other tax administrations, as well as internally generated
electronic data, is used in an increasingly conjoined way across tax
administration functions for improving services and enhancing compliance. This
trend also shows in the large number of administrations that now employ data
scientists.

 

Revenue authorities
already require large volumes of data to be filed. They have defined the
structure and format in which data needs to be maintained and provided. For
example, filing schemas and standard audit files like SAF-T, an international
standard for the electronic exchange of reliable accounting data from
organisations to a national tax authority or external auditors, defined by the
OECD, are being widely adopted.

 

Gradually, most tax
authorities will be requiring fuller data sets to be filed or made available
and in real-time or close to it. Indeed, they are likely to move beyond this.
Rather than require the data to be filed and managing the transfer and storage
of large volumes of data, they may simply mandate the algorithmic routines that
they require to be run across data sets and then review the results.

 

This real-time
access to the taxpayer’s financial data will save the effort of data transfer
and rely on taxpayers to maintain a digital record. Such a development will
also accelerate the time at which revenue authorities can review and
investigate a client’s information.

 

TOMORROW’S TAX PROFESSION

These developments
pose an essential question: What will be the nature and volume of future work
for professionals? When the impact of automation and augmentation increases,
what will tomorrow’s workforce do to replace the time currently spent on
today’s processes? Ultimately, what will be the right balance between human and
machine?

Daniel Susskind and
Richard Susskind also raise the following profound questions in their book The
Future of the Professions
:

 

  • Might there be entirely new ways of organising professional work,
    ways that are more affordable, more accessible and perhaps more conducive to an
    increase in quality than the traditional approach?
  •     Does it follow that
    licensed experts can only undertake all the work that our professionals
    currently do?
  •     To what extent do we trust
    professionals to admit that their services could be delivered differently, or
    that some of their work could responsibly be passed on to non-professionals?
  •     Are our professions fit for
    purpose? Are they serving our societies well?

 

They have
identified the following changes that are taking place across various professions
that are relevant to the tax profession:

 

  •     More-for-less challenge
    – Across the professions, institutions and individuals are being asked to
    deliver more service, with fewer resources at their disposal.
  •     Existence of new
    competition
    – Many of the technology-driven changes are being driven by
    people and institutions outside the boundaries of the traditional professions
    (often tech startups), with very different training and experience to
    traditional professionals.
  •     Productisation of
    services
    – Many professionals think of their work as a form of craft, like
    an artist starting each project afresh with a blank sheet of paper, or akin to
    a tailor stitching a suit to fit the particular bodily contours of his clients.
    Now we see a move away from that view, recognising that professional work does
    not have to be handled in this bespoke way.

 

  •     Increasing decomposition
    of professional work
    – Many professionals think of their work as solid,
    indivisible lumps of endeavour that must all be handled by particular types of
    professionals, working in certain ways, organised in specific forms of
    institutions. Increasingly, however, we are instead seeing professional work
    being broken down into composite tasks and activities. Once this is done, it
    often becomes clear that the work can either be performed by non-professionals
    or can be automated.
  •     Increasing
    commoditisation of professional work
    – When professional work is broken
    down in this way, it transpires that many of the tasks involved in it are not
    particularly complicated, they are relatively ‘routine’ and can be automated
    accordingly.

A TECHNOLOGY-BASED INTERNET SOCIETY

The Susskinds see a
different set of models for producing and sharing practical expertise emerging
as we evolve into a technology-based internet society:

(A) Networked experts or ‘workers on tap’ model
Here, it is still professionals that are involved in producing practical
expertise. However, rather than being employed in a particular brick-and-mortar
institution (a firm, hospital or school), professionals instead use online
platforms to work in a far more flexible, more ad hoc way in solving
professional problems. Doctors-on-Demand in medicine and Axiom Law in the legal
world are two examples.

(B) Para-professional model – Here, less
expert people, using new technologies, can perform tasks that would have
required more expert people in the past. Take the medical diagnostic system
developed at Stanford. It is entirely conceivable that in primary care of the
future, one may not necessarily be treated by a doctor but by a nurse
practitioner who, using one of these systems, can offer the sort of diagnostic
support that might have required a more expert person in the past.

 

(C) Knowledge-engineering model – This is
what we were doing in the 1980s: engineering systems, derived from the
knowledge of experts, for non-experts to use (in our case, to help solve legal
problems). Many readily-available online DIY tax preparation software and
contract-drafting tools rely on this model.

(D) Communities of experience model – Social
networks are now a ubiquitous feature of contemporary life. Also familiar are
professional networks, where practitioners gather to share their expertise.
Less familiar, though, are communities of experience – where patients, rather
than practitioners, meet to share their experience and advice. Take, for
example, PatientsLikeMe, an online network of more than 600,000 patients who
come together to share experiences of their symptoms and treatments, receiving
support and solving problems that might have required more expert medical
professionals in the past.

 

(E) Embedded knowledge model – To grasp
this, consider the card game Solitaire (also known as Patience). If this game
is played with physical playing cards and a player tries to put a red five
under a red six, this is possible (even if it is called ‘cheating’). Putting
two cards of the same colour on top of one another is, of course, against the
rules. Now imagine a player who is playing the same game but on a smartphone.
If the player tries the same move, it is not possible for him to do so because
the system simply returns the offending card. The rules are embedded in the
system. A breach is not merely prohibited, it is impossible to perform.
Likewise, as more of our lives become digitised, practical expertise will not
be invoked through the intervention of human beings but will be embedded in our
everyday systems instead.

(F) Machine-generated model – Here,
increasingly capable systems and machines produce and share practical expertise
without any human involvement. Of the six models, this is the most radical,
where traditional recipients of professional work would have access to
technologies that obviate the need for human experts altogether. Although this
scenario is the most widely discussed in the popular debate, it is essential to
keep in mind that this model is only one of six.

 

While digital transformation will require significant change and pose
considerable challenges, that future will also offer significant opportunities.
It seems clear that revenue authorities will embrace technological change and
use it to gain access to global data sets and thereby create more tax
transparency. This development will increase the demands on tax professionals
coming from increased complexity, rapid change and heightened risk. However, by
embracing the new technologies for handling and analysing data, tax
professionals will be able to improve compliance processes, enrich their tax
analysis and provide greater understanding and value to their organisations.

 

Over the short
term, it appears that there will be more work to do in both managing the change
and the consequences it will lead to: The greater accuracy that the new
technologies will offer and require for both tax processes. Moreover, the
nature of that work will be different. The digital transformation will reduce
time spent processing, improve analytical capabilities and create significant
new opportunities for businesses to manage their tax obligations.

 

It’s difficult to
be precise about what the tax digital future will be like, but certain
characteristics seem clear. As a society and as professionals:

(a) We will be data-driven, leading to a more
holistic approach at the enterprise level. We will manage that data better. We
will harness its power to act faster, provide richer insights and create
business value for the organisations we serve.

(b) Big data will lead to greater granularity,
precision and accuracy. We will work with integrated data sets, including all
aspects of the underlying transactions – both the structured and unstructured
data elements. It will result in enhanced analysis in detail rather than
sampling and estimation.

(c)   Algorithms will increasingly be the way we
apply our expertise, our knowledge and experience. Furthermore, we will need to
apply that expertise earlier in processes as real-time reporting takes hold and
accelerates the times at which data is submitted.

(d) Robots will take more of the strain. Robotic
process automation technologies will evolve, become easier and cheaper to
deploy and as a result will become ubiquitous tools for professionals to use to
streamline processes. Besides, they will become smarter, infused with AI, and
therefore have a greater impact.

(e) The user experience will be more digital. We
will consume information in a more personalised way through the video and other
mixed reality media. At the moment, work in systems such as email involves
interacting through a keyboard. In the future, we can expect much more use of
natural language processing, talking to virtual agents and connecting through
online forums.

 

TOMORROW’S TAX PROFESSIONAL

With these dramatic
changes will come a significant impact on the tax professionals’ lives – how we
work and what we do. The relationships and roles within our organisations and
with advisers will be different. They will be expected to do more work earlier
in the process as transactions are recorded, or internal controls put in place,
and also in the later stages, in areas of controversy and dispute resolution.

 

Consequently, the
skills and capabilities required will be very different from today with a blend
of ‘automation and augmentation’ impacting the workforce. Manual processes will
be replaced by automation of data flows and the impact of robotic process
automation. At the same time, professionals will be augmented by AI
technologies embedded in the ways knowledge is accessed and experience used to
apply it to business circumstances. An example of this is an AI-driven tool
that can act as a virtual research assistant that can help in searching for
relevant case laws, analysing rulings and assessing whether a tax case is
likely to be successful.

 

The above
transformation will trigger a complete overhaul of the processes and the
resource models to get tax work done. Tax processes will be broken down into
individual tasks and allocated to new workers not always needing deep tax
skills. For example, several BPO firms carry out tax return compilation and
filing work on a large scale by employing graduates who work with the tax
return preparation software with minimal training. The evolution of the sharing
and social economy will open up talent networks, crowd-sourcing models and the
so-called ‘gig’ economy to the tax marketplace on the lines of examples given
under the networked expert or workers on tap model above.

 

The skills required
for tomorrow’s tax professional will continue to include the traditional skills
such as core technical expertise (to deal with increasing complexity in the
ever-changing tax and regulatory landscape) and professional ethics; the tax
professional will need to imbibe additional skills such as:

(I)   Increased technology skills specifically with
respect to the familiarity with continuously changing applications such as
specialist tax software, electronic tax administration platforms and also other
disruptive technologies, such as artificial intelligence / digital assistants,
to augment their output.

(II) Business and commercial skills to think and
align tax and business strategy.

(III) Risk assessment and management skills in
respect of tax positions taken, corporate structures, existing and emerging
laws, regulations, political initiatives and shifting public perceptions.

(IV) Communication and collaboration to manage
relationships – engage, interact, influence and inform stakeholders in finance,
statutory audit and tax administrations. Ability to translate tax jargon for
non-technical stakeholders such as boards, management, investors, clients and
media.

(V)  Advocacy and negotiation. Advocacy for tax
policy and strategy. Dispute resolution – internal and external.

 

SUM IT

Change for tax professionals is just round the corner. Like other
professionals, they, too, will continue to ride the rapid wave of technology
changes and associated risks as humankind continues to pursue the digital
future. While it is difficult to predict decisively what the future holds, the
meta-trends are recognisable in the technologies today as we try to anticipate
and shape our plans accordingly.

 

At the same time,
we must also realise that in five years we may be working with technologies
that are yet to be invented. Hence, riding the crest implies tireless
monitoring of developments and agility in experimenting with and adopting new
technologies. The new road for tax professionals could be fraught with no speed
limits as the pace of digital transformation hastens. The professionals must
map out the potential impact of all disruptive technology and actively engage
with the emerging trends. Relentless evolution and adaptability will continue
to be the cornerstones, while yet retaining their core strengths.

 

In this context, it
may be worth remembering Mahatma Gandhi’s recommendation: ‘The future
depends on what we do in the present
‘.

 

REFERENCES

1.   Deloitte (2019), ‘Our digital future – A
perspective for tax professionals’;
https://www2.deloitte.com/content/dam/Deloitte/global/Documents/Tax/dttl-tax-deloitte-our-digital-future.pdf

 

2.   OECD (2019), Tax Administration 2019:
Comparative Information on OECD and other Advanced and Emerging Economies;
https:/doi.org/IO.1787/74d162b6-en

 

3.   OECD (2016), Advanced Analytics for Better
Tax Administration: Putting Data to Work;
http://dx.d0i.org/10.1787/9789264256453-en

 

4.   Susskind R. and Susskind D. (2015), ‘The
Future of the Professions: How Technology will transform the Work of Human
Experts’

 

5.         Diamandis
P. and Kotler S. (2020), ‘The Future Is Faster Than You Think’

 

THE RUN-UP TO AUDIT IN THE 2030s

Sometime in the 2030s, if not earlier, most
of the functions involved in a financial audit will be automated and the team
size will drop by half. Automation, AI and machine learning will do a majority
of accounting work and it is only logical that this will have an impact on
audits. The accountants and auditors aren’t going to die soon; we will need
them to orchestrate the maelstrom of change.

 

SEVEN things are discernible in the run-up
to the 2030s and those in the attest function will have to see how to stay
afloat.

 

TREND 1: THE RISE OF
AUTOMATION

Ever since the Industrial Revolution kicked
off more than 175 years ago, the human fascination for technology has
multiplied. Companies have automated a lot of their manufacturing and service
processes. Over the years, these have affected the staid old professions of
accounting and audit, too. From 13 columnar sheets to an AI-driven data
analysis pack, we have come a long way.

 

Let us not associate technology only with
large publicly-listed companies. In fact, it is the smaller entities that are
far more nimble. MSMEs, which are characterised by a high degree of
centralisation in decision-making and deficiency in internal controls, too, embrace
technology as they step onto the growth highway. Auditors, too, must keep pace
with the times and embrace new audit technologies. Since these tools and audit
laboratories can be expensive, small and medium firms will use cloud-based
tools on pay-per-use model.

 

IPA (Intelligent Process Automation), which
is the next upgrade from RPA (Robotic Process Automation), has come to stay as
an advanced data extraction tool, with its inbuilt artificial intelligence
module helping in decision-making. Such changes compel us to evaluate our
competency levels. Are auditors prepared to do it in the areas they specialise
in: audit, accounting, consultancy, tax and compliance? The ICAI has stepped in
to help in this direction. Recently, it released Version 2.0 of the Digital
Competency Maturity Model for Professional Accounting Firms (DCMM), which helps
accounting firms make these self-assessments. DCMM provides implementation
guidance on how far one should move ahead. However, being competent and mature
enough to handle digitalisation is just the beginning. There is a long way to
travel on the road to execution.

 

The winners will emerge from among those who
assess themselves, make the necessary shift and go the full distance on
technology.

 

TREND 2: WE WILL HAVE TO DEFINE AUDIT QUALITY

Judging audit quality is both subjective and
challenging. It is beyond compliance with standards and processes, adherence to
legislation and zero defects. Today, we are unable to define ‘quality.’ We go
back to an oft-quoted statement on photography: ‘I don’t know what’s good
quality photography, but I know it when I see one.’ We have taken a similar
stand on what constitutes audit quality. This stand must stand (pun
intended)
.

 

In the next two years, we must have a
generally accepted definition of Audit Quality. By the way, the ICAI has
initiated steps to establish a framework for an Audit Quality and Audit Quality
Maturity Model. Apart from the auditors, the clients, too, must take cognisance
of this development. If that happens, it will add cheer to the auditors’
efforts and minimise the audit-expectation gap.

 

Thankfully,
audit reporting has slowly moved from template-based reporting to a more
‘entity-specific’ reporting. The SA-706 ‘Emphasis of Matter and Other Matters’
and SA-701 ‘Key Audit Matters’ have been the key differentiators. These have
helped improve the quality of audit and enhanced the relevance of audit opinion
to users. CARO 2020, which is exhaustive and looks onerous, is also a step
toward reducing the expectation gap.

 

It’s crucial to define the expectation gap
and identify the reasons for it. ‘Expectation gap’ is the difference in
perception between ‘what the public thinks auditors do’ and ‘what the
public wants auditors to do.’ This gap hasn’t narrowed with time and
there are three reasons for this.

 

First, Knowledge Gap: What auditors do is different from what the public thinks they are
doing and this is called Knowledge Gap. Professional bodies communicate with
audit firms by making available updated information on changes in regulations
and the need for change. Audit firms, in turn, interact with clients and sound
them out on these changes. But, somewhere down the line, the message the public
receives is feeble and not forceful because there is a perceived absence of
wide-reaching platforms.

 

Second, Performance Gap: What auditors are supposed to do
differs from what they actually do and this is known as Performance Gap. Let us
underscore one aspect. ICAI, as a standard setter, has been continuously
responsive by updating standards on accounting, audit and ethics and by providing
implementation guidance. The action on lax and inefficient auditors is not as
fast as some would have wished it to be and so the public perception is one of
laxity.

 

Third, Evolution Gap: What the public wants the auditors to do and what the auditors are
supposed to do, is called Evolution Gap. Society is unmindful of what the
auditors are supposed to do. True, regulatory changes are taking place at
breakneck speed. New legislations, new standards or revisions in the existing
ones have been coming in at a rapid pace. The auditors are also not lagging in
compliance with the amended laws. Despite this, the public expects audits to
evolve in a way so as to prevent the failure of the audited-client. We in the
profession must look at this expectation gap and narrow it down.

 

The winners will emerge from among those who
can bridge the performance gap fully and the other two gaps as much as they
can.

 

TREND 3: SEPARATE GRAMMAR FOR A SEPARATE CLASS OF
COMPANIES

Standards are the grammar of both accounting
and auditing. There will be a different set of financial reporting guidelines
for ‘Less Complex Entities’ (LCEs). The auditing standards now apply to all
audits irrespective of their nature, size and structure. This practice is
leading auditors to focus on ‘compliance’ and not on ‘judgement.’ In the years
ahead, we will most likely have a different set of standards for auditing. Such
a package would make documentation and risk assessment disclosures easy.
Judgement will be back in auditing.

 

Limited internal controls and management
override characterise several MSME audits. These are demanding situations that
affect efficient audit performance. Worse still, these situations come with low
remuneration. If an auditor assumes that the examination of an SME client
carries lower engagement risk compared to that of a large entity, the auditor
is mistaken. SMEs most often scale at a high growth rate and do not have robust
internal control systems and other governance oversights to manage the pace of
growth. It is nobody’s case that work should be done only to the extent of fees
received. But if truth be told, that’s an overriding reality in at least some.
We will see audit firms agree upon and insist on a minimum fee commensurate
with the nature and size of the engagement.

 

Winning firms will be those that realise the
engagement risk in every engagement – small, medium, or large – and who either
cover it or seek a price for it.

 

TREND 4: FRAUD IS AUDITOR’S OBLIGATION

‘Fraud’ will be the biggest challenge in the
future. An auditor of financial statements has a fraud detection
responsibility, especially if it leads to a material misstatement in the
financial statements. Remember, SA-240 lays the primary responsibility for
preventing fraud at the door of the management. But the auditor is responsible
for providing reasonable assurance. The truth is that there are certain
limitations in audit and even if the audit is planned appropriately, some
material misstatements may remain undetected. If we want to be in the attest
function, we must learn to live with this reality.

 

Look at the challenges. Under the Companies
Act, 2013 the auditor has to report the fraud to the Central Government. But it
does not require the auditor to carry out a roving investigation to detect
fraud. A reading of the Auditing Standards and the Companies Act, 2013 throw up
a couple of aspects. First, an audit engagement requires the auditor to express
a ‘true and fair’ view on the financial statements. But such a commitment does
not envisage that all frauds would be detected. Second, a fraud not being
exposed does not mean that the auditor has not carried out his engagement
correctly.

 

When no fraud is reported or comes to light,
we don’t compliment the auditor for a job well done. But at the faintest hint of
scandal, the stakeholders descend on the auditor like a tonne of bricks and
bombard him with a barrage of questions. We in the audit profession must never
lose sight of this reality.

 

While auditing, an auditor maintains the
mindset that fraud is always possible. When the auditor is a fraud examiner, he
begins his / her assignment with the belief that someone is committing fraud
and affirms that belief unless the evidence shows no signs of fraudulent
activity. In a regular audit, we must be alert towards the perpetrators and the
impact on the defrauded organisation. The best practices would include:

 

(i)    Implementing audit procedures that throw up
warning signals.

(ii)   Recognising that submission of financial
results is merely the end-result of an audit process that runs through the
year, during which the integrity of auditing should be unquestionable.

(iii) No member of the audit team can entertain the
view that detecting fraud is not an auditor’s job. If this were the case, then
compliance with auditing standards on fraud detection may become a rote
exercise.

(iv) Being alert to factors that may create
incentives or pressures for management to commit fraud and might permit
opportunities to do so.

(v)   Recognising that improper revenue recognition
is a fraud risk in particular where estimates and judgement involved is high.

(vi) Evaluating transactions and events in which
management override has been applied over internal control matters, causing a
dent on reliability.

(vii) If the audit process determines that evidence
of fraud may exist, the auditor should consider the organisation’s position and
report it to appropriate authorities.

 

Often, there have been concerns about the
independence of auditors. These arose in the context of the appointment
methodology, a significant part of the audit market space being occupied by a
few firms, the high cost of audit of Public Interest Entities (PIE) and the
increasing complexity of business operations. Besides, one can perceive changes
in personal value systems because of the increased materialism that the world
has chosen.

 

There is also
the increasing awareness that the line between profession and business is
thinning. For a pure Chinese wall to be built, audit firms must focus only on
certifications and assurance. Everything else should be under a different
entity that maintains an arm’s length distance. Mere departmentalisation won’t
do in this regard.

 

The earlier firms understand these technical
niceties and make the necessary adjustments, the faster they will step onto the
growth track.


TREND 5: CODE OF ETHICS

Professional independence should be felt,
experienced and be visible, however tough that may be. This is the hallmark of
any profession and this is what will bring in public trust. As with the profession
of medicine, ours is the profession of trust and so our work must be executed
without a hint of interdependence.

 

The new version of the Code of Ethics,
effective 1st July, 2020, is a significantly large document. By
imposing restrictions in particular for PIE, on taxation services to audit
clients, by introducing assessments for ‘threat to independence’ and specifying
reporting obligations for non-compliance with laws and regulations (NOCLAR),
the document shows that its heart is in the right place. For it to succeed, we
need to follow it both in letter and in spirit. Many a time, we do see
instances of bending of the law without breaking it. Some of the provisions,
especially relating to networks, might appear onerous but if we have to pass
the test of public scrutiny on independence, we must follow them. Independence
is the foundation for trust in an Audit Opinion and it is worth walking the
extra mile to protect the respect for and enhance the stature of the audit
profession. As the profession evolves more fully, we will see a lot more
changes to the Code to keep it current and modern, not archaic and ancient.

 

The firms that traverse the distance from
being good to great will practice both value and ethics in thought, deed and
action.

 

TREND 6: GLOBAL TRENDS WILL AFFECT INDIA

Two reports merit attention: the Brydon
Report and the three-year strategic plan of the International Forum of
Independent Audit Regulators (IFIAR).

 

At the instance of the Department for
Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy, UK (BEIS), Sir Donald Brydon
undertook an in-depth review of audit quality and effectiveness. In December,
2019 his report was placed in the public domain. It contains path-breaking
suggestions, calling for extensive reforms for accomplishing improved audit
quality.

 

Here are some of its suggestions that give
you a heads-up of what you can experience in the coming years.

(a) Redefine the purpose of audit: The purpose of an audit is to help establish and maintain the
deserved level of confidence in a company, its directors and the information
they report, including the financial statements.

(b) Introduce the concept of suspicion: Auditors exercise professional judgement and appropriate scepticism
and suspicion throughout their work. Auditors must act in the public interest
and should consider the interest of all users and not just the shareholders.

(c) Enhance
the informative nature of the audit report:
Auditors need to create continuity between
successive audit reports, provide greater transparency over differing
estimations, perhaps disclosing graduated findings, and call out
inconsistencies in the information made public.

 

The second is the set of initiatives taken
by the International Forum of Independent Audit Regulators (IFIAR). In its
three-year strategic plan, IFIAR is focusing on achieving ‘significantly
improved audit quality on a global basis’. It has revisited the role of Audit
Committees (AC) in different jurisdictions and is actively reviewing whether
ACs should select the external auditor, determine their fees and assess audit
performance. A set of Audit Quality Indicators for evaluating external auditors
is also under evolution.

 

The audit firms that are 2030-ready will
keep a constant vigil on the global best practices and developments and
internalise them to the extent possible.

 

TREND 7: ANYWHERE, ANYTIME, ANYONE

This was waiting to happen. The
infrastructure was in place and the competence was there; it only needed a push
and societal acceptance. Covid-19 gave us just that. Even as audits have gone
beyond the paper-and-pen phase and with global audits already being done from
remote locations, the next jump will be carrying out reviews from anywhere you
may be: office, home or cafeteria. As the world steps into a new order of
freelancing as opposed to full-time employment, as travel becomes increasingly
cumbersome, as Generation Z steps into the workplace, audits from anywhere and
anytime will become the norm. Footfalls in clients’ places will drop just as
footfalls in audit offices dropped during the last 20 years.

 

 

With AI, RPA,
Blockchain, big data and machine learning, the world of accounting is changing.
People will not log data; machines will. Already, many accounting applications
today can put the smartest of analysts to shame with the speed of execution and
dexterity of operations. Neither accounting nor auditing is so quickly going to
disappear. As long as there is cricket, there will be scorekeepers and umpires.
Accounting is about scorekeeping and auditing is about umpiring. What’s
changing is how frequently we want to see the scores, in what mediums we want
to see them and how many of the documents can be digitalised. The firms that
will lose out are the ones that are not seeing the gathering storm and not
preparing for it: the Kodaks of the world. Have an influential culture,
modernise and use emerging technology and you will win.

 

Today is perhaps the best time in history to be
in accounting and audit as the world of work around us is changing incredibly,
right before us.

OVERCOMING THE CHALLENGE OF RISK MANAGEMENT IN PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

In his seminal tome
Against the Gods – The Remarkable Story of Risk’, Peter L.
Bernstein says that the revolutionary idea that defines the boundary between
modern times and the past, comprising thousands of years of history, is that of
the mastery of risk: the notion that the future is more than a whim of the gods
and that humans are not passive before nature. The book weaves across
generations to tell stories of thinkers whose remarkable vision showed the
world how to understand risk, measure it and weigh its consequences, converting
risk-taking itself into one of the prime catalysts that drives modern society.

 

This article is an
attempt to expose to a professional (other than one who has made risk
management itself as her professional calling) some facets of risk and give
pointers to develop an integrated risk management framework in which risk can
be understood and managed, if not entirely mitigated. While my experience has
almost wholly been as a professional practising in the area of taxation and my
thoughts will therefore reflect that bias, I am sure some of what I say may
have universal application for all professional service providers.

 

Globalisation of
the market place, advances in information technology, rapidly changing laws,
growing intolerance of compliance being only in letter but not in spirit, with
a simultaneous emphasis on good corporate governance, proliferation of
litigation and increased diversity in services offered and even the emerging
global megatrend of ‘tax morality’ are some of the current issues faced by a
professional. When one reflects on professional services firms, even as they
often are called in by clients to advise them on risk management, they
themselves are struggling to keep risks at bay in this Volatile, Uncertain,
Complex and Ambiguous (‘VUCA’) world.

 

Accounting firms
traditionally provide services to clients in three major areas: Audit or
Assurance, Tax, and Advisory Services. The business risk associated with each
of these three services includes loss of future income, loss of reputation and
exposure to legal liability. These risks are not mutually exclusive and, given
the inter-dependent way in which one or more services are often provided to the
same client, a professional firm may be exposed to one or more of the above
risks simultaneously. While external insurance protection is indeed available
and can, to an extent, mitigate financial risk, it cannot protect against loss
of reputation, which in my view is the biggest risk.

 

Fundamental to a
professional’s engagement is the premise that she will deliver quality services
and besides meeting clients’ expectations on this count, this is now more often
demanded by regulators and other third parties who may have relied on a
professional’s work. Though quality is often difficult to precisely define in
the professional services arena, professionals can and should ensure that they
adhere to the guiding principles on quality. A few of these are listed below (see
tabulation
):

 

(a)

Proper scoping of the work laying down,
wherever possible, scope limitations and caveats;

(b)

Matching of the work to what has been
contracted for;

(c)

Proper planning of the engagement;

(d)

Involvement and engagement of partner or
other senior resources;

(e)

In complex situations or where stakes
are very high, involvement of a Quality Review Partner;

(f)

Where necessary, involvement of internal
or external experts, including counsel;

(g)

Where necessary, appropriate engagement
with regulators or authorities;

(h)

Appropriate and adequate documentation;

(i)

Suitable communication with clients;

(j)

Periodic and regular Quality Performance
Reviews and corrective actions.

 

A robust risk
management framework will also contain thoughtfully designed processes,
encompassing the entire life-cycle of a professional engagement. Some of these
are as follows:

 

(A) Independence

The importance of
being independent cannot be overemphasised. From very basic concepts such as
not performing a management or an employee function, this concept straddles
almost all situations, real or perceived, which can lead to compromising a
professional’s independence. The risk of blurring professional and personal and
financial relationships is sometimes fatal to continuing to serve clients
objectively.

 

(B) Client acceptance

This process is
critical to the long-term sustainability of a professional firm. In today’s
environment where perceptions often cloud reality, association with dubious
clients to whom a professional may have provided professional services can be a
significant barrier to maintain and enhance a spotless professional reputation.
Appropriate background checks before accepting a client has rightly become a
mandatory hygiene process. Firms may introduce additional filters on the basis
of their experience and expertise, for example, high-risk industries,
politically-connected persons, cash-based businesses, etc. to narrow down their
universe of serviceable clients. Further, the client acceptance process is not
a static one-time task. It needs to be renewed and reviewed periodically,
preferably at least once each year to check that nothing has adversely changed,
either with the client’s business or in the environment.

 

(C) Engagement acceptance

This is a document
created for every new engagement of an existing or new client and contains all
background information on the engagement and the nature of work to be
performed. It will document the applicable statutory provisions to be
considered, e.g., auditor independence and standards applicable to the
engagement; for example, the ICAI Code of Ethics. It will also lay out unusual
risk factors, if any, and their impact, as also steps taken to mitigate or
manage such risks. It will document third-party involvement, such as counsel
opinions to be obtained. It will also contain the names, designations and
experience of team members who will execute the engagement. And it will lay out
the range of fees that is usually charged by the firm for the type of
engagement.

 

(D) Engagement contract or letter

Externally, this is
perhaps the most important document, second only to the actual engagement
deliverable, and it forms the very basis of the contract for performance of
professional service. Having a well-laid-out clear and simple engagement
contract, containing the complete scope of work with all scope exclusions,
limitations and caveats, as also the fees that would be charged and the
milestones at which these would be charged, and the liability assumed for the
deliverable, reduces the possibility of disagreements later. It also restricts
the liability of any deliverable so long as the deliverable is properly
referenced to the engagement contract. And it contains usual clauses governing
the professional relationship, including a force majeure clause, and
lays down the roles and responsibilities of each party to the contract.

 

(E) Evaluation and on-boarding of third-party service
providers

This is assuming a
very important dimension because very often service providers are being held
responsible for not only their own deliverables but also for the actions and /
or inactions of other service providers who may have played a part in the
engagement. The processes described above, viz., independence, client
acceptance, etc., must also be carried out for each third-party service
provider. It must be ensured that third parties working together either as
co-partners or sub-contractors, share the same value systems as the
professional. Wherever necessary and feasible, the third-party service provider
must be imparted the relevant risk trainings to avoid any misunderstanding.
Clear documentation of the role, risks and rewards that will be shared with the
third-party service provider must be documented and assented to by that
provider as well.

 

(F) Data protection
– safeguards and developments in legal obligations

Professional firms possess and process a lot of sensitive professional
and personal data, especially of their clients and employees. Many clients,
too, expect adequate processes and compliance with local and global legal
regulations (like the European GDPR) as a pre-condition for engaging professionals.
These obligations span rules for gathering, storing, protecting and processing
of personal information as well as mechanisms to deal with breaches.

 

(G) Mandatory risk management trainings

Devising and
implementing risk management trainings frequently to all relevant staff
members, regardless of their designation and standing in a professional firm is
a sine qua non for the risk management strategy to survive in any
organisation. Over-communication of a professional firm’s risk management
policy and processes is a virtue and should not be viewed as an evil to be
tolerated. Here the tone must be set from the top, with senior-most partners
taking the lead on rolling out these trainings and frequently setting out
screensavers, posters, etc. in the workplace to keep reminding everyone about
the basic concepts.

(H) Insider-trading and other statutory regulations

Today, more than
ever, regulations are increasing the burden on professional firms and must be
followed in order to continue to discharge honourably the obligation that
society has cast on professionals. However, the ‘Gold Standard’ in a risk
framework must go beyond statutory compulsions and must inculcate a ‘smell
test’ foundation. The question, ‘What if this act is reported on the front page
of leading newspapers or anywhere in the media?’ must be the idea that needs to
be brought to life in any risk management framework.

 

(I) Mandatory
escalation of any breaches or perceived violations

The risk management
framework must be designed in a manner to encourage anyone in the firm to
independently report any real or perceived violations without any fear of
sanctions. Many risk-laden situations can be mitigated if escalated at the very
beginning of any breach or perceived violation.

 

(J) Zero tolerance

There ought to be
zero tolerance within the firm for anyone breaching risk rules, either
explicitly or impliedly, with graded financial sanctions to be imposed or even
dismissals and separations to be considered and enforced in serious situations
(especially where there is a violation of the firm’s ethics and / or involves
committing acts of moral turpitude).

 

(K) Risk management framework review process

It is a good practice to have at least two or three types of reviews
done periodically. The first is to internally refresh the entire Risk
Management Framework – ideally at least once thoroughly every two years and a
refresh to be carried out every year. This is in addition to external events
which can necessitate an immediate modification or addition to the framework.
The second is to have another independent firm peer-review the risk framework
and mutually share best practices. Yet another could be to adopt and customise
a few best practices that one may pick up in international professional
seminars and conferences.

 

RISK OF OBSOLESCENCE AMIDST CHANGE

Finally, one of the
biggest risks that a tax professional faces today is the rapidly changing
landscape of tax services. The quest to stay relevant to society is now more
acute than ever before. Going forward, in my opinion the entire platform of tax
services will rest on three main pillars. These will broadly define how tax
professionals may need to specialise their skill sets and garner focused
experience. These are (1) Technology-enabled tax compliance, (2) High-end
advisory services, including on complex transactions, and (3) Litigation.

 

 

The astute
professional realises that tax services can no longer be delivered in the same
fashion as has endured for some years now. Technology is ruthlessly being
embraced – not only by clients but also by the authorities. The professional
must learn to adapt and even master technology to stay ahead of the game.
Technology tools using Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Machine Learning (ML)
must take over a considerable number of repetitive tasks; and leveraging on cost-effective
resources will be the new normal soon. Further, non-professional technology
firms already have disrupted and usurped the lower end of the compliance
market.

 

Simultaneously,
there are attempts to achieve a global consensus on the tax basis and methodologies
on the back of a relentless drive to stop tax-base erosion. This has resulted
in radical changes in domestic and international laws and the emergence of and
seeping in of transaction tax type levies, giving rise to fresh challenges for
the professional to overcome. Today’s professional reality is the coming
together of accounting and tax principles, giving clear preference to the
doctrine of substance over form and with new and ever-changing company law,
foreign exchange and SEBI regulations. A clear need has arisen for
professionals who have experience in more than just one or two core areas and
also for those professionals who can collaboratively work together with other
professionals in different disciplines to evolve solutions to overcome complex
problems which do not fall foul of any regulations. In this arena, too, it is
common experience that sister professions are nibbling away at pieces of work
that Chartered Accountants traditionally performed. This calls for a
longer-term strategy to develop and nurture appropriate talent.

 

Given the complexity in tax laws and the tendency of both taxpayers and
tax assessors to be aggressive, a professional will need to master Litigation
Strategy, if she must perfect the tools of her trade. Today, more than ever,
clients need hand-holding and guidance on which litigations to pursue and which
ones not to, having regard to the alternate forums of dispute resolution
available under domestic laws as well as under India’s tax treaties.

 

Both individuals
and firms are busy meeting many of the challenges highlighted above. Broadly,
any strategy must include devising a detailed compliance framework, including
establishing a crisis management plan, purchasing appropriate insurance cover,
implementing the right technology and systems, and creating a culture of
compliance throughout the organisation.

 

Finally, managing
risk is very different from devising economic strategy to grow and be
successful. Risk management must focus on the negative – dangers and failures rather
than opportunities and achievements. And it’s tempting to relegate risk
management as a ‘good to have’ rather than a ‘must have’. Instances of failure
of other professionals is often viewed as being specific to those sets of
individuals and is rarely acknowledged as a shortcoming of the way a
professional firm is run on a daily basis. It’s also antithetic to a culture of
‘winning more and winning bigger’, hence tends to find few takers willing to
invest both time and money now, in order to avoid an unknown future problem
that may not even occur. However, as the history of humankind has shown,
vulnerabilities have existed through various times – good and bad – and the
foundation of any long-term sustainable and successful strategy must include a
robust risk management system. After all, any firm’s ability to weather a storm
depends very much on how seriously top management takes its risk-management
function when the sun is shining brightly, with scarcely a cloud on the
horizon.

DEDUCTIBILITY OF FOREIGN TAXES

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION

Section 40 of the Income Tax Act, 1961 deals with amounts
that are not deductible in computing income under the head ‘Profits and Gains
of Business or Profession’. This section, in particular clause (a)(ii)
thereof,  reads as under:

 

‘Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in sections 30 to 38, the following amounts shall not
be deducted in computing the income chargeable under the head “Profits and
gains of business or profession”, –  

(a) in the case of any assessee—

(i)  ………..

(ia) …………….

(ib) ……………

(ic)  …………….

(ii)  any sum paid on account of any rate or tax
levied on the profits or gains of any business or profession or assessed at a
proportion of, or otherwise on the basis of, any such profits or gains.

Explanation 1. —
For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that for the purposes of this
sub-clause, any sum paid on account of any rate or tax levied includes and
shall be deemed always to have included any sum eligible for relief of tax
under section 90 or, as the case may be, deduction from the Indian income-tax
payable under section 91.

Explanation 2. —
For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that for the purposes of this
sub-clause, any sum paid on account of any rate or tax levied includes any sum
eligible for relief of tax under section 90A.’

 

Explanations 1 and
2 were inserted with effect from Assessment Year 2006-07. Prior to that there
was much litigation on whether income taxes paid in a foreign country were an
allowable deduction or not. These explanations were added to prevent a double
relief or benefit , since in most cases such foreign taxes for which deduction
was being claimed were also entitled to tax relief under sections 90, 90A or
91. After the amendment, the issue still remains alive insofar as taxes which
are not entitled to the relief or even a partial relief under sections 90, 90A
or 91, and under the rules only a part of the foreign taxes paid may be
entitled to the relief u/s 90 or u/s 90A in some cases.

 

An issue has arisen
involving the deductibility of the foreign tax paid on account of the profits
or gains of a foreign business or profession in computing the income under the
head ‘profits and gains of business and profession’ under the Income-tax Act,
1961. While there have been conflicting decisions on the subject, of the Ahmedabad
bench of the Tribunal post amendment, to really understand the controversy one
would need to understand the two conflicting decisions of the Bombay High Court
on the issue, one of which was rendered after the amendment but dealt with a
period prior to the amendment.

 

THE S. INDER SINGH GILL CASE

The issue came up before the Bombay High Court in the case
of S. Inder Singh Gill vs. CIT 47 ITR 284.

 

In this case,
pertaining to assessment years 1946-47 to 1951-52, under the Income-tax Act,
1922 the assessee was a non-resident. A resident was treated as the assessee’s
statutory agent u/s 43 of the 1922 Act (corresponding to representative
assessee u/s 163 of the 1961 Act).

 

In the original
assessments, income from certain Bombay properties was assessed to tax in
computing the total income. The Income Tax Officer later found that the
assessee owned certain other properties also in the taxable territories whose
income had escaped assessment, and therefore initiated re-assessment
proceedings. In response to the notice, the assessee filed his return of
income.

 

In the return,
among other deductions the assessee claimed that in computing his world income,
the tax paid by him to the Uganda government on his Ugandan income should be
deducted. This claim of the assessee was disallowed by the tax authorities. The
assessee’s first appeal was dismissed by the Appellate Assistant Commissioner.
The Tribunal also rejected the contention that tax paid to the Uganda
government on his foreign income should be deducted in determining his foreign
income and in including it in his total world income.

 

The Bombay High
Court in deciding the issue, noted that the Tribunal had observed as under:

 

‘We are not
aware of any commercial practice or principle which lays down that tax paid by
one on one’s income is a proper deduction in determining one’s income for the
purposes of taxation’.

 

The Bombay High
Court held that no reason had been shown to it by the assessee to differ from
the conclusion that the Tribunal had reached. The Court therefore rejected the
reference made to it by the assessee.

 

A similar view was
taken by the Calcutta High Court in the case of Jeewanlal (1929) Ltd. vs.
CIT 48 ITR 270
, also a case under the 1922 Act, where the issue was
whether business profits tax paid in Burma was an allowable deduction.

 

Again, a similar
view was taken by the Karnataka High Court in Kirloskar Electric Co. Ltd.
vs. CIT 228 ITR 676
, prior to the amendment, by applying section
40(a)(ii). Besides, the Madras High Court, in CIT vs. Kerala Lines Ltd.
201 ITR 106
, has also held that foreign taxes are not allowable as a
deduction.

 

THE RELIANCE INFRASTRUCTURE CASE

Recently, the issue
again came up before the Bombay High Court in the case of Reliance
Infrastructure Ltd. vs. CIT 390 ITR 271
.

 

This was a case
pertaining to A.Y. 1983-84. During the year, the assessee executed projects in
Saudi Arabia. The income earned in Saudi Arabia had been subjected to tax in
Saudi Arabia. While determining the tax payable under Indian tax laws, the
assessee sought the benefit of section 91, claiming relief from double taxation
of the same income, i.e., the Saudi income which was included in the total
income of the assessee.

 

The assessee
claimed the benefit of double taxation relief on the amounts of Rs. 47.3 lakhs,
otherwise claimed as deduction u/s 80HHB, and Rs. 5.59 lakhs on which a
weighted deduction was otherwise claimed u/s 35B. The A.O. dismissed the
assessee’s claim for relief u/s 91 on the ground that the relief u/s 91 would
be possible only when the amount of foreign income on which the foreign tax was
paid was again included in the taxable income liable to tax in India, i.e., the
relief was possible only where the same income was taxed in both the countries.

 

The Commissioner
(Appeals) rejected the assessee’s appeal, holding that the assessee had, in
respect of his Saudi income, 
claimed  deductions u/s 80HHB and
section 35B and such income did not suffer any tax in India and was therefore
not eligible for the benefit of relief u/s 91.

 

Before the
Tribunal, the assessee urged that the Commissioner (Appeals) ought to have held
that in respect of such percentage of income which was deemed to accrue in
India, and on which the benefit of section 91 was not available, the tax paid
in Saudi Arabia should be treated as an expenditure incurred in earning income,
which was deemed to have accrued or arisen in India, and reduced therefrom.

 

The Tribunal
dismissed the assessee’s appeal, holding that the issue stood concluded against
the assessee by the decision of the Andhra Pradesh High Court in the case of CIT
vs. C.S. Murthy 169 ITR 686
. The Tribunal also held that the tax paid
in Saudi Arabia on which even where no double tax relief could be claimed, was
not allowable as a deduction in computing the income under the provisions of
the Income-tax Act. As regards tax in respect of income which had accrued or
arisen in India, the Tribunal rejected the assessee’s contention on two grounds
– that such a claim had not been raised before the Commissioner (Appeals), and
that the disallowance  was as per the
decision of the Bombay High Court in S. Inder Singh Gill’s case
(Supra).

 

It was claimed on
behalf of the assessee before the Bombay High Court inter alia that the
assessee  should be allowed a deduction
of the foreign tax paid in Saudi Arabia, once it was held that the benefit of
section 91 was not available for such tax. It was emphasised that the deduction
was claimed only to the extent that tax had been paid in Saudi Arabia on the
income which had been deemed to have accrued or arisen in India.

 

It was pointed out
to  the Bombay High Court that such a
deduction had been allowed by the Tribunal in the assessee’s own case for A.Y.
1979-80 and therefore the principle of consistency  required the Tribunal to adopt the same view
as it did in A.Y. 1979-80. It was pointed out that Explanation 1 added to
section 40(a)(ii) with effect from A.Y. 2006-07 was clarificatory in nature, as
was evident from the fact that it began with the words ‘for removal of doubts’.
It should therefore be deemed to have always been there and would apply to the
case before the High Court. It was argued that if it was held that section 91
was not applicable, then the bar of claiming deduction to the extent of the tax
paid abroad would not apply.

 

Reference was made
on behalf of the assessee to the commentary on ‘Law and Practice of Income
Tax
’ by Kanga & Palkhivala (8th Edition), wherein a
reference was made to the decisions of the Bombay High Court in CIT vs.
Southeast Asian Shipping Co. (IT Appeal No. 123 of 1976)
and CIT
vs. Tata Sons Ltd. (IT Appeal No. 209 of 2001)
  holding that foreign tax did not fall within
the mischief of section 40(a)(ii) and that the assessee’s net income after
deduction of foreign taxes was his real income for the purposes of the
Income-tax Act.

 

It was therefore
argued on behalf of the assessee that the decision of the Bombay High Court in S.
Inder Singh Gill (Supra)
would not apply and the tax paid in Saudi
Arabia on the income accrued or arising in India was to be allowed as a
deduction to arrive at the real profits which were chargeable to tax in India.

 

On behalf of the
Revenue, it was submitted that the issue stood concluded against the assessee
by the decision of the Bombay High Court in S. Inder Singh Gill (Supra).
It was submitted that the real income theory was inapplicable in view of the
specific provision of section 40(a)(ii) which prohibited deduction of any tax
paid. It was submitted that in terms of the main provisions of section
40(a)(ii), any sum paid on account of any tax on the profits and gains of
business or profession would not be allowed as a deduction.

 

It was argued on
behalf of the Revenue that the Explanation 2, inserted with effect from A.Y.
2006-07, only reiterated that any sum entitled to tax relief u/s 91 would be
covered by the main part of section 40(a)(ii). It did not take away the taxes
not covered by it out of the ambit of the main part of section 40(a)(ii).

 

The Bombay High
Court held that the Tribunal was justified in not following its order in the
case of the assessee itself for A.Y. 1979-80, as it noted the decision of the
Bombay High Court in S. Inder Singh Gill (Supra) on an identical
issue. The Court observed that the decisions in South Asian Shipping Co.
(Supra)
and Tata Sons Ltd. (Supra) were rendered not at
the final hearing but while rejecting the applications for reference u/s 256(2)
and at the stage of admission u/s 260A, unlike the judgment rendered in a
reference by the Court in S. Inder Singh Gill, and therefore
could not be relied upon in preference to the decision in S. Inder Singh
Gill.

 

Further, the Court
observed that it was axiomatic that income tax was a charge on the profits or
income. The payment of income tax was not a payment made or incurred to earn
profits and gains of business. It could therefore not be allowed as an
expenditure to determine the profits of the business. Taxes such as excise
duty, customs duty, octroi, etc., were incurred for the purpose of doing
business and earning profits or gains from business or profession and
therefore, they  were allowable as
deduction to determine the profits of the business. It is the profits and gains
of business, determined after deducting all expenses incurred for the purpose
of business from the total receipts, which were subjected to income tax as per
the Act. The main part of section 40(a)(ii) did not allow deduction of tax to
the extent the tax was levied  on the
profits or gains of the business. According to the Court, it was on this
general principle, universally accepted, that the Bombay High Court had
answered the question posed to it in S. Inder Singh Gill in
favour of the Revenue.

 

The Bombay High
Court went on to observe that it would have followed the decision in the case
of S. Inder Singh Gill. However, it noticed that that decision
was rendered under the 1922 Act and not under the 1961 Act. The difference
between the two Acts was that the 1922 Act did not contain a definition of
‘tax’, unlike the 1961 Act where such term was defined in section 2(43) as
‘income tax chargeable under the provisions of this Act’. In the absence of any
definition of ‘tax’ under the 1922 Act, the tax paid on income or profits and
gains of business or profession anywhere in the world would not be allowable as
a deduction for determining the profits or gains of the business u/s 10(4) of
the 1922 Act, and therefore the decision in S. Inder Singh Gill
was correctly rendered on the basis of the law then prevalent.

 

Proceeding on the
said lines,  the Bombay High Court held
that by insertion of section 2(43) for defining the term ‘tax’, tax which was
payable under the 1961 Act on the profits and gains of business that alone was
not allowed to be deducted u/s 40(a)(ii), notwithstanding sections 30 to 38.
According to the Court, the tax, which had been paid abroad would not be
covered within the mischief of section 40(a)(ii), in view of the definition of
the word ‘tax’ in section 2(43). The Court said that it was conscious of the
fact that section 2, while defining the various terms used in the Act,
qualified it by preceding the definition with the words ‘in this Act, unless
the context otherwise requires’. It noted that it was not even urged by the
Revenue that the context of section 40(a)(ii) would require it to mean tax paid
anywhere in the world and not only tax payable under the Act.

 

The Court analysed
the rationale for introduction of the Explanations to section 40(a)(ii), as set
out in the Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Act, 2006, recorded in CBDT
Circular No. 14 of 2006 dated 28th December, 2006. It  recorded the fact that some assessees, who
were eligible for credit against the tax payable in India on the global income
to the extent that the tax had been paid outside India u/s 90/91, were also
claiming deduction of the tax paid abroad as it was not tax under the Act. In
view of the above, the explanation would require in the context thereof that
the definition of the word ‘tax’ would also mean tax which was eligible to the
benefit of section 90/91. However, as per the High Court, this departure from
the meaning of the word ‘tax’ as defined in the Act was  restricted to the above-referred section 90/91
only and gave no license to widen the meaning of the word ‘tax’ to include all
taxes on income or profits paid abroad for the purposes of section 40(a)(ii).

 

The Court further
noted that it was undisputed that some part on which tax had been paid abroad
was on income that had been deemed to have accrued or arisen in India. To that
extent, the benefit of section 91 was not available for such tax so paid
abroad. Therefore, such tax was not hit by the Explanation to section 40(a)(ii)
and was to be considered in the nature of an expenditure incurred to earn
income. The Court then held that the Explanation to section 40(a)(ii) was
declaratory in nature and would have retrospective effect.

 

The Bombay High
Court therefore held that the assessee was entitled to deduction for foreign
taxes paid on income accrued or arisen in India in computing its income, to the
extent that such tax was not entitled to the benefit of section 91.

 

OBSERVATIONS

Before looking at
the applicability of section 40(a)(ii), one first needs to examine whether
income tax is at all an expenditure, and if so, whether it is a business
expenditure. Accounting Standard 22, issued by the Ministry of Corporate
Affairs under the Companies Act, provides that ‘Taxes on income are
considered to be an expense incurred by the enterprise in earning income and are accrued
in the same period as the revenue and expenses to which they relate.
’ It
therefore seems that income tax is an expenditure under accounting principles.

 

Since only certain
types of business expenditure are allowable as deductions while computing
income under the head ‘Profits and Gains of Business or Profession’, the
question that arises is whether tax is a business expenditure. Accounting
Standard 22 states that ‘Accounting income (loss) is the net profit or loss
for a period, as reported in the statement of profit and loss, before deducting
income tax expense or adding income tax saving.
’ Ind AS 12 issued by the
Ministry of Corporate Affairs states ‘The tax expense (income) related to
profit or loss from ordinary activities shall be presented as part of profit or
loss in the statement of profit and loss
.

 

However, if one
looks at the manner of presentation in the final accounts, it is clear that
income tax is treated quite differently from business expenditure, being shown
separately as a deduction after computing the pre-tax profit. Therefore, it
appears that while tax is an expense, it may not be a business expenditure.
This is supported by the language of AS 22, which states that ‘Accounting
income (loss) is the net profit or loss for a period, as reported in the
statement of profit and loss, before deducting income tax expense or adding
income tax saving
.

 

Further, the
fundamental issue still remains as to whether such foreign income taxes can
ever be a deductible expenditure under sections 30 to 38. Even on basic
commercial principles, income tax is not an expenditure for earning income; it
is a consequence of earning income. Whether such income tax is a foreign tax or
tax under the 1961 Act is irrelevant – it is still an application of income
after having earned the income. This view is supported by the decision of the
Madras High Court in the Kerala Lines case (Supra),
where the High Court observed that the payment of foreign taxes could not be
regarded as an expenditure for earning profits; they could at best be
considered as an application of profits earned by the assessee.

 

In the Reliance
Infrastructure case, the decision of the Bombay High Court was primarily
focused and based on the language of section 40(a)(ii), the Explanation thereto
read with the definition of ‘tax’ u/s 2(43). However, it needs to be kept in
mind that section 40 is a section listing out expenses, which are otherwise
allowable under sections 30 to 38, but which are specifically not allowable.
The provisions of section 40(a)(ii) will therefore come into play where an item
of expenditure is otherwise allowable as a business expenditure under sections
30 to 38. If such expenditure is in any case not allowable under sections 30 to
38, the question of applicability of section 40(a)(ii) does not arise.

 

The Bombay High
Court, in the case of CIT vs. Plasmac Machine Mfg. Co. Ltd. 201 ITR 650,
considered a situation of payment of tax liability of a transferor firm by the
transferee company, where the company had taken over the business of the
transferor firm. It held that the expenditure representing the liability of the
transferor, which was discharged by the transferee, was a capital expenditure
forming part of the consideration for the acquisition of the business and was
therefore not deductible in the computation of income. Hence, the question of
applicability of section 40(a)(ii) did not arise.

 

Under what clause
would foreign income taxes be allowable under sections 30 to 38? The only
possible provision under which such income taxes may fall for consideration as
a deduction would be section 37(1). Section 37(1) allows a deduction for
expenditure (not being in the nature of capital expenditure or personal
expenses) incurred wholly and exclusively for the purpose of business or
profession. Is a foreign income tax an expenditure incurred wholly and
exclusively for the purpose of business or profession, or is it an application
of the income after it has been earned?

 

The House of Lords,
in the case of Commissioners of Inland Revenue vs. Dowdall O’Mahoney
& Co. Ltd. 33 Tax Cases 259
, had occasion to consider this issue in
the case of an Irish company which had branches in England; it claimed that in
computing the English profits, it was entitled to deduct that proportion of the
Irish taxes attributable to those profits. The House of Lords held that payment
of such taxes by a trader was not a disbursement wholly and exclusively laid
out for the purposes of the trade and this was so whether such taxes were
United Kingdom taxes or foreign or Dominion taxes. The House of Lords further
observed that taxes like these were not paid for the purpose of earning the
profits of the trade; they were the application of those profits when made and
not the less so that they were exacted by a Dominion or foreign government. It
further observed that there was not and never was any right under the
principles applicable to deduct income tax or excess profits tax, British or
foreign, in computing trading profits. According to the House of Lords, once it
was accepted that the criterion is the purpose for which the expenditure is
made in relation to the trade of which the profits are being computed, no
material distinction remained between the payment to make such taxes abroad and
a payment to meet a similar tax at home. A similar view was taken by the Madras
High Court in Kerala Lines (Supra).

 

In the Reliance
Infrastructure
case, the Bombay High Court, while referring to this
basic principle, also accepted by it in the S. Inder Singh Gill
case, did not lay down any rationale for departing from this principle while
deciding the matter. It perhaps was swayed by the Explanation to section 90/91
and section 2(43), both of which had no application on the subject of allowance
of deduction of the foreign tax in computing the business income in the first
place.

 

The issue of
deductibility of foreign taxes had also come up recently before the Ahmedabad
Bench of the Tribunal, in which the Tribunal took differing views. In both
these cases the assessee had claimed foreign tax credit under section 90/91 on
the basis of the gross foreign income, but was allowed tax credit on the basis
of net foreign income taxable in India. It alternatively claimed deduction for
such foreign taxes not allowed as credit. In the first case, DCIT vs.
Elitecore Technologies (P) Ltd., 165 ITD 153
, the Tribunal held, after
a detailed examination of the entire gamut of case laws on the subject, that
foreign taxes were not a deductible expenditure. It pointed out aspects which
had not been considered by the Bombay High Court in the Reliance
Infrastructure
case. In the subsequent decision in Virmati
Software & Telecommunication Ltd. vs. DCIT, ITA No 1135/Ahd/2017 dated 5th
March, 2020
, the Tribunal took a contrary view, following the Bombay
High Court decision in the Reliance Infrastructure case, that
such foreign taxes not allowed credit u/s 91 were deductible in computing the
income. The Mumbai Bench of the Tribunal, in the case of Tata Motors Ltd.
vs. CIT ITA No. 3802/Mum/2018 dated 15th April, 2019
, has
also followed the Bombay High Court decision in Reliance Infrastructure
and held that the deduction for foreign taxes not entitled to relief under
section 90/91 could not be the subject matter of revision u/s 263.

 

The Mumbai Bench of
the Tribunal, on the other hand, in the case of DCIT vs. Tata Sons Ltd.
43 SOT 27
, has, while disallowing the claim for deduction of foreign
taxes u/s 37(1), observed that if it was to be held that the assessee was
entitled to deduction of tax paid abroad, in addition to admissibility of tax
relief u/s 90 or section 91, it would result in a situation that on the one
hand double taxation of income would be eliminated by ensuring that the
assessee’s total income-tax liability did not exceed the income-tax liability
in India or the income-tax liability abroad, whichever was greater, and, on the
other hand, the assessee’s domestic tax liability would also be reduced by tax
liability in respect of income decreased due to deduction of taxes. Such a
double benefit to the assessee was contrary to the scheme of the Act as well as
the fundamental principles of international taxation.

 

Interestingly, the
Mumbai Bench of the Tribunal, in Tata Consultancy Services Ltd. vs. ACIT
203 TTJ 146
, considered a disallowance of US and Canadian state taxes
and held that such taxes were not covered by section 40(a)(ii) and were
therefore allowable.

 

A question arose in
Jaipuria Samla Amalgamated Collieries Ltd. 82 ITR 580 (SC) where
the assessee, a lessee of mines, incurred statutory liability for the payment
of road and public works cess and education cess, and claimed deduction of such
cess in its computation of income. The A.O. disallowed such claim relying on
section 10(4) of the 1922 Act, corresponding to section 40(a)(ii) of the 1961
Act. In that decision, the Supreme Court held that the words ‘profits and gains
of any business, profession or vocation’ which were employed in section 10(4),
could, in the context, have reference only to profits or gains as determined
u/s 10 and could not cover the net profits or gains arrived at or determined in
a manner other than that provided by section 10. Can one apply the ratio
of this decision to foreign income taxes, which are levied on income computed
in a manner different from that envisaged under the 1961 Act?

 

Subsequently, the
Supreme Court itself in the case of Smithkline & French India Ltd.
vs. CIT 219 ITR 581
has taken a different view in the context of surtax.
The Supreme Court observed in this case:

‘Firstly, it may
be mentioned, s.10(4) of the 1922 Act or s.40(a)(ii) of the present Act do not
contain any words indicating that the profits and gains spoken of by them
should be determined in accordance with the provisions of the IT Act. All they
say is that it must be a rate or tax levied on the profits and gains of
business or profession. The observations relied upon must be read in the said
context and not literally or as the provisions in a statute…’

 

This argument
therefore seems to no longer be valid. In this case, the Supreme Court has also
approved the Bombay High Court decision in Lubrizol India Ltd. vs. CIT
187 ITR 25
, where the Bombay High Court noted that section 40(a)(ii)
uses the term ‘any’ before ‘rate or tax’. The High Court had observed:

 

‘If the word “tax” is to be given the meaning
assigned to it by s.2(43) of the Act, the word “any” used before it will be
otiose and the further qualification as to the nature of levy will also become
meaningless. Furthermore, the word “tax” as defined in s.2(43) of the Act is
subject to “unless the context otherwise requires”. In view of the discussion
above, we hold that the words “any tax” herein refers to any kind of tax levied
or leviable on the profits or gains of any business or profession or assessed
at a proportion of, or otherwise on the basis of, any such profits or gains’.

 

This view is in
direct contrast to the view expressed in the Reliance Infrastructure
case, and having been approved by the Supreme Court in the case of Smithkline
& French (Supra)
, this view should prevail. Perhaps, the ratio
of the Reliance Infrastructure case was largely governed by the
fact that the non-applicability of section 2(43) to section 40(a)(ii) was never
urged by the Department before it.

 

Therefore, the better view is that foreign
income taxes are not a deductible expenditure in computing income under the
1961 Act, irrespective of whether they are eligible for credit under sections
90, 90A or 91.

GST ON PAYMENTS MADE TO DIRECTORS – SOME CLARITY

In my article ‘GST
on payments made to Directors
’ published on Page 24 of the BCAJ
issue of June, 2020, I had discussed in detail the various types of payments
made to Directors (whether Whole-Time Directors or Independent Directors) and
the GST implications of the same. That was on the basis of some judicial
precedents and a few contradictory Advance Rulings.

 

The inconsistent
Advance Rulings and the representations made by the trade and industry seeking
finality in the matter may have prompted the GST Policy Wing of the Central
Board of Indirect Taxes and Customs (the Board) to issue a clarification and to
avoid unnecessary confusion and costly litigation. The clarification was issued
vide Circular No. 140/10/2020-GST dated 10th June, 2020.

 

The clarification
has categorised the payments made to Directors under two scenarios – the applicability
of GST on remuneration paid by companies to:

(a) Independent Directors or those Directors who
are not employees of the company
; and

(b) Whole-Time Directors, including Managing
Director, who are employees of the company.

 

The clarification
has laid emphasis on the relation of the Director with the company to decide
the leviability of GST and relied on the definition of Independent Directors
and Whole-Time Directors from the Companies Act, 2013. The same is summarised
hereunder.

 

Independent
Directors or those Directors who are not employees of the company

As per section
149(6) of the Companies Act, 2013, read with Rule 12 of the Companies (Share
Capital and Debentures) Rules, 2014, ‘independent directors’ are such Directors
who have not been an employee or proprietor or a partner of the said
company in any of the three financial years immediately preceding the financial
year in which he is proposed to be appointed in the said company.

 

And a ‘whole
time-director’ is defined u/s 2(94) of the Companies Act, 2013 in an inclusive
manner, to include a person who may not be an employee of the company.

 

In both the cases
mentioned above, where the Directors are not employees of the company, the
amounts paid to them for the services provided to the company would be outside
the scope of Schedule III of the CGST Act and would thus become taxable under
GST. As mentioned in the article earlier, such services would get covered under
Entry 6 of Notification No. 13/2017-CT (Rates) and No. 10/2017-IT (Rates), both
dated 28th June, 2017, effective from 1st July, 2017,
issued under the CGST Act (‘Reverse Charge Notification’) and, consequently,
GST shall become payable under Reverse Charge Mechanism by the company being
recipient of the services.

 

Whole-Time Directors, including Managing Director, who are employees
of the  company

The clarification
provides that if a Director has been considered to be an employee of the
company, it would be pertinent to examine whether the activities performed by
the Director are in the course of an employer-employee relation. The
clarification emphasises that the services provided should be ascertained to be
under a ‘contract of service’ or ‘contract for service’ since the remuneration
under the latter would become taxable under GST.

 

To classify the
service being provided under the above categories, the Board has taken
cognisance of the treatment given to the remuneration under the Income-tax Act,
1961 (‘IT Act’) wherein the salaries are subjected to Tax Deducted at Source
(‘TDS’) u/s 192 of the Act and fees other than salaries, is liable for TDS u/s
194J.

 

Accordingly,
remuneration which is subjected to TDS u/s 192 shall be treated as
consideration for ‘services by an employee to the employer in the course of or
in relation to his employment’ and would get covered under Schedule III of the
CGST Act, 2017.

 

It has also been
clarified that if an amount paid to the Director is declared as Fees for
Professional or Technical Services and subjected to TDS u/s 194J, it shall be
treated as consideration for providing services and become taxable under GST.
In such cases, the liability shall be of the recipient of services, i.e., the
company, under the Reverse Charge Notification.

Provided
below is a comparative table for a quick reference on the applicability of GST
/ RCM on payments to Directors:

 

Payments
to Directors

Employer–Employee
Relationship

TDS
u/s

Applicability
of GST

Applicability
of RCM

Remark

Salary

Yes

192

No

No

Entry I of Schedule III of
CGST Act, 2017

Commission, Professional Fees,
Sitting Fees

Yes

192(2B)

No

No

Commission

No

194-H

Yes

Yes

Entry 6 of Reverse Charge
Notification

Contract Payment

No

194-C

Yes

Yes

Professional Fees, Sitting
Fees

No

194-J

Yes

Yes

Rent

No

194-IB

Yes

Yes

 

 

[Appellate Tribunal in I.T.A. No. 5535/Mum/2014; Date of order: 11th January, 2017; A.Y.: 2003-04; Bench ‘F’ Mum.] Appeal u/s 260A – Penalty u/s 271(1)(c) – The question relating to non-striking off of the inapplicable portion in the section 271(1)(c) show cause notice goes to the root of the lis and is a jurisdictional issue – Issue can be raised first time before High Court – Penalty cannot be imposed for alleged breach of one limb of section 271(1)(c) of the Act while proceedings are initiated for breach of the other limb of section 271(1)(c) – Penalty deleted

7. Ventura Textiles Ltd. vs. CIT –
Mumbai-11 [ITA No. 958 of 2017
Date
of order: 12th June, 2020 (Bombay
High Court)

 

[Appellate
Tribunal in I.T.A. No. 5535/Mum/2014; Date of order: 11th January,
2017; A.Y.: 2003-04; Bench ‘F’ Mum.]

 

Appeal u/s 260A – Penalty u/s 271(1)(c) – The question relating to
non-striking off of the inapplicable portion in the section 271(1)(c) show
cause notice goes to the root of the lis and is a jurisdictional issue –
Issue can be raised first time before High Court – Penalty cannot be imposed
for alleged breach of one limb of section 271(1)(c) of the Act while
proceedings are initiated for breach of the other limb of section 271(1)(c) –
Penalty deleted

 

The issue involved in the
above appeal related to the imposition of penalty of Rs. 22,08,860 u/s
271(1)(c) of the Act by the A.O. on account of disallowance of Rs. 62,47,460
claimed as a deduction u/s 36(i)(vii) on account of bad debt and subsequently
claimed as a deduction u/s 37 as expenditure expended wholly and exclusively
for the purpose of business.

 

The assessee company filed
its ROI declaring total loss at Rs. 4,66,68,740 for A.Y. 2003-04. During the
assessment proceedings, it was found amongst other things that the assessee had
debited Rs. 62,47,460 under the head ‘selling and distribution expenses’ and
claimed it as bad debt in the books of accounts, thus claiming it as a
deduction u/s 36(1)(vii). Subsequently it was found that the aforesaid amount
was paid to M/s JCT Ltd. as compensation for the supply of inferior quality of
goods. Thus, the A.O. held that the amount of Rs. 62,47,460 claimed as bad debt
was not actually a debt and therefore it was not allowable as a deduction u/s 36(1)(vii).
The A.O. further held that the said claim was also not admissible even u/s
37(1), with the observation that payment made to M/s JCT Ltd. was not wholly
and exclusively for business purposes but for extraneous considerations. In
view thereof, the assessee’s claim was rejected. The A.O. initiated penalty
proceedings u/s 271(1)(c) of the Act for furnishing inaccurate particulars of
income.

The A.O. issued notice u/s
274 r/w/s 271 on the same day, i.e., on 28th February, 2006, to the
assessee to show cause as to why an order imposing penalty should not be made
u/s 271. It may, however, be mentioned that in the pertinent portion of the
notice the A.O. did not strike off the inapplicable portion.

 

The assessee had challenged
the disallowance of bad debt along with other disallowances in the assessment
order by filing an appeal before the CIT(A) who, by an order dated 14th
November, 2012, confirmed the disallowance of bad debt while deleting other
disallowances.

 

In the penalty proceedings,
the A.O. took the view that the assessee’s claim was not actually bad debt but
represented payment made to M/s JCT Ltd. which was also not incurred wholly and
exclusively for the purposes of business. Thus, by the order dated 14th
February, 2014, the A.O. held that by making an improper and unsubstantiated
claim of bad debt of Rs. 62,47,460, the assessee had wilfully reduced its
incidence of taxation, thereby concealing its income as well as furnishing
inaccurate particulars of income. Therefore, the A.O. imposed the minimum
penalty quantified at Rs. 24,99,200 which included penalty on another
disallowance.

 

The CIT(A) deleted the
penalty on the other disallowance. Regarding the penalty levied on Rs.
62,47,460 claimed as bad debt in the assessment proceedings, the CIT(A) held
that the assessee had made a wrong claim by submitting inaccurate particulars
of income by claiming bad debt which was not actually a debt and also not an
expenditure allowable u/s 37(1). Thus, it was held that the assessee had
wilfully submitted inaccurate particulars of income which had resulted in
concealment. Therefore, the penalty amount of Rs. 62,47,460 levied was upheld.

 

The Tribunal upheld the order
of the CIT(A) and rejected the appeal of the assessee. According to the
Tribunal, it was rightly held by the CIT(A) that the assessee had made a wrong
claim by submitting inaccurate particulars of income by claiming a bad debt
which was not actually a debt and also not an expenditure allowable u/s 37(1).
Therefore, the finding recorded by the CIT(A) that the assessee had wilfully
submitted inaccurate particulars of income which had resulted in concealment
was affirmed.

 

Before the High Court the
first contention was raising a question of law for the first time before the
High Court though it had not been raised before the lower authorities; the
Court referred to a series of decisions, including of the Supreme Court in
Jhabua Power Limited (2013) 37 Taxmann.com 162 (SC)
and of the Bombay
High Court in Ashish Estates & Properties (P) Ltd. (2018) 96
Taxmann.com 305 (Bom.)
wherein it is observed that it would not
preclude the High Court from entertaining an appeal on an issue of jurisdiction
even if the same was not raised before the Tribunal.

 

The Court further noted and
analysed the two limbs of section 271(1)(c) of the Act and also the fact that
the two limbs, i.e., concealment of particulars of income and furnishing
inaccurate particulars of income, carry different connotations. The Court further
noted that the A.O. must indicate in the notice for which of the two limbs he
proposes to impose the penalty and for this the notice has to be appropriately
marked. If in the printed format of the notice the inapplicable portion is not
struck off, thus not indicating for which limb the penalty is proposed to be
imposed, it would lead to an inference as to non-application of mind.

 

Therefore, the question
relating to non-striking off of the inapplicable portion in the show cause
notice which is in printed format, thereby not indicating therein as to under
which limb of section 271(1)(c) the penalty was proposed to be imposed, i.e.,
whether for concealing the particulars of income or for furnishing inaccurate
particulars of such income, would go to the root of the lis. Therefore,
it would be a jurisdictional issue. Being a jurisdictional issue, it can be
raised before the High Court for the first time and adjudicated upon even if it
was not raised before the Tribunal.

 

The Hon. Court relied on
decisions of SSA’s Emerald Meadows (2016) 73 Taxmann.com 241 (Karnataka);
Manjunath Cotton & Ginning Factory 359 ITR 565 (Kar.);
and
Samson Pernchery (2017) 98 CCH 39 (Bom.)
wherein the issue was
examined, i.e. the question as to justification of the Tribunal in deleting the
penalty levied u/s 271(1)(c). It was noted that the notice issued u/s 274 was
in a standard proforma without having struck off the irrelevant clauses
therein, leading to an inference as to non-application of mind.

 

A similar view had been taken
in Goa Coastal Resorts & Recreation Pvt. Ltd. (2019) 106 CCH 0183
(Bom.); New Era Sova Mine (2019) SCC OnLine Bom. 1032
; as well as Shri
Hafeez S. Contractor (ITA Nos.796 and 872 of 2016 decided on 11th
December, 2018)
.

 

On the facts of the present
case, the Court noticed that the statutory show cause notice u/s 274 r/w/s 271
of the Act proposing to impose penalty was issued on the same day when the
assessment order was passed, i.e., on 28th February, 2006. The said
notice was in printed form. Though at the bottom of the notice it was mentioned
‘delete inappropriate words and paragraphs’, unfortunately, the A.O. omitted to
strike off the inapplicable portion in the notice. Such omission certainly
reflects a mechanical approach and non-application of mind on the part of the
A.O. However, the moot question is whether the assessee had notice as to why
penalty was sought to be imposed on it?

 

The Court observed that in
the present case, the assessment order and the show cause notice were both
issued on the same date, i.e., on 28th February, 2006, and if they
are read in conjunction, a view can reasonably be taken that notwithstanding
the defective notice, the assessee was fully aware of the reason as to why the
A.O. sought to impose penalty. It was quite clear that the penalty proceedings
were initiated for breach of the second limb of section 271(1)(c), i.e., for
furnishing inaccurate particulars of income. The purpose of a notice is to make
the noticee aware of the ground(s) of notice. In the present case, it would be
too technical and pedantic to take the view that because in the printed notice
the inapplicable portion was not struck off, the order of penalty should be set
aside even though in the assessment order it was clearly mentioned that penalty
proceedings u/s 271(1)(c) had been initiated separately for furnishing
inaccurate particulars of income. Therefore, this contention urged by the
appellant / assessee was rejected.

 

Having held so, the Court
went on to examine whether in the return of income the assessee had furnished
inaccurate particulars. As already discussed above, for the imposition of
penalty u/s 271(1)(c) either concealment of particulars of income or furnishing
inaccurate particulars of such income are the sine qua non. In the
instant case, the penalty proceedings u/s 271(1)(c) were initiated on the
ground that the assessee had furnished inaccurate particulars of income.

 

The Court observed that in
the assessment proceedings the explanation of the assessee was not accepted by
the A.O. by holding that the subsequent payment made to M/s JCT Ltd. would not
be covered by section 36(1)(vii) since the amount claimed as bad debt was
actually not a debt. Thereafter, the A.O. examined whether such payment would
be covered u/s 37(1) as per which an expenditure would be allowable as a
deduction if it pertains to that particular year and has been incurred wholly
and exclusively for the purpose of business. The A.O. held that the assessee’s
claim was not admissible even u/s 37(1) as the circumstances indicated that the
payments were not made wholly and exclusively for business purposes. While
disallowing the claim of the assessee, the A.O. took the view that since the
assessee had furnished inaccurate particulars of income, penalty proceedings
u/s 271(1)(c) were also initiated separately.

 

The Court noticed that in the
statutory show cause notice the A.O. did not indicate as to whether penalty was
sought to be imposed for concealment of income or for furnishing inaccurate
particulars of income, although in the assessment order it was mentioned that
penalty proceedings were initiated for furnishing inaccurate particulars of
income. In the order of penalty, the A.O. held that the assessee had concealed
its income as well as furnished inaccurate particulars of income.

 

But concealment of
particulars of income was not the charge against the appellant, the charge was
of furnishing inaccurate particulars of income. As discussed above, it is trite
that penalty cannot be imposed for alleged breach of one limb of section 271(1)(c)
while penalty proceedings are initiated for breach of the other limb of the
same section. This has certainly vitiated the order of penalty. In the appeal,
the CIT(A) took a curious view, that submission of inaccurate particulars of
income resulted in concealment, thus upholding the order of penalty. This
obfuscated view of the CIT(A) was affirmed by the Tribunal.

 

While the charge against the
assessee was of furnishing inaccurate particulars of income whereas the penalty
was imposed additionally for concealment of income, the order of penalty as
upheld by the lower appellate authorities could be justifiably interfered with,
yet the Court went on to examine whether there was furnishing of inaccurate
particulars of income by the assessee in the first place because that was the
core charge against the assessee.

 

The Court referred to the
decision of the Supreme Court in Reliance Petroproducts Pvt. Ltd. 322 ITR
158 (SC)
wherein it was held that mere making of a claim which is not
sustainable in law by itself would not amount to furnishing inaccurate
particulars regarding the income of the assessee. Therefore, such claim made in
the return cannot amount to furnishing inaccurate particulars of income.

The Court noted that this
decision was followed by the Bombay High Court in CIT vs. M/s Mansukh
Dyeing & Printing Mills, Income Tax Appeal No. 1133 of 2008, decided on 24th
June, 2013.
In CIT vs. DCM Ltd., 359 ITR 101, the Delhi
High Court applied the said decision of the Supreme Court and further observed
that law does not debar an assessee from making a claim which he believes is
plausible and when he knows that it is going to be examined by the A.O. In such
a case, a liberal view is required to be taken as necessarily the claim is
bound to be carefully scrutinised both on facts and in law. Threat of penalty
cannot become a gag and / or haunt an assessee for making a claim which may be
erroneous or wrong. Again, in CIT vs. Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills
Ltd., 322 ITR 73
, the Punjab & Haryana High Court held that the
making of a wrong claim is not at par with concealment or giving of inaccurate
information which may call for levy of penalty u/s 271(1)(c) of the Act.

 

In view of the above, in the
present case it is quite evident that the assessee had declared the full facts;
the full factual matrix of facts was before the A.O. while passing the
assessment order. It is another matter that the claim based on such facts was
found to be inadmissible. This is not the same thing as furnishing inaccurate
particulars of income as contemplated u/s 271(1)(c).

 

Thus, on an overall
consideration, the appeal was allowed and the order of penalty as affirmed by
the appellate authorities was set aside. 

 

 

 

 

 

Search and seizure – Assessment u/s 153A of ITA, 1961 – Scope of section 153A – Assessee can raise new claims for deduction in return filed u/s 153A; A.Y. 2008-09

33. Principal
CIT vs. JSW Steel Ltd.
[2020]
422 ITR 71 (Bom.) Date
of order: 5th February, 2020
A.Y.:
2008-09

 

Search and
seizure – Assessment u/s 153A of ITA, 1961 – Scope of section 153A – Assessee
can raise new claims for deduction in return filed u/s 153A; A.Y. 2008-09

 

The assessee is a widely-held public limited company engaged in various
activities including production of sponge iron, galvanised sheets and
cold-rolled coils through its steel plants located at Dolve and Kalmeshwar in
Maharashtra. For the A.Y. 2008-09, the assessee had filed return of income on
30th September, 2008 under the provisions of section 139(1) of the
Income-tax Act, 1961, declaring loss at Rs. 104,17,70,752. The assessee’s case
was selected for scrutiny and notice u/s 143(2) was issued on 3rd
September, 2009. During the pendency of the assessment proceedings, a search
was conducted u/s 132 of the Act on the ISPAT group of companies on 30th
November, 2010. Following the search, notice u/s 153A was issued. In response,
the assessee filed return of income declaring total loss at Rs. 419,48,90,102
on 29th March, 2012. In this return of income, the assessee made a
new claim for treating gain on prepayment of deferred value added tax / sales
tax on the net present value (NPV) basis for an amount of Rs. 318,10,93,993 as
‘capital receipt’. This new / fresh claim of the assessee was disallowed by the
A.O. while finalising the assessment u/s 143(3) read with section 153A. The
primary question that arose before the A.O. was whether the claim which was not
made in the earlier original return of income filed u/s 139(1) could be
considered in the subsequent return filed by the assessee in pursuance of
notice u/s 153A? The A.O. held that the assessee could not raise a new claim in
the return filed u/s 153A which was not raised in the original return of income
filed u/s 139(1). Thereafter, the claim was disallowed and was treated as
‘revenue receipt’.

 

The Tribunal
allowed the assessee’s claim.

 

On appeal by
the Revenue, the Bombay High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held
as under:

 

‘i)   Section 153A of the Income-tax Act, 1961
provides for the procedure for assessment in search cases. The section starts
with a non-obstante clause stating that it is notwithstanding anything
contained in sections 147, 148 and 149. Further, clause (a) of section 153A(1)
provides for issuance of notice to the persons in respect of whom search was
conducted u/s 132 to furnish a return of income. However, the second proviso
to section 153A makes it clear that assessment relating to any assessment year
filed within a period of the six assessment years pending on the date of search
u/s 132 of the Act shall abate.

 

ii)   Thus, if on the date of initiation of search
u/s 132 any assessment proceeding relating to any assessment year falling
within the period of the six assessment years is pending, it shall stand abated
and the assessing authority cannot proceed with such pending assessment after
initiation of search u/s 132. The crucial expression is “abate”. To
“abate”, as applied to an action, is to cease, terminate, or come to an
end prematurely. Once the assessment abates, the original return which had been
filed loses its originality and the subsequent return filed u/s 153A takes the
place of the original return. In such a case, the return of income filed u/s
153A(1) would be construed to be one filed u/s 139(1) and the provisions of the
Act shall apply to it accordingly.

 

iii)  If that be the position, all legitimate claims
would be open to the assessee to raise in the return of income filed u/s
153A(1). It is open for the assessee to lodge a new claim in a proceeding u/s
153A(1) which was not claimed in his regular return of income.’

 

Loss – Set-off of – Sections 72(2), 72A and 263 of ITA, 1961 and sections 18 and 32(2) of SICA, 1985 – Amalgamation of companies – Provision for carry forward by amalgamated company of accumulated loss and unabsorbed depreciation of amalgamating company – Sick industrial company – Sanction of scheme by Board for Industrial and Financial Reconstruction implies that requirements of section 72(2) satisfied; A.Y. 2004-05

32. CIT
vs. Lakshmi Machine Works Ltd.
[2020]
422 ITR 235 (Mad.) Date
of order: 13th February, 2019
A.Y.:
2004-05

 

Loss –
Set-off of – Sections 72(2), 72A and 263 of ITA, 1961 and sections 18 and 32(2)
of SICA, 1985 – Amalgamation of companies – Provision for carry forward by
amalgamated company of accumulated loss and unabsorbed depreciation of
amalgamating company – Sick industrial company – Sanction of scheme by Board
for Industrial and Financial Reconstruction implies that requirements of
section 72(2) satisfied; A.Y. 2004-05

 

Two spinning
units of a company amalgamated with the assessee under a rehabilitation scheme
under the Sick Industrial Companies (Special Provisions) Act, 1985 by an order
of sanction by the Board for Industrial and Financial Reconstruction. The
assessee claimed the carried forward loss u/s 72A of the Income-tax Act, 1961
in its return. The A.O. issued notices under sections 142(1) and 143(2) of the
1961 Act and required the assessee to show compliance with the conditions laid
down u/s 72A. The assessee submitted that it was entitled to the claim for
carry forward of loss u/s 72A by virtue of the scheme having been sanctioned by
the Board for Industrial and Financial Reconstruction which took into account the
provisions of that section as well. The A.O. agreed with the view of the
assessee and allowed the claim in his order u/s 143(3). But the Commissioner
was of the view that there was no application of mind by the A.O. while he
allowed the claim made by the assessee u/s 72A and that there were no reasons
in support thereof. Accordingly, he passed a revision order u/s 263 of the 1961
Act.

 

The Tribunal
held that the very fact that the Board for Industrial and Financial
Reconstruction had sanctioned the scheme was sufficient and no further
compliance was called for in regard to the conditions set out u/s 72A as the
provisions of the 1985 Act overrode those of the 1961 Act, and confirmed the
order of the A.O. allowing the claim of the assessee for the carry forward of
loss. Accordingly, the Tribunal set aside the order of the Commissioner passed
u/s 263.

 

On appeal by
the Revenue, the Madras High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held
as under:

 

‘i)   The financial viability or otherwise of the
amalgamating company has to be determined first in order to attract the
provisions of section 72A of the Income-tax Act, 1961. After the enactment of
the Sick Industrial Companies (Special Provisions) Act, 1985 and the
constitution of the Board for Industrial and Financial Reconstruction, the
question of sickness or robust health of the entity is to be determined by the
Board. It is only when the Board is satisfied that it would have entertained
applications for revival, sanctioning an appropriate scheme for rehabilitation.
Thus, a sanction by the Board for the scheme of amalgamation implies that the
requirements of section 72A have been met.

 

ii)   The view taken by the A.O. to the effect that
the claim of the assessee u/s 72A of the 1961 Act was liable to be allowed in
the light of the provisions of section 32(2) of the 1985 Act and its
interpretation by the Supreme Court was the correct one. Section 263 of the
1961 Act empowered the Commissioner to revise an order of assessment if it was
erroneous or prejudicial to the interests of the Revenue. Both conditions were
to be satisfied concurrently. The action of the A.O. though prejudicial, could
hardly be termed “erroneous” insofar as the A.O. had followed the dictum laid
down by the Supreme Court in the case of Indian Shaving Products Ltd. vs.
BIFR [1996] 218 ITR 140 (SC).
Thus, in the absence of concurrent
satisfaction of the two conditions u/s 263 of the 1961 Act, the action of the
Commissioner was contrary to the statute and was therefore to be set aside.

 

iii)  The appeal filed by the Revenue is dismissed.
The substantial question of law is answered in favour of the assessee and
against the Revenue.’

Exemption u/s 10(17A) of ITA, 1961 – Award for meritorious service in public interest – Scope of section 10(17A) – Approval of State Government or Central Government – Formal approval not mandatory – Approval may be implied; A.Y. 2010-11

31. K.
Vijaya Kumar vs. Principal CIT
[2020]
422 ITR 304 (Mad.) Date
of order: 26th February, 2020
A.Y.:
2010-11

 

Exemption
u/s 10(17A) of ITA, 1961 – Award for meritorious service in public interest –
Scope of section 10(17A) – Approval of State Government or Central Government –
Formal approval not mandatory – Approval may be implied; A.Y. 2010-11

 

The
petitioner has had a distinguished career in the Indian Police Service and is
at present engaged as a senior security adviser to the Union Home Ministry. In
the course of his service, he had been appointed as the Chief of the Special
Task Force (STF) leading ‘Operation Cocoon’ against forest brigand Veerappan,
leading to Veerappan’s fatal encounter on 18th October, 2004. In
recognition of the special and commendable services of the STF, the Government
of Tamil Nadu had issued G.O. Ms. No. 364, Housing and Urban Development
Department, dated 28th October, 2004 instituting an award in
national interest to STF personnel for the valuable services rendered by them
as part of the team. Pursuant thereto, the petitioner had received a cash award
of Rs. 1,08,43,000 in the F.Y. 2009-10, relevant to A.Y. 2010-11. This amount
was sought to be assessed as income by the Commissioner u/s 263 of the
Income-tax Act, 1961 for which the assessee claimed exemption u/s 10(17A). The
Commissioner directed the A.O. to allow the claim of exemption u/s 10(17A) only
if the assessee was able to produce an order granting approval of exemption by
the Government of India u/s 10(17A)(ii).

 

The assessee
filed a writ petition and challenged the order of the Commissioner. The Madras
High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

 

‘i)   The object of section 10(17A) of the
Income-tax Act, 1961 is to reward an individual who has been recognised by the
Centre or the State for rendition of services in public interest. While clause
(i) of section 10(17A) is concerned with an award whether in cash or in kind,
instituted in public interest by the Central or any State Government or
instituted by any other body and approved by the Central Government in this
behalf, clause (ii) refers to a reward by the Central or a State Government for
such purposes as may be approved by the Central Government in this behalf in
public interest.

 

ii)   No specification or prescription has been set
out in terms of how the approval is to be styled or even whether a formal
written approval is required. Nowhere in the rules or forms is there reference
to a format of approval to be issued in this regard. That apart, one should
interpret the provision and its application in a purposive manner bearing in
mind the spirit and object for which it has been enacted. It is clear that the
object of such a reward is by way of recognition by the State of an
individual’s efforts in protecting public interest and serving society in a
significant manner. Thus, the reference to “approval” in section 10(17A) does
not only connote a paper conveying approval and bearing the stamp and seal of the
Central Government, but any material available in the public domain indicating
recognition for such services rendered in public interest.

 

iii)  The assessee had been recognised by the
Central Government on several occasions for meritorious and distinguished
services and from the information available in the public domain, it could be
seen that he was awarded the Jammu and Kashmir Medal, Counter Insurgency Medal,
Police Medal for Meritorious Service (1993) and the President’s Police Medal
for Distinguished Service (1999). Specifically for his role in nabbing
Veerapan, he was awarded the President’s Police Medal for Gallantry on the eve
of Independence Day, 2005. The assessee was entitled to exemption on the awards
received from the State Government. The writ petition is allowed.’

Deduction u/s 80-IB(10) of ITA, 1961 – Housing projects – Scope of section 80-IB(10) – Not necessary that developer should be owner of land – Joint venture agreement showing assessee was developer – Assessee entitled to special deduction u/s 80-IB(10); A.Y. 2010-11

30. Bashyam
Constructions P. Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT
[2020]
422 ITR 346 (Mad.) Date
of order: 30th January, 2019
A.Y.:
2010-11

 

Deduction
u/s 80-IB(10) of ITA, 1961 – Housing projects – Scope of section 80-IB(10) –
Not necessary that developer should be owner of land – Joint venture agreement
showing assessee was developer – Assessee entitled to special deduction u/s
80-IB(10); A.Y. 2010-11

 

A claim for deduction u/s 80-IB(10) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 was
allowed by the Commissioner (Appeals) but denied by the Tribunal. The reason
assigned by the Tribunal for reversing the order passed by the Commissioner
(Appeals) was that the assessee could not be considered a developer of the
housing project, as a joint venture would happen only when the owner, that is,
the assessee, treated the land as stock-in-trade in its books of accounts.

 

The Madras
High Court allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

 

‘i)   A plain reading of section 80-IB(10) of the
Income-tax Act, 1961 makes it clear that deduction is available in a case where
an undertaking develops and builds a housing project. The section clearly draws
a distinction between “developing” and “building”. The provision does not
require that the ownership of land must vest in the developer for it to qualify
for such deduction.

 

ii)   The joint venture agreement clearly showed
that the assessee was the developer and ETA was the builder and mutual rights
and obligations were inextricably linked with each other and undoubtedly, the
project was a housing project. Therefore, the assessee would be entitled to
claim deduction u/s 80-IB(10).’

 

Business expenditure – Disallowance u/s 40(a)(ia) of ITA, 1961 – Amounts not deductible – Payments liable to deduction of tax at source – Failure to deduct tax at source – Law applicable – Effect of amendment of section 40(a)(ia) with effect from 1st April, 2013 providing for cases where recipient has declared income in question and paid tax thereon – Amendment retrospective – Non-deduction of tax at source not causing loss to Revenue – Disallowance not applicable; A.Y. 2005-06

29. CIT
vs. S.M. Anand
[2020]
422 ITR 209 (Kar.) Date
of order: 23rd August, 2019
A.Y.:
2005-06

 

Business
expenditure – Disallowance u/s 40(a)(ia) of ITA, 1961 – Amounts not deductible
– Payments liable to deduction of tax at source – Failure to deduct tax at
source – Law applicable – Effect of amendment of section 40(a)(ia) with effect
from 1st April, 2013 providing for cases where recipient has
declared income in question and paid tax thereon – Amendment retrospective –
Non-deduction of tax at source not causing loss to Revenue – Disallowance not
applicable; A.Y. 2005-06

 

In the
appeal by the Revenue, the following question of law was raised:

 

‘Whether the
second proviso to section 40(a)(ia) of the Act inserted by the Finance
Act, 2012 is clarificatory and retrospective in nature and cancellation of the
disallowance u/s 40(a)(ia) by the Tribunal is justifiable where the recipient
of the amount has already discharged his tax liability therein?’

 

The
Karnataka High Court held as under:

 

‘i)   The scheme of section 40(a)(ia) of the
Income-tax Act, 1961 is aimed at ensuring that an expenditure should not be
allowed as deduction in the hands of an assessee in a situation in which income
embedded in such expenditure has remained untaxed due to tax withholding lapses
by the assessee. It is not a penalty for tax withholding lapse but a sort of
compensatory deduction restriction for an income going untaxed due to tax
withholding lapse. The penalty for tax withholding lapse per se is
separately provided for in section 271C and section 40(a)(ia) does not add to
it. The provisions of section 40(a)(ia), as they existed prior to insertion of
the second proviso thereto, went much beyond the obvious intentions of
the lawmakers and created undue hardships even in cases in which the assessee’s
tax withholding lapses did not result in any loss to the exchequer.

 

ii)   In order to cure these shortcomings of the
provision, and thus obviate the unintended hardships, an amendment in law was
made. In view of the well-settled legal position to the effect that a curative
amendment to avoid unintended consequences is to be treated as retrospective in
nature even though it may not state so specifically, the insertion of the
second proviso must be given retrospective effect from the point of time
when the related legal provision was introduced. The insertion of the second proviso
to section 40(a)(ia) is declaratory and curative in nature and it has
retrospective effect from 1st April, 2005, being the date from which
sub-clause (ia) of section 40(a) was inserted by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2004.

 

iii)  It was not disputed that the payments made by
the assessee to the sub-contractors had been offered to tax in their respective
returns of income, uncontroverted by the authorities. There was no actual loss
of revenue. Hence, section 40(a)(ia) was not applicable.

 

iv)  Accordingly, we answer the substantial
question of law against the Revenue and in favour of the assessee.’

 

Business expenditure – Section 37 of ITA, 1961 – General principles – Donations made by company under corporate social responsibility – Deductible u/s 37; A.Y. 2010-11

28. Principal CIT vs. Gujarat Narmada
Valley Fertilizer and Chemicals Ltd.
[2020]
422 ITR 164 (Guj.) Date
of order: 16th July, 2019
A.Y.:
2010-11

 

Business
expenditure – Section 37 of ITA, 1961 – General principles – Donations made by
company under corporate social responsibility – Deductible u/s 37; A.Y. 2010-11

 

The assessee
was engaged in the business of manufacturing, sale and trading of chemical
fertilizers and chemical industrial products. The company was also engaged in
the business of information and technology. For the A.Y. 2010-11 the assessee
claimed expenditure of Rs. 17,50,36,756 u/s 37(1). Such claim was put forward
in fulfilment of its corporate social obligation and responsibility. The A.O.
disallowed the claim. The Appellate Tribunal relied on its order passed for
A.Y. 2009-10 and took the view that the assessee was entitled to claim
deduction towards the expenditure incurred for discharging its corporate social
responsibility u/s 37(1).

 

On appeal by
the Revenue, the Gujarat High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and
held as under:

 

‘The word
“business” used in section 37(1) in association with the expression “for the
purposes of” is a word of wide connotation. In the context of a taxing statute,
the word “business” would signify an organised and continuous course of
commercial activity, which is carried on with the end in view of making or
earning profits. Under section 37(1), therefore, the connection has to be
established between the expenditure incurred and the activity undertaken by the
assessee with such object. The concept of business is not static. It has
evolved over a period of time to include within its fold the concrete
expression of care and concern for society at large and the people of the
locality in which the business is located in particular. It is not open to the
Court to go behind the commercial expediency which has to be determined from
the point of view of a businessman.

 

The test of
commercial expediency cannot be reduced to a ritualistic formula, nor can it be
put in a water-tight compartment. As long as the expenses are incurred wholly
and exclusively for the purpose of earning income from the business or
profession, merely because some of these expenses are incurred voluntarily,
i.e., without there being any legal or contractual obligation to incur them,
those expenses do not cease to be deductible in nature.

 

Explanation 2 to section 37(1) comes into play with effect from 1st
April, 2015. This disallowance is restricted to the expenses incurred by the
assessee under a statutory obligation u/s 135 of the Companies Act, 2013, and
there is thus now a line of demarcation between expenses incurred by the
assessee on discharging corporate social responsibility under such a statutory
obligation and under a voluntary assumption of responsibility. As for the
former, the disallowance under Explanation 2 to section 37(1) comes into play,
but for the latter there is no such disabling provision as long as the
expenses, even in discharge of corporate social responsibility on voluntary
basis, can be said to be “wholly and exclusively for the purposes of business”.

 

The assessee company was a polluting company. The assessee company was
conscious of its social obligations towards society at large. The assessee
company was a Government undertaking and, therefore, obliged to ensure
fulfilment of all the protective principles of State policy as enshrined in the
Constitution of India. The moneys had been spent for various purposes and could
not be regarded as outside the ambit of the business concerns of the assessee.
The order passed by the Appellate Tribunal was just and proper and needed no
interference in the present appeal.’

Appeal to Appellate Tribunal – Duty of Tribunal to decide appeal on merits – Rule 24 of ITAT Rules, 1963 Rectification of mistakes – Section 254 of ITA, 1961 – Order of Tribunal dismissing appeal ex parte for non-prosecution – Rejection of application for recall on ground of limitation – Not justified – Assessee granted liberty to apply for recall of order; A.Y. 2006-07

27. Golden
Times Services Pvt. Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT
[2020]
422 ITR 102 (Del.) Date
of order: 13th January, 2020
A.Y.:
2006-07

 

Appeal to
Appellate Tribunal – Duty of Tribunal to decide appeal on merits – Rule 24 of
ITAT  Rules, 1963

 

Rectification
of mistakes – Section 254 of ITA, 1961 – Order of Tribunal dismissing appeal ex
parte
for non-prosecution – Rejection of application for recall on ground
of limitation – Not justified – Assessee granted liberty to apply for recall of
order; A.Y. 2006-07

 

The relevant
year is the A.Y. 2006-07. In an appeal before the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal,
the petitioner company had challenged the addition of Rs. 19,00,000 which was
confirmed by the Commissioner (Appeals). The appeal was filed on 11th
December, 2014 and was heard on 30th August, 2016. The appeal was
dismissed by an order dated 18th October, 2016. In the said order,
the Tribunal, while noting that no one was present on behalf of the assessee at
the time of hearing, proceeded to dispose of the appeal, observing that notice
was sent to the assessee on 15th July, 2016 at the address mentioned
in the memo of appeal but despite that the assessee remained unrepresented. It
was further noted that the notice had come back unserved with a report that the
property was locked for quite some time. It was also noted that the earlier
notice, sent on 1st June, 2016 on the same address of the assessee,
had also been received back unserved with similar comments. The Tribunal, thus,
held that the assessee was presumably not serious in pursuing the appeal and
dismissed the same in limine. At the same time, the assessee was granted
liberty to approach the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal for a recall of the order
if it was able to show a reasonable cause for non-appearance. Thus, there was
no adjudication on the merits of the appeal.

 

On 8th February,
2018 when an inquiry was made about the status of the appeal, the petitioner
came to know that the appeal had been dismissed ex parte for
non-prosecution. Thereafter, on 8th March, 2018 an application was
filed for recall of the order dated 18th October, 2016. The petitioner
filed the application giving the grounds for non-appearance, with an
explanation that the absence was beyond its control. However, the application
was dismissed by an order dated 30th August, 2019 on the ground that
the same is barred by limitation u/s 254(2) of the Act.

 

The
petitioner filed a writ petition and challenged the order of the Tribunal. The
Delhi High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

 

‘i)   Rule 24 of the Income-tax (Appellate
Tribunal) Rules, 1963 mandates the Appellate Tribunal to decide the appeal on
its merits. It is the duty and obligation of the Appellate Tribunal to dispose
of the appeal on merits after giving both the parties an opportunity of being
heard. No limitation is provided in Rule 24 of the Rules.

 

ii)   Section 254(2) of the Income-tax Act, 1961
refers to suo motu exercise of the power of rectification by the
Appellate Tribunal, whereas the second part refers to rectification and
amendment on an application being made by the Assessing Officer or the assessee
pointing out the mistake apparent from the record. Section 254(2) was amended
by the Finance Act, 2016 with effect from 1st June, 2016 and the
words “four years from the date of the order” were substituted by
“six months from the end of the month in which the order was passed”.

 

iii)  Section 254(3) stipulates that the Appellate
Tribunal shall send a copy of the order passed by it to the assessee and the
Principal Commissioner. Further, Rule 35 of the Income-tax (Appellate Tribunal)
Rules, 1963 also requires that the orders are required to be communicated to
the parties. The section and the Rule mandate the communication of the order to
the parties. Thus, the date of communication or knowledge, actual or
constructive, of the orders sought to be rectified or amended u/s 254(2) of the
Act becomes critical and determinative for the commencement of the period of
limitation.

 

iv)  The appeal had been dismissed ex
parte
for non-prosecution. At the same time, the assessee was granted
liberty to approach the Appellate Tribunal for recall of the order if it was
able to show a reasonable cause for non-appearance. Thus, there was no
adjudication on the merits of the appeal. The dismissal of the application for
recall of the order on the ground of limitation was not valid.

 

v)  The course adopted by the Appellate Tribunal
at the first instance, by dismissing the appeal for non-prosecution, and then
compounding the same by refusing to entertain the application for recall of the
order, cannot be sustained. We, therefore have no hesitation in quashing the
impugned order. Accordingly, the present petition is allowed. The order dated
30th August, 2019 is quashed and the matter is remanded back to the
Income-tax Appellate Tribunal with a direction that they shall hear and dispose
of I.T.A. No. 6739/Del/2014 on merits.’

Explanations 6 and 7 to section 9(1)(i) of the Act – Indirect transfer tests of 50% threshold of ‘substantial value’ (Explanation 6) and small shareholder (Explanation 7) are to be applied retrospectively

12. AAR No. 1555 to 1564 of 2013 A to J, In Re

 

Explanations 6 and 7 to section 9(1)(i) of
the Act – Indirect transfer tests of 50% threshold of ‘substantial value’
(Explanation 6) and small shareholder (Explanation 7) are to be applied
retrospectively

 

FACTS

In F.Y. 2013-14,
Applicant 1 (buyer, a Jersey-based company) and Applicant 2 (sellers /
shareholders based in the US, UK, Hong Kong and Cayman Islands) entered into a
transaction for sale of 100% shares of a British Virgin Islands-based company
(BVI Co). Individually, each seller had less than 5% shareholding in BVI Co.

 

BVI Co was a
multinational company and had subsidiaries across the globe. It indirectly held
100% shares in an Indian company (I Co) through a Mauritian company (Mau Co).
The sellers submitted the valuation report of the shares of BVI Co, as per
which the value derived directly or indirectly from assets located in India was
26.38%. The applicants approached AAR in December, 2013 with respect to
taxability arising in India as regards the transfer of the shares of BVI Co.

 

Indirect transfer
provisions were introduced in the Act in 2012. These were amended in 2015 by
introducing Explanation 6 and Explanation 7 to section 9(1)(i). The amended
provisions provided the following benchmarks:

  •     50%
    value threshold to ascertain substantial value of foreign shares or interest,
    from assets in India (50% threshold).
  •     Proportionate
    tax (i.e., to the extent of value of assets in India).
  •     Indirect
    provisions not to apply to shareholders having less than 5% shareholding, or
    voting power, or interest in foreign company or entity, if they have not
    participated in management and control during the 12-month period preceding the
    date of transfer (small shareholder exemption).

 

The question before
the AAR was whether amendments made in 2015 could be applied to a transaction
retrospectively?

 

HELD

  •     From
    2012 to 2015, the term ‘substantially’ was statutorily not defined, though it
    was interpreted by the High Court1 
    and the AAR2. Both rulings held that the term ‘substantially’
    would only include a case where shares of a foreign company derived at least
    50% of their value from assets in India.
  •     The
    provision inserted in 2015 begins with the expression ‘for the purposes of
    this clause, it is hereby declared…’.
    Relying on the principles of
    statutory interpretation dealing with declaratory states3, AAR held
    that declaratory or curative amendments made ‘to explain’ an earlier provision
    of law should be given retrospective effect.
  •     Explanation
    6 pertaining to 50% threshold is clarificatory in nature. Similarly,
    Explanation 7 pertaining to small shareholder exemption is inserted to address
    genuine concerns of small shareholders. Hence, both should apply
    retrospectively to give a true meaning and make the indirect provisions
    workable.

 

The AAR concluded
on principles and did not adjudicate on valuation. It held that tax authorities
could scrutinise the valuation report to ascertain whether it met the 50%
threshold and satisfied the conditions of small shareholders exemption. 

______________________________________________

1   DIT
vs. Copal Research Ltd., Mauritius [2014] 49 taxmann.com 125 (Delhi)

2     GEA Refrigeration Technologies GmbH, In
re
[2018] 89 taxmann.com 220 (AAR – New Delhi)

 

3   Principles
of Statutory Interpretation
by Justice G.P. Singh (Sixth Edition 1996)

 

 

PRAYERS: OUR SEARCH ENGINE

In today’s technology-driven era, people
seeking information use Google or any other search engine. The search engine
being accessed does not have any data, it searches and lists out the websites
where the information being sought is available. The preciseness of such a
search depends on how specific is the question that is keyed in.

 

Leaving this discussion aside, let me take
up another aspect of our life – Prayers. Let me clarify here that by prayers I
am not referring to the scripted prayers
pertaining to any religion or
community whatsoever, that I have been uttering without actually understanding
their meaning. Further, for prayers I don’t know why but I am taught to visit a
temple, stand in front of an idol, and so on.

 

What I am referring to by prayers here is
the ‘inner conversation’ that we hold with an unseen energy, ‘The Universe’.
May be, the conversation (inner talk) is initiated by the name and with the
imagination of a deity. Going deeper into this inner talk, what exactly am I
doing? Broadly, I am either in a mode of (1) gratitude, (2) seeking help, or
(3) seeking forgiveness.

 

While in the mode of ‘gratitude’, I
basically express my thankfulness for all that I have attained / achieved.
Being in satiety, my thought process is fine-tuned to the best with the
universe, thereby enabling me to take rational, considered decisions which
further uplifts me in all aspects of life.

 

In the mode of ‘seeking help’, I am, for
some moments, focusing on a particular issue that is being experienced or faced
by me, trying to narrate it as it is being experienced by me and raising a few
questions thereto which makes me uncomfortable. In the process, my clarity on
the issue magnifies and my thought process is energised on that precise issue.
In such a circumstance, I generate the possibilities which can resolve my
issues. I focus on them, short-list them and undertake that if it so happens,
then I would undertake some sort of sacrifice. Thus, I am committing myself to
work on the path of a possible solution. In this mode, the clearer I am in
focusing on the possible solutions, the higher is the possibility of the issue
getting resolved.

 

In the mode of ‘seeking forgiveness’, from
my inner-most thoughts I admit my wrong-doings and seek forgiveness from the
Universe. In the process, I realise my wrongs and, having realised them, would
certainly restrain myself from repeating them. This gets me to the mode of
improvement, upliftment, betterment. The more the clarity about my wrong deeds,
the more would be the tendency of avoiding repetition of such deeds.

 

Now, correlating the two seemingly
independent activities discussed above, viz., a search engine and a Prayer, the
similarity lies in the clarity of the question / issue being raised. Be it a
Google Search or be it a Prayer, clarity in you, your desires, as to what you
are seeking, is what leads you to the path of success. Yes, the analogy between
a ‘search engine’ and a ‘Prayer’ is that what a search engine does in the
‘world wide web (www)’ is what our Prayers do in the ‘Universe’.

 

This is like making a proper blue-print for
constructing a bridge. However, the blue-print does not give you a bridge. That
is not the result. Taking action in that direction is like constructing a
bridge after making a proper blue-print, leading to the destination and
fulfilment of desires. Without action, it is just a blue-print, lying in a
file, and nothing constructive about it.

 

To conclude, be it a search engine or a
Prayer, clarity (visualisation) followed by action is what leads to
actualisation. Hein ji, sab sambhav hai!
 

ACCOUNTING RELIEF FOR RENT CONCESSIONS ON LEASES

On 28th May, 2020,
the International Accounting Standards Board (the IASB) finalised an amendment
to IFRS 16 Leases titled ‘Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions –
Amendment to IFRS 16
’. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India
(ICAI) has already issued an Exposure Draft mirroring the IFRS 16 amendment.
This will become a standard in India when it is notified by the Ministry of
Corporate Affairs (MCA).

 

The modified standard
provides lessees with an exemption from assessing whether a Covid-19-related
rent concession is a lease modification. The amendments require lessees that
have elected to apply the exemption to account for Covid-19-related rent
concessions as if they were not lease modifications. It may be noted that
accounting for lease modification can be very cumbersome and time consuming for
many lessees that have significant leases on their balance sheet. If the
modification accounting applies, a lessee does not recognise the benefits of
the rent concession in profit or loss straight away. Instead, the lessee will
recalculate its lease liability using a revised discount rate and adjust its
right-of-use assets. If the modification accounting does not apply, the profit
or loss impact of the rent concession would generally be more immediate.

 

The practical expedient in
many cases will be accounted for as a variable lease payment. If accounted for
as a variable lease payment, the concession is accounted for in profit or loss
in the period in which the event or condition that triggers those payments
occurs.

 

It may be noted that the
practical expedient is a choice and it is not mandatory to apply. The practical
expedient is not available to lessors. The practical expedient applies only to
rent concessions that meet all the following conditions (paragraphs 46A and
46B):

 

Condition 1
– The rent concession occurs as a direct consequence of the Covid-19 pandemic.

 

Condition 2
– The change in lease payments results in revised consideration for the lease
that is substantially the same as, or less than, the consideration for the
lease immediately preceding the change.

 

Condition 3
– Any reduction in lease payments affects only payments originally due on or
before 30th June, 2021.

 

Condition 4
– There is no substantive change to other terms and conditions of the lease.

 

Let’s take a few scenarios to
assess the applicability of the practical expedient.

 

ISSUE

Base fact
pattern

  •  Lessor leases commercial space to lessee,
  • Lease term is four years and rental is fixed at Rs. 4,000 p.m.

 

Whether practical expedient
is available in the following scenarios?

Scenario

Facts

Can practical
expedient be applied?

1

  •  Year 2020: Rent is reduced
    to Rs. 3,000 p.m. for May-July, 2020 due to business disruption as a result
    of Covid-19

 

  •  No change in subsequent years and no other change in


lease contract

Yes, as rent concession is as a direct
consequence of the Covid-19 pandemic and all the other three conditions are
also met

2

  •  Year
    2020: Rent is reduced to Rs. 3,000 p.m. for


May-July, 2020

 

  •   Year 2021: Rent for
    Aug.-Oct., 2021 is increased by Rs. 1,000 p.m. from the original rent. B will
    pay Rs. 5,000 p.m. for


Aug.-Oct., 2021

Yes, because reduction in lease payments affects
only payments originally due on or before 30th June, 2021.
Additionally, the increase in lease rental is beyond 30th June,
2021 and is in proportion to the concession provided. For Condition 3,
amendment acknowledges that a rent concession would meet this condition if it
results in reduced lease payments on or before 30th June, 2021 and
increased lease payments that extend beyond 30th June, 2021

3

  •  Lessor agreed for a six-month rent holiday from May – Oct., 2020, i.e.,
    concession of Rs. 24,000

 

  • However, in the month of March, 2021, the lessee pays this amount along with interest of Rs. 3,000, which totals to Rs. 27,000

 

Here, though there is a rent holiday, but those
rents are paid subsequently, along with interest. IASB has noted in their
basis of conclusion that if the cash flows have increased to compensate the
time value of money, it would appear to be appropriate for entities to assess
that Condition 2 is met. Other increases in consideration, such as penalties
that are included in the deferral, would cause this criterion to be not
satisfied

4

  • Year 2020 & 2021: Rent is reduced to Rs. 3,000 p.m. for May, 2020 – Dec.,
    2021

 

  • Year
    2022 & 2023: Rent for Jan. 2022 – Aug. 2023 is increased by Rs. 1,000
    p.m. from original rent. B will pay
    Rs. 5,000 p.m. for Jan., 2022 – Aug., 2023

 

No. In this scenario, the rent reduction is as a
direct consequence of Covid. However, the reduction of Rs. 1,000 affects the
payments originally due for the period even beyond 30th June,
2021. The timeline prescribed in the amendment is purely rule-based. It would
not be appropriate to interpret it in such a way that rental concession can
be applied to the rent covering the period up to 30th June, 2021
and for rent changes beyond 30th June, 2021 the normal accounting
of lease modification can be applied. One should consider the changes in the
lease rentals in their entirety. It is not acceptable that rent concessions
are accounted such that one portion satisfies the criterion (i.e. May, 2020 –
June, 2021, i.e., 30th June is the date beyond which rent
concessions completely disqualify the entity from applying the accounting
relief) and the remaining portion, i.e., July, 2021 to August, 2023 does not
satisfy the criterion

5

  • Year 2020: Rent is reduced to Rs. 3,000 p.m. for


May-July, 2020

 

  • Year 2021: Rent for Aug.-Oct., 2021 is increased by Rs. 4,000 p.m. from original rent. B will pay Rs. 8,000 p.m. for
    Aug.-Oct., 2021

No, because the reduction is of Rs. 1,000 in 2020
but in 2021 the rent increased by Rs. 4,000 from original rent which is not
in proportion to the concession provided

6

  • Lessor offers to reduce the monthly rent on the condition that its space is
    reduced from 8,000 sq. ft. to 5,000 sq. ft.

No, it would be a substantive change to other
terms and conditions, and therefore the practical expedient would be unavailable
for that rent concession

7

  • Rent holiday for May-July, 2020

 

  • At the end of the lease term, it gets extended for three months on the terms
    and conditions contained in the original lease agreement

 

Yes, because the lease extension is not considered
as a substantive change to other terms and conditions of the lease. This
point has been clarified in basis for conclusion of the standard

 

 

 

Comparison
between applying the practical expedient and lease modification

Example –
rent abatement

Entity A leases retail space
from Entity B. As at 31st May, 2020, Entity B grants Entity A a
one-month rent abatement, where rent of Rs. 1 million that would otherwise be
due on 1st June, 2020 is unconditionally waived. The rent concession
satisfies the criteria to apply the practical expedient. The rent concession is
a lease modification because it is a change in consideration for a lease that
is not part of the original terms and conditions of the lease. The rent
concession meets the definition of a lease modification and it would be
accounted for as such if the practical expedient is not elected by Entity A.

           

 

Practical expedient not applied – lease
modification accounting (Ind AS 16.39 – 43)

Practical expedient is applied – variable lease
payment accounting [Ind AS 16.38(b)]

Effect on
lease liability

Reduced to
reflect the revised consideration

Reduced to
reflect the revised consideration

Effect on
discount rate

The total
revised, remaining consideration is re-measured using an updated discount rate
as at the effective date of the lease modification

No change
in discount rate

Effect on
right-of-use asset

The
offsetting adjustment is recorded against the carrying value of the
right-of-use asset

No effect

Effect on
profit or loss

None as at
the time of modification; but will result in modified finance expense and
depreciation in subsequent periods

The
offsetting adjustment is recorded in profit or loss

 

As is
visible from the above example, the practical expedient provides relief to the
lessee in the following ways:

(a) The lessee does not have to assess each rent
concession to determine whether it meets the definition of a lease
modification;

(b) It also simplifies the
calculations that are prepared by the lessee, since it does not require a revised
discount rate;

(c) The rent concession is accounted in profit or
loss in the period in which the event or condition that triggers the revised
consideration occurs, rather than being reflected in future periods as revised
finance expense and depreciation of the right-of-use asset.

 

CONCLUSION

The author believes that the
practical expedient is a welcome relief for lessees that have a large number of
leases, for example, airline, telecom, retail and other entities. However,
applying practical expedient may not be as simple as it appears and there could
be numerous complexities in determining what scenarios can be subjected to a
practical expedient, as well as the accounting of the practical expedient.

 

If the lessee applies the
practical expedient, it shall disclose if it has applied the expedient to all
lease contracts or the nature of the contracts to which it has applied the
expedient. The lessee should also disclose the P&L impact of applying the
practical expedient.

 

Article 13 of India-Mauritius DTAA; section 245R of the Act – As gain on sale of shares by a Mauritius company in a Singapore company which derived substantial value from assets in India was, prima facie, designed for avoidance of tax, applications were to be rejected under clause (iii) to proviso to section 245R(2) of the Act

11. [2020] 116
taxmann.com 878 (AAR-N. Del.)
Tiger Global
International II Holdings, In re Date of order: 26th
March, 2020

 

Article 13 of
India-Mauritius DTAA; section 245R of the Act – As gain on sale of shares by a
Mauritius company in a Singapore company which derived substantial value from
assets in India was, prima facie, designed for avoidance of tax, applications
were to be rejected under clause (iii) to proviso to section 245R(2) of
the Act

 

FACTS

The applicants were
three Mauritius companies (Mau Cos), which were tax resident of Mauritius. They
were member companies of a private equity fund based in USA. Mau Cos
collectively invested in shares of a Singapore Company (Sing Co). Sing Co, in
turn, invested in multiple Indian companies. Sing Co derived substantial value
from assets located in India. All investments were made prior to 31st
March, 2017. The Mau Cos transferred their shares in Sing Co to an unrelated
Luxembourg buyer pursuant to contracts executed outside India.

 

Before executing
the transfer of shares, the applicants applied to tax authorities for nil
withholding certificate u/s 197. The applications were rejected on the ground
that the applicants did not qualify for benefit under the India-Mauritius DTAA.

 

The applicants
subsequently approached the AAR to determine the chargeability of share
transfer transaction to income tax in India. The tax authorities objected to
the admission of the application.

 

 

HELD

Pending
proceedings

  •     Proceedings relating to
    issue of nil withholding certificate are concluded when the certificate was
    issued by the tax authority.
  •     Even if the tax withholding
    certificate was applicable for the entire financial year and could have been
    modified, it could not be given effect to after the transaction was closed and
    payment was made.
  •     Accordingly, there was no
    pending proceeding on the date of making the application to the AAR.

 

Application
before AAR was concerned only with chargeability to tax and question of
determination of FMV did not arise

  •     The applications pertained
    only to determination of taxability of transfer of shares.
  •     Tax authority can undertake
    valuation of shares and computation of capital gains arising from shares only
    after the transaction is found to be exigible to tax. Therefore, the
    application cannot be rejected on this ground.

 

Prima facie avoidance
of tax

  •     At the stage of admission
    of the application before the AAR, there is no requirement to conclusively
    establish tax avoidance; rather, it only needs to be demonstrated that prime
    facie
    the transaction was designed for avoidance of tax.
  •     The following factors
    established that the control and management of the Mau Cos was not in
    Mauritius:

    Authorisation to operate bank account above
US $250,000 was with Mr. C who was not a Director of the Mau Co but was the
ultimate owner of the PE Fund.

    Since the applicants were located in
Mauritius, logically a Mauritius resident should have been authorised to sign
cheques and operate bank accounts. However, the applicants could not justify
why Mr. C was authorised to do so.

    Since Mr. C was the beneficial owner of the parent
company of the applicants and also the sole director of the ultimate holding
company, the authorisation given to him was not coincidental. This fact
established that the funds were controlled by Mr. C.

    Further, Mr. S (US resident general counsel
of the PE fund) was present in all the Board meetings where decisions on
investment and sale of securities were taken. Despite this, decisions in
respect of any transaction over US $250,000 were taken by Mr. C. This suggested
that notwithstanding that decisions were undertaken by the Board of Directors
of the applicants, these were ultimately under the control of Mr. C because of
his power to operate bank accounts.

    Thus, the real management and control of the
applicants was not with the Board of Directors, but with Mr. C who was the
beneficial owner of the group. The Mau Cos were only pass-through entities set
up to avail the benefits of the India-Mauritius DTAA.

  •     Hence, prima facie, the transaction
    was designed for avoidance of tax and, accordingly, it could not be admitted.

 

Applicability
of India-Mauritius DTAA

    The Mau Cos derived gains from transfer of
shares of the Sing Co and not those of the I Cos. The India-Mauritius DTAA
(post-2016 amendment), as also Circular No. 682 dated 30th March,
1994 suggest that the intent of the DTAA is only to protect gains from transfer
of shares of an Indian company and not transfer of shares of a Singapore
company. Exemption from capital gains tax on sale of shares of a company not
resident in India was never intended under the original or the amended DTAA
between India and Mauritius.

 

Section 271(1)(c) – Disallowance u/s 43B in respect of service tax, not debited to P&L, does not attract penalty u/s 271(1)(c)

10. C.S.
Datamation Research Services Pvt. Ltd. vs. ITO (Delhi)
R.K. Panda (A.M.) and Amit Shukla (J.M.) ITA No. 3915/Delhi/2016 A.Y.: 2011-12 Date of order: 15th June, 2020

Counsel
for Assessee / Revenue: Salil Kapoor / Jagdish Singh

 

Section 271(1)(c) – Disallowance u/s 43B in
respect of service tax, not debited to P&L, does not attract penalty u/s
271(1)(c)

 

FACTS

The assessee
company, engaged in the business of manpower supply and operational support,
filed its return of income on 24th March, 2012 declaring an income
of Rs. 33,89,810. On being asked by the A.O. to furnish complete details of
‘other liabilities’ of Rs. 4,61,10,276 under the head Current Liabilities, the
assessee filed a revised computation of income wherein it included an amount of
Rs. 1,45,61,540 being amount disallowable u/s 43B of the IT Act due to
non-payment of service tax. The A.O. noted from the tax audit report that there
is clear mention of this amount as having not been paid within the stipulated
time period and disallowable u/s 43B. Since the tax audit report was not
furnished along with the return of income, the A.O. held that it was a
deliberate attempt on the part of the assessee to suppress the amount. The A.O.
thereafter completed the assessment at a total income of Rs. 1,79,51,350
wherein he made an addition of Rs. 1,45,61,540 being the amount of service tax
disallowable u/s 43B.

 

The assessee
did not prefer any appeal against this order. Subsequently, the A.O. initiated
penalty proceedings u/s 271(1)(c). Rejecting various explanations given by the
assessee and observing that the assessee has concealed its particulars of
income and furnished inaccurate particulars, the A.O. levied penalty of Rs.
48,36,979 being 100% of the tax sought to be evaded u/s 271(1)(c).

 

Aggrieved,
the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who upheld the action of the
A.O.

 

Still
aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where it contended
that the notice was bad in law since the A.O. had not struck off the
inappropriate words and also that, on merits, the penalty is not leviable.

 

HELD

The Tribunal
held that the levy of penalty u/s 271(1)(c) is not valid in law in view of
non-striking off of the inappropriate words in the penalty notice.

 

On merits,
the Tribunal noted that the Hon’ble Delhi High Court in the case of Noble
& Hewitt (I) (P) Ltd. (305 ITR 324)
has held that where the
assessee did not debit the amount to the P&L account as an expenditure nor
did the assessee claim any deduction in respect of the amount where the
assessee was following mercantile system of accounting, the question of
disallowing the deduction not claimed would not arise.

 

The CIT(A) in
the assessee’s own case for A.Y. 2012-13, deleted the addition of unpaid
service tax amounting to Rs. 94,68,278 which was added back by the assessee in
its revised computation of income, and Revenue had not preferred any appeal
against the order of the CIT(A) deleting the addition made by the A.O. on
account of the unpaid service tax liability, although the assessee in its
revised computation of income had added the same u/s 43B. Therefore, the issue
as to addition u/s 43B on account of non-payment of service tax liability when
the same has not been debited in the P&L account nor claimed as an expenditure,
has become a debatable issue. It has been held in various decisions that
penalty u/s 271(1)(c) is not leviable on account of additions which are
debatable issues.

 

The Tribunal
held that even on merits penalty u/s 271(1)(c) is not leviable

 

The appeal filed by the assessee was allowed.

Section 148 – Assessment completed pursuant to a notice u/s 148 of the Act issued mechanically without application of mind is void and bad in law

9. Omvir Singh vs. ITO (Delhi) N.K.
Billaiya (A.M.) and Ms Suchitra Kamble (J.M.) ITA No. 7347/Delhi/2018
A.Y.: 2009-10 Date of order: 11th June, 2020

Counsel
for Assessee / Revenue: Rohit Tiwari / R.K. Gupta

 

Section 148 – Assessment completed pursuant
to a notice u/s 148 of the Act issued mechanically without application of mind
is void and bad in law

 

FACTS

The A.O., based on AIR information that the
assessee has deposited a sum of Rs. 19.19 lakhs in his savings bank account
maintained with Bank of India, Mehroli, Ghaziabad, issued a notice u/s 148 of
the Act along with other statutory notices. No one attended the assessment
proceedings and no return was filed in response to the notice u/s 148. The A.O.
proceeded to complete the assessment ex parte. Cash deposit of Rs.
19,19,333 was treated as unexplained and added to the returned income of the
assessee.

 

Aggrieved,
the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) and questioned the validity of
the notice u/s 148, and furnished some additional evidence invoking Rule 46A of
the I.T. Rules. The CIT(A) did not admit the additional evidence and confirmed
the addition made by the A.O.

Aggrieved,
the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal raising two-fold grievances,
viz. the issuance of notice u/s 148 is not as per the provisions of law and the
addition of Rs. 19,19,333 made by the A.O. in respect of cash found to be
deposited in the savings bank account is incorrect.

 

HELD

The Tribunal
noted that the undisputed fact is that in the proforma for recording reasons
for initiating proceedings u/s 148, under Item No. 8A the question is ‘Whether
any voluntary return had been filed’ and the answer is mentioned as ‘No’.
Whereas Exhibit Nos. 6 and 7 show that the return of income was filed with Ward
2(1), Ghaziabad on 30th March. 2010 and the notice u/s 148 is dated
3rd February, 2016.

 

This clearly
shows that the A.O. issued the notice mechanically without applying his mind.
Such action by the A.O. did not find any favour with the Hon’ble High Court of
Delhi in the case of RMG Polyvinyl [I] Ltd. (396 ITR 5).

 

The Tribunal,
having noted that the facts of the instant case were identical to the facts of
the case before the Delhi High Court in RMG Polyvinyl (I) Ltd. (Supra)
followed the said decision and held that the A.O. wrongly assumed jurisdiction,
and accordingly it quashed the notice u/s 148 of the Act, thereby quashing the
assessment order.

 

The appeal
filed by the assessee was allowed.

 

Notional interest on security deposit received from lessee is not taxable even during the period when the property was sold, but the deposit continued with the lessee as the lease agreement had lock-in clause Only the incomes which fall under the deemed provisions which have been explicitly mentioned in the Act can be brought to tax under the deeming provisions but not any other notional or hypothetical income not envisaged by the Act

8. Harvansh
Chawla vs. ACIT (Delhi)
Sushma Chowla (V.P.) and Dr. B.R.R. Kumar (A.M.) ITA No.
300/Delhi/2020
A.Y.: 2017-18 Date of
order: 3rd June, 2020

Counsel for Assessee / Revenue: Rohit Tiwari / Anupam Kant Garg

 

Notional interest on security deposit received
from lessee is not taxable even during the period when the property was sold,
but the deposit continued with the lessee as the lease agreement had lock-in
clause

 

Only the
incomes which fall under the deemed provisions which have been explicitly
mentioned in the Act can be brought to tax under the deeming provisions but not
any other notional or hypothetical income not envisaged by the Act

 

FACTS

The assessee
owned a property in DLF, Phase-II, Gurgaon against which he received a security
deposit of Rs. 5,29,55,200 for leasing the same. During the year, no rent was
offered to tax and on inquiry it was found that the said property had been sold
for Rs. 2.75 crores in the year 2013-14, hence no income from rentals was
offered. However, the assessee continued to hold the security deposit of Rs.
5.29 crores as the lease agreement had a lock-in period.

 

The A.O.
charged to tax a sum of Rs. 63,54,632 under the head ‘Income from Other
Sources’ being the amount deemed to have been derived from such security
deposit.

 

Aggrieved,
the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who confirmed the action of the
A.O. on the ground that the assessee is benefited by way of having the deposit
still lying with him.

 

The assessee
then preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

 

HELD

The Tribunal
observed that –

(i)   the issue before it is whether notional
interest is taxable as per the provisions of the Act or not;

(ii)  the issue as to how to treat the security
deposit after the completion of the lock-in period is not the issue
before it;

(iii) the A.O. has not brought forth anything about
earning of interest by the assessee which has not been offered to tax;

(iv) the addition was on the sole premise that the
assessee having the security deposit must have earned the interest.

 

The Tribunal
held that in order to tax any amount, the Revenue has to prove that the amount
has indeed been earned by the assessee. Only the incomes which fall under the
deemed provisions which have been explicitly mentioned in the Act can be
brought to tax under the deeming provision but not any other notional or
hypothetical income not envisaged by the Act. The Tribunal directed that the
addition made by the A.O. on account of notional income on the security deposit
cannot be held to be legally valid.

 

Section 153C – Assessment u/s 153C which has been initiated without issuance of notice u/s 153C is bad in law

7. Krez Hotel
& Reality Ltd. (formerly Jaykaydee Industries Ltd.) vs. JCIT (Mumbai)
Shamim Yahya
(A.M.) ITA No.
2588/Mum/2018
A.Y.: 2008-09 Date of
order: 16th June, 2020

Counsel for Assessee / Revenue: Mani Jani & Prateek Jain /
Chaitanya Anjaria

 

Section 153C
– Assessment u/s 153C which has been initiated without issuance of notice u/s
153C is bad in law

 

FACTS

In this case,
the assessee preferred an appeal against the order dated 30th
October, 2014 passed by the CIT(A). Although various grounds were taken in
appeal, one of the grounds pressed was that the A.O. did not have valid
jurisdiction to make the assessment.

 

Before the
CIT(A) also, the assessee raised an additional ground contending that the
assessment was bad in law since, for the impugned assessment year, the
proceedings were not initiated by issue of notice u/s 153C of the Act.

 

The CIT(A)
rejected the assessee’s claim referring to the decision of the Indore Bench of
the Tribunal in the case of .

 

Aggrieved,
the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal contending that the issue is
squarely covered by the decision of the Delhi High Court mentioned in the
decision of the ITAT Delhi Bench in ITA No. 504/Del/2015 vide
order dated 27th June, 2018.

 

HELD

The Tribunal,
after noting the ratio of the decision of the Delhi High Court (Supra)
held that in a case where the assessment is to be framed u/s 153C of
the Act, the proceedings should be initiated by first issuing such a notice.
The issue of such notice is mandatory and a condition precedent for taking
action against the assessee u/s 153C. The assessment order passed without
issuance of notice u/s 153C was held by the Court to be void, illegal and bad
in law.

 

The Tribunal
examined the present case on the touchstone of the ratio of the decision
of the Delhi High Court and found that the A.O. had not issued notice u/s 153C.
This, the Tribunal held, is fatal. Following the above-stated precedent, the
Tribunal set aside the order of the authorities below and held that the
assessment was devoid of jurisdiction.

 

This ground
of appeal filed by the assessee was allowed.

Rule 34 of the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal Rules – The period of 90 days prescribed in Rule 34(5) needs to be computed by excluding the period during which lockdown was in force

15. [2020] 116 taxmann.com 565 (Mum.)(Trib.) DCIT vs. JSW Ltd. ITA Nos. 6103 & 6264/Mum/2018 A.Y.: 2013-14 Date of order: 14th May, 2020

 

Rule 34 of the Income-tax Appellate
Tribunal Rules – The period of 90 days prescribed in Rule 34(5) needs to be
computed by excluding the period during which lockdown was in force

 

FACTS

In this case, the hearing of the appeal was concluded on 7th
January, 2020 whereas the order was pronounced on 14th May, 2020,
i.e. much after the expiry of 90 days from the date of conclusion of hearing.
The Tribunal, in the order, suo motu dealt with the procedural issue of
the order having been pronounced after the expiry of 90 days of the date of
conclusion of the hearing. The Tribunal noted the provisions of Rule 34(5) and
dealt with the same.

 

HELD

The Tribunal noted
that Rule 34(5) was inserted as a result of the directions of the Bombay High
Court in the case of Shivsagar Veg Restaurant vs. ACIT [(2009) 317 ITR
433 (Bom.)]
. In the rule so framed as a result of these directions, the
expression ‘ordinarily’ has been inserted in the requirement to pronounce the
order within a period of 90 days. It observed that the question then arises
whether the passing of this order beyond 90 days was necessitated by any
‘extraordinary’ circumstances.

It also took note of the prevailing unprecedented situation and the
order dated 6th May, 2020 read with the order dated 23rd
March, 2020 passed by the Apex Court, extending the limitation to exclude not
only this lockdown period but also a few more days prior to, and after, the
lockdown by observing that ‘In case the limitation has expired after 15th
March, 2020 then the period from 15th March, 2020 till the date
on which the lockdown is lifted in the jurisdictional area where the dispute
lies or where the cause of action arises shall be extended for a period of 15
days after the lifting of lockdown
’.

 

The Tribunal also
noted that the Hon’ble Bombay High Court, in an order dated 15th
April, 2020 has, besides extending the validity of all interim orders, also
observed that, ‘It is also clarified that while calculating time for
disposal of matters made time-bound by this Court, the period for which the
order dated 26th March, 2020 continues to operate shall be added and
time shall stand extended accordingly’,
and also observed that the
‘arrangement continued by an order dated 26th March, 2020 till 30th
April, 2020 shall continue further till 15th June, 2020
’.

 

The extraordinary
steps taken suo motu by the Hon’ble jurisdictional High Court and the
Hon’ble Supreme Court also indicate that this period of lockdown cannot be
treated as an ordinary period during which the normal time limits are to remain
in force.

 

The Tribunal held
that even without the words ‘ordinarily’, in the light of the above analysis of
the legal position, the period during which lockout was in force is to be
excluded for the purpose of time limits set out in Rule 34(5) of the Appellate
Tribunal Rules, 1963.

 

The order was
pronounced under Rule 34(4) of the Income Tax (Appellate Tribunal) Rules, 1962,
by placing the details on the notice board.

 

Section 143(3), CBDT Instruction No. 5/2016 – Assessment order passed upon conversion of case from limited scrutiny to complete scrutiny, in violation of CBDT Instruction No. 5/2016, is a nullity

14. TS-279-ITAT-2020 (Delhi) Dev Milk Foods Pvt. Ltd. vs. Addl. CIT ITA No. 6767/Del/2019 A.Y.: 2015-16 Date of order: 12th June, 2020

 

Section 143(3), CBDT Instruction No. 5/2016
– Assessment order passed upon conversion of case from limited scrutiny to
complete scrutiny, in violation of CBDT Instruction No. 5/2016, is a nullity

 

FACTS

For assessment year
2015-16, the assessee filed its return of income declaring a total income of
Rs. 19,44,88,700. The case was selected for limited scrutiny through CASS.

 

In the assessment
order, the A.O. stated that the assessee’s case was selected for limited
scrutiny with respect to long-term capital gains but it was noticed that the
assessee had claimed a short-term capital loss of Rs. 4,20,94,764 which had
been adjusted against the long-term capital gains. The A.O. was of the view
that the loss claimed by the assessee appeared to be suspicious in nature
primarily because the loss could possibly have been created to reduce the
incidence of tax on long-term capital gains shown by the assessee. The A.O.
further stated in the assessment order that in order to verify this aspect,
approval of the Learned Principal Commissioner of Income Tax (PCIT) was taken
to convert the case from limited scrutiny to complete scrutiny and that the
assessee was also intimated about the change in status of the case.

 

The A.O. held that
the purchase of shares did not take place and the transactions were sham in
view of documentary evidence, circumstantial evidence, human conduct and
preponderance of probabilities. He observed that the entire exercise was a
device to avoid tax. The A.O. completed the assessment u/s 143(3) after making
an addition of Rs. 4,20,94,764 on account of disallowance of short-term capital
loss, Rs. 8,41,895 for alleged unexplained expenditure on commission, and Rs.
1,93,20,000 on account of difference in computation of long-term capital gains.
Thus, the total income was computed by the A.O. at Rs. 25,67,43,360.

 

Aggrieved, the
assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who upheld the additions made by the
A.O. on merits.

 

The assessee
preferred an appeal to the Tribunal challenging the validity of the order
passed by the A.O. inter alia on the ground that the return was
primarily selected for limited scrutiny only on the limited issue of long-term
capital gains (LTCG) on which aspect, as per the order of the CIT(A), there
remains no existing addition, and conversion of limited scrutiny to complete
scrutiny was on mere suspicion only and for verification only, on the basis of
invalid approval of the PCIT-3; consequently, the entire addition on account of
disallowance of short-term capital loss of Rs. 4,20,94,764 and Rs. 8,41,895 as
alleged unexplained commission expense is not as per CBDT instructions (refer
Instruction Nos. 19 and 20/2015 of 29th December, 2015) on the
subject and is ultra vires of the provisions of the Act.

 

HELD

The Tribunal, on
perusal of the instructions issued by CBDT vide its letter No. DGIT
VIF/HQ SI/2017-18 dated 30th November, 2017, observed that the
objective behind the issuance of these instructions is to (i) prevent the
possibility of fishing and roving inquiries; (ii) ensure maximum objectivity;
and (iii) enforce checks and balances upon the powers of an A.O.

 

The Tribunal
observed that the proposal drafted by the A.O. on 5th October, 2017
for converting the case from limited scrutiny to complete scrutiny and the
original order sheet entries, do not have an iota of any cogent material
mentioned by the A.O. which enabled him to reach the conclusion that this was a
fit case for conversion from limited scrutiny to complete scrutiny.

 

Examining the
proposal of the A.O. of 5th October, 2017 and the approval of the
PCIT dated 10th October, 2017 on the anvil of paragraph 3 of CBDT
Instruction No. 5/2016, the Tribunal held that no reasonable view is formed as
mandated in the said Instruction in an objective manner, and secondly, merely
suspicion and inference is the foundation of the view of the A.O. The Tribunal
also noted that no direct nexus has been brought on record by the A.O. in the
said proposal and, therefore, it was very much apparent that the proposal of
converting the limited scrutiny to complete scrutiny was merely aimed at making
fishing inquiries. It also noted that the PCIT accorded the approval in a
mechanical manner which is in clear violation of the CBDT Instruction No.
20/2015.

The Tribunal noted
that the co-ordinate bench of the ITAT at Chandigarh in the case of Payal
Kumari
in ITA No. 23/Chd/2011, vide order dated 24th
February, 2011
has held that even section 292BB of the Act cannot save
the infirmity arising from infraction of CBDT Instructions dealing with the
subject of scrutiny assessments where an assessment has been framed in direct
conflict with the guidelines issued by the CBDT.

 

In this case, the
Tribunal held that the instant conversion of the case from limited scrutiny to
complete scrutiny cannot be upheld as the same is found to be in total violation
of CBDT Instruction No. 5/2016. Accordingly, the entire assessment proceedings
do not have any leg to stand on. The Tribunal held the assessment order to be
null and quashed the same.

 

The appeal filed by
the assessee was allowed.

 

Section 5 – When an assessee had an obligation to perform something and the assessee had not performed those obligations, nor does he even seem to be in a position to perform those obligations, a partial payment for fulfilling those obligations cannot be treated as income in the hands of the assessee

13. [2020] 116
taxmann.com 898 (Mum.)
ITO vs. Newtech
(India) Developers ITA No.
3251/Mum/2018
A.Y.: 2009-10 Date of order: 27th
May, 2020

 

Section 5 – When
an assessee had an obligation to perform something and the assessee had not
performed those obligations, nor does he even seem to be in a position to
perform those obligations, a partial payment for fulfilling those obligations
cannot be treated as income in the hands of the assessee

 

FACTS

The assessee, under
the joint venture agreement entered into by it with Shivalik Ventures Pvt.
Ltd., was to receive Rs. 5.40 crores on account of development rights from the
joint venture and this payment was to be entirely funded by Shivalik Ventures
Pvt. Ltd., the other participant in the joint venture. Out of this amount, the
assessee was paid Rs. 86.40 lakhs at the time of entering into the joint
venture agreement, Rs. 226.80 lakhs was to be paid on ‘obtaining IOA and
commencement certificate’ by the joint venture, and Rs. 226.80 lakhs was to be
paid upon ‘all the slum-dwellers vacating said property and shifting to
alternate temporary transit accommodation.’

 

In terms of the
arrangement the amount of Rs. 86.40 lakhs was to be treated as an advance until
the point of time when at least 25% of the slum-dwellers occupying the said
property vacated the premises. The agreement also provided that in case the
assessee was unable to get at least 25% of the slum-dwellers occupying the said
property to vacate the occupied property in five years, the entire money will
have to be refunded to Shivalik Ventures Pvt. Ltd., though without any
interest, within 60 days of the completion of the five years’ time limit.
However, even till the time the re-assessment proceedings were going on, the
assessee had not been able to get the occupants of the property to vacate it.
In the financial statements, the amount of Rs. 86,40,000 received was reflected
as advance received.

 

The assessee was of
the view that no income has arisen in the hands of the assessee in respect of
the above-mentioned transaction. However, the A.O. was of the view that under
the mercantile method of accounting followed by the assessee, the transactions
are recognised as and when they take place and under this method, the revenue
is recorded when it is earned and the expenses are reported when they are
incurred. He held that the assessee has already received an amount of Rs.
86,40,000 during the year and the balance amount will be received by him in
instalments after the fulfilment of the conditions as mentioned in the
agreement. As regards the agreement terms, the A.O. was of the view that since
the stipulation about the payment being treated as an advance till at least 25%
occupants have vacated the property was by way of a modification agreement, it
was nothing but a colourable device to evade taxes.

 

The A.O., in an
order passed u/s 147 r/w/s 143(3) of the Act, taxed the entire amount of Rs. 5,40,00,000
in the year under consideration.

 

Aggrieved, the
assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who held that the crux of the issue
was whether income had accrued to the assessee. The basic concept is that the
assessee should have acquired a right to receive the income. Drawing support
from the decisions of the Tribunal in R & A Corporate Consultants
India vs. ACIT (ITA No. 222/Hyd/2012)
and K.K. Khullar vs. Deputy
Commissioner of Income Tax – 2008 (1) TMI 447 – ITAT Delhi-I
, the
CIT(A) held that income can be considered to accrue or arise only when the
assessee is able to evacuate 25% slum-dwellers as per the agreement / deed. If
the assessee is unable to comply with this, the assessee will have to return
the sum to Shivalik.

 

The Revenue was
aggrieved by this and preferred an appeal to the Tribunal,

 

HELD

The Tribunal
observed that –

i)   the payment to be received by the assessee
was for performance of its obligations under the joint venture agreement;

ii)   when an assessee had an obligation to perform
something and the assessee had not performed those obligations, nor did he even
seem to be in a position to perform those obligations, it cannot be said that a
partial payment for fulfilling the obligations can be treated as income in the
hands of the assessee;

iii)  it was a composite agreement and, irrespective
of whether the modifications are looked at or not, all the terms of the
agreement are to be read in conjunction with each other;

iv)  what essentially flows from the decision of
the Apex Court in E.D. Sassoon & Co. Ltd. vs. CT [(1954) 36 ITR 27
(SC)]
is that a receipt cannot have an income character in the hands of
the person who is still to perform the obligations, if the amount to be
received is for performance of such obligations;

v)  since the obligations of the assessee under
the joint venture agreement are not yet performed, there cannot be any occasion
to bring the consideration for performance of such obligations to tax;

vi)  the very foundation of the impugned taxability
is thus devoid of any legally sustainable basis.

 

As regards the
supplementary agreement, it observed that even if the same were to be
disregarded, income could accrue only on performance of obligations under the
joint venture agreement. In any case, it cannot be open to the A.O. to
disregard the supplementary, or modification whichever way one terms it, only
because its result is clear and unambiguous negation of tax liability in the
hands of the assessee. It also observed that whether the amount is actually
refunded or not, nothing turns on that aspect either.

 

Under the terms of
the joint venture agreement, the assessee was to receive the payment for
performance of its obligations under the agreement and in view of the
uncontroverted stand of the assessee that the obligations have not been
performed till date, the Tribunal held that the income in question never
accrued to the assessee.

The Tribunal held
that the taxability of Rs. 5.40 crores, on account of what is alleged to be
transfer of development rights, is wholly devoid of merits.

 

The appeal filed by
the Revenue was dismissed.

 

CAN AGRICULTURAL LAND BE WILLED TO A NON-AGRICULTURIST?

INTRODUCTION

A person can
make a Will for any asset that he owns, subject to statutory restrictions, if
any. For instance, in the State of Maharashtra a person cannot make a Will for
any premises of which he is a tenant. A similar question that arises is, ‘Can
a person make a Will in respect of his agricultural land?
’ A
Three-Judge Bench of the Supreme Court had an occasion to decide this very
important issue in the case of Vinodchandra Sakarlal Kapadia vs. State of
Gujarat, CA No. 2573/2000, order dated 15th June, 2020.

 

APPLICABLE LAW

It may be noted that Indian
land laws are a specie in themselves. Even within land laws, laws relating to
agricultural land can be classified as a separate class. Agricultural land in
Maharashtra is governed by several Acts, the prominent amongst them being the
Maharashtra Land Revenue Code, 1966; the Maharashtra Tenancy and Agricultural
Lands Act, 1948; the Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) Act,
1961;
etc.

 

The Maharashtra Tenancy and
Agricultural Lands Act, 1948 (‘the Act’), which was earlier known as the Bombay
Tenancy and Agricultural Lands Act, 1948, lays down the situations under which
agricultural land can be transferred to a non-agriculturist. The Act is
applicable to the Bombay area of the State of Maharashtra. The Bombay
Reorganisation Act, 1960 divided the State of Bombay into two parts, namely,
Maharashtra and Gujarat. The Act is in force in most of Maharashtra and the
whole of Gujarat.

 

PROHIBITIONS UNDER THE ACT

Under section 63 of the Act,
any transfer, i.e., sale, gift, exchange, lease, mortgage, with possession of
agricultural land in favour of any non-agriculturist shall not be valid unless
it is in accordance with the provisions of the Act. The terms sale, gift,
exchange and mortgage are not defined in this Act, and hence the definitions
given under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 would apply.

This section could be
regarded as one of the most vital provisions of this Act since it regulates
transactions of agricultural land involving non-agriculturists. Even if a
person is an agriculturist of another state, say Punjab, and he wants to buy
agricultural land in Maharashtra, then section 63 would apply. The above
transfers can be done with the prior permission of the Collector subject to
such conditions as he deems fit.

 

If land is transferred in
violation of section 63, then u/s 84C the transfer becomes invalid on an order
so made by the Mamlatdar. If the parties give an undertaking that they
would restore the land to its original position within three months, then the
transfer does not become invalid. Once an order is so made by the Mamlatdar,
the land vests in the State Government. The amount received by the transferor
for selling the land shall be deemed to be forfeited in favour of the State.

 

Further, section 43 of the
Act states that any land or any interest therein purchased by a tenant cannot
be transferred by way of sale or assignment without the Collector’s
permission. However, such a permission is not needed if the partition of the
land is among the members of the family who have direct blood relations, or
among the legal heirs of the tenant.

 

Sections 43 and 63 may be
considered to be the most important provisions of the Act. In this background,
let us consider a case decided by the Supreme Court recently.

 

FACTS OF THE CASE

The
facts in the case before the Supreme Court were very straight forward. An
agriculturist executed a Will for the agricultural land that he owned in
Gujarat in favour of a non-agriculturist. On the demise of the testator, the
beneficiary applied for transferring the land records in his favour. The
Revenue authorities, however, found that he was not an agriculturist and
accordingly proceedings u/s 84C of the Act were registered and notice was
issued to the appellant.

Ultimately, the Mamlatdar passed
an order that disposal by way of a Will in favour of the appellant was invalid
and contrary to the principles of section 63 of the Act and therefore declared
that the said land vested in the State without any encumbrances. A Single Judge
of the Gujarat High Court in Ghanshyambhai Nabheram vs. State of Gujarat
[1999 (2) GLR 1061]
took the view that section 63 of the Act cannot
deprive a non-agriculturist of his inheritance, a legatee under a Will can also
be a non-agriculturist. Accordingly, the matter reached the Division Bench of
the Gujarat High Court which upheld the order of the Mamlatdar and held:

 

‘….Act has
not authorised parting of agricultural land to a non-agriculturist without the
permission of the authorised officer, therefore, if it is permitted through a
testamentary disposition, it will be defeating the very soul of the
legislation, which cannot be permitted. We wonder when testator statutorily
debarred from transferring the agricultural lands to a non-agriculturist during
his life time, then how can he be permitted to make a declaration of his
intention to transfer agricultural land to a non-agriculturist to be operative
after his death. Such attempt of testator, in our view, is clearly against the
public policy and would defeat the object and purpose of the Tenancy Act…
Obvious purpose of Section 63 is to prevent indiscriminate conversion of
agricultural lands for non-agricultural purpose and that provision strengthens
the presumption that agricultural land is not to be used as per the holders
caprice or sweet-will (sic)’
.

 

The same view was taken by
the High Court in a host of cases.

 

ISSUE IN QUESTION

The issue reached the Supreme
Court and the question to be considered by it was whether sections 63 and 43 of
the Act debarred an agriculturist from transmitting his agricultural land to a
non-agriculturist through a ‘Will’ and whether the Act restricted the transfer
/ assignment of any land by a tenant through a Will?

 

DECISION OF THE APEX COURT

The Supreme Court in the case
of Vinod (Supra) observed that a two-member Bench (of the Apex
Court) in Mahadeo (Dead through LR) vs. Shakuntalabai (2017) 13 SCC 756
had dealt with section 57 of the Bombay Tenancy and Agricultural Lands Act,
1958 as applicable to the Vidarbha region of the State of Maharashtra. In that
case, it was held that there was no prohibition insofar as the transfer of land
by way of a Will is concerned. It held that a transfer is normally between two
living persons during their lifetime. A Will takes effect after the demise of the
testator and transfer in that perspective becomes incongruous. However, the
Court in Vinod (Supra) observed that its earlier decision in Mahadeo
(Supra)
was rendered per incuriam since other, earlier contrary
decisions of the Supreme Court were not brought to the notice of the Bench and
hence not considered.

 

It held that a tenancy
governed by a statute which prohibits assignment cannot be willed away to a
total stranger. A transfer inter vivo would normally be for
consideration where the transferor gets value for the land but the legislation
requires previous sanction of the Collector so that the transferee can step
into the shoes of the transferor. Thus, the screening whether a transferee is
eligible or not can be undertaken even before the actual transfer is effected.
The Court observed that as against this, if a Will (which does not have the
element of consideration) is permitted without permission, then the land can be
bequeathed to a total stranger and a non-agriculturist who may not cultivate
the land himself; which in turn may then lead to engagement of somebody as a
tenant on the land. The legislative intent to do away with absentee landlordism
and to protect the cultivating tenants, and to establish direct relationship
between the cultivator and the land, would then be rendered otiose.

 

Accordingly, the Court held
that the restriction on ‘assignment’ without permission in the Act must include
testamentary disposition as well. By adopting such a construction, the statute
would succeed in attaining the object sought to be achieved.

 

It also cautioned against the
repercussions of adopting a contrary view. If it was held that a Will would not
be covered by the Act, then a gullible person could be made to execute a Will
in favour of a person who may not fulfil the requirements and may not be
eligible to be a transferee under the Act. This may not only render the natural
heirs of the tenant without any support or sustenance, but may also have a
serious impact on agricultural operations. It held that agriculture was the
main source of livelihood in India and hence the restrictions under the Act
cannot be given the go-by by such a devise.

 

Another connected question
considered was whether any prohibition in State enactments which were
inconsistent with a Central legislation, such as, the Indian Succession Act,
1925 must be held to be void?
The Court held that the power of the State
Legislature to make a law with respect to transfer and alienation of
agricultural land stemmed from Entry 18 in List II of the Constitution of
India. This power carried with it the power to make a law placing restrictions
on transfers and alienations of such lands, including a prohibition thereof. It
invoked the doctrine of pith and substance to decipher the true object of the
Act. Accordingly, the Supreme Court observed that the primary concern of the
Act was to grant protection to persons from disadvantaged categories and confer
the right of purchase upon them, and thereby ensure direct relationship of a
tiller with the land. The provisions of the Act, though not fully consistent
with the principles of the Indian Succession Act, were principally designed to
attain and sub-serve the purpose of protecting the holdings in the hands of
disadvantaged categories. The prohibition against transfers of holdings without
the sanction of the Collector was to be seen in that light as furthering the
cause of legislation. Hence, the Apex Court concluded that in pith and
substance, the legislation was completely within the competence of the State Legislature
and by placing the construction upon the expression ‘assignment’ to include
testamentary disposition, no transgression ensued.

 

CONCLUSION

Persons owning agricultural
land should be very careful in drafting their Wills. They must take care that
the beneficiary of such land is also an agriculturist or due permission of the
Collector has been obtained in case of a bequest to a non-agriculturist. It is
always better to exercise caution and obtain proper advice rather than leaving
behind a bitter experience for the beneficiaries.
 

 

 

USEFUL FEATURES OF WhatsApp

WhatsApp, launched in 2009, is incredibly popular across all age groups. It’s a free service and allows for messages and calls across various mobile, tablet and computer operating systems. It is continuously introducing new features, some of which are not known to all. Awareness of these lesser-known features will definitely help us to communicate more efficiently and securely.

In the previous article (in the December, 2019 issue of the BCAJ) we covered ten useful features of WhatsApp, such as pin user, search, mute conversation, mark message as read, starred messages, chat without saving mobile number, group call, invite link, voice messages and WhatsApp desktop. In this concluding part, we shall cover some additional useful features of WhatsApp.

1. BACKUP / SECURITY

With most of our official communications and special moments with friends and families stored in the form of text messages, videos or photos on WhatsApp, we may be concerned about their availability in case we shift to a new mobile device. The option is to automate the back-up process so as to retrieve and replicate the WhatsApp conversation on the new device whenever required.

Open WhatsApp

Tap More options > Settings > Chats > Chat backup
Tap Backup to Google Drive and select a back-up frequency other than Never
Select the Google account that is activated on your phone and to which you would like to back up your chat history
Tap Back-up Over to choose the network you want to use for back-ups. Please note, backing up over a cellular data network might result in additional data charges.

At 2 a.m. every day, local backups are automatically created and saved as a file on your phone. So an individual does not have to deal with a situation where information in a WhatsApp chat is lost.

Restoration of data on WhatsApp

Install WhatsApp on your new device and register with your registered mobile number. Once authenticated, WhatsApp will provide the option to restore the previously backed up data. Click Restore and in a few moments all WhatsApp conversations with media files will be restored on the new device.

2. GROUP / BROADCAST

Group

WhatsApp group is like a joint family. All the members stay in one house known as the group in WhatsApp where the head of the family (group admin) has more rights and powers. When a group is created, only one chat thread is formed for everyone and all the conversations happen inside the group chat.

Open WhatsApp.

Tap More options > New Group > then select members to add to the group

Group Message aspects

WhatsApp group is a many-to-many type of communication. Members added to a group can send messages to the group and all the members can see the messages from everyone.

Broadcast

Broadcast is like sending the same message to multiple recipients being delivered as if the sender has individually sent a chat message. Unlike group chat, the response from recipient will be sent only to the sender of the broadcast message.

Open WhatsApp.

Tap More options > New Broadcast > then select members to add to the broadcast list
Broadcast Message aspects
1. You are the admin of your broadcast and only you can add or remove the recipients.
2. You cannot broadcast your message to contacts blocked by you in the chat.
3. In broadcast, only recipients who have added your number in their devices will receive their messages through the broadcast.
4. Replies in the broadcast will only come to you, not to the others who are added in your broadcast list.
5. No one can leave a broadcast that has been created by you, but if they remove you from their contacts, then they’ll not receive your messages.
6. You can easily see which one of them has seen the message that has been sent by you.
7. Broadcast lists are good for notification and replies do not need to go back to the group.
8. If you need a survey and wish to get response privately, then you can use the broadcast.
9. Other members of the group cannot bombard in the broadcast, only the admin can send these messages to the members directly in one go.

3. MEDIA FILES

When you download a media file, it will automatically be saved to your phone’s gallery. The Media Visibility option is turned on by default. This feature only affects new media that’s downloaded once the feature has been turned On or Off and doesn’t apply to old media.

To stop media from all your individual chats and groups from being saved,

  • Open WhatsApp
  •  Tap More options > Settings > Chats
  •  Turn off Media visibility.

To stop media from a particular individual chat or group from being saved,
Open an individual chat or group

  • Tap More options > View contact or Group info
  • Alternatively, tap the contact’s name or group subject
  •  Tap Media visibility > No > OK.

4. STORAGE SPACE UTILISATION

Considering the large number of messages and media files being exchanged on WhatsApp, there is a drastic increase in storage space consumed by WhatsApp. But WhatsApp facilitates identifying the chat that consumes storage space with details of category of files, viz. audio, video, documents, images, etc.

– Open the app and tap on the three dots on the top-right corner
– Tap on Settings option and tap on Data and Storage Usage option
– Next tap on Storage Usage option and you are done.

In the Android app, tapping Settings, Data and Storage Usage will take you to a list of your conversations, ranked by how much space they’re taking up on your phone.

You can touch any of these conversations to see a detailed breakdown of all the different types of messages – texts, images, GIFs, videos, audios, documents, locations, contacts – in the conversation. You can then selectively delete the data based on different type – texts, images, GIFs, videos, audios, documents, locations and contacts.

5. ONLINE LOCATION SHARING

You and your friends are planning to meet at New Restaurant in the city. You have reached the restaurant but your friend is struggling to find and reach the place. In such a scenario, you may share your online location with your friend to make it easy for him to find and reach the place identified and selected by both of you.

Start GPS… Launch the WhatsApp app and open the chat window of the person you wish to stream your location to
After this, tap on the attach option on the text input bar
Now click on ‘Location’ icon
Press the ‘Share live location’ bar and select continue
Thereafter, you need to choose the duration for which you wish to share your location
Select your desired duration and tap on the green arrow to begin the location sharing process. You may also add some text to customise the activity
To share your live location, you will need to enable location permissions for WhatsApp by going to your phone’s Settings > Apps & notifications > Advanced > App permissions > Location > turn on WhatsApp.

6. HIDE WHATSAPP GROUP PHOTOS AND VIDEOS FROM GALLERY

Most of us don’t have much control over what content is pushed to our phones via WhatsApp groups and this content showing up in our phone’s gallery can be a huge problem.

To stop media from all your individual chats and groups from being saved,
Open WhatsApp
Tap More options > Settings > Chats Turn off Media visibility.
To stop media from a particular individual chat or group from being saved
Open an individual chat or group
Tap More options > View contact or Group info
Alternatively, tap the contact’s name or group subject
Tap Media visibility > No > OK.
This method won’t remove already existing WhatsApp images in your gallery (you will have to delete them) and will hide new incoming media only.

7. HIDE PARTICULAR CONTACTS FROM VIEWING YOUR STATUS

WhatsApp status is a great way of expressing your mood and can be quite personal. If you don’t want to share it with all WhatsApp contacts, you can prohibit particular contacts from viewing your status updates or stories as they now stand.

Open your WhatsApp, tap on the dotted icon at the top-right corner of your screen and select Settings.
From there, select Account,
From there, select Privacy,
Check down and click Status. From here you can control who is permitted to see your status. You can allow it to all your contacts or select contacts who can see your status or hide your status from selected contacts.

To hide your status from selected contacts – Tap on Status and My contacts except… All your contacts are shown, select the one or two people to hide your status from and tap on the green mark icon beneath your screen.
Henceforth, these people will no longer see your stories / status updates.

8. WHATSAPP FOR BUSINESS

WhatsApp Business was built with the small business owner in mind.
WhatsApp Business makes interacting with customers easy by providing tools to automate, sort and quickly respond to messages.

Some of the features currently on offer in the app are:

  • Business profile to list important information, such as a company’s address, email and website
  • Statistics to see how many messages were successfully sent, delivered and read
  • Messaging tools to quickly respond to customers.

a. Setting up business profile

1. If you already have a business number which is primarily used for WhatsApp, you will first need to backup your chat data to cloud storage.
2. To do this, head to Chats > Chat backup > and then hit the ‘Back Up’ button. Ensure that the upload to the cloud is complete.
3. Next, download the app from the Google Play Store, install it and then launch it by tapping on the new WhatsApp Business icon on your smartphone’s home screen.
4. Once you open the app, you will first need to verify your business phone number. This will be the same number that you will use in your business to communicate with your customers.
5. Once your number is verified, you can choose to restore a previous chat associated with the mobile number. This would be the one you backed up in Step 1.
6. Set your business name and then once in the chat area, tap on the menu button and head to Settings > Business settings > Profile. Out here you will get a variety of fields similar to a contact card and you can fill in all the details that you want to share with your customers.

b. Messaging Tools

To set Away messages:
Tap More options > Settings > Business settings > Away message.
Turn on Send away message.
Tap the message to edit it > OK.
Under Schedule, tap and choose among:
Always Send to send the automated message at all times.
Custom Schedule to send the automated message only during specific times.
Outside of business hours: To send the automated message only outside of business hours. This option is only available if you have set your business hours in your business profile. Learn how in this article.
Under Recipients, tap and choose between:
Everyone, to send the automated message to anyone who messages you after business hours.
Everyone not in address book, to send the automated message to numbers that aren’t in your address book.
Everyone except… to send the automated message to all numbers except a select few.
Only send to… to send the automated message to select recipients.
Tap Save.

WhatsApp is undoubtedly a fabulous messaging tool and gets better with every new update.

WhatsApp, which is owned by Facebook, has added several convenient and productive features over the years, but since its recent tie-up with Reliance Jio it is sure to come up with many more.

Keep messaging, keep connecting.

PROPOSAL FOR SOCIAL STOCK EXCHANGES – BOLD, INNOVATIVE AND TIMELY

Imagine a situation where a humanitarian
crisis or disaster takes place. A cyclone, floods, or, as is happening right
now, the Covid crisis. But even without a crisis there are human misery and
needs of various kinds. In the ordinary course, the government, some Indian /
international charitable organisations do take the initiative to provide
relief. However, often there is confusion and a scramble. Those in need do not
know whom to approach for help. Those who wish to donate funds or services do
not know who needs the funds / services and also which are the reliable
organisations that will really help the needy. Even the relief organisations
may be at a loss to find the needy and / or find those who can fund the relief
measures that they are ready to carry out.

 

Now, imagine if there was a smooth and
seamless system to coordinate the efforts of all such persons – the needy, the
donors / volunteers, the relief organisations, etc. – a system whereby funds
from those willing to help definitely reach the needy. The proposed model of
Social Stock Exchange (‘SSE’) as envisaged by a recent SEBI Working Group
Report, envisages just that. A whole eco-system is proposed in which, in a
variety of innovative ways, funds from those who have and also want to give,
reach those who need those funds. What’s more, there is also scope for
investors to participate in it and earn returns!

 

The objective essentially is to provide not
just information and coordination to all concerned, but also lay down a system
of checks and balances, reliable information, well-defined disclosure standards
and an audit mechanism. The system can use existing and new infrastructure and
systems to help raise funds in the form of securities and other instruments.

 

Such a report has just been released and
comments have been invited on it. However, considering the ambitious goals and
also the numerous structural changes and the set-up needed, it may be years
before they are fully implemented. However, a quick start is quite possible and
some major steps could be taken in a short time.

 

BACKGROUND

The Finance Minister had, in her Budget
Speech for financial year 2019-20, declared the decision of the Government of
India to set up a Social Stock Exchange to help raise funds for social impact
investing. She said, ‘It is time to take our capital markets closer to the
masses and meet various social welfare objectives related to inclusive growth
and financial inclusion. I propose to initiate steps towards creating an
electronic fund-raising platform – a social stock exchange – under the
regulatory ambit of Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) for listing
social enterprises and voluntary organisations working for the realisation of a
social welfare objective so that they can raise capital as equity, debt or as
units like a mutual fund.’

 

Shortly thereafter, a working group was set
up and, after due consultations / deliberations, its report giving
recommendations has been published for public comments.

 

It is a fairly detailed report that makes
several suggestions on how to go about implementing the proposals made by the
Finance Minister. It surveys the global scenario and consciously makes
proposals much beyond most practices in prevalence. It envisages not just the
setting up of an SSE but discusses several other aspects of the eco-system and
also various products / structures that can be developed to ensure a
sophisticated and effective system.

 

The needy

That India has numerous needy sections
requiring relief goes without saying. Rural poverty, medical relief,
educational assistance, etc. are broad needs, while disaster relief is also
often required. The relief does not have to be merely the giving away of cash,
but also assistance in kind and / or service in various forms. Often, such
needy persons inhabit the interior parts of the country and hence it is also
vital that the relief has to be structured in such a way that it reaches them.
Such needy persons are unlikely to have direct knowledge and contact with those
who are able and willing to provide relief.

 

The relief organisations

The report
suggests that in India there are more than 30,00,000 (30 lakh) NGOs and other
organisations, small and large, able and willing to provide relief to the
needy. These include small social service organisations with a tiny set-up, to
large international organisations having extensive manpower, systems and
knowhow. They, however, need information about those who are in need of relief
and also knowledge of those who may provide funds for relief. They also need
knowhow of how to present their credentials to demonstrate that they have been
doing effective work. This would include a language of standardised benchmarks
and parameters to show their effectiveness. That they meet such benchmarks also
needs to be certified by ‘social auditors’ competent in this field.

 

The donors

There are several large international
donors, small and medium-sized donors / trusts, corporate donors (particularly
those who allocate funds for CSR work) and of course the millions of individual
donors who would want to make a difference to the needy. Then there is the
government itself which allocates large amounts of monies for relief work of
various types. However, all these need either direct access to the needy if the
relief provided is simple, or to organisations carrying out relief work to whom
they can donate funds or even provide honorary services. For this purpose, they
would want to be assured that their funds and services are put to the most
effective use so as to have the best social impact.

 

SOCIAL STOCK EXCHANGEA model that brings together the various parties and helps
set up an eco-system

The report recognises that there are many
scattered organisations of various types who offer relief and provide
coordination and information in this regard. The need, however, is for a
complete and common eco-system whereby the needy, the relief organisations, the
donors and various other service entities are connected with each other. At
present, some bodies do provide part of such services / eco-system. However,
the report suggests that a Social Stock Exchange could serve as a centralised
body for enabling such an eco-system. Internationally, there are many SSEs of
varying kinds. However, the report seeks to go far ahead of such SSEs and
provide not just an information system but also a wide variety of funding
structures including listed securities that are tailor-made to meet such needs.
Some of the suggestions in this regard are described here.

 

Information repository

An accessible database of various relief
organisations would be set up under the aegis of the SSE. It would have
detailed information of the governing bodies, financials, track records of
relief work in a language of benchmarks and parameters that are well
established, well defined and understood by those familiar with the system. The
repository would have other relevant information, too. Anyone, including
donors, can access the information and find the relevant information.

 

Standards / benchmarks and disclosure
standards

Just as financial statements have a language
to present financial information to financially literate users, a similar set
of languages / standards and so on would be needed so that relief organisations
can present the work they have done in objectively understood / measurable
parameters. This would demonstrate their effectiveness.

 

Social auditors

Like auditors of financial statements,
social auditors would be needed to verify that the information disclosed by
relief organisations is fairly and correctly stated. This would give
reassurance to readers of such statements.

 

SECURITIES AND INSTRUMENTS OF VARIOUS
KINDS

While stock exchanges are normally conceived
of as a place / platform for transactions in securities of various kinds, the
SSE would not be focused on equities in the traditional sense. The securities
on the SSE would enable finance to reach relief organisations. The investments
may be in the form of equity or bonds of various kinds. If the projects in
which investments are made achieve the social benefit / impact promised, the
investors would get their monies back, possibly with some returns. Donors and
similar organisations would effectively provide monies for return of the funds.
The securities could also be traded on the SSE. If the project fails wholly or
partially, the amount invested may not be wholly returned. Loans from banks /
NBFCs may also be made in a similar manner. Different structures have been
suggested depending upon whether the organisation is For-Profit or
Not-For-Profit. The varying legal structures of such organisations (e.g.,
trust, section 8 companies or even individual / firm / company) have been noted
in the report and that the funding / securities structure would be different
for each such group.

 

The report also provides a structure for
deployment of CSR funds, including even trading in CSR certificates. Thus, for
example, CSR spends in excess of the prescribed minimum could be transferred to
others who have not been able to find appropriate projects for their own
spends.

 

Alternative Mutual Funds are also expected
to carry out a significant role in helping routing of such funds in the form of
units.

 

LEGAL / TAX HURDLES

The report conceives of an eco-system for
which much would be needed in terms of amendments in securities, tax and other
laws to enable it to fructify. The SSE itself would be under primary regulation
of the SEBI subject to possibly a separate sector regulator at a later point of
time. The SSE could be a separate platform under existing stock exchanges since
they already have the infrastructure.

 

However, several changes would have to be
made in law.

 

The securities laws would have to be amended
to enable the new forms of securities suggested. The Regulations relating to
Alternative Investment Funds would also require amendments. SEBI would have to
be given powers to provide for registration for various agencies, for
supervision, for prescribing disclosure requirements, levy of penalty, etc.

The report emphasises several changes in tax
laws. Requirements relating to registration / renewal of charitable
organisations, particularly the changes made in the recent Finance Act, 2020,
are suggested to be simplified and relaxed. Further, tax benefits for CSR
spends through such SSEs, for donations / investments made through an SSE, etc.
are recommended.

 

CONCLUSION

The implementation of the proposed structure
would take place in stages. It may even otherwise take time for various
organisations and entities to understand and become part of the proposed
eco-system. However, the recommendations do make for an inspiring read. The
system could provide the most effective use of the funds given in the form of
grants, donations and even investments. Organisations that work well would get
formal recognition in a language and in the form of parameters that are
commonly understood in the industry. There would be faith in the system that
would be reinforced by the supervision and discipline of SEBI.

 

Chartered Accountants would obviously have a
major role to play. They would be closely involved in advising corporates,
relief organisations and even donors on law, tax, structuring, etc. Preparation
of financial statements and even reports to present the social impact /
performance of such entities would be a new and refreshing challenge. It is not
expected that their involvement would be purely honorary or as social work.

 

One looks forward to speedy implementation
of the recommendations of this report which could usher in substantial changes
in the present system

 

INTRA-COMPANY TRANSACTIONS UNDER GST

INTRODUCTION

The charging
section for the levy of GST is under section 9 of the CGST Act, 2017 and the
taxable event, which triggers the levy, is supply, the scope of which is
defined u/s. 7. Section 7(1)(a) thereof defines the normal scope of supply to
include transactions which are generally carried out in the normal course of
business. Section 7(1)(b) includes import of services for a consideration
within the scope. Section 7(1)(c) then refers to schedule I of the Act, wherein
the activities listed are deemed to be included in the scope of supply, even if
made or agreed to be made without a consideration.

 

Schedule I lists
four specific activities which shall be treated as supply even if made without
a consideration. In this article, we shall discuss entry 2, which reads as
under:

 

“2. Supply of goods or services or both between
related persons or between distinct persons as specified in section 25, when
made in the course or furtherance of business”.

 

The scope of the
above deeming fiction is, inter alia, to treat transactions between related
persons or distinct persons as supply, making it liable to tax in the state
from where the supply originates with a corresponding credit, subject to
provisions of section 17 in the state where the supply culminates.

 

Therefore, what
needs to be analysed to interpret the scope of the above entry is:

  •     What is meant by related person?
  •     What is meant by distinct person, as
    specified in section 25?
  •     When can it be said that a supply of goods
    or services has taken place between distinct persons?

 

RELATED PERSON – SCOPE

Vide explanation to
section 15 of the CGST Act, it has been provided that persons shall be deemed
to be related persons, if:

(i)  such persons
are officers or directors of one another’s businesses;

(ii) such persons
are legally recognised partners in business;

(iii) such
persons are employer and employee;

(iv) any person
directly or indirectly owns, controls or holds 25% or more of the outstanding
voting stock or shares of both of them;

(v)        one of
them directly or indirectly controls the other;

(vi) both of them
are directly or indirectly controlled by a third person;

(vii)       together, they directly
or indirectly control a third person; or;

(viii) they are members of the same family.

 

DISTINCT PERSON – SCOPE

Section 22(1) read
with section 25(1) of the CGST Act, 2017 provides that every supplier is
required to obtain registration in every such state from where he makes a
taxable supply of goods or services or both. Therefore, every taxable person
supplying goods or services or both from multiple states shall be required to
obtain registration in all such states.

 

Sections 25(4) and
25(5) of the CGST Act deems such separate places from where supplies are made,
whether registration has been obtained or not, to be distinct persons for the
purposes of the Act. In other words, all the locations of a taxable person,
within India but in different states, are treated as distinct persons for the
purpose of GST law.

 

IDENTIFYING SUPPLIES BETWEEN DISTINCT PERSONS

The important
question that needs consideration while analysing whether entry 2 is triggered
or not, is determining when a supply of goods or services has taken place
between distinct persons. While determining the same in the context of goods
may not be a challenge, owing to the tangibility factor, there will be a
challenge from the perspective of identifying the existence of a service. This
is because when it comes to services, there appears to be confusion on the
scope of the above deeming fiction. Let us try to understand the same with the
help of the following examples of various activities which take place within a
legal entity:

 

a.  A multi-locational entity having a centralised
accounting department for all India operations, which includes a centralised
tax compliance department, too;

b.  The head office of a multi-locational entity
receiving auditing services for multiple locations across the country,
including the foreign branches;

c.  The senior management, responsible for the
overall operations of the legal entity, operating from the head office which
results in various supplies being made by the multiple locations;

d.  An employee from one branch is asked to
support the other branch for a particular project;

e.  Multiple branches work on a project, for which
the front-ending to the client is done by a particular branch / head office.

 

In the above, it is also important to note that at times, the companies
might be accounting the costs / revenue identifying the location to which it
pertains, in which case there will be always a revenue mismatch as costs will
be accumulated in one location while revenue will be lying in another location,
resulting in revenue-cost mismatch and credit accumulation in cost-incurring
locations and liability payout in cash in revenue-generating locations.

 

A view is therefore
being proposed that in cases where the costs and the corresponding revenues are
booked in distinct jurisdictions, there should be a cross charge of the costs
from the expense-incurring jurisdiction to the income-bearing jurisdiction. Such
cross charge would constitute a consideration for the rendition of ‘service’ by
the expense-incurring jurisdiction to the income-earning jurisdiction and such
deemed / inferred service would be liable for payment of GST due to the
provisions of schedule I entry 2 referred to above. In case the costs are
common costs incurred for multiple revenue-earning jurisdictions, there should
be some reasonable basis of apportionment of costs with similar consequences as
stated above. This view is further corroborated by the ruling of the Authority
for Advance Ruling in the case of Columbia Asia Hospitals Private Limited
[2018 (15) GSTL 722 (AAR – GST)]
which was confirmed by the Appellate
Authority as well. The matter is currently pending before the Karnataka High Court.

Though the
objective of schedule I entry 2 and the view expressed above may be to ensure a
smooth flow of credits across multiple jurisdictions, the essential legal
position is that the entry deems certain activities / supplies to be taxable
and therefore imposes a tax in one of the jurisdictions. Therefore, the
question that needs consideration is to what extent can the deeming fiction be
extended to deem an activity carried out by a taxable person as supply of
service?

 

It is now a settled
proposition of law that a provision imposing a tax has to be strictly
interpreted and cannot be inferred. In fact, the Supreme Court has time and
again held that before a tax can be imposed, the levy has to be certain. To
define this certainty of levy, it is understood that the following constitute
the key corner-stones of the levy:

 

  •  Certainty of the taxable
    event;
  •  Certainty of the person on
    whom the levy is cast;
  •  Certainty about the
    recipient of service;
  •  Certainty in the rate of
    tax;
  •  Certainty in the value on
    which the tax has to be charged; and
  •  Certainty as regards the
    time at which the tax has to be discharged.

 

The proposition of
requirement of cross charge canvassed above may not be a correct legal
proposition since there is technically no service rendered by the head office
to the branches and therefore, the deeming fiction needs to be restricted to
the fiction created by the said provision and there are significant
uncertainties in the implementation of the cross charge proposition, resulting
in the probability of the alleged levy itself getting struck down. In
subsequent paragraphs, an attempt is made to understand the answers to the
above issues.

 

Whether there is certainty of the taxable
event?

The taxable event
under GST is the supply of goods or services or both. It may be important to
note the legislative background of GST. While a plethora of indirect tax
legislations pertaining to various goods and services have been subsumed under
the GST legislation, it is evident that the fundamental distinction between
goods and services is still relevant. It is still not a very comprehensive tax
on all supplies but rather a tax on goods or services or both. This is the
reason why both these terms are defined separately and there are provisions to
determine the nature of supply as either being that of goods or services, or
neither. Further, many provisions like time of supply, rate of tax and place of
supply are distinct for goods and for services.

 

The term service is
defined u/s. 2(102) as anything other than goods, money and securities.
However, this definition appears to be sketchy and does not in any way define
the essence of what constitutes service and what does not. It is, therefore,
felt necessary that before one embarks to understand the scope of the deeming
fiction referred to above, it may be important to determine the essence of what
constitutes goods and what constitutes services and the essential differences
between the two.

 

Prior to the
introduction of GST, it was always felt that the fundamental attributes of
goods would be utility, possession, transferability and storage value.
Similarly, the fundamental attributes of service were understood to be an
activity carried out by a person for another for a consideration under an
enforceable contract. It is evident that the concept of ‘goods’ is distinct
from the concept of transaction in ‘goods’ like sale of goods. For example, a
person may possess ‘goods’ and such goods will have utility and value (some
inherent value) and such possession may have no linkage with consideration or
any contract or another person. In distinction to goods, by their very nature
services cannot be viewed in isolation of their rendition or provision. It is
felt that this very essence of goods or services does not change due to the
introduction of GST. The definitions have to be read in this context.

 

On a co-joint
reading of the definitions under various legislations and the judicial
interpretation, it can be argued that an enforceable contract between two
parties and consideration are essential elements for something to be defined as
a service in general. For example, a musician singing on the road cannot be
treated as providing services to passersby since there is no enforceable
contract between the two. Similarly, acquiring knowledge by reading books
cannot be considered as a service even if the said knowledge is for furtherance
of the business in the future. Most businesses receive free advice from
consultants – all and sundry. The businesses may not even perceive a value in
such advises.

 

One would generally
consider that an actor provides a service to a film producer. This is because
generally, the producer approaches the actor and pays him a fee for acting in
the movie. However, if a struggling newcomer approaches a producer and offers
to pay him a fee and also act in the movie, one would say that the producer has
provided a service to the actor since the flow of consideration is from the
actor to the producer. Further, it would not be correct to even say that the
actor provided a free service in this case since neither the producer nor the
trade nor the actor himself perceives a value for the ‘acting’ carried out by
him. In that sense, the acting is carried by the actor for himself and not for
the producer.

 

It is, therefore,
felt that despite a wide residuary definition of service, the essential
attributes of service would be:

 

  •  An enforceable contract between
    two persons;
  •  A consideration flowing from
    one person to another;
  •  A defined activity set carried
    out by one person for another under specific instructions of another
    person.

 

The issue to be
examined here is whether and to what extent do the above essential elements of
service get diluted due to the deeming fiction prescribed under schedule I
entry 2.

 

Clearly, the cost
and revenue mismatches across jurisdictions are on account of imbalances in the
underlying activities carried out at the different jurisdictions. For example,
a litigation pertaining to Chennai may land up in Delhi in the Supreme Court
and may be supported by the in-house legal counsel from Mumbai. Would these
activities fall within the mischief of the above deeming fiction?

 

Admittedly, the
various locations where a taxable person may be registered are deemed to be
distinct persons for the purposes of the GST law since they bear separate GST
registrations. However, does the deeming fiction restrict itself merely to the
distinctness of a person (i.e., entity) or does it create a distinctness
amongst all its relationships with business, employees, clients, assets,
suppliers, government authorities, judiciary, etc.? In order to fit within the
deeming fiction entry mentioned earlier, a series of deeming fictions will have
to be created. This will have its own set of challenges. For example,

 

  •  The different locations for
    which registration would have been obtained would be treated as distinct
    persons. This has been provided in section 25. However, nowhere is it stated
    that due to such distinctness of establishments, the legal existence of the
    taxable person is to be totally ignored;
  •  In the above example, the
    in-house counsel will have to be treated as an employee of the legal entity.
    This is a deeming fiction, but this is nowhere provided under the law. Further,
    the reason for treating him as an employee of Maharashtra registration is
    merely because he generally sits in the Maharashtra office. This is again a
    deeming fiction since the person who is the employer cannot be determined by
    the location where the employee usually sits. Similarly, the payment of the
    salary to the in-house counsel may be accounted in the books in Maharashtra. In
    most of the cases, the entity maintains common books of accounts. Further,
    accounting principles cannot determine the tax implications;
  •     Most
    of the other regulations, employment contract, the expectations of the
    stakeholders and the conduct of the employee, would not in any way suggest that
    the counsel is an employee of a particular registration. Even the GST law may
    not restrict the interpretation of the person being an employee of a particular
    registration and not the legal entity as a whole. If such an interpretation is
    taken by the GST authorities, under which authority could such in-house counsel
    located in Mumbai be summoned? Similarly, section 137 of the GST law provides
    for liability of officers responsible for the conduct of the business as being
    guilty of the offence.

 

Similarly, can one
really say that the litigation is that of legal entity or will it be said to be
that of registration (and what would be the principles which will determine
this aspect)? Will the artificial distinctness then imply that one office
(registered) has rendered a service to another office (whether or not
registered) by providing the in-house legal counsel requiring a value to be
assigned to such alleged service with a corresponding tax liability in Mumbai
and credit in Chennai? What would be the scenario of hotel booking carried out
by the Delhi office for the in-house counsel? Will the concept of business also
be considered distinctly and, therefore, can it be argued by the Delhi officer
that the stay in the hotel is not for the furtherance of business of the Delhi
branch and therefore input tax credit should not be allowed?

 

Therefore, the
deeming fiction provided under schedule I entry 2 has to be restricted to the
fiction that it creates. In the absence of a clear intention to extend the
deeming fiction not only to the distinctness of the person but also to all
consequential relationships, it would not be correct to create layers of such
deeming fiction and thereby infer the existence of a service which does not
exist at all and then operationalise the deeming fiction.

 

Another way to deal
with the cost-revenue mismatch is to suggest that there can be a difference
between a receipt of a supply and the receipt of the benefit of the supply. The
distinction between a recipient of a supply and the beneficiary of the supply
is very well understood in the judicial context. Just because the benefit of a
supply is derived by an artificially dissected distinct person, can it be said
that the original recipient of the supply is a further supplier of service?

 

The GST law itself
considers the possibility of the recipient of service being distinct from the
beneficiary of service. In this context, the definition of recipient of service
provided under section 2(93) clearly demonstrates that the person liable to pay
the consideration is the recipient of the supply. Further, the definition of
location of recipient of service u/s. 2(70) envisages a joint receipt of
service by more than one establishment and suggests a tie-breaker test to
determine the establishment most directly connected with the supply. The
provision stops at that and does not further provide a deeming fiction to
further suggest that there is a secondary supply by the most directly connected
establishment to the less directly connected establishment.

 

If the above
proposition is taken as a legal requirement, one may even find the provisions
of input service distributor totally redundant.

 

In view of the
above discussions, it is felt that there is no element of service rendered by
the corporate office to the branches when there is a cost-revenue mismatch and
certain support functions are performed by the corporate office which may be
intended for the benefit of the branches.

 

Whether there is certainty about the
person who is liable to discharge the tax liability?

Another important
aspect is the determination of the person who is the service provider and
therefore liable to discharge the GST liability on the so-inferred deemed
supply. It is felt that this aspect itself can be a subject matter of severe
uncertainty.

 

Let us take an
example of two branches of a taxable person, say Maharashtra and Gujarat
jointly rendering a service to a client. Section 2(15) of the IGST Act will
define either one of the two branches as the establishment most directly
connected with the supply. The issue to be examined is whether there is any
service provided between the two branches? If yes, who renders service to whom?
This question cannot be answered in isolation at all. If at all a conservative
view has to be taken, an additional piece of information will be required as to
which of the two establishments is the establishment most directly concerned
with the supply and then only one can perhaps argue that the less directly
connected establishment is providing service to the most directly connected
establishment. It may be noted that there is no specific deeming fiction to
this effect.

 

Let us extend the
above example slightly and say that the two branches are jointly rendering free
service to the client. How would one now conservatively operationalise the
deeming fiction?

 

Therefore, it is
evident that it is difficult to examine who is the service provider with
certainty.

 

Whether there is certainty about the
person who is the service recipient?

Let us extend the
example provided above to the case of a disaster recovery centre which is
located in Andhra Pradesh. If due to cost-revenue mismatch it is inferred that
there is a requirement to deem a service flow, the question which arises is
whether the Andhra Pradesh unit is rendering services to the corporate office
in Maharashtra or to all the units located across the country? Who is the
recipient of the deemed service alleged to have been provided by the Andhra
Pradesh unit?

 

Even if a
proportionate cost allocation is carried out across the country, the same may
not be really representative of the receipt of service by the constituent units.
This is because in many cases there may not be a clear period-specific matching
of costs and revenues. To continue the example of VAT litigation, it may be
possible that when the litigation comes up before the Supreme Court, the unit
in Tamil Nadu may have already shut down and therefore there may not be any
distinct person in Tamil Nadu. In such a case, how would one define the
activity to be that of a rendition of service to Tamil Nadu when there is no
such unit? If the cost is cross-charged on proportionate basis to all other
states, the same may be incorrect since they have not received any service at
all.

 

Whether there is certainty on the nature
of supply and the rate of tax?

The next issue
which arises is the identification of the exact nature of the service rendered.
Each scenario may be different. In the above example, is it the case of legal
services rendered by the Maharashtra office to the Chennai office or is it a
sort of residuary service? The service cannot be described as a legal service
due to various reasons including the regulatory framework in the country. Even
if it is to be treated as a residuary service, the same should be capable of
some description. What is that description? A very common-place answer is that
the same constitutes business support services. This again appears to be a very
circuitous answer because in the normal course the in-house legal counsel would
be expected as a part of his employment contract to perform the said activity.
Notionally attributing a totally different name to the said activity may be
inappropriate.

 

Similarly, when the
logistics team of the company arranges for the transportation of the products
of the company, does it provide a ‘goods transport agency service’ and
therefore be liable for tax @ 5% or does it provide a business support service?
Does the F&B team provide ‘restaurant services’ or does it provide business
support services? There can be many more examples.

 

The answers are
obvious. There is really a significant uncertainty in defining the nature of
the supply and the consequent tax rate on such presumed supply.

 

Whether there is certainty in the value on
which the tax has to be charged?

It is also felt
that if a view is taken that there is a supply between distinct persons under
the above case, the provisions of the law have to provide with certainty the
value of the said supply on which the tax has to be discharged.

 

Section 15(1) of
the CGST Act, 2017 which deals with the provisions relating to value of taxable
supply, provides as under:

 

(1) The value of
a supply of goods or services or both shall be the transaction value, which is
the price actually paid or payable for the said supply of goods or services or
both where the supplier and the recipient of the supply are not related and the
price is the sole consideration for the supply.

 

In the instant
case, there is no transaction value, or the price actually paid by the branches
to the head office. Since there would be one single legal entity, there is no
occasion to maintain state-specific bank accounts and periodic settlements
through receipts or payments from such bank accounts. In some cases, there may
be an internal accounting entry to define location-specific profitability for
MIS purposes. However, this concept of accounting entry is notional and it
deals with location-specific entries and not ‘distinct person’ specific
entries. Further, in many cases there may not be an internal accounting entry
since there may not be any legal requirement to provide for the same.

 

In the absence of
the transaction value or price, one can say that the value of taxable supply is
NIL with a consequent NIL liability. However, a counter argument could be that
the transaction value is acceptable only if the supplier and the recipient are
not related persons.

 

The scope of
related persons has already been dealt with in the earlier paragraph. Further,
section 15(4), which is applicable in cases where valuation as per sub-section
(1) is not possible, provides as under:

 

(4) Where the
value of the supply of goods or services or both cannot be determined under
sub-section (1), the same shall be determined in such manner as may be
prescribed.

 

From the above, it
appears that reference to section 15(4) is required only when the provisions of
section 15(1) are not applicable, i.e., price is not the sole consideration and
parties are not related. Therefore, the issue is whether the supply made by the
head office to its distinct persons will be classifiable for valuation u/s.
15(1) of the CGST Act or not? This query arises because distinct persons are
not treated as related persons for the purpose of GST, as is evident from the
definition referred earlier.

 

It can be argued
that the definition of related person deals with legally distinct entities and
not with distinct persons as defined under the GST law. Therefore, the
transaction value of NIL u/s. 15(1) should not be disturbed.

 

Even if a view is taken
that the distinct persons as defined u/s. 25 fall within the definition of
related persons under explanation to section 15, the question which arises is
how the same will be valued keeping in view the provisions of valuation
prescribed under the CGST Rules. Chapter V of the CGST Rules contain the rules
for determination of value of supply in following specific cases:

 

  • Rule 27 – Value of supply of
    goods or services where the consideration is not wholly in money;
  • Rule 28 – Value of supply of
    goods or services or both between distinct or related persons, other than
    through an agent;
  • Rule 29 – Value of supply of
    goods made or received through an agent;
  • Rule 30 – Value of supply of
    goods or services or both based on cost;
  • Rule 31 – Residual method for
    determination of value of supply of goods or services or both.

 

Rule 28 of the CGST
Rules, 2017 prescribes for situations of defining a value of supply of services
between distinct persons. Rule 28(a) provides that the open market value of the
supply will be considered for the purposes of valuation. This provision itself
implies marketability of the support functions provided by the corporate
office. Most of the activities carried out by the employees at the corporate
office may be such that they may not be amenable to outsourcing or any element
of marketability. For example, it would not be correct to define the activities
carried out by a director for the company as services which are freely
marketable. Such activities are carried out only due to the specific
relationship as a director of the company. The activity and the relationship is
so closely knit with each other that the activity cannot be looked upon de
hors
the relationship. In such cases, it may be incorrect to attribute
marketability and consequently open market value to such supply.

 

Similarly, the
activities carried out by the employees may be so unique that it may not be
possible to define a value of a service of like kind and quality and therefore
Rule 28(b) would also fail.

 

Rule 30 provides
for a mechanism to determine the value on the basis of the cost of provision of
service. However, the cost incurred on the activities may also not be easily
determinable. For example, if the in-house counsel appears for the matter in
the Supreme Court, will the salary cost be considered as the cost of provision
of service or will the company cost attributable to retirement benefits also be
added into the calculation? Will the notional cost of his cabin be added? Will
the electricity cost be added? How does one determine with precision the cost
of provision of service and attribute fixed overheads when the so-called
service itself is not clear and there is no identification of the unit of
measurement? Therefore, Rule 30 fails to provide a definitive answer to the
calculation of value of the presumed service.

 

The second proviso to Rule 28 specifies that the value declared in the
invoice shall be deemed to be the open market value of the goods or services in
cases where the recipient is eligible for full input credit. It is felt that
the condition mentioned in Rule 28 will have to be read down by the courts as
leading to artificial discrimination and also leading to a scenario where the
supplier is expected to demonstrate something which is impossible. Once the
condition is read down or read in context, it can lead to the conclusion that
the transaction value should be accepted.

 

Whether there is certainty as regards the
time at which the tax has to be discharged?

The next issue to
examine is whether there is any certainty as regards the time at which the tax
has to be discharged. Section 13(2) of the CGST Act prescribes the time of
supply of services to be the earliest of the following dates, namely,

 

(a) the date of
issue of invoice by the supplier, if the invoice is issued within the period
prescribed under sub-section (2) of section 31, or the date of receipt of
payment, whichever is earlier; or

(b) the date of
provision of service, if the invoice is not issued within the period prescribed
under sub-section (2) of section 31, or the date of receipt of payment,
whichever is earlier; or

(c) the date on
which the recipient shows the receipt of services in his books of account, in a
case where the provisions of clause (a) or clause (b) do not apply.

 

Essentially, if the
invoice is issued within the prescribed time, the date of issue of invoice or
the date of receipt, whichever is earlier becomes the time of supply. In the
instant case, there is no question of any amount exchanging hands and therefore
there is no date of receipt. One will therefore have to refer to the provisions
of the invoicing rules. Section 31(2) read with section 31(5) prescribes the
outer time limit within which the invoice has to be issued in the case of
continuous supply of services. Accordingly, it is mentioned that the invoice
shall be issued as under:

 

(i) where the
due date of payment is ascertainable from the contract, the invoice shall be
issued on or before the due date of payment;

(ii) where the
due date of payment is not ascertainable from the contract, the invoice shall
be issued before or at the time when the supplier of service receives the
payment;

(iii) where the
payment is linked to the completion of an event, the invoice shall be issued on
or before the date of completion of that event.

 

It is more than
evident that the above scenarios are not applicable in the instant case and
therefore the provisions relating to the time of supply cannot be implemented
with reasonable certainty.

 

To summarise, it is
felt that significant uncertainty exists over various elements towards the
implementation of the proposition to consider the impact of cost-revenue
mismatch as a deemed service by the cost-incurring state to the revenue-earning
state, and such uncertainties vitiate the charge sought to be created by
schedule I entry 2, especially vis-à-vis the supply of services between
distinct persons of the same legal entity.

 

In view of the above discussion, a view
that the common expenditure incurred by the head office, the benefits of which
are claimed by the various other branches, cannot be construed as supply by the
head office to branches is possible. Therefore, a cross charge may not be
required by the head office to the respective branches.

Articles 2, 11 and 12 of India-UAE DTAA – Education cess is in the nature of an additional surcharge – As Articles 11 and 12 restrict taxability and have precedence over the Act, royalty and interest could not be taxed at rates higher than that specified in the respective articles by including surcharge and education cess separately

14  [2019] 104 taxmann.com 380 (Hyderabad – Trib.) R.A.K. Ceramics, UAE vs.
DCIT
ITA No: 2043 (HYD) of 2018 A.Y.: 2012-13 Date of order: 29th
March, 2019

 

Articles 2, 11 and 12
of India-UAE DTAA – Education cess is in the nature of an additional surcharge
– As Articles 11 and 12 restrict taxability and have precedence over the Act,
royalty and interest could not be taxed at rates higher than that specified in
the respective articles by including surcharge and education cess separately

 

FACTS

The
assessee was a company fiscally domiciled in, and tax resident of, the UAE.
During the relevant previous year, the assessee received royalty and interest
from its group company in India. Under Article 12(2) of the India-UAE DTAA such
receipt is taxable @ 10% and under Article 11(2)(b) interest is taxable @
12.5%.

 

While
the AO applied the aforementioned rates, he further levied 2% surcharge and 3%
education cess on the tax so computed. The CIT(A) upheld this order of the AO.

 

HELD

  •     Article
    2(2) of the India-UAE DTAA defines the expression ‘taxes covered’ in India as “(i)
    the income-tax including any surcharge thereon; (ii) the surtax; and (iii) the
    wealth-tax”.
    Article 2(3) clarifies that “this Agreement shall also
    apply to any identical or substantially similar taxes on income or capital
    which are imposed at Federal or State level by either contracting state in
    addition to, or in place of, the taxes referred to in paragraph 2 of this
    Article”.
  •     In the context of India-Singapore DTAA, in
    DIC Asia Pacific (Pte.) Ltd. vs. Asstt. DIT [2012] 22 taxmann.com 310/52 SOT
    447 (Kol.)
    , the Tribunal has observed that: “The education
    cess, as introduced in India initially in 2004, was nothing but in the nature
    of an additional surcharge … Accordingly, the provisions of Articles 11 and 12
    must find precedence over the provisions of the Income-tax Act and restrict the
    taxability, whether in respect of income tax or surcharge or additional surcharge
    – whatever name called, at the rates specified in the respective Article”.
  •     This view has also been adopted in a large
    number of cases (See NOTE below), including in the context of the
    India-UAE DTAA. Further, no contrary decision was cited nor any specific
    justification for levy of surcharge and education cess was provided.
  •     The
    provisions of the India-UAE DTAA are in pari materia with those of the
    India-Singapore DTAA, which was the subject matter of consideration in DIC
    Asia Pacific’s
    case.
  •     Accordingly, the Tribunal directed the AO to
    delete the levy of surcharge and education cess.

 

{NOTE: Capgemini SA vs. Dy. CIT
(International Taxation) [2016] 72 taxmann.com 58/160 ITD 13 (Mum. – Trib.);
Dy. DIT vs. J.P. Morgan Securities Asia (P.) Ltd. [2014] 42 taxmann.com
33/[2015] 152 ITD 553 (Mum. – Trib.); Dy. DIT vs. BOC Group Ltd. [2015] 64
taxmann.com 386/[2016] 156 ITD 402 (Kol. – Trib.); Everest Industries Ltd. vs.
Jt. CIT [2018] 90 taxmann.com 330 (Mum. – Trib.); Soregam SA vs. Dy. DIT (Int.
Taxation) [2019] 101 taxmann.com 94 (Delhi – Trib.); and Sunil V. Motiani vs.
ITO (International Taxation) [2013] 33 taxmann.com 252/59 SOT 37 (Mum. –
Trib.).}

Article 5 of India-UAE DTAA – Section 9 of the Act – Grouting activity carried out by the assessee for companies in oil and gas industry did not constitute ‘construction PE’ under Article 5(2)(h) – Since assessee had placed equipment and stationed personnel on the vessel of the main contractor for carrying out grouting, the vessel was a fixed place of business through which the assessee carried on business – Hence, income of assessee was taxable in India

13 [2019] 105 taxmann.com 259 (Delhi – Trib.) ULO Systems LLC vs. DCIT ITA
Nos.: 5279 (Delhi) of 2011, 4849 (Delhi) of 2012
A.Y.s.: 2008-09 to 2012-13 Date of order: 29th
March, 2019

 

Article 5 of
India-UAE DTAA – Section 9 of the Act – Grouting activity carried out by the
assessee for companies in oil and gas industry did not constitute ‘construction
PE’ under Article 5(2)(h) – Since assessee had placed equipment and stationed
personnel on the vessel of the main contractor for carrying out grouting, the
vessel was a fixed place of business through which the assessee carried on
business – Hence, income of assessee was taxable in India

 

FACTS

The
assessee was a company incorporated in UAE. It was engaged in the business of
undertaking grouting work for customers in the oil and gas industry. Though the
assessee had executed contracts with Indian companies, it had not offered any
income from these contracts on the ground that it did not have any PE in India.

 

But
the AO held that grouting activity was carried out from a fixed place PE in
terms of Article 5(1) of the India-UAE DTAA. Hence, the income arising
therefrom was taxable in India.

 

Based
on its observations for assessment year 2007-08, DRP held that income from grouting
activity was taxable because of existence of PE in India under Article 5(1).

 

Before
the Tribunal, the assessee submitted that in terms of Article 5(2)(h) of the
India-UAE DTAA, its activities constituted a ‘construction PE’. Therefore, in
order to constitute a construction PE, each construction or assembly project
should have continued for a period of more than nine months in India. Since the
activities carried on by the assessee under contracts involved installation /
construction activities, and since none of the projects had continued for more
than nine months, the assessee could not be said to have a construction PE in
India in terms of Article 5(2)(h).

 

HELD

  •     For the purpose of Article 5(2)(h) of the
    India-UAE DTAA, sub-sea activities that can be treated as ‘construction’ are
    “laying of pipe-lines and excavating and dredging”. Thus, grouting activities
    carried on by the assessee being pipelines and cable crossing, pipeline and
    cable stabilisation, pipeline cable protection, stabilisation and protection of
    various sub-sea structures, anti-scour protection, etc., cannot be held to be
    ‘construction’ under Article 5(2)(h) of the India-UAE DTAA.
  •     Article 7 provides that business profits
    earned by a resident of UAE shall be taxable in India only if such resident
    carries on business in India through a PE. As the activity of the assessee was
    not a construction project, the activity of grouting carried out by the
    assessee for the main contractors could not be considered ‘construction’ under
    Article 5(2)(h).
  •     To bring an establishment of the kind not
    mentioned in Article 5(2) within the ambit of PE, the criteria in Article 5(1)
    should be satisfied. The two criteria are (a) existence of a fixed place of
    business; and (b) wholly or partly carrying out of business or enterprise
    through that place.
  •     The
    Tribunal held that the assessee had a fixed place PE in India in the form of
    the vessel on which equipment was placed and personnel were stationed for the
    following reasons:

 1.     For carrying out
the grouting activity, equipment was the main place of business for the
assessee and equipment was placed and personnel were stationed on the vessel of
the main contractor. Further, in terms of the contracts, the assessee was
required to ensure that whenever required by the main contractor, personnel and
equipment will come to India, and, after completion of work, were sent out of
India until required by the main contractor again. Thus, the equipment and
personnel were demobilised after the work was completed.

2.    Further,
the agreement entered into between the assessee and the customers in India
provided for free of charge food and accommodation to the personnel on board
the offshore vessel.

3.   Thus,
the assessee had a fair amount of permanence through its personnel and its
equipments, within the territorial limits of India, to perform its business
activity for contractors with whom it has entered into agreements.

4.    Thus,
the vessel on which equipment was placed and personnel were stationed, was the
fixed place of business through which business was carried on by the assessee.

5.    Accordingly,
criteria under Article 5(1) were satisfied.

 

  •     Both the OECD Commentary and Professor Klaus
    Vogel’s commentary mention that as long as the presence is in a physically
    defined geographical area, permanence in such fixed place could be relative
    having regard to the nature of business. Hence, the placing of equipment and
    stationing of the personnel on the vessel of the main contractor constituted a
    fixed place of the business of the assessee in India.
  •     The Coordinate bench’s decision in the
    assessee’s own case for the A.Y. 2007-08 (see NOTE below) needed
    reconsideration in view of the fact that the existence of a fixed place PE has
    been decided by holding that ‘equipment’ cannot be held as a fixed place of
    business and such view was not in accordance with the Supreme Court’s decision
    in case of Formula One World Championship Ltd. (80 taxmann.com 347).

 

{NOTE:
For the A.Y 2007-08, the Delhi Tribunal had ruled in favour of the tax-payer by
stating that activities carried out by assessee amounts to ‘construction’ and
since the duration test of each contract is not satisfied, there was no
construction PE in India. Further, it held that Article 5(1) could not be
applied where activities are covered under the specific construction PE article
[Article 5(2)(h)] of the DTAA.}

 

Section 91 of the Act – Credit for state taxes paid in USA can be availed u/s. 91 of the Act Section 91 of the Act – A ‘resident but not ordinarily resident’ being a category carved out of ‘resident’ – Such assessee is a resident – Entitled to claim tax credit u/s. 91

12 [2019] 105 taxmann.com 323 (Delhi – Trib.) Aditya Khanna vs. ITO ITA No: 6668 (Delhi) of 2015 A.Y.: 2011-12 Date of order: 17th
May, 2019

 

Section 91 of the Act
– Credit for state taxes paid in USA can be availed u/s. 91 of the Act

 

Section 91 of the Act
– A ‘resident but not ordinarily resident’ being a category carved out of
‘resident’ – Such assessee is a resident – Entitled to claim tax credit u/s. 91

 

FACTS

The
assessee was an individual. During the relevant year, in terms of section 6(6)
of the Act, he was ‘resident but not ordinarily resident in India’ and had
earned salary in the USA as well as in India. In the USA, the assessee had paid
federal income tax, alternate minimum tax, New York State tax and local city
tax. The assessee had stayed in India for 224 days. Accordingly, he offered
salary proportionate to the period of his stay in India and claimed
proportionate tax credit.

 

He
contended before the AO that he had claimed credit for local taxes u/s. 91 of
the Act and relying on the decision in CIT vs. Tata Sons Ltd. 135 TTJ
(Mumbai)
. Alternately, the assessee contended that if the AO does not
consider claim for credit of state taxes, they may be allowed as deduction from
the salary earned abroad.

 

The
AO noted that Article 2 of the India-USA DTAA mentions only federal income
taxes imposed by internal revenue code and hence the tax credit should be
limited only to those taxes. He further noted that sections 90 and 91 stand on
different premises. Section 90 deals with the situation wherein India has an
agreement with foreign countries / specified territories, whereas section 91
deals with the situation where no agreement exits between India and other
countries. Since an agreement exists between India and the USA, section 90
would apply which refers to DTAA, and as per DTAA, only federal income taxes
paid in USA qualify for tax credit.

 

On
appeal, even the CIT(A) did not accept the contentions of the assessee.

 

HELD I:

  •     In Wipro Ltd. vs. DCIT [382 ITR 179],
    the Karnataka High Court has held that “The Income-tax in relation to any
    country includes Income-tax paid not only to the federal government of that
    country, but also any Income-tax charged by any part of that country meaning a
    State or a local authority, and the assessee would be entitled to the relief of
    double taxation benefit with respect to the latter payment also. Therefore,
    even in the absence of an agreement u/s. 90 of the Act, by virtue of the
    statutory provision, the benefit conferred u/s. 91 of the Act is extended to
    the Income-tax paid in foreign jurisdictions.”
  •     In Dr. Rajiv I. Modi vs. The DCIT
    (OSD) [ITA No. 1285/Ahd/2014],
    dealing with a similar issue, the
    Ahmedabad Tribunal has also granted credit for state taxes.
  •     In light of these judicial precedents, u/s.
    91 of the Act, the assessee is entitled to credit of federal as well as state
    taxes paid by him.

 

HELD II:

  •     Section 91(1) and (2) provide tax credit to
    a person who is a ‘resident’ in India. Section 6(6) has carved out a separate
    category of ‘not ordinarily resident’ in India. However, such person is
    primarily a ‘resident’. Hence, the contention of the tax authority that a
    ‘resident but not ordinarily resident’ in India does not qualify for the
    benefit u/s. 91(1) cannot be accepted.

Section 145 – The project completion method is one of the recognised methods of accounting and as the assessee has consistently been following such recognised method of accounting, in the absence of any prohibition or restriction under the Act for doing so, the CIT(A) is correct in holding that the AO’s assertion that the project completion method is not a legal method of computation of income is not supported by facts and judicial precedents

9 ITO vs. Shanti Constructions
(Agra)
Members: Sudhanshu
Srivastava (JM) and Dr. Mitha Lal Meena (AM)
ITA No. 289/Agra/2017 A.Y.: 2012-13 Date of order: 16thMay,
2019
Counsel for Revenue /
Assessee: Sunil Bajpai / Pradeep K. Sahgal and Utsav Sahgal

 

Section 145 – The
project completion method is one of the recognised methods of accounting and as
the assessee has consistently been following such recognised method of
accounting, in the absence of any prohibition or restriction under the Act for
doing so, the CIT(A) is correct in holding that the AO’s assertion that the
project completion method is not a legal method of computation of income is not
supported by facts and judicial precedents

 

FACTS

The
assessee, a partnership firm engaged in the business of real estate and
construction of buildings for the past several years, filed its return of
income declaring therein a total income of Rs. 1,12,120. The AO completed the
assessment u/s. 143(3) of the Act, assessing the total income of the assessee
to be Rs. 3,94,62,580. While assessing the total income of the assessee, the AO
rejected the books of accounts on the ground that the assessee did not produce
bills / vouchers before him for ascertaining the accuracy and correctness of
the books of accounts; that it did not furnish evidence regarding closing
stock; and that the assessee is following the project completion method and not
the percentage completion method. The AO observed that the project completion
method has no existence since 1st April, 2003 and laid emphasis on
revised AS-7 introduced by the ICAI in 2002.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who
noted that in the assessee’s own case in the assessment proceedings for AY
2014-15, the AO has accepted the project completion method. The CIT(A) allowed
the appeal filed by the assessee.

 

But the Revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where
it placed reliance on the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT
vs. Realest Builders & Services Ltd. [(2008) 22 (I) ITCL 73 (SC)]
.

 

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the assessee’s business came
into existence on 11th March, 2003 and since then it has been
consistently following the project completion method of accounting. It is well
settled that the project completion method is one of the recognised methods of
accounting and as the assessee has consistently been following such recognised
method of accounting, in the absence of any prohibition or restriction under
the Act for doing so, it can’t be held that the decision of the CIT(A) was
erroneous or illegal in any manner. The judgement in the case of CIT vs.
Realest Builders & Services Ltd. (supra)
relied on by the DR on the
method of accounting is rather in favour of the assessee and against the
Revenue in the peculiar facts of the case. As such, the appeal filed by the
Revenue was dismissed.

Section 54A – Acquisition of an apartment under a builder-buyer agreement wherein the builder gets construction done in a phased manner and the payments are linked to construction is a case of purchase and not construction of a new asset – Even in a case where construction of new asset commenced before the date of sale of original asset, the assessee is eligible for deduction of the amount of investment made in the new asset

8  Kapil Kumar Agarwal vs. DCIT (Delhi) Members: Amit Shukla (JM)
and Prashant Mahrishi (AM)
ITA No. 2630/Del./2015 A.Y.: 2011-12 Date of order: 30th
April, 2019
Counsel for Assessee /
Revenue: Piyush Kaushik / Mrs. Sugandha Sharma

 

Section 54A –
Acquisition of an apartment under a builder-buyer agreement wherein the builder
gets construction done in a phased manner and the payments are linked to
construction is a case of purchase and not construction of a new asset – Even
in a case where construction of new asset commenced before the date of sale of
original asset, the assessee is eligible for deduction of the amount of
investment made in the new asset

 

FACTS

During
the previous year relevant to the assessment year under consideration, the
assessee, an individual, sold shares held by him as long-term capital asset.
The long-term capital gain arising from the sale of shares was claimed as
deduction u/s. 54F of the Act. In the course of assessment proceedings, the AO
noted that the shares were sold on 13th July, 2010 for a
consideration of Rs. 80,00,000 and a long-term capital gain of Rs. 79,85,761
arose to the assessee on such sale. The assessee claimed this gain of Rs.
79,85,761 to be deductible u/s. 54F by contending that it had purchased a
residential apartment by entering into an apartment buyer’s agreement and
having made a payment of Rs. 1,42,45,000.

 

The
AO was of the view that the assessee has not purchased the house but has made
payment of instalment to the builder for construction of the property. He also
noted that the assessee has started investing in the new asset with effect from
18th August, 2006, that is, three years and 11 months before the
date of sale. Further, around 90% of the total investment in the new asset has
been made before the date of sale of the original asset. The AO denied claim
for deduction of Rs. 79,85,761 made u/s. 54F of the Act. He observed that the
assessee would have been eligible for deduction u/s. 54F had the entire
investment in the construction of the new asset been made between 13th July,
2010 and 12th July, 2013.

 

Aggrieved,
the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who upheld the action of the AO.
Still not satisfied, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

 

HELD

The Tribunal held that the question as to whether the
acquisition of an apartment under a builders-buyers agreement wherein the
builder gets construction done in a phased manner and the payments are linked
to construction is a case of purchase of a new asset or construction of a new
asset has been answered by the Delhi High Court in the case of CIT vs.
Kuldeep Singh [(2014) 49 taxmann.com 167 (Delhi)]
. Referring to the
observations of the Delhi High Court in the case,  the Tribunal held that acquisition of an
apartment under a builders-buyers agreement wherein the builder gets construction
done in a phased manner and the payments are linked to construction is a case
of purchase and not construction of a new asset.

 

The Tribunal observed that the second question, viz.,
whether the construction of new asset even if commenced before the date of sale
of the original asset, the assessee is eligible for deduction of the amount of
investment made in the property, has been examined in the case of CIT vs.
Bharti Mishra [(2014) 41 taxmann.com 50 (Delhi)]
. The Tribunal observed
that the issue in the present case is squarely covered by this decision of the
Delhi High Court. It held that the assessee has purchased a house property,
i.e., a new asset, and is entitled to exemption u/s. 54F of the Act despite the
fact that construction activities of the purchase of the new house started
before the date of sale of the original asset which resulted into capital gain
chargeable to tax in the hands of the assessee. The Tribunal reversed the order
of the lower authorities and directed the AO to grant deduction u/s. 54F of Rs.
79,85,761 to the assessee. In the event, the appeal filed by the assessee was
allowed.

Section 50C(2) – By virtue of section 23A(1)(i) being incorporated with necessary modifications in section 50C, the correctness of a DVO’s report can indeed be challenged before CIT(A) in an appeal – In the event of the correctness of the DVO’s report being called into question in an appeal before Commissioner (Appeals), the DVO is required to be given an opportunity of a hearing

7 Lovy Ranka vs. DCIT (Ahmedabad) Members: Pramod Kumar (VP)
and Madhumita Roy (JM)
ITA No. 2107/Ahd./2017 A.Y.: 2013-14 Date of order: 1stApril,
2019
Counsel for Assessee /
Revenue: Chitranjan Bhardia / S.K. Dev

 

Section 50C(2) – By
virtue of section 23A(1)(i) being incorporated with necessary modifications in
section 50C, the correctness of a DVO’s report can indeed be challenged before
CIT(A) in an appeal – In the event of the correctness of the DVO’s report being
called into question in an appeal before Commissioner (Appeals), the DVO is
required to be given an opportunity of a hearing

 

FACTS

The
assessee, an individual, sold a bungalow for Rs. 1,15,00,000; the stamp duty
value of the same was Rs. 1,40,00,000. The assessee contended that the fair
market value of the bungalow was lower than its stamp duty value. The AO made a
reference to the DVO u/s. 50C(2). The valuation as per the DVO was Rs.
1,27,12,402. The assessee made elaborate submissions on the incorrectness of
this valuation. But the AO completed the assessment by adopting the valuation
done by the DVO as he was of the view that the valuation done by the DVO binds
him and it is his duty to pass an order in conformity with the DVO’s report.
Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A), who upheld the
action of the AO.

 

Aggrieved,
the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where the Revenue contended
that the AO is under a statutory obligation to adopt the valuation as done by
the DVO and as such no fault can be found in his action; therefore, the
appellate authorities cannot question that action either.

 

HELD

The Tribunal considered the question whether it can deal
with the correctness of the DVO’s report particularly when the AO apparently
has no say in this regard. Upon examining the provisions of section 50C(2) and
also the provisions of sections 23A(6) and 24(5) of the Wealth-tax Act, 1957
the Tribunal held that what follows from these provisions is that in the event
that the correctness of the DVO’s report is called in question in an appeal
before the Commissioner (Appeals), the DVO is required to be given an
opportunity of a hearing. The provisions of section 24(5) of the Wealth-tax
Act, 1957 make a reference to section 16A and the provisions of section 50C
specifically refer to the provisions of section 16A of the Wealth-tax Act,
1957.

 

The Tribunal held that the correctness of the DVO report
can indeed be challenged before it as well, as a corollary to the powers of the
CIT(A) which come up for examination before it, once again the rider being that
the Valuation Officer is to be given an opportunity of a hearing. This
opportunity of a hearing to the DVO is a mandatory requirement of law. This is
the unambiguous scheme of the law.

 

It also held that the CIT(A) ought to have examined the
matter on merits. Of course, before doing so the CIT(A) was under a statutory
obligation to serve notice of hearing to the DVO and thus afford him an
opportunity of a hearing. The Tribunal held that the correctness of the DVO’s
report is to be examined on merits and since there was no adjudication, on that
aspect, by the CIT(A), the Tribunal remitted the matter to the file of the
CIT(A) for adjudication on merits in accordance with the scheme of the law,
after giving a due and reasonable opportunity of hearing to the assessee, as
also to the DVO, and by way of a speaking order.

 

As
such, the Tribunal allowed the appeal filed by the assessee.

Section 143 r.w.s. 131 and 133A – Assessing Officer could not make additions to income of the assessee company only on the basis of a sworn statement of its managing director recorded u/s. 131 in the course of a survey without support of any corroborative evidence

23  [2019] 199 TTJ (Coch) 758 ITO vs. Toms Enterprises ITA No. 442/Coch/2018 A.Y.: 2014-15 Date of order: 7th
February, 2019

 

Section
143 r.w.s. 131 and 133A – Assessing Officer could not make additions to income
of the assessee company only on the basis of a sworn statement of its managing
director recorded u/s. 131 in the course of a survey without support of any
corroborative evidence

 

FACTS

A survey action u/s. 133A was conducted in the business
premises of the assessee firm. During the course of survey, summons u/s. 131(1)
was issued by the AO to TCV, managing partner of the firm, and statement u/s.
131 was recorded in which he indicated the gross profit of the assessee at 15%.
On verification of the profit and loss, the AO found that the assessee had
shown gross profit at 10.55% instead of 15% as indicated by the managing
partner. The AO assessed the gross profit at 15% and made an addition to the
income returned.

 

Aggrieved by the assessment order, the assessee preferred
an appeal to the CIT(A). The CIT(A) observed that the statement of the managing
partner was not based on any books maintained by the assessee and, therefore,
no addition could be made based on such general statements.

 

Being aggrieved by the CIT(A) order, the Revenue filed an
appeal before the Tribunal.

 

HELD

The Tribunal held that u/s. 131 the income tax authority
was empowered to examine on oath. The power invested u/s. 131(1) was only to
make inquiries and investigations and not meant for voluntary disclosure or
surrender of concealed income. As per section 31 of the Indian Evidence Act,
1878 admissions were not conclusively proved as against admitted proof. The
burden to prove ‘admission’ as incorrect was on the maker and in case of
failure of the maker to prove that the earlier stated facts were wrong, these
earlier statements would suffice to conclude the matter. The authorities could
not conclude the matter on the basis of the earlier statements alone.

 

If the assessee proved that the statement recorded u/s.
131 was involuntary and it was made under coercion or during their admission,
the statement recorded u/s. 131 had no legal validity. From the CBDT Circular
in F. No. 286/98/2013-IT (Inv. II) dated 18th December, 2014 it was
amply clear that the CBDT had emphasised on its officers to focus on gathering
evidences during search / survey operations and strictly directed to avoid
obtaining admission of undisclosed income under coercion / under influence.

 

The uncorroborated statements collected by the AO could
not be the evidence for sustenance of the addition made by the AO. It had been
consistently held by various courts that a sworn statement could not be relied
upon for making any addition and must be corroborated by independent evidence
for the purposes of making assessments.

 

From the foregoing discussion, the following principles
could be culled out: Firstly, an admission was an extremely important piece of
evidence but it could not be said that it was conclusive and it was open to the
person who made the admission to show that it was incorrect and that the
assessee should be given a proper opportunity to show that the books of
accounts did not correctly disclose the correct state of facts. Secondly,
section 132(4) enabled the authorised officer to examine a person on oath and
any statement made by such person during such examination could also be used in
evidence under the Income-tax Act.

 

On the other hand,
whatever statement was recorded u/s. 133A could not be given any evidentiary
value for the obvious reason that the officer was not authorised to administer
oath and to take any sworn statement which alone had evidentiary value as
contemplated under law. Thirdly, the word ‘may’ used in section 133A(3)(iii),
viz., record the statement of any person which may be useful for, or relevant
to, any proceeding under this Act, made it clear that the materials collected
and the statement recorded during the survey u/s. 133A were not a conclusive
piece of evidence in themselves. Finally, the statement recorded by the AO u/s.
131 could not be the basis to sustain the addition since it was not supported
by corroborative material.

Section 2(15) r.w.s. 10(23C) – Where assessee was conducting various skill training programmes for students to get placement, activities would fall within definition of education u/s. 2(15), thus entitling it for exemption u/s. 10(23C)(iiiab)

22  [2019] 199 TTJ (Del) 922 Process-cum-Product
Development Centre vs. Additional CIT
ITA No. 3401 to
3403/Del/2017
A.Y.s: 2010-11 to 2013-14 Date of order: 4th
February, 2019

 

Section 2(15) r.w.s.
10(23C) – Where assessee was conducting various skill training programmes for
students to get placement, activities would fall within definition of education
u/s. 2(15), thus entitling it for exemption u/s. 10(23C)(iiiab)

 

FACTS

The assessee society was engaged in imparting education
and in the same process trained students by sending them to sports industries,
etc. It conducted various short-duration training programmes of computer
training, training in Computer Accounting System, cricket bat manufacturing,
carom board manufacturing, training in R/P workshop, wood workshop, etc. The
assessee got raw material from industries and after manufacturing the goods
through its trainees, returned the finished goods after receiving its job charges.
The assessee claimed exemption u/s. 10(23C)(iiiab). The AO declined the
exemption on the ground that the assessee did not exist solely for educational
purposes.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A).
The CIT(A) also declined the exemption and recorded further in his order that
the issue of charitable activities of the assessee society being of charitable
nature was not relevant in the instant case as the assessee was yet to be
registered u/s. 12AA.

 

HELD

The Tribunal held that the main objects of the assessee
society were to be examined. The AO had relied upon the decision rendered by
the Supreme Court in the case of Sole Trustee Loka Shikshak Trust vs. CIT
[1975] 101 ITR 234
wherein the word ‘education’ as referred in section
2(15) was explained. The Supreme Court had categorically held that ‘education’
connoted the process of training and developing the knowledge, skill, mind and
character of students by normal schooling.

 

When the training imparted to the students was not to
produce goods of world standard by doing necessary marketing research and by
identifying products for domestic and export market, such training would be of
no use and the students who had been given training would not be in a position
to get placement. Examination of the audited income and expenditure account of
the assessee society showed that substantial income was from training courses
and there was a minuscule income from job receipts.

 

The
assessee society was admittedly getting raw material from various industries to
produce sport goods for them and the job charges paid by them were again used
for running the training institute, therefore it could not be said by any
stretch of the imagination that the assessee society was not being run for
educational / training purpose. The word ‘education’ was to be given wide
interpretation which included training and developing the knowledge, skill,
mind and character of the students by normal schooling. So, the assessee
society was engaged in imparting training to the students in manufacturing
sport goods and leisure equipments without any profit motive.

 

Further,
the exemption sought for by the assessee society u/s. 10(23C)(iiiab) was
independent of exemption being sought by the assessee u/s. 12AA. So, the
exemption u/s. 10(23C)(iiiab) could not be declined on the ground that
registration u/s. 12A had been rejected. The assessee society, substantially
financed by the Government of India, was engaged only in imparting
research-based education / skill training to the students in manufacturing of
sports goods and leisure equipments without any profit motive, to enable them
to get placement; this fell within the definition of education u/s. 2(15),
hence it was entitled for exemption u/s. 10(23C)(iiiab).

 

Section 148 – Mere reliance on information received from Investigation Wing without application of mind cannot be construed to be reasons for reopening assessment u/s. 148

21 [2019] 70 ITR (Trib.) 211
(Delhi)
M/s. Key Components (P) Ltd.
vs. the Income Tax Officer
ITA. No.366/Del./2016 A.Y.: 2005-2006 Date of order: 12th
February, 2019

 

Section 148 – Mere
reliance on information received from Investigation Wing without application of
mind cannot be construed to be reasons for reopening assessment u/s. 148

 

FACTS

The assessee’s case was reopened on the basis of
information received from the Investigation Wing of the Income-tax Department
that the assessee company has taken accommodation entries. The assessee
objected to the reopening; however, the AO completed the assessment after
making an addition of undisclosed income on account of issue of share capital.
The assessee challenged the reopening of the assessment as well as the addition
on merits before the Commissioner (Appeals). The CIT(A), however, dismissed the
appeal of the assessee on both grounds. Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an
appeal on the same grounds to the Tribunal.

 

HELD

The
Tribunal observed that in this case the AO has merely reproduced the
information which he received from the Investigation Wing, in the reasons
recorded u/s. 148 of the Act. He has neither gone through the details of the
information nor has he applied his mind and merely concluded that the
transaction SEEMS not to be genuine, which indicates that he has not recorded
his satisfaction. These reasons are, therefore, not in fact reasons but only
his conclusion, that, too, without any basis. The AO has not brought anything
on record on the basis of which any nexus could have been established between
the material and the escapement of income. The reasons fail to demonstrate the
link between the alleged tangible material and formation of the reason to
believe that income has escaped assessment, the very basis that enables an
officer to assume jurisdiction u/s. 147.

 

The
Tribunal remarked, “Who is the accommodation entry giver is not mentioned. How
can he be said to be ‘a known entry operator’ is even more mysterious.”

 

In
coming to the conclusion, the Tribunal discussed the following decisions at
length:

 

1.    Pr. CIT vs. Meenakshi Overseas Pvt. Ltd. [395
ITR 677] (Del.)

2.    Pr. CIT vs. G&G Pharma India Ltd. (2016)
[384 ITR 147] (Del.)

3.     Pr. CIT vs. RMG Polyvinyl (I) Ltd. (2017)
[396 ITR 5] (Del.)

4.    M/s. MRY Auto Components Ltd. vs. ITO – ITA.
No. 2418/Del./2014, dated 15.09.2017

5.    Signature Hotels Pvt. Ltd. vs. Income-tax
Officer Writ Petition (Civil) No. 8067/2010 (HC)

6.    CIT vs. Independent Media Pvt. Limited – ITA
No. 456/2011 (HC)

7.    Oriental Insurance Company Limited vs.
Commissioner of Income-tax [378 ITR 421] (Del.)

8.    Rustagi Engineering Udyog (P) Limited vs.
DCIT W.P. (C) 1293/1999 (HC)

9.    Agya Ram vs. CIT – ITA No. 290/2004 (Del.)

10.  Rajiv Agarwal vs. CIT W.P. (C) No. 9659 of
2015 (Del.)

 

Section 234E – In case of default in filing TDS statement for a period beyond 1st June, 2015, fees u/s. 234E cannot be levied for the period before 1st June, 2015

20 [2019] 70 ITR (Trib.) 188 (Jaipur) Shri Uttam Chand Gangwal vs.
The Asst. CIT, CPC (TDS), Ghaziabad
ITA No. 764/JP/2017 A.Y.: 2015-16 Date of order: 23rd
January, 2019

 

Section
234E – In case of default in filing TDS statement for a period beyond 1st
June, 2015, fees u/s. 234E cannot be levied for the period before 1st
June, 2015

 

FACTS

The assessee filed TDS statement in Form 26Q for Q4 of
F.Y. 2014-15 on 22nd July, 2015 for which the due date was 15th
May, 2015. The TDS statement was processed and the ACIT, TDS issued an
intimation dated 30th July, 2015 u/s. 200A of the Act imposing a
late fee of Rs. 13,600 u/s. 234E of the Act for the delay in filing the TDS
statement. On appeal, the Learned CIT(A) confirmed the said levy. The assessee
therefore filed an appeal to the Tribunal.

 

HELD

The Tribunal observed that though the quarterly statement
pertains to the quarter ended 31st March, 2015, the fact remains
that there is a continuing default even after 1st June, 2015 and the
statement was actually filed on 22nd July, 2015. It further observed
that an assessee who belatedly filed the TDS statement even though pertaining
to the period prior to 1st June, 2015 cannot be absolved from levy
of late fee when there is a continuous default on his part even after that
date. The Tribunal, therefore, concluded that, irrespective of the period to
which the quarterly statement pertains, where the statement is filed after 1st
June, 2015, the AO can levy fee u/s. 234E of the Act.

 

At the same time, in terms of determining the period for
which fees can be levied, the only saving could be that for the period of delay
falling prior to 1st June, 2015, there could not be any levy of fees
as the assumption of jurisdiction to levy such fees has been held by the Courts
to be prospective in nature. However, where the delay continues beyond 1st
June, 2015, the AO is well within his jurisdiction to levy fees u/s. 234E for
the period starting 1st June, 2015 to the date of actual filing of
the TDS statement. In the result, the Tribunal partly allowed the assessee’s
appeal by deleting fees for the period prior to 1st June, 2015 and
confirmed the fees levied for the subsequent period.

Section 154 – Non-consideration of decision of Jurisdictional High Court or of the Supreme Court can be termed as ?mistake apparent from the record’ which can be the subject matter of rectification application u/s. 154 even if not claimed earlier by the assessee during assessment proceedings or appellate proceedings

19 [2019] 71 ITR (Trib.) 141 (Mumbai) Sharda Cropchem Limited vs.
Dy. Comm. of Income Tax
ITA No. 7219/Mum/2017 A.Y.: 2012-2013 Date of order: 14th
February, 2019

 

Section 154 –
Non-consideration of decision of Jurisdictional High Court or of the Supreme
Court can be termed as ?mistake apparent from the record’ which can be the
subject matter of rectification application u/s. 154 even if not claimed
earlier by the assessee during assessment proceedings or appellate proceedings

 

FACTS

The assessee’s income was subject to assessment u/s. 143(3).
Additions were made u/s. 35D as also under other sections. The assessee did not
contest addition u/s. 35D but filed appeal against the other additions. In the
meanwhile, the assessee filed an application for rectification to allow the
expenditure on issue of bonus shares, in terms of decision of the Bombay High
Court in CIT vs. WMI Cranes Limited [326 ITR5 23] and the Supreme
Court in CIT vs. General Insurance Corporation [286 ITR 232].
However, the AO denied the rectification; consequently, the assessee appealed
to the Commissioner (Appeals) against the AO’s order rejecting his
rectification application. However, the assessee’s claim was rejected by the
Commissioner (Appeals) also. The assessee then filed an appeal to the Tribunal.

 

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the assessee moved
rectification petition u/s. 154 for the first time towards his claim u/s. 35D
relying upon the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court as well as the decision
of the jurisdictional High Court. The only basis on which the same was denied
by first appellate authority is the fact that there was no mistake apparent
from the record. The Tribunal considered the decision of the Supreme Court in ACIT
vs. Saurashtra Kutch Stock Exchange Ltd. [305 ITR 227]
. It observed
that non-consideration of a decision of the Jurisdictional High Court or of the
Supreme Court could be termed as ‘mistake apparent from the record’.

 

The Tribunal also analysed the said facts from the angle
of constitutional authority – in terms of Article 265 of the Constitution of
India, no tax is to be levied or collected except by the authority of law. It
is trite law that true income is to be assessed and the Revenue could not
derive benefit out of the assessee’s ignorance or procedural defects. The
Tribunal finally allowed the appeal filed by the assessee considering the
principles of rectification pronounced in Saurashtra Kutch Stock Exchange
Ltd. (supra)
and merits of the case as held in General Insurance
Corporation (supra).

 

Section 143 r.w.s. 148 – Failure to issue notice u/s. 143(2) of the Act after the assessee files the return of income renders the re-assessment order illegal and invalid

18 [2019] 105 taxmann.com 118
(Pune)
ITO
(Exemptions) vs. S. M. Batha Education Trust
ITA No. 2908/Pun/2016 A.Y.: 2012-13 Date of order: 4th
April, 2019

 

Section 143 r.w.s.
148 – Failure to issue notice u/s. 143(2) of the Act after the assessee files
the return of income renders the re-assessment order illegal and invalid

 

FACTS

The AO issued a notice u/s. 148 of the Act dated 29th
September, 2014 to the assessee, a trust engaged in educational
activities. The assessee neither replied to the notice nor filed its return of
income. Thereafter,
the AO issued two separate notices u/s. 143(2) of the Act on 29th
April, 2015 and 1st July, 2015. Subsequently, the assessee filed the
return of income on 21st October, 2015.

 

The AO completed the assessment and passed a reassessment
order. Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A).

 

Revenue also preferred an appeal to the Tribunal. The
assessee filed cross-objections challenging the re-assessment proceedings to be
bad in law since no statutory notice u/s. 143(2) was issued by the AO after the
assessee filed the return of income. The Tribunal decided this jurisdictional
issue.

HELD

The Tribunal held that the AO is required to issue
statutory notice u/s. 143(2) of the Act after the assessee files the return of
income in response to notice issued u/s. 148 of the Act. In the absence of such
a statutory notice after return of income is filed by the assessee, the
re-assessment order made by the AO was held to be invalid and illegal.

 

The Tribunal dismissed the appeal filed by Revenue and
allowed this ground raised by the assessee in its cross-objections.